diff --git a/docs/CHANGES.txt b/docs/CHANGES.txt index 20c083395..137648291 100644 --- a/docs/CHANGES.txt +++ b/docs/CHANGES.txt @@ -9,9 +9,8 @@ https://tuxpaint.org/ 2024.December.26 (0.9.35) * New Magic Tools: ---------------- - + WIP: Heart, Sparkle, and Star emitters + + Heart, Sparkle, and Star emitters Click and drag to leave a short trail of shapes. - - TODO: Documentation Closes https://sourceforge.net/p/tuxpaint/feature-requests/266/ - Code: Bill Kendrick - Heart sound effect: "Happy Retro Upwards Jingle", CC0 by diff --git a/docs/en/README.txt b/docs/en/README.txt index 8abd3b687..9559e8f62 100644 --- a/docs/en/README.txt +++ b/docs/en/README.txt @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Copyright © 2002-2024 by various contributors; see AUTHORS.txt. https://tuxpaint.org/ - December 25, 2024 + December 26, 2024 +-------------------------------------------------+ | Table of Contents | @@ -106,1292 +106,1365 @@ See COPYING.txt for the full text of the GPL license. → Text clipboard paste support ← The "Text" and "Label" tools support pasting the copy/paste clipboard. +→ "Hearts" Magic tool ← + Draw a trail of floating hearts. ← + → "Sparkles" Magic tool ← + Draw a trail of falling sparkles. ← + → "Stars" Magic tool ← + Draw a trail of stars. ← -See CHANGES.txt for the complete list of changes. + See CHANGES.txt for the complete list of changes. -II. Using Tux Paint + II. Using Tux Paint - ### A. Launching Tux Paint ### + ### A. Launching Tux Paint ### -## 1. Linux/Unix Users ## + ## 1. Linux/Unix Users ## -Tux Paint should have placed a launcher icon in your KDE and/or GNOME menus, -under 'Graphics.' + Tux Paint should have placed a launcher icon in your KDE and/or GNOME + menus, under 'Graphics.' -Alternatively, you can run the following command at a shell prompt (e.g., "$"): + Alternatively, you can run the following command at a shell prompt + (e.g., "$"): - $ tuxpaint + $ tuxpaint -If any errors occur, they will be displayed on the terminal (to STDERR). + If any errors occur, they will be displayed on the terminal (to + STDERR). -## 2. Windows Users ## + ## 2. Windows Users ## -[Tux Paint Icon] - Tux Paint + [Tux Paint Icon] + Tux Paint -If you installed Tux Paint on your computer using the 'Tux Paint Installer,' it -will have asked you whether you wanted a 'Start' menu short-cut, and/or a -desktop shortcut. If you agreed, you can simply run Tux Paint from the 'Tux -Paint' section of your 'Start' menu (e.g., under 'All Programs'), or by -double-clicking the 'Tux Paint' icon on your desktop, if you had the installer -place one there. + If you installed Tux Paint on your computer using the 'Tux Paint + Installer,' it will have asked you whether you wanted a 'Start' menu + short-cut, and/or a desktop shortcut. If you agreed, you can simply run + Tux Paint from the 'Tux Paint' section of your 'Start' menu (e.g., + under 'All Programs'), or by double-clicking the 'Tux Paint' icon on + your desktop, if you had the installer place one there. -If you're using the 'portable' (ZIP-file) version of Tux Paint, or if you used -the 'Tux Paint Installer,' but chose not to have shortcuts installed, you'll -need to double-click the "tuxpaint.exe" icon in the "Tux Paint" folder on your -computer. + If you're using the 'portable' (ZIP-file) version of Tux Paint, or if + you used the 'Tux Paint Installer,' but chose not to have shortcuts + installed, you'll need to double-click the "tuxpaint.exe" icon in the + "Tux Paint" folder on your computer. -By default, the 'Tux Paint Installer' will put Tux Paint's folder in -"C:\Program Files\TuxPaint\", though you may have changed this when you ran the -installer. + By default, the 'Tux Paint Installer' will put Tux Paint's folder in + "C:\Program Files\TuxPaint\", though you may have changed this when you + ran the installer. -If you used the 'ZIP-file' download, Tux Paint's folder will be wherever you -extracted the contents of the ZIP file. + If you used the 'ZIP-file' download, Tux Paint's folder will be + wherever you extracted the contents of the ZIP file. -## 3. macOS Users ## - -Simply double-click the "Tux Paint" icon. - -[Title screen] - - - ### B. Title Screen ### - -When Tux Paint first loads, a title/credits screen will appear. - -Once loading is complete, press a key or click or tap in the Tux Paint window -to continue. (Or, after about 5 seconds, the title screen will go away -automatically.) - - ### C. Main Screen ### - -The main screen is divided into the following sections: - -[Tools: Paint, Stamp, Lines, Shapes, Text, Magic, Label, Undo, Redo, Eraser, -New, Open, Save, Print, Quit] - -→ Left Side: Toolbar ← - - The toolbar contains the drawing and editing controls. - - - -[Canvas] - -→ Middle: Drawing Canvas ← - - The largest part of the screen, in the center, is the drawing canvas. This - is, obviously, where you draw! - - 💡 Note: The size of the drawing canvas depends on the size of Tux Paint. - You can change the size of Tux Paint using the Tux Paint Config. - configuration tool, or by other means. See the Options documentation for - more details. - - - -[Selectors - Brushes, Letters, Shapes, Stamps] - -→ Right Side: Selector ← - - Depending on the current tool, the selector shows different things. e.g., - when the Paint Brush or Line tool is selected, it shows the various brushes - available. When the Rubber Stamp tool is selected, it shows the different - shapes you can use. When the Text or Label tool is selected, it shows - various fonts. - - - -[Colors - Black, White, Red, Pink, Orange, Yellow, Green, Cyan, Blue, Purple, -Brown, Grey] - -→ Lower: Colors ← - - When the active tool supports colors, a palette of colors choices will be - shown near the bottom of the screen. Click one to choose a color, and it - will be used by the active tool. (For example, the "Paint" tool will use it - as the color to draw with the chosen brush, and the "Fill" tool will use it - as the color to use when flood-filling an area of the picture.) - - On the far right are three special color options: - o Color Picker - The "color picker" (which has an outline of an eye-dropper) allows you - to pick a color found within your drawing. - (A shortcut key is available to access this feature quickly; see - below.) - o Rainbow Palette - The rainbow palette allows you to pick any color by choosing the hue, - saturation, and value of the color you want. A box on the left displays - hundreds of hues — from red at the top through to violet at the bottom - — at hundreds of saturation/intensity levels — from pale & washed-out - on the left through to pure on the right. A grey vertical bar provides - access to hundreds of value levels — from lighest at the top through to - darkest at the bottom. - Click the green checkbox button to select the color, or the "Back" - button to dismiss the pop-up without picking a new color. - You may also set this tool's color to that of other color choices: - # Whichever built-in color is selected, if any - # The Color Picker's current color - # The Color Mixer's current color - o Color Mixer - The "color mixer" (which has silhouette of a paint palette) allows you - to create colors by blending primary additive colors — red, yellow, and - blue — along with white (to "tint"), grey (to "tone"), and black (to - "shade"). - You may click any button multiple times (for example, red + red + - yellow results in a red-orange color). The ratios of colors added are - shown at the bottom. - You can start over (reset to no colors in your picture) by clicking the - "Clear" button. You can also undo or redo multiple steps of mixing, in - case you made a mistake (without having to start over). - Click the green checkbox button to select the color, or the "Back" - button to dismiss the pop-up without picking a new color. - - ⌨ When the active tool supports colors, a shortcut may be used for quick - access to the "color picker" option. Hold the [Control] key while clicking, - and the color under the mouse cursor will be shown at the bottom. You may - drag around to canvas to find the color you want. When you release the - mouse button, the color under the cursor will be selected. If you release - the mouse outside of the canvas (e.g., over the "Tools" area), the color - selection will be left unchanged. (This is similar to clicking the "Back" - button that's available when bringing up the "color picker" option via its - button the color palette.) - - ⚙ Note: You can define your own colors for Tux Paint. See the "Options" - documentation. - - - -(Example tip: 'Pick a shape. Click to pick the center, drag, then let go when -it is the size you want. Move around to rotate it, and click to draw it.') - -→ Bottom: Help Area ← - - At the very bottom of the screen, Tux, the Linux Penguin, provides tips and - other information while you use Tux Paint. - - - - - ### D. Available Tools ### - -## 1. Drawing Tools ## - -a. "Paint" Tool (Brush) ← - - The Paint Brush tool lets you draw freehand, using various brushes (chosen - in the Selector on the right) and colors (chosen in the Color palette - towards the bottom). - - If you hold the mouse button down, and move the mouse, it will draw as you - move. - - Some brushes are animated — they change their shape as you draw them. A - good example of this is the vines brush that ships with Tux Paint. These - brushes will have a small "filmstrip" icon drawn on their Selector buttons. - - Other brushes are directional — they will draw a different shape depending - on what direction you are painting with them. An example of this is the - arrow brush that ships with Tux Paint. These brushes have a small 8-way - arrow icon drawn on their Selector buttons. - - Finally, some brushes can be both direction and animated. Examples of this - are the cat and squirrel brushes that ship with Tux Paint. These brushes - will have both the "filmstrip" and 8-way arrow icons. - - As you draw, a sound is played. The bigger the brush, the lower the pitch. - - Brush Spacing - - - The space between each position where a brush is applied to the canvas - can vary. Some brushes (such as the footprints and flower) are spaced, - by default, far enough apart that they don't overlap. Other brushes - (such as the basic circular ones) are spaced closely, so they make a - continuous stroke. - - The default spacing of brushes may be overridden using by clicking - within the triangular-shaped series of bars at the bottom right; the - larger the bar, the wider the spacing. Brush spacing affects both tools - that use the brushes: the "Paint" tool and the "Lines" tool. - - ⚙ Note: If the "nobrushspacing" option is set, Tux Paint won't display - the brush spacing controls. See the "Options" documentation. - - - -b."Stamp" Tool (Rubber Stamps) ← - - The Stamp tool is like a set of rubber stamps or stickers. It lets you - paste pre-drawn or photographic images (like a picture of a horse, or a - tree, or the moon) in your picture. - - As you move the mouse around the canvas, an outline follows the mouse, - showing where the stamp will be placed, and how big it will be. Click on - the canvas where you wish to place the stamp. - - → Stamp Categories ← - There can be numerous categories of stamps (e.g., animals, plants, - outer space, vehicles, people, etc.). Use the Left and Right arrows - near the bottom of the Selector to cycle through the collections. - - → Stamp Rotation ← - - Using the rotation toggle button near the bottom right, you can enable - a rotation step when placing stamps. Once you've placed the stamp, - choose the angle to rotate it by moving the mouse around the canvas. - Click the mouse button again and the stamp will be added to the - drawing. - - ⚙ Note: If "stamp rotation" option is disabled, the stamp will be drawn - on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. (There's no rotation - step.) See the "Options" documentation to learn about the "stamp - rotation" ("stamprotation") option. - - 📜 Note: The stamp rotation feature was added to Tux Paint in version - 0.9.29. - - - - → Stamp Controls ← - - Prior to 'stamping' an image onto your drawing, various effects can - sometimes be applied (depending on the stamp): - - @ Some stamps can be colored or tinted. If the color palette below - the canvas is activated, you can click the colors to change the - tint or color of the stamp before placing it in the picture. - @ Stamps can be shrunk and expanded, by clicking within the - triangular-shaped series of bars at the bottom right; the larger - the bar, the larger the stamp will appear in your picture. - @ Many stamps may be flipped vertically, or displayed as a - mirror-image, using the control buttons at the bottom right. - - ⚙ Note: If the "nostampcontrols" option is set, Tux Paint won't display - the Rotation, Mirror, Flip, or sizing controls for stamps. See the " - Options" documentation. - - - - → Stamp Sounds ← - - Different stamps can have different sound effects and/or descriptive - (spoken) sounds. Buttons in the Help Area at the lower left (near Tux, - the Linux penguin) allow you to re-play the sound effects and - descriptive sounds for the currently-selected stamp. + ## 3. macOS Users ## + Simply double-click the "Tux Paint" icon. + [Title screen] - -c."Lines" Tool ← + ### B. Title Screen ### - This tool lets you draw straight lines using the various brushes and colors - you normally use with the Paint Brush. + When Tux Paint first loads, a title/credits screen will appear. - Click the mouse and hold it to choose the starting point of the line. As - you move the mouse around, a thin 'rubber-band' line will show where the - line will be drawn. At the bottom, you'll see the angle of your line, in - degrees. A line going straight to the right is 0°, a line going straight up - is 90°, a line going straight left is 180°, a line going straight down is - 270°, and so on. + Once loading is complete, press a key or click or tap in the Tux Paint + window to continue. (Or, after about 5 seconds, the title screen will + go away automatically.) - Let go of the mouse to complete the line. A "sproing!" sound will play. - - Some brushes are animated, and will show a pattern of shapes along the - line. Others are directional, and will show a different shape depending on - the angle of the brush. And finally some are both animated and directional. - See "Paint", above, to learn more. - - Different brushes have different spacing, leaving either a series of - individual shapes, or a continuous stroke of the brush shape. Brush spacing - may be adjusted. See the brush spacing section of the "Paint" tool, above, - to learn more. - - - -d."Shapes" Tool ← - - This tool lets you draw some simple filled, and un-filled shapes. - - Select a shape from the selector on the right (circle, square, oval, etc.). - - Use the options at the bottom right to choose the shape tool's behavior: - - → Shapes from center ← - The shape will expand from where you initially clicked, and will be - centered around that position. - - 📜 This was Tux Paint's only behavior through version 0.9.24.) + ### C. Main Screen ### + The main screen is divided into the following sections: + [Tools: Paint, Stamp, Lines, Shapes, Text, Magic, Label, Undo, Redo, + Eraser, New, Open, Save, Print, Quit] - → Shapes from corner ← - The shape will extend with one corner starting from where you initially - clicked. This is the default method of most other traditional drawing - software. + → Left Side: Toolbar ← - 📜 This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.25. + The toolbar contains the drawing and editing controls. + + [Canvas] + → Middle: Drawing Canvas ← - ⚙ Note: If shape controls are disabled (e.g., with the "noshapecontrols" - option), the controls will not be presented, and the "shapes from center" - method will be used. + The largest part of the screen, in the center, is the drawing + canvas. This is, obviously, where you draw! - In the canvas, click the mouse and hold it to stretch the shape out from - where you clicked. Some shapes can change proportion (e.g., rectangle and - oval may be wider than tall, or taller than wide), others cannot (e.g., - square and circle). - - For shapes that can change proportion, the aspect ratio of the shape will - be shown at the bottom. For example: "1:1" will be shown if it is "square" - (as tall as it is wide); "2:1" if it is either twice as wide as it is tall, - or twice as tall as it is wide; and so on. - - Let go of the mouse when you're done stretching. - - → Normal Shapes Mode ← - - Now you can move the mouse around the canvas to rotate the shape. The - angle your shape is rotated will be shown at the bottom, in degrees - (similar to the "Lines" tool, described above). - - Click the mouse button again and the shape will be drawn in the current - color. + 💡 Note: The size of the drawing canvas depends on the size of Tux + Paint. You can change the size of Tux Paint using the Tux Paint + Config. configuration tool, or by other means. See the Options + documentation for more details. + + [Selectors - Brushes, Letters, Shapes, Stamps] - → Simple Shapes Mode ← - If the "simple shapes" option is enabled, the shape will be drawn on - the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. (There's no rotation - step.) + → Right Side: Selector ← - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation to learn about the "simple shapes" - ("simpleshapes") option. + Depending on the current tool, the selector shows different things. + e.g., when the Paint Brush or Line tool is selected, it shows the + various brushes available. When the Rubber Stamp tool is selected, + it shows the different shapes you can use. When the Text or Label + tool is selected, it shows various fonts. + + [Colors - Black, White, Red, Pink, Orange, Yellow, Green, Cyan, Blue, + Purple, Brown, Grey] + → Lower: Colors ← - -e."Text" and "Label" Tools ← + When the active tool supports colors, a palette of colors choices + will be shown near the bottom of the screen. Click one to choose a + color, and it will be used by the active tool. (For example, the + "Paint" tool will use it as the color to draw with the chosen + brush, and the "Fill" tool will use it as the color to use when + flood-filling an area of the picture.) - Choose a font (from the 'Letters' available on the right) and a color (from - the color palette near the bottom). You may also apply a bold, and/or an - italic styling effect to the text. Click on the screen and a cursor will - appear. Type text and it will show up on the screen. (You can change the - font, color, and styling while entering the text, before it is applied to - the canvas.) + On the far right are three special color options: + x Color Picker + The "color picker" (which has an outline of an eye-dropper) + allows you to pick a color found within your drawing. + (A shortcut key is available to access this feature quickly; + see below.) + x Rainbow Palette + The rainbow palette allows you to pick any color by choosing + the hue, saturation, and value of the color you want. A box on + the left displays hundreds of hues — from red at the top + through to violet at the bottom — at hundreds of saturation/ + intensity levels — from pale & washed-out on the left through + to pure on the right. A grey vertical bar provides access to + hundreds of value levels — from lighest at the top through to + darkest at the bottom. + Click the green checkbox button to select the color, or the + "Back" button to dismiss the pop-up without picking a new + color. + You may also set this tool's color to that of other color + choices: + % Whichever built-in color is selected, if any + % The Color Picker's current color + % The Color Mixer's current color + x Color Mixer + The "color mixer" (which has silhouette of a paint palette) + allows you to create colors by blending primary additive colors + — red, yellow, and blue — along with white (to "tint"), grey + (to "tone"), and black (to "shade"). + You may click any button multiple times (for example, red + red + + yellow results in a red-orange color). The ratios of colors + added are shown at the bottom. + You can start over (reset to no colors in your picture) by + clicking the "Clear" button. You can also undo or redo multiple + steps of mixing, in case you made a mistake (without having to + start over). + Click the green checkbox button to select the color, or the + "Back" button to dismiss the pop-up without picking a new + color. - Press [Enter] or [Return] and the text will be drawn onto the picture and - the cursor will move down one line. + ⌨ When the active tool supports colors, a shortcut may be used for + quick access to the "color picker" option. Hold the [Control] key + while clicking, and the color under the mouse cursor will be shown + at the bottom. You may drag around to canvas to find the color you + want. When you release the mouse button, the color under the cursor + will be selected. If you release the mouse outside of the canvas + (e.g., over the "Tools" area), the color selection will be left + unchanged. (This is similar to clicking the "Back" button that's + available when bringing up the "color picker" option via its button + the color palette.) - Alternatively, press [Tab] and the text will be drawn onto the picture, but - the cursor will move to the right of the text, rather than down a line, and - to the left. (This can be useful to create a line of text with mixed - colors, fonts, styles and sizes.) - - Text from the clipboard (copy/paste buffer) can be inserted with the "Text" - and "Label" tools by pressing the [Control] + [V] key combination on a - physical keyboard, or clicking the "Paste" button in Tux Paint's on-screen - keyboard. If the text would exceed the right edge of the canvas, it will - wrap to a new line of text (going back to the previous space or dash ('-') - if possible). If the text hits the bottom of the canvas, the pasting will - abort, truncating the text. - - Clicking elsewhere in the picture while the text entry is still active - causes the current line of text to move to that location (where you can - continue editing it). - - → "Text" versus "Label" ← - - The Text tool is the original text-entry tool in Tux Paint. Text - entered using this tool can't be modified or moved later, since it - becomes part of the drawing. However, because the text becomes part of - the picture, it can be drawn over or modified using Magic tool effects - (e.g., smudged, tinted, embossed, etc.) - - When using the Label tool (which was added to Tux Paint in version - 0.9.22), the text 'floats' over the image, and the details of the label - (the text, the position of the label, the font choice and the color) - get stored separately. This allows the label to be repositioned or - edited later. - - To edit a label, click the label selection button. All labels in the - drawing will appear highlighted. Click one — or use the [Tab] key to - cycle through all the labels, and the [Enter] or [Return] key to select - one — and you may then edit the label. (Use they [Backspace] key to - erase characters, and other keys to add text to the label; click in the - canvas to reposition the label; click in the palette to change the - color of the text in the label; etc.) - - You may "apply" a label to the canvas, painting the text into the - picture as if it had been added using the Text tool, by clicking the - label application button. (This feature was added in Tux Paint version - 0.9.28.) All labels in the drawing will appear highlighted, and you - select one just as you do when selecting a label to edit. The chosen - label will be removed, and the text will be added directly to the - canvas. - - ⚙ The Label tool can be disabled (e.g., by selecting "Disable 'Label' - Tool" in Tux Paint Config. or running Tux Paint with the "nolabel" - option). - - 📜 The ability to paste text from the clipboard was added in Tux Paint - 0.9.35 + ⚙ Note: You can define your own colors for Tux Paint. See the " + Options" documentation. + + (Example tip: 'Pick a shape. Click to pick the center, drag, then let + go when it is the size you want. Move around to rotate it, and click to + draw it.') - → International Character Input ← - - Tux Paint allows inputting characters in different languages. Most - Latin characters (A-Z, ñ, è, etc.) can by entered directly. Some - languages require that Tux Paint be switched into an alternate input - mode before entering, and some characters must be composed using - numerous keypresses. - - When Tux Paint's locale is set to one of the languages that provide - alternate input modes, a key is used to cycle through normal (Latin - character) and locale-specific mode or modes. - - Currently supported locales, the input methods available, and the key - to toggle or cycle modes, are listed below. - - @ Japanese — Romanized Hiragana and Romanized Katakana — right [Alt] - key or left [Alt] key - @ Korean — Hangul 2-Bul — right [Alt] key or left [Alt] key - @ Traditional Chinese — right [Alt] key or left [Alt] key - @ Thai — right [Alt] key - - 💡 Note: Many fonts do not include all characters for all languages, so - sometimes you'll need to change fonts to see the characters you're - trying to type. - - - - → On-screen Keyboard ← - - An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the Text and Label - tools, which can provide a variety of layouts and character composition - (e.g., composing "a" and "e" into "æ"). Run Tux Paint with the - "--onscreen-keyboard" option, or enable that setting in Tux Paint's - configuration file, to enable it. Multiple layouts are offered - (currently "QWERTY" and "ABC"), which the user can switch between. - Additional configuration options allow specifying a default layout, as - well as preventing the layout from being changed. - - The on-screen keyboard appears at the bottom or top of the Tux Paint - window, obscuring part of the canvas, depending on where the text - insertion cursor is placed. Along with alphabetic, numeric, and some - punctuation keys, the keyboard provides: - @ A "Backspace" key (⇐) to remove the previous character - @ A "Carriage Return" ("Return"/"Enter") key (⏎) to end the current - input and begin a new one on the following line (below and to the - left) - @ A "Tab" key (⇔) to end the current input and begin a new one at the - current cursor position - @ A "Shift" key (⇑) to shift alphabetic keys from lowercase to - uppercase, access more punctuation, etc. - @ A "Caps Lock" key (⤒) to toggle permanent shifting of alphabetic - keys from lowercase to uppercase (click it again to disable caps - lock) - @ A "Compose" key ("Cmp"), to initiate character composition (e.g., - click "Cmp", "a", "e" to produce an "æ" character) - @ An "Alternate Graphics" key ("AltGr") to access additional - characters (e.g., "¿", "ß", etc.) - @ An "Alternate" key ("Alt") - @ A "Paste" key to paste the current clipboard's text into the Text - or Label tool - @ Left and right arrows (← & →) to access different on-screen - keyboard layouts - - ⚙ See the "Options" and "Extending Tux Paint" documentation for more - information. - - - - - -f."Fill" Tool ← - - The 'Fill' tool 'flood-fills' a contiguous area of your drawing with a - color of your choice. Three fill options are offered: - o Solid — click once to fill an area with a solid color. - o Brush — click and drag to fill an area with a solid color using - freehand painting. - o Linear — click and then drag to fill the area with color that fades - away (a gradient) towards where you drag the mouse. - o Radial — click once to fill an area with a color that fades away (a - gradient) radially, centered on where you clicked. - o Shaped — click once to fill an area with a color that fades away (a - gradient), following the contours of the shape you're filling. - o Eraser — click once to erase an area, exposing the solid color - background, or starter or template background image, upon which the - drawing was based. (See Available Tools > Drawing Tools > "Eraser" Tool - and Other Controls > 'Starter' & Template Images.) + → Bottom: Help Area ← - 📜 Note: Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.24, "Fill" was a Magic tool (see below). - Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.26, the "Fill" tool only offered the 'Solid' method - of filling. 'Shaped' fill was introduced in Tux Paint 0.9.29. + At the very bottom of the screen, Tux, the Linux Penguin, provides + tips and other information while you use Tux Paint. - -g."Magic" Tool (Special Effects) ← + + + ### D. Available Tools ### - The Magic tool is actually a set of special tools. Select one of the - 'magic' effects from the selector on the right. Then, depending on the - tool, you can either click and drag around the picture, and/or simply click - the picture once, to apply the effect. + ## 1. Drawing Tools ## - The Magic Tools + a. "Paint" Tool (Brush) ← + The Paint Brush tool lets you draw freehand, using various brushes + (chosen in the Selector on the right) and colors (chosen in the + Color palette towards the bottom). - See the instructions for each Magic tool (in the 'magic-docs' folder). + If you hold the mouse button down, and move the mouse, it will draw + as you move. - Magic Controls + Some brushes are animated — they change their shape as you draw + them. A good example of this is the vines brush that ships with Tux + Paint. These brushes will have a small "filmstrip" icon drawn on + their Selector buttons. + Other brushes are directional — they will draw a different shape + depending on what direction you are painting with them. An example + of this is the arrow brush that ships with Tux Paint. These brushes + have a small 8-way arrow icon drawn on their Selector buttons. - If the tool can be used by clicking and dragging, a 'painting' button - will be available on the left, below the list of Magic tools on the - right side of the screen. If the tool can affect the entire picture at - once, an 'entire picture' button will be available on the right. + Finally, some brushes can be both direction and animated. Examples + of this are the cat and squirrel brushes that ship with Tux Paint. + These brushes will have both the "filmstrip" and 8-way arrow icons. - ⚙ Note: If the "nomagiccontrols" option is set, Tux Paint won't display - the painting or entire picture controls. See the "Options" - documentation. + As you draw, a sound is played. The bigger the brush, the lower the + pitch. - 💡 If the magic controls are disabled, the Magic plugin may make - separate tools available, one for painting and one that affects the - entire pictre. + Brush Spacing - Magic Sizing + The space between each position where a brush is applied to the + canvas can vary. Some brushes (such as the footprints and + flower) are spaced, by default, far enough apart that they + don't overlap. Other brushes (such as the basic circular ones) + are spaced closely, so they make a continuous stroke. - Some tools offer different sizing options. If so, a slider will appear - at the bottom right side of the screen. This may affect the radius of a - special effect (e.g., Darken) or painted object (e.g., Patterns), or - other attributes (e.g., large versus small Brick shapes). - - ⚙ Note: If the "nomagicsizes" option is set, Tux Paint won't display - the sizing controls. See the "Options" documentation. - - 💡 If the sizing option is disabled, the Magic plugin may simply offer a - default size (e.g., Patterns), or it may make separate tools available - with different pre-set sizes (e.g., Bricks and Googly Eyes). + The default spacing of brushes may be overridden using by + clicking within the triangular-shaped series of bars at the + bottom right; the larger the bar, the wider the spacing. Brush + spacing affects both tools that use the brushes: the "Paint" + tool and the "Lines" tool. - 📜 This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.30. - - ⚙ Note: If the "ungroupmagictools" option is set, Tux Paint won't split - Magic tools into groups of related tools, and instead present them all as - one large list. See the "Options" documentation. + ⚙ Note: If the "nobrushspacing" option is set, Tux Paint won't + display the brush spacing controls. See the "Options" + documentation. - -h."Eraser" Tool ← + + b."Stamp" Tool (Rubber Stamps) ← - This tool works similarly to the Paint Brush. Wherever you click (or click - and drag), things you've added to your drawing will be erased, exposing the - background that you chose when you started the drawing, be it a solid - color, the background of a 'Starter' image, or a 'Template' image. (See - Available Tools > Other Controls > "New" Command.) + The Stamp tool is like a set of rubber stamps or stickers. It lets + you paste pre-drawn or photographic images (like a picture of a + horse, or a tree, or the moon) in your picture. - A number of eraser types are available, each offering multiple sizes are - available: - o Square — Square-shaped erasers that completely remove parts of your - drawing. - o Circle (solid) — Circle-shaped erasers that completely remove parts of - your drawing. - o Fuzzy-edged Circle — Circle-shaped erasers with soft edges that blend - with the background. - o Transparent Circle — Circle-shaped erasers that blend your drawing with - the background. Release and click again to expose more and more of the - background. + As you move the mouse around the canvas, an outline follows the + mouse, showing where the stamp will be placed, and how big it will + be. Click on the canvas where you wish to place the stamp. - As you move the mouse around, an outline follows the pointer, showing what - part of the picture will be erased. + → Stamp Categories ← + There can be numerous categories of stamps (e.g., animals, + plants, outer space, vehicles, people, etc.). Use the Left and + Right arrows near the bottom of the Selector to cycle through + the collections. + + → Stamp Rotation ← - As you erase, a 'squeaky clean' eraser wiping sound is played. + Using the rotation toggle button near the bottom right, you can + enable a rotation step when placing stamps. Once you've placed + the stamp, choose the angle to rotate it by moving the mouse + around the canvas. Click the mouse button again and the stamp + will be added to the drawing. - ⌨ Hold the [X] key while clicking for quick access to a small sharp round - eraser (not available when the Text or Label tools are selected, when - you're in the process of rotating a stamp or shape, or when using an - interactive magic tool). Release the mouse to return to your - currently-selected tool. + ⚙ Note: If "stamp rotation" option is disabled, the stamp will + be drawn on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. + (There's no rotation step.) See the "Options" documentation to + learn about the "stamp rotation" ("stamprotation") option. + 📜 Note: The stamp rotation feature was added to Tux Paint in + version 0.9.29. - -## 2. Other Controls ## + + → Stamp Controls ← -a."Undo" and "Redo" Commands ← + Prior to 'stamping' an image onto your drawing, various effects + can sometimes be applied (depending on the stamp): - Clicking the "Undo" button will undo (revert) the last drawing action. You - can even undo more than once! + * Some stamps can be colored or tinted. If the color palette + below the canvas is activated, you can click the colors to + change the tint or color of the stamp before placing it in + the picture. + * Stamps can be shrunk and expanded, by clicking within the + triangular-shaped series of bars at the bottom right; the + larger the bar, the larger the stamp will appear in your + picture. + * Many stamps may be flipped vertically, or displayed as a + mirror-image, using the control buttons at the bottom + right. - ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [Z] on the keyboard to Undo. + ⚙ Note: If the "nostampcontrols" option is set, Tux Paint won't + display the Rotation, Mirror, Flip, or sizing controls for + stamps. See the "Options" documentation. - Clicking the "Redo" button will redo the drawing action you just un-did via - the "Undo" command. - As long as you don't draw again, you can redo as many times as you had - undone! + + → Stamp Sounds ← - ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [R] on the keyboard to Redo. + Different stamps can have different sound effects and/or + descriptive (spoken) sounds. Buttons in the Help Area at the + lower left (near Tux, the Linux penguin) allow you to re-play + the sound effects and descriptive sounds for the + currently-selected stamp. - -b."New" Command ← + - Clicking the 'New' button will start a new drawing. A dialog will appear - where you may choose to start a new picture using a solid background color, - or using a 'Starter' or 'Template' image (see below). You will first be - asked whether you really want to do this. + + c."Lines" Tool ← - When you use the 'Eraser' tool things you've added to your drawing will be - removed, exposing the background you chose when starting a new drawing. - (See Available Tools > Drawing Tools > "Eraser" Tool.) + This tool lets you draw straight lines using the various brushes + and colors you normally use with the Paint Brush. - ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [N] on the keyboard to start a - new drawing. + Click the mouse and hold it to choose the starting point of the + line. As you move the mouse around, a thin 'rubber-band' line will + show where the line will be drawn. At the bottom, you'll see the + angle of your line, in degrees. A line going straight to the right + is 0°, a line going straight up is 90°, a line going straight left + is 180°, a line going straight down is 270°, and so on. - → Special Solid Background Color Choices ← - Along with the preset solid colors, you can also choose colors using a - rainbow palette or a "color mixer". These operate identically to the - options found in the color palette shown below the canvas when drawing - a picture. See Main Screen > Lower: Colors > Special color options for - details. - - 'Starter' & Template Images ← - @ 'Starters' can behave like a page from a coloring book — a - black-and-white outline of a picture, which you can then color in, - and the black outline remains intact — or like a 3D photograph, - where you draw in between a foreground and background layer. - @ 'Templates' are similar, but simply provide a background drawing to - work off of. Unlike 'Starters', there is no layer that remains in - the foreground of anything you draw in the picture. + Let go of the mouse to complete the line. A "sproing!" sound will + play. - When using the 'Eraser' tool or the 'Eraser' mode of the 'Fill' tool, - the original image from the 'Starter' or 'Template' will reappear. (See - Available Tools > Drawing Tools > "Eraser" Tool and "Fill" Tool.) + Some brushes are animated, and will show a pattern of shapes along + the line. Others are directional, and will show a different shape + depending on the angle of the brush. And finally some are both + animated and directional. See "Paint", above, to learn more. - The 'Flip' and 'Mirror' Magic tools affect the orientation of the - 'Starter' or 'Template', as well. (See Available Tools > "Magic" Tool - (Special Effects) > Flip and Mirror.) + Different brushes have different spacing, leaving either a series + of individual shapes, or a continuous stroke of the brush shape. + Brush spacing may be adjusted. See the brush spacing section of the + "Paint" tool, above, to learn more. - When you load a 'Starter' or 'Template', draw on it, and then click - 'Save,' it creates a new picture file — it doesn't overwrite the - original, so you can use it again later (by accessing it from the 'New' - dialog). - ⚙ You can create your own 'Starter' and Template images. See the - Extending Tux Paint documentation's sections on 'Starters' and - Templates. + + d."Shapes" Tool ← - 💡 You can also convert your saved drawings into Templates directly - within Tux Paint, from the 'Open' dialog. See "Open", below. + This tool lets you draw some simple filled, and un-filled shapes. + Select a shape from the selector on the right (circle, square, + oval, etc.). - - → Erasing Exported Template Images ← + Use the options at the bottom right to choose the shape tool's + behavior: - If you've selected a Template in your personal templates folder, and it - was created from within Tux Paint (using the "Template" button in the - "Open" dialog), you may remove it from within Tux Paint, too. An - 'Erase' (trash can) button will appear at the lower right of the list. - Click it to erase the selected template. (You will be asked to - confirm.) + → Shapes from center ← + The shape will expand from where you initially clicked, and + will be centered around that position. - 💡 Note: On Linux, Windows, and macOS, the picture will be placed in - your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may recover and - restore it, if you change your mind). + 📜 This was Tux Paint's only behavior through version 0.9.24.) - ⚙ Note: The 'Erase' button may be disabled, via the "noerase" option. + + → Shapes from corner ← + The shape will extend with one corner starting from where you + initially clicked. This is the default method of most other + traditional drawing software. - + 📜 This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.25. - ⚙ Note: The solid colors can be placed at the end of the 'New' dialog - (below the Starters and Templates), via the "newcolorslast" option. + - -c."Open" Command ← + ⚙ Note: If shape controls are disabled (e.g., with the + "noshapecontrols" option), the controls will not be presented, and + the "shapes from center" method will be used. - This shows you a list of all of the pictures you've saved. If there are - more than can fit on the screen, use the up and down arrows at the top and - bottom of the list to scroll through the list of pictures. + In the canvas, click the mouse and hold it to stretch the shape out + from where you clicked. Some shapes can change proportion (e.g., + rectangle and oval may be wider than tall, or taller than wide), + others cannot (e.g., square and circle). - Click a picture to select it, and then... - o Click the green 'Open' button at the lower left of the list to load the - selected picture. You will then be able to edit it. + For shapes that can change proportion, the aspect ratio of the + shape will be shown at the bottom. For example: "1:1" will be shown + if it is "square" (as tall as it is wide); "2:1" if it is either + twice as wide as it is tall, or twice as tall as it is wide; and so + on. - (Alternatively, you can double-click a picture's icon to load it.) + Let go of the mouse when you're done stretching. - 💡 If choose to open a picture, and your current drawing hasn't been - saved, you will be prompted as to whether you want to save it or not. - (See "Save," below.) + → Normal Shapes Mode ← - o Click the brown 'Erase' (trash can) button at the lower right of the - list to erase the selected picture. (You will be asked to confirm.) + Now you can move the mouse around the canvas to rotate the + shape. The angle your shape is rotated will be shown at the + bottom, in degrees (similar to the "Lines" tool, described + above). - 📜 Note: On Linux (as of version 0.9.22), Windows (as of version - 0.9.27), and macOS (as of version 0.9.29), the picture will be placed - in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may recover and - restore it, if you change your mind). + Click the mouse button again and the shape will be drawn in the + current color. - ⚙ Note: The 'Erase' button may be disabled, via the "noerase" option. - o Click the 'Export' button near the lower right to export the selected - picture to your export folder. (e.g., "~/Pictures/TuxPaint/") + + → Simple Shapes Mode ← + If the "simple shapes" option is enabled, the shape will be + drawn on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. + (There's no rotation step.) - From the "Open" screen you can also: - o Click the blue 'Slides' (slide projector) button at the lower left to - go to slideshow mode. See "Slides", below, for details. + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation to learn about the "simple + shapes" ("simpleshapes") option. - o Click the blue 'Template' button at the lower left to go to convert the - selected picture into a new template, which can be used as the basis - for new drawings. - 📜 Note: The Template creation feature was added to Tux Paint in version - 0.9.31. To learn how to create Templates outside of Tux Paint, see - Extending Tux Paint + - ⚙ The Template creation feature can be disabled (e.g., by selecting - "Disable 'Make Template'" in Tux Paint Config. or running Tux Paint - with the "notemplateexport" option). + + e."Text" and "Label" Tools ← - o Click the red 'Back' arrow button at the lower right of the list to - cancel and return to the picture you were drawing. + Choose a font (from the 'Letters' available on the right) and a + color (from the color palette near the bottom). You may also apply + a bold, and/or an italic styling effect to the text. Click on the + screen and a cursor will appear. Type text and it will show up on + the screen. (You can change the font, color, and styling while + entering the text, before it is applied to the canvas.) - ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [O] on the keyboard to bring up - the 'Open' dialog. + Press [Enter] or [Return] and the text will be drawn onto the + picture and the cursor will move down one line. + Alternatively, press [Tab] and the text will be drawn onto the + picture, but the cursor will move to the right of the text, rather + than down a line, and to the left. (This can be useful to create a + line of text with mixed colors, fonts, styles and sizes.) - -d."Save" Command ← + Text from the clipboard (copy/paste buffer) can be inserted with + the "Text" and "Label" tools by pressing the [Control] + [V] key + combination on a physical keyboard, or clicking the "Paste" button + in Tux Paint's on-screen keyboard. If the text would exceed the + right edge of the canvas, it will wrap to a new line of text (going + back to the previous space or dash ('-') if possible). If the text + hits the bottom of the canvas, the pasting will abort, truncating + the text. + + Clicking elsewhere in the picture while the text entry is still + active causes the current line of text to move to that location + (where you can continue editing it). + + → "Text" versus "Label" ← + + The Text tool is the original text-entry tool in Tux Paint. + Text entered using this tool can't be modified or moved later, + since it becomes part of the drawing. However, because the text + becomes part of the picture, it can be drawn over or modified + using Magic tool effects (e.g., smudged, tinted, embossed, + etc.) + + When using the Label tool (which was added to Tux Paint in + version 0.9.22), the text 'floats' over the image, and the + details of the label (the text, the position of the label, the + font choice and the color) get stored separately. This allows + the label to be repositioned or edited later. + + To edit a label, click the label selection button. All labels + in the drawing will appear highlighted. Click one — or use the + [Tab] key to cycle through all the labels, and the [Enter] or + [Return] key to select one — and you may then edit the label. + (Use they [Backspace] key to erase characters, and other keys + to add text to the label; click in the canvas to reposition the + label; click in the palette to change the color of the text in + the label; etc.) + + You may "apply" a label to the canvas, painting the text into + the picture as if it had been added using the Text tool, by + clicking the label application button. (This feature was added + in Tux Paint version 0.9.28.) All labels in the drawing will + appear highlighted, and you select one just as you do when + selecting a label to edit. The chosen label will be removed, + and the text will be added directly to the canvas. + + ⚙ The Label tool can be disabled (e.g., by selecting "Disable + 'Label' Tool" in Tux Paint Config. or running Tux Paint with + the "nolabel" option). + + 📜 The ability to paste text from the clipboard was added in Tux + Paint 0.9.35 + + + + → International Character Input ← + + Tux Paint allows inputting characters in different languages. + Most Latin characters (A-Z, ñ, è, etc.) can by entered + directly. Some languages require that Tux Paint be switched + into an alternate input mode before entering, and some + characters must be composed using numerous keypresses. + + When Tux Paint's locale is set to one of the languages that + provide alternate input modes, a key is used to cycle through + normal (Latin character) and locale-specific mode or modes. + + Currently supported locales, the input methods available, and + the key to toggle or cycle modes, are listed below. + + * Japanese — Romanized Hiragana and Romanized Katakana — + right [Alt] key or left [Alt] key + * Korean — Hangul 2-Bul — right [Alt] key or left [Alt] key + * Traditional Chinese — right [Alt] key or left [Alt] key + * Thai — right [Alt] key + + 💡 Note: Many fonts do not include all characters for all + languages, so sometimes you'll need to change fonts to see the + characters you're trying to type. + + + + → On-screen Keyboard ← + + An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the Text and + Label tools, which can provide a variety of layouts and + character composition (e.g., composing "a" and "e" into "æ"). + Run Tux Paint with the "--onscreen-keyboard" option, or enable + that setting in Tux Paint's configuration file, to enable it. + Multiple layouts are offered (currently "QWERTY" and "ABC"), + which the user can switch between. Additional configuration + options allow specifying a default layout, as well as + preventing the layout from being changed. + + The on-screen keyboard appears at the bottom or top of the Tux + Paint window, obscuring part of the canvas, depending on where + the text insertion cursor is placed. Along with alphabetic, + numeric, and some punctuation keys, the keyboard provides: + * A "Backspace" key (⇐) to remove the previous character + * A "Carriage Return" ("Return"/"Enter") key (⏎) to end the + current input and begin a new one on the following line + (below and to the left) + * A "Tab" key (⇔) to end the current input and begin a new + one at the current cursor position + * A "Shift" key (⇑) to shift alphabetic keys from lowercase + to uppercase, access more punctuation, etc. + * A "Caps Lock" key (⤒) to toggle permanent shifting of + alphabetic keys from lowercase to uppercase (click it again + to disable caps lock) + * A "Compose" key ("Cmp"), to initiate character composition + (e.g., click "Cmp", "a", "e" to produce an "æ" character) + * An "Alternate Graphics" key ("AltGr") to access additional + characters (e.g., "¿", "ß", etc.) + * An "Alternate" key ("Alt") + * A "Paste" key to paste the current clipboard's text into + the Text or Label tool + * Left and right arrows (← & →) to access different on-screen + keyboard layouts + + ⚙ See the "Options" and "Extending Tux Paint" documentation for + more information. + + + + + + f."Fill" Tool ← + + The 'Fill' tool 'flood-fills' a contiguous area of your drawing + with a color of your choice. Three fill options are offered: + x Solid — click once to fill an area with a solid color. + x Brush — click and drag to fill an area with a solid color using + freehand painting. + x Linear — click and then drag to fill the area with color that + fades away (a gradient) towards where you drag the mouse. + x Radial — click once to fill an area with a color that fades + away (a gradient) radially, centered on where you clicked. + x Shaped — click once to fill an area with a color that fades + away (a gradient), following the contours of the shape you're + filling. + x Eraser — click once to erase an area, exposing the solid color + background, or starter or template background image, upon which + the drawing was based. (See Available Tools > Drawing Tools > + "Eraser" Tool and Other Controls > 'Starter' & Template Images + .) + + 📜 Note: Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.24, "Fill" was a Magic tool (see + below). Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.26, the "Fill" tool only offered the + 'Solid' method of filling. 'Shaped' fill was introduced in Tux + Paint 0.9.29. + + + + g."Magic" Tool (Special Effects) ← + + The Magic tool is actually a set of special tools. Select one of + the 'magic' effects from the selector on the right. Then, depending + on the tool, you can either click and drag around the picture, and/ + or simply click the picture once, to apply the effect. + + The Magic Tools + + + See the instructions for each Magic tool (in the 'magic-docs' + folder). + + Magic Controls + + + If the tool can be used by clicking and dragging, a 'painting' + button will be available on the left, below the list of Magic + tools on the right side of the screen. If the tool can affect + the entire picture at once, an 'entire picture' button will be + available on the right. + + ⚙ Note: If the "nomagiccontrols" option is set, Tux Paint won't + display the painting or entire picture controls. See the " + Options" documentation. + + 💡 If the magic controls are disabled, the Magic plugin may make + separate tools available, one for painting and one that affects + the entire pictre. + + Magic Sizing + + + Some tools offer different sizing options. If so, a slider will + appear at the bottom right side of the screen. This may affect + the radius of a special effect (e.g., Darken) or painted object + (e.g., Patterns), or other attributes (e.g., large versus small + Brick shapes). + + ⚙ Note: If the "nomagicsizes" option is set, Tux Paint won't + display the sizing controls. See the "Options" documentation. + + 💡 If the sizing option is disabled, the Magic plugin may simply + offer a default size (e.g., Patterns), or it may make separate + tools available with different pre-set sizes (e.g., Bricks and + Googly Eyes). + + 📜 This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.30. + + ⚙ Note: If the "ungroupmagictools" option is set, Tux Paint won't + split Magic tools into groups of related tools, and instead present + them all as one large list. See the "Options" documentation. + + + + h."Eraser" Tool ← + + This tool works similarly to the Paint Brush. Wherever you click + (or click and drag), things you've added to your drawing will be + erased, exposing the background that you chose when you started the + drawing, be it a solid color, the background of a 'Starter' image, + or a 'Template' image. (See Available Tools > Other Controls > + "New" Command.) - This saves your current picture. + A number of eraser types are available, each offering multiple + sizes are available: + x Square — Square-shaped erasers that completely remove parts of + your drawing. + x Circle (solid) — Circle-shaped erasers that completely remove + parts of your drawing. + x Fuzzy-edged Circle — Circle-shaped erasers with soft edges that + blend with the background. + x Transparent Circle — Circle-shaped erasers that blend your + drawing with the background. Release and click again to expose + more and more of the background. + + As you move the mouse around, an outline follows the pointer, + showing what part of the picture will be erased. + + As you erase, a 'squeaky clean' eraser wiping sound is played. - If you haven't saved it before, it will create a new entry in the list of - saved images. (i.e., it will create a new file) + ⌨ Hold the [X] key while clicking for quick access to a small sharp + round eraser (not available when the Text or Label tools are + selected, when you're in the process of rotating a stamp or shape, + or when using an interactive magic tool). Release the mouse to + return to your currently-selected tool. - 💡 Note: It won't ask you anything (e.g., for a filename). It will simply - save the picture, and play a "camera shutter" sound effect. - If you have saved the picture before, or this is a picture you just loaded - using the "Open" command, you will first be asked whether you want to save - over the old version, or create a new entry (a new file). + + + ## 2. Other Controls ## - ⚙ Note: If either the "saveover" or "saveovernew" options are set, it won't - ask before saving over. See the "Options" documentation. + a."Undo" and "Redo" Commands ← - ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [S] on the keyboard to save. + Clicking the "Undo" button will undo (revert) the last drawing + action. You can even undo more than once! + ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [Z] on the keyboard to + Undo. - -e."Print" Command ← + Clicking the "Redo" button will redo the drawing action you just + un-did via the "Undo" command. - Click this button and your picture will be printed! + As long as you don't draw again, you can redo as many times as you + had undone! - On most platforms, you can also hold the [Alt] key (called [Option] on - Macs) while clicking the 'Print' button to get a printer dialog. Note that - this may not work if you're running Tux Paint in fullscreen mode. See - below. + ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [R] on the keyboard to + Redo. - → Disabling Printing ← - The "noprint" option can be set, which will disable Tux Paint's 'Print' - button. + + b."New" Command ← - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + Clicking the 'New' button will start a new drawing. A dialog will + appear where you may choose to start a new picture using a solid + background color, or using a 'Starter' or 'Template' image (see + below). You will first be asked whether you really want to do this. + When you use the 'Eraser' tool things you've added to your drawing + will be removed, exposing the background you chose when starting a + new drawing. (See Available Tools > Drawing Tools > "Eraser" Tool.) - - → Restricting Printing ← + ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [N] on the keyboard to + start a new drawing. - The "printdelay" option can be set, which will only allow occasional - printing — once every so many seconds, as configured by you. + → Special Solid Background Color Choices ← + Along with the preset solid colors, you can also choose colors + using a rainbow palette or a "color mixer". These operate + identically to the options found in the color palette shown + below the canvas when drawing a picture. See Main Screen > + Lower: Colors > Special color options for details. + + 'Starter' & Template Images ← + * 'Starters' can behave like a page from a coloring book — a + black-and-white outline of a picture, which you can then + color in, and the black outline remains intact — or like a + 3D photograph, where you draw in between a foreground and + background layer. + * 'Templates' are similar, but simply provide a background + drawing to work off of. Unlike 'Starters', there is no + layer that remains in the foreground of anything you draw + in the picture. - For example, with "printdelay=60" in Tux Paint's configuration file, - printing can only occur once per minute (60 seconds). + When using the 'Eraser' tool or the 'Eraser' mode of the 'Fill' + tool, the original image from the 'Starter' or 'Template' will + reappear. (See Available Tools > Drawing Tools > "Eraser" Tool + and "Fill" Tool.) - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + The 'Flip' and 'Mirror' Magic tools affect the orientation of + the 'Starter' or 'Template', as well. (See Available Tools > + "Magic" Tool (Special Effects) > Flip and Mirror.) + When you load a 'Starter' or 'Template', draw on it, and then + click 'Save,' it creates a new picture file — it doesn't + overwrite the original, so you can use it again later (by + accessing it from the 'New' dialog). - - → Printing Commands ← + ⚙ You can create your own 'Starter' and Template images. See + the Extending Tux Paint documentation's sections on 'Starters' + and Templates. - (Linux and Unix only) + 💡 You can also convert your saved drawings into Templates + directly within Tux Paint, from the 'Open' dialog. See "Open", + below. - Tux Paint prints by generating a PostScript representation of the - drawing and sending it to an external program. By default, the program - is: - lpr + + → Erasing Exported Template Images ← - This command can be changed by setting a "printcommand" option in Tux - Paint's configuration file. + If you've selected a Template in your personal templates + folder, and it was created from within Tux Paint (using the + "Template" button in the "Open" dialog), you may remove it from + within Tux Paint, too. An 'Erase' (trash can) button will + appear at the lower right of the list. Click it to erase the + selected template. (You will be asked to confirm.) - An alternative print command can be invoked by holding the "[Alt]" key - on the keyboard while clicking clicking the 'Print' button, as long as - you're not in fullscreen mode, an alternative program is run. By - default, the program is KDE's graphical print dialog: + 💡 Note: On Linux, Windows, and macOS, the picture will be + placed in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may + recover and restore it, if you change your mind). - kprinter + ⚙ Note: The 'Erase' button may be disabled, via the "noerase" + option. - This command can be changed by setting a "altprintcommand" option in - Tux Paint's configuration file. - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + + ⚙ Note: The solid colors can be placed at the end of the 'New' + dialog (below the Starters and Templates), via the "newcolorslast" + option. - - → Printer Settings ← - (Windows and macOS) + + c."Open" Command ← - By default, Tux Paint simply prints to the default printer with default - settings when the 'Print' button is pushed. + This shows you a list of all of the pictures you've saved. If there + are more than can fit on the screen, use the up and down arrows at + the top and bottom of the list to scroll through the list of + pictures. - However, if you hold the [Alt] (or [Option]) key on the keyboard while - clicking the 'Print' button, as long as you're not in fullscreen mode, - your operating system's printer dialog will appear, where you can - change the settings. + Click a picture to select it, and then... + x Click the green 'Open' button at the lower left of the list to + load the selected picture. You will then be able to edit it. - You can have the printer configuration changes stored between Tux Paint - sessions by setting the "printcfg" option. + (Alternatively, you can double-click a picture's icon to load + it.) - If the "printcfg" option is used, printer settings will be loaded from - the file "printcfg.cfg" in your personal folder (see below). Any - changes will be saved there as well. + 💡 If choose to open a picture, and your current drawing hasn't + been saved, you will be prompted as to whether you want to save + it or not. (See "Save," below.) - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + x Click the brown 'Erase' (trash can) button at the lower right + of the list to erase the selected picture. (You will be asked + to confirm.) + 📜 Note: On Linux (as of version 0.9.22), Windows (as of version + 0.9.27), and macOS (as of version 0.9.29), the picture will be + placed in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may + recover and restore it, if you change your mind). - - → Printer Dialog Options ← + ⚙ Note: The 'Erase' button may be disabled, via the "noerase" + option. - By default, Tux Paint only shows the printer dialog (or, on Linux/Unix, - runs the "altprintcommand"; e.g., "kprinter" instead of "lpr") if the - [Alt] (or [Option]) key is held while clicking the 'Print' button. + x Click the 'Export' button near the lower right to export the + selected picture to your export folder. (e.g., "~/Pictures/ + TuxPaint/") - However, this behavior can be changed. You can have the printer dialog - always appear by using "--altprintalways" on the command-line, or - "altprint=always" in Tux Paint's configuration file. Conversely, you - can prevent the [Alt]/[Option] key from having any effect by using - "--altprintnever", or "altprint=never". + From the "Open" screen you can also: + x Click the blue 'Slides' (slide projector) button at the lower + left to go to slideshow mode. See "Slides", below, for details. - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + x Click the blue 'Template' button at the lower left to go to + convert the selected picture into a new template, which can be + used as the basis for new drawings. + 📜 Note: The Template creation feature was added to Tux Paint in + version 0.9.31. To learn how to create Templates outside of Tux + Paint, see Extending Tux Paint - + ⚙ The Template creation feature can be disabled (e.g., by + selecting "Disable 'Make Template'" in Tux Paint Config. or + running Tux Paint with the "notemplateexport" option). - -f."Slides" Command (under "Open") ← + x Click the red 'Back' arrow button at the lower right of the + list to cancel and return to the picture you were drawing. - The 'Slides' button is available in the 'Open' dialog. It can be used to - play a simple animation within Tux Paint, or a slideshow of pictures. It - can also export an animated GIF based on the chosen images. + ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [O] on the keyboard to + bring up the 'Open' dialog. - → Chosing pictures ← - When you enter the 'Slides' section of Tux Paint, it displays a list of - your saved files, just like the 'Open' dialog. + + d."Save" Command ← - Click each of the images you wish to display in a slideshow-style - presentation, one by one. A digit will appear over each image, letting - you know in which order they will be displayed. + This saves your current picture. - You can click a selected image to unselect it (take it out of your - slideshow). Click it again if you wish to add it to the end of the - list. + If you haven't saved it before, it will create a new entry in the + list of saved images. (i.e., it will create a new file) + 💡 Note: It won't ask you anything (e.g., for a filename). It will + simply save the picture, and play a "camera shutter" sound effect. - - → Set playback speed ← + If you have saved the picture before, or this is a picture you just + loaded using the "Open" command, you will first be asked whether + you want to save over the old version, or create a new entry (a new + file). - A sliding scale at the lower left of the screen (next to the 'Play' - button) can be used to adjust the speed of the slideshow or animated - GIF, from slowest to fastest. Choose the leftmost setting to disable - automatic advancement during playback within Tux Paint — you will need - to press a key or click to go to the next slide (see below). + ⚙ Note: If either the "saveover" or "saveovernew" options are set, + it won't ask before saving over. See the "Options" documentation. - 💡 Note: The slowest setting does not automatically advance through the - slides. Use it for when you want to step through them manually. (This - does not apply to an exported animated GIF.) + ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [S] on the keyboard to + save. - - → Playback in Tux Paint ← + + e."Print" Command ← - To play a slideshow within Tux Paint, click the 'Play' button. + Click this button and your picture will be printed! - 💡 Note: If you hadn't selected any images, then all of your saved - images will be played in the slideshow! + On most platforms, you can also hold the [Alt] key (called [Option] + on Macs) while clicking the 'Print' button to get a printer dialog. + Note that this may not work if you're running Tux Paint in + fullscreen mode. See below. - During the slideshow, press [Space], [Enter] or [Return], or the [Right - arrow] — or click the 'Next' button at the lower left — to manually - advance to the next slide. Press [Left arrow] to go back to the - previous slide. + → Disabling Printing ← - Press [Escape], or click the 'Back' button at the lower right, to exit - the slideshow and return to the slideshow image selection screen. + The "noprint" option can be set, which will disable Tux Paint's + 'Print' button. + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. - - → Exporting an animated GIF ← - Click the 'GIF Export' button near the lower right to have Tux Paint - generate an animated GIF file based on the selected images. + + → Restricting Printing ← - 💡 Note: At least two images must be selected. (To export a single - image, use the 'Export' option from the main 'Open' dialog.) If no - images are selected, Tux Paint will not attempt to generate a GIF based - on all saved images. + The "printdelay" option can be set, which will only allow + occasional printing — once every so many seconds, as configured + by you. - Pressing [Escape] during the export process will abort the process, and - return you to the 'Slideshow' dialog. + For example, with "printdelay=60" in Tux Paint's configuration + file, printing can only occur once per minute (60 seconds). + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. - - Click 'Back' in the slideshow image selection screen to return to the - 'Open' dialog. + + → Printing Commands ← + (Linux and Unix only) - -g."Quit" Command ← + Tux Paint prints by generating a PostScript representation of + the drawing and sending it to an external program. By default, + the program is: - Clicking the 'Quit' button, closing the Tux Paint window, or pushing the - [Escape] key will quit Tux Paint. + lpr - You will first be prompted as to whether you really want to quit. + This command can be changed by setting a "printcommand" option + in Tux Paint's configuration file. - If you choose to quit, and you haven't saved the current picture, you will - first be asked if wish to save it. If it's not a new image, you will then - be asked if you want to save over the old version, or create a new entry. - (See "Save" above.) + An alternative print command can be invoked by holding the " + [Alt]" key on the keyboard while clicking clicking the 'Print' + button, as long as you're not in fullscreen mode, an + alternative program is run. By default, the program is KDE's + graphical print dialog: - ⚙ Note: If the image is saved, it will be reloaded automatically the next - time you run Tux Paint -- unless the "startblank" option is set. + kprinter - ⚙ Note: The 'Quit' button within Tux Paint, and quitting via the [Escape] - key, may be disabled, via the "noquit" option. + This command can be changed by setting a "altprintcommand" + option in Tux Paint's configuration file. - In that case, the "window close" button on Tux Paint's title bar (if not in - fullscreen mode) or the [Alt] + [F4] key sequence may be used to quit. + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. - If neither of those are possible, the key sequence of [Shift] + [Control / - ⌘] + [Escape] may be used to quit. - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + + → Printer Settings ← + (Windows and macOS) - -h.Sound Muting ← + By default, Tux Paint simply prints to the default printer with + default settings when the 'Print' button is pushed. - There is no on-screen control button at this time, but by using the [Alt] + - [S] keyboard sequence, sound effects can be disabled and re-enabled (muted - and unmuted) while the program is running. + However, if you hold the [Alt] (or [Option]) key on the + keyboard while clicking the 'Print' button, as long as you're + not in fullscreen mode, your operating system's printer dialog + will appear, where you can change the settings. - Note that if sounds are completely disabled via the "nosound" option, the - [Alt] + [S] key combination has no effect. (i.e., it cannot be used to turn - on sounds when the parent/teacher wants them disabled.) + You can have the printer configuration changes stored between + Tux Paint sessions by setting the "printcfg" option. - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + If the "printcfg" option is used, printer settings will be + loaded from the file "printcfg.cfg" in your personal folder + (see below). Any changes will be saved there as well. + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. - - ### E. Controlling Tux Paint ### + + → Printer Dialog Options ← -## 1. Using a Mouse or Trackball ## + By default, Tux Paint only shows the printer dialog (or, on + Linux/Unix, runs the "altprintcommand"; e.g., "kprinter" + instead of "lpr") if the [Alt] (or [Option]) key is held while + clicking the 'Print' button. -Tux Paint's main mode of operation is via any device that appears to your -operating system as a mouse, including standard mice, trackballs, and -trackpads, as well as drawing tablets (usually operated with a stylus) and -touch screens (operated with a finger and/or a stylus) (see "Using a Tablet or -Touchscreen" below for more information). + However, this behavior can be changed. You can have the printer + dialog always appear by using "--altprintalways" on the + command-line, or "altprint=always" in Tux Paint's configuration + file. Conversely, you can prevent the [Alt]/[Option] key from + having any effect by using "--altprintnever", or "altprint= + never". -For drawing and controlling Tux Paint, only a single mouse button is used — -typically, on multi-button mice, this will the left mouse button, but this can -usually be configured at the operating system level. By default, Tux Paint will -ignore input from the other button(s). If a user attempts to use the other -button(s), a pop-up dialog will eventually appear reminding them that only one -button is recognized Tux Paint. However, you may configure Tux Paint to accept -any button as input (see the Options documentation). + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. -# a. Scrolling # -Many input devices offer a way to quickly scroll within applications — many -mice have a scroll wheel, trackballs have scroll rings, and trackpads recognize -certain "scroll" gestures (e.g., two-finger vertical motion, or vertical motion -on the edge of the trackpad). Tux Paint supports scrolling input to allow quick -scrolling through certain lists (e.g., Stamps, Magic tools, and the New and -Open dialogs). + -Tux Paint will also automatically scroll if you click and hold the mouse down -on an scroll button — the "up" and "down" arrow buttons that appear above and -below scrolling lists. + + f."Slides" Command (under "Open") ← -# b. Mouse Accessibility # + The 'Slides' button is available in the 'Open' dialog. It can be + used to play a simple animation within Tux Paint, or a slideshow of + pictures. It can also export an animated GIF based on the chosen + images. -Other devices that appear as a mouse can be used to control Tux Paint. For -example: + → Chosing pictures ← - * Head pointing/tracking devices - * Eye gaze trackers - * Foot mice + When you enter the 'Slides' section of Tux Paint, it displays a + list of your saved files, just like the 'Open' dialog. -Tux Paint offers a "sticky mouse click" accessibility setting, where a single -click begins a click-and-drag operation, and a subsequent click ends it. (See -the Options documentation.) + Click each of the images you wish to display in a + slideshow-style presentation, one by one. A digit will appear + over each image, letting you know in which order they will be + displayed. -## 2. Using a Tablet or Touchscreen ## + You can click a selected image to unselect it (take it out of + your slideshow). Click it again if you wish to add it to the + end of the list. -As noted above, Tux Paint recognizes any device that appears as a mouse. This -means drawing tablets and touchscreens may be used. However, these devices -often support other features beyond X/Y motion, button clicks, and scroll-wheel -motion. Currently, those additional features are not supported by Tux Paint. -Some examples: - * Pressure and angle - * Eraser tip - * Multi-touch gestures + + → Set playback speed ← -## 3. Using a Joystick-like Device ## + A sliding scale at the lower left of the screen (next to the + 'Play' button) can be used to adjust the speed of the slideshow + or animated GIF, from slowest to fastest. Choose the leftmost + setting to disable automatic advancement during playback within + Tux Paint — you will need to press a key or click to go to the + next slide (see below). -Tux Paint may be configured to recognize input from any game controller that -appears to your operating system as a joystick. That even includes modern game -console controllers connected via USB or Bluetooth (e.g., Nintendo Switch or -Microsoft Xbox game pads)! + 💡 Note: The slowest setting does not automatically advance + through the slides. Use it for when you want to step through + them manually. (This does not apply to an exported animated + GIF.) -Numerous configuration options are available to best suit the device being -used, and the user's needs. Analog input will be used for coarse movement, and -digital "hat" input for fine movement. Buttons on the controller can be mapped -to different Tux Paint controls (e.g., acting as the [Escape] key, switching to -the Paint tool, invoking Undo and Redo operations, etc.). See the Options -documentation for more details. -## 4. Using the Keyboard ## + + → Playback in Tux Paint ← -Tux Paint offers an option to allow the keyboard to be used to control the -mouse pointer. This includes motion and clicking, as well as shortcuts to -navigate between and within certain parts of the interface. See the Options -documentation for more details. + To play a slideshow within Tux Paint, click the 'Play' button. -III. Loading Other Pictures into Tux Paint + 💡 Note: If you hadn't selected any images, then all of your + saved images will be played in the slideshow! - ### A. Overview ### + During the slideshow, press [Space], [Enter] or [Return], or + the [Right arrow] — or click the 'Next' button at the lower + left — to manually advance to the next slide. Press [Left + arrow] to go back to the previous slide. -Tux Paint's 'Open' dialog only displays pictures you created with Tux Paint. So -what do you do if you want to load some other drawinng or even a photograph -into Tux Paint, so you can edit or draw on it? + Press [Escape], or click the 'Back' button at the lower right, + to exit the slideshow and return to the slideshow image + selection screen. -You can simply convert the picture to the format Tux Paint uses — PNG (Portable -Network Graphic) — and place it in Tux Paint's "saved" directory/folder. Here -is where to find it (by default): -→ Windows Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Windows 11 ← - In the user's "AppData" folder: - e.g., "C:\Users\username\AppData\Roaming\TuxPaint\saved\" - -→ macOS ← - In the user's "Application Support" folder: - e.g., "/Users/username/Library/Application Support/TuxPaint/saved/" - -→ Linux / Unix ← - In the user's "home directory" folder: - e.g., "/home/username/.tuxpaint/saved/" - -→ Haiku ← - In the user's "settings" folder: - e.g., "/boot/home/config/settings/TuxPaint/saved/" - - -💡 Note: It is also from this folder that you can copy or open pictures drawn in -Tux Paint using other applications, though the 'Export' option from Tux Paint's -'Open' dialog can be used to copy them to a location that's easier and safer to -access. - - ### B. Using the import script, "tuxpaint-import" ### - -Linux and Unix users can use the "tuxpaint-import" shell script which gets -installed when you install Tux Paint. It uses some NetPBM tools to convert the -image ("anytopnm"), resize it so that it will fit in Tux Paint's canvas -("pnmscale"), and convert it to a PNG ("pnmtopng"). - -It also uses the "date" command to get the current time and date, which is the -file-naming convention Tux Paint uses for saved files. (Remember, you are never -asked for a 'filename' when you go to save or open pictures!) - -To use this script, simply run it from a command-line prompt, and provide it -the name(s) of the file(s) you wish to convert. - -They will be converted and placed in your Tux Paint "saved" directory. - -💡 Note: If you're doing this for a different user (e.g., your child) you'll -need to make sure to run the command under their account.) - -Example: - - $ tuxpaint-import grandma.jpg - grandma.jpg -> /home/username/.tuxpaint/saved/20211231012359.png - jpegtopnm: WRITING A PPM FILE - -The first line ("tuxpaint-import grandma.jpg") is the command to run. The -following two lines are output from the program while it's working. - -Now you can load Tux Paint, and a version of that original picture will be -available under the 'Open' dialog. Just double-click its icon! - - ### C. Importing Pictures Manually ### - -Windows, macOS, and Haiku users who wish to import arbitrary images into Tux -Paint must do so via a manual process. - -Load a graphics program that is capable of both loading your picture and saving -a PNG format file. (See the documentation file "PNG.html" for a list of -suggested software, and other references.) - -When Tux Paint loads an image that's not the same size as its drawing canvas, -it scales (and sometimes smears the edges of) the image so that it fits within -the canvas. - -To avoid having the image stretched or smeared, you can resize it to Tux -Paint's canvas size. This size depends on the size of the Tux Paint window, or -resolution at which Tux Paint is run, if in fullscreen. (Note: The default -resolution is 800x600.) See "Calculating Image Dimensions", below. - -## 1. Naming the File ## - -Save the picture in PNG format. It is highly recommended that you name the -filename using the current date and time, since that's the convention Tux Paint -uses: - - YYYYMMDDhhmmss.png - - * YYYY = Year - * MM = Month (two digits, "01"-"12") - * DD = Day of month (two digits, "01"-"31") - * HH = Hour (two digits, in 24-hour format, "00"-"23") - * mm = Minute (two digits, "00"-"59") - * ss = Seconds (two digits, "00"-"59") - -Example: "20210731110500.png", for July 31, 2021 at 11:05am. - -Place this PNG file in your Tux Paint "saved" directory/folder. (See above.) - -## 2. Calculating Image Dimensions ## - -This part of the documentation needs to be rewritten, since the new -"buttonsize" option was added. For now, try drawing and saving an image within -Tux Paint, then determine what size (pixel width and height) it came out to, -and try to match that when scaling the picture(s) you're importing into Tux -Paint. - -IV.Further Reading - -Other documentation included with Tux Paint (found in the "docs" folder/ -directory) includes: - -→ Using Tux Paint: ← - o OPTIONS.html - Detailed instructions on command-line and configuration-file options, - for those who don't want to use the Tux Paint Config. tool to manage - Tux Paint's configuration. - o 'Magic' Tool Documentation ("magic-docs") - Documentation for each of the currently-installed 'Magic' tools. - o Frequently Asked Questions ("FAQs") about Tux Paint - Answers to, and solutions for, some common questions about, and - problems with, using Tux Paint. - - -→ How to extend Tux Paint: ← - o EXTENDING.html - Detailed instructions on extending Tux Paint: creating brushes, stamps, - starters, and templates; adding fonts; and creating new on-screen - keyboard layouts and input methods. - o PNG.html - Notes on creating PNG format bitmapped (raster) images for use in Tux - Paint. - o SVG.html - Notes on creating SVG format vector images for use in Tux Paint. - - -→ Technical information: ← - o INSTALL.html - Instructions for compiling and installing Tux Paint, when applicable. - o SIGNALS.html - Information about the POSIX signals that Tux Paint responds to. - o MAGIC-API.html - Creating new Magic tools using Tux Paint's plugin API. - - -→ Development history and license: ← - o AUTHORS.txt - List of authors and contributors. - o CHANGES.txt - Summary of what has changed between releases of Tux Paint. - o COPYING.txt - Tux Paint's software license, the GNU General Public License (GPL) - - - -V.How to Get Help - -If you need help, there are numerous ways to interact with Tux Paint developers -and other users: - - * Report bugs or request new features via the project's bug-tracking system - * Participate in the various project mailing lists - * Contact the developers directly - -To learn more, visit the "Contact" page of the official Tux Paint website: -https://tuxpaint.org/contact/ - -VI.How to Participate - -Tux Paint is a volunteer-driven project, and we're happy to accept your help in -a variety of ways: - - * Translate Tux Paint to another language - * Improve existing translations - * Create artwork (stamps, starters, templates, brushes) - * Add or improve features or magic tools - * Create classroom curriculum - * Promote or help support others using Tux Paint - -To learn more, visit the "Help Us" page of the official Tux Paint website: -https://tuxpaint.org/help/ - -VII.Follow the Tux Paint project on social media - -Tux Paint maintains a presence on a variety of social media networks, where we -post updates and artwork. - - * Follow @tuxpaint.bsky.social on Bluesky - * Join the Tux Paint page on Facebook - * Follow @TuxPaintDevs on Instagram - * Follow @tuxpaint@floss.social on Mastodon - * Follow u/TuxPaintDevs on Reddit - * Follow @TuxPaintDevs on Threads - * Follow @TuxPaintDevs on TikTok - * Follow Tux Paint on Tumblr - * Subscribe to @TuxPaintOfficial on YouTube - -VIII. Trademark notices - - * "Linux" is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds. - * "Microsoft" and "Windows" are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corp. - * "Apple" and "macOS" are registered trademarks of Apple Inc. - * "Haiku" is a registered trademark of Haiku, Inc. - * "Facebook", "Instagram", and "Threads" are registered trademarks of Meta - Platforms, Inc. - * "Mastodon" is a registered trademark of Mastodon gGmbH. - * "Reddit" is a registered trademark of Reddit, Inc. - * "TIK TOK" is a trademark of Bytedance Ltd. - * "Tumblr" is a registered trademark of Tumblr, Inc. - * "YouTube" is a registered trademark of Alphabet, Inc. + + → Exporting an animated GIF ← + Click the 'GIF Export' button near the lower right to have Tux + Paint generate an animated GIF file based on the selected + images. + + 💡 Note: At least two images must be selected. (To export a + single image, use the 'Export' option from the main 'Open' + dialog.) If no images are selected, Tux Paint will not attempt + to generate a GIF based on all saved images. + + Pressing [Escape] during the export process will abort the + process, and return you to the 'Slideshow' dialog. + + + + + Click 'Back' in the slideshow image selection screen to return to + the 'Open' dialog. + + + + g."Quit" Command ← + + Clicking the 'Quit' button, closing the Tux Paint window, or + pushing the [Escape] key will quit Tux Paint. + + You will first be prompted as to whether you really want to quit. + + If you choose to quit, and you haven't saved the current picture, + you will first be asked if wish to save it. If it's not a new + image, you will then be asked if you want to save over the old + version, or create a new entry. (See "Save" above.) + + ⚙ Note: If the image is saved, it will be reloaded automatically + the next time you run Tux Paint -- unless the "startblank" option + is set. + + ⚙ Note: The 'Quit' button within Tux Paint, and quitting via the + [Escape] key, may be disabled, via the "noquit" option. + + In that case, the "window close" button on Tux Paint's title bar + (if not in fullscreen mode) or the [Alt] + [F4] key sequence may be + used to quit. + + If neither of those are possible, the key sequence of [Shift] + + [Control / ⌘] + [Escape] may be used to quit. + + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + + + + h.Sound Muting ← + + There is no on-screen control button at this time, but by using the + [Alt] + [S] keyboard sequence, sound effects can be disabled and + re-enabled (muted and unmuted) while the program is running. + + Note that if sounds are completely disabled via the "nosound" + option, the [Alt] + [S] key combination has no effect. (i.e., it + cannot be used to turn on sounds when the parent/teacher wants them + disabled.) + + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + + + + + ### E. Controlling Tux Paint ### + + ## 1. Using a Mouse or Trackball ## + + Tux Paint's main mode of operation is via any device that appears to + your operating system as a mouse, including standard mice, trackballs, + and trackpads, as well as drawing tablets (usually operated with a + stylus) and touch screens (operated with a finger and/or a stylus) (see + "Using a Tablet or Touchscreen" below for more information). + + For drawing and controlling Tux Paint, only a single mouse button is + used — typically, on multi-button mice, this will the left mouse + button, but this can usually be configured at the operating system + level. By default, Tux Paint will ignore input from the other button + (s). If a user attempts to use the other button(s), a pop-up dialog + will eventually appear reminding them that only one button is + recognized Tux Paint. However, you may configure Tux Paint to accept + any button as input (see the Options documentation). + + # a. Scrolling # + + Many input devices offer a way to quickly scroll within applications — + many mice have a scroll wheel, trackballs have scroll rings, and + trackpads recognize certain "scroll" gestures (e.g., two-finger + vertical motion, or vertical motion on the edge of the trackpad). Tux + Paint supports scrolling input to allow quick scrolling through certain + lists (e.g., Stamps, Magic tools, and the New and Open dialogs). + + Tux Paint will also automatically scroll if you click and hold the + mouse down on an scroll button — the "up" and "down" arrow buttons that + appear above and below scrolling lists. + + # b. Mouse Accessibility # + + Other devices that appear as a mouse can be used to control Tux Paint. + For example: + - Head pointing/tracking devices + - Eye gaze trackers + - Foot mice + + Tux Paint offers a "sticky mouse click" accessibility setting, where a + single click begins a click-and-drag operation, and a subsequent click + ends it. (See the Options documentation.) + + ## 2. Using a Tablet or Touchscreen ## + + As noted above, Tux Paint recognizes any device that appears as a + mouse. This means drawing tablets and touchscreens may be used. + However, these devices often support other features beyond X/Y motion, + button clicks, and scroll-wheel motion. Currently, those additional + features are not supported by Tux Paint. Some examples: + - Pressure and angle + - Eraser tip + - Multi-touch gestures + + ## 3. Using a Joystick-like Device ## + + Tux Paint may be configured to recognize input from any game controller + that appears to your operating system as a joystick. That even includes + modern game console controllers connected via USB or Bluetooth (e.g., + Nintendo Switch or Microsoft Xbox game pads)! + + Numerous configuration options are available to best suit the device + being used, and the user's needs. Analog input will be used for coarse + movement, and digital "hat" input for fine movement. Buttons on the + controller can be mapped to different Tux Paint controls (e.g., acting + as the [Escape] key, switching to the Paint tool, invoking Undo and + Redo operations, etc.). See the Options documentation for more details. + + ## 4. Using the Keyboard ## + + Tux Paint offers an option to allow the keyboard to be used to control + the mouse pointer. This includes motion and clicking, as well as + shortcuts to navigate between and within certain parts of the + interface. See the Options documentation for more details. + + III. Loading Other Pictures into Tux Paint + + ### A. Overview ### + + Tux Paint's 'Open' dialog only displays pictures you created with Tux + Paint. So what do you do if you want to load some other drawinng or + even a photograph into Tux Paint, so you can edit or draw on it? + + You can simply convert the picture to the format Tux Paint uses — PNG + (Portable Network Graphic) — and place it in Tux Paint's "saved" + directory/folder. Here is where to find it (by default): + + → Windows Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Windows 11 ← + In the user's "AppData" folder: + e.g., "C:\Users\username\AppData\Roaming\TuxPaint\saved\" + + → macOS ← + In the user's "Application Support" folder: + e.g., "/Users/username/Library/Application Support/TuxPaint/saved/" + + → Linux / Unix ← + In the user's "home directory" folder: + e.g., "/home/username/.tuxpaint/saved/" + + → Haiku ← + In the user's "settings" folder: + e.g., "/boot/home/config/settings/TuxPaint/saved/" + + + 💡 Note: It is also from this folder that you can copy or open pictures + drawn in Tux Paint using other applications, though the 'Export' option + from Tux Paint's 'Open' dialog can be used to copy them to a location + that's easier and safer to access. + + ### B. Using the import script, "tuxpaint-import" ### + + Linux and Unix users can use the "tuxpaint-import" shell script which + gets installed when you install Tux Paint. It uses some NetPBM tools to + convert the image ("anytopnm"), resize it so that it will fit in Tux + Paint's canvas ("pnmscale"), and convert it to a PNG ("pnmtopng"). + + It also uses the "date" command to get the current time and date, which + is the file-naming convention Tux Paint uses for saved files. + (Remember, you are never asked for a 'filename' when you go to save or + open pictures!) + + To use this script, simply run it from a command-line prompt, and + provide it the name(s) of the file(s) you wish to convert. + + They will be converted and placed in your Tux Paint "saved" directory. + + 💡 Note: If you're doing this for a different user (e.g., your child) + you'll need to make sure to run the command under their account.) + + Example: + + $ tuxpaint-import grandma.jpg + grandma.jpg -> /home/username/.tuxpaint/saved/20211231012359.png + jpegtopnm: WRITING A PPM FILE + + The first line ("tuxpaint-import grandma.jpg") is the command to run. + The following two lines are output from the program while it's working. + + Now you can load Tux Paint, and a version of that original picture will + be available under the 'Open' dialog. Just double-click its icon! + + ### C. Importing Pictures Manually ### + + Windows, macOS, and Haiku users who wish to import arbitrary images + into Tux Paint must do so via a manual process. + + Load a graphics program that is capable of both loading your picture + and saving a PNG format file. (See the documentation file "PNG.html" + for a list of suggested software, and other references.) + + When Tux Paint loads an image that's not the same size as its drawing + canvas, it scales (and sometimes smears the edges of) the image so that + it fits within the canvas. + + To avoid having the image stretched or smeared, you can resize it to + Tux Paint's canvas size. This size depends on the size of the Tux Paint + window, or resolution at which Tux Paint is run, if in fullscreen. ( + Note: The default resolution is 800x600.) See "Calculating Image + Dimensions", below. + + ## 1. Naming the File ## + + Save the picture in PNG format. It is highly recommended that you name + the filename using the current date and time, since that's the + convention Tux Paint uses: + + YYYYMMDDhhmmss.png + + - YYYY = Year + - MM = Month (two digits, "01"-"12") + - DD = Day of month (two digits, "01"-"31") + - HH = Hour (two digits, in 24-hour format, "00"-"23") + - mm = Minute (two digits, "00"-"59") + - ss = Seconds (two digits, "00"-"59") + + Example: "20210731110500.png", for July 31, 2021 at 11:05am. + + Place this PNG file in your Tux Paint "saved" directory/folder. (See + above.) + + ## 2. Calculating Image Dimensions ## + + This part of the documentation needs to be rewritten, since the new + "buttonsize" option was added. For now, try drawing and saving an image + within Tux Paint, then determine what size (pixel width and height) it + came out to, and try to match that when scaling the picture(s) you're + importing into Tux Paint. + + IV.Further Reading + + Other documentation included with Tux Paint (found in the "docs" folder + /directory) includes: + → Using Tux Paint: ← + x OPTIONS.html + Detailed instructions on command-line and configuration-file + options, for those who don't want to use the Tux Paint Config. + tool to manage Tux Paint's configuration. + x 'Magic' Tool Documentation ("magic-docs") + Documentation for each of the currently-installed 'Magic' + tools. + x Frequently Asked Questions ("FAQs") about Tux Paint + Answers to, and solutions for, some common questions about, and + problems with, using Tux Paint. + + + → How to extend Tux Paint: ← + x EXTENDING.html + Detailed instructions on extending Tux Paint: creating brushes, + stamps, starters, and templates; adding fonts; and creating new + on-screen keyboard layouts and input methods. + x PNG.html + Notes on creating PNG format bitmapped (raster) images for use + in Tux Paint. + x SVG.html + Notes on creating SVG format vector images for use in Tux + Paint. + + + → Technical information: ← + x INSTALL.html + Instructions for compiling and installing Tux Paint, when + applicable. + x SIGNALS.html + Information about the POSIX signals that Tux Paint responds to. + x MAGIC-API.html + Creating new Magic tools using Tux Paint's plugin API. + + + → Development history and license: ← + x AUTHORS.txt + List of authors and contributors. + x CHANGES.txt + Summary of what has changed between releases of Tux Paint. + x COPYING.txt + Tux Paint's software license, the GNU General Public License + (GPL) + + + + V.How to Get Help + + If you need help, there are numerous ways to interact with Tux Paint + developers and other users: + - Report bugs or request new features via the project's bug-tracking + system + - Participate in the various project mailing lists + - Contact the developers directly + + To learn more, visit the "Contact" page of the official Tux Paint + website: https://tuxpaint.org/contact/ + + VI.How to Participate + + Tux Paint is a volunteer-driven project, and we're happy to accept your + help in a variety of ways: + - Translate Tux Paint to another language + - Improve existing translations + - Create artwork (stamps, starters, templates, brushes) + - Add or improve features or magic tools + - Create classroom curriculum + - Promote or help support others using Tux Paint + + To learn more, visit the "Help Us" page of the official Tux Paint + website: https://tuxpaint.org/help/ + + VII.Follow the Tux Paint project on social media + + Tux Paint maintains a presence on a variety of social media networks, + where we post updates and artwork. + - Follow @tuxpaint.bsky.social on Bluesky + - Join the Tux Paint page on Facebook + - Follow @TuxPaintDevs on Instagram + - Follow @tuxpaint@floss.social on Mastodon + - Follow u/TuxPaintDevs on Reddit + - Follow @TuxPaintDevs on Threads + - Follow @TuxPaintDevs on TikTok + - Follow Tux Paint on Tumblr + - Subscribe to @TuxPaintOfficial on YouTube + + VIII. Trademark notices + + - "Linux" is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds. + - "Microsoft" and "Windows" are registered trademarks of Microsoft + Corp. + - "Apple" and "macOS" are registered trademarks of Apple Inc. + - "Haiku" is a registered trademark of Haiku, Inc. + - "Facebook", "Instagram", and "Threads" are registered trademarks of + Meta Platforms, Inc. + - "Mastodon" is a registered trademark of Mastodon gGmbH. + - "Reddit" is a registered trademark of Reddit, Inc. + - "TIK TOK" is a trademark of Bytedance Ltd. + - "Tumblr" is a registered trademark of Tumblr, Inc. + - "YouTube" is a registered trademark of Alphabet, Inc. diff --git a/docs/en/html/README.html b/docs/en/html/README.html index 2bb18727a..811f86a96 100644 --- a/docs/en/html/README.html +++ b/docs/en/html/README.html @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

- December 25, 2024

+ December 26, 2024

Text clipboard paste support
The "Text" and "Label" tools support pasting the copy/paste clipboard.
+ +
"Hearts" Magic tool
+
Draw a trail of floating hearts. + +
"Sparkles" Magic tool
+
Draw a trail of falling sparkles. + +
"Stars" Magic tool
+
Draw a trail of stars.

diff --git a/docs/es_ES.UTF-8/README.txt b/docs/es_ES.UTF-8/README.txt index 430ae7711..686b65bf7 100644 --- a/docs/es_ES.UTF-8/README.txt +++ b/docs/es_ES.UTF-8/README.txt @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Copyright © 2002-2024 by various contributors; see AUTHORS.txt. https://tuxpaint.org/ - diciembre 25, 2024 + diciembre 26, 2024 +-------------------------------------------------+ | Table of Contents | @@ -106,1292 +106,1365 @@ See COPYING.txt for the full text of the GPL license. → Text clipboard paste support ← The "Text" and "Label" tools support pasting the copy/paste clipboard. +→ "Hearts" Magic tool ← + Draw a trail of floating hearts. ← + → "Sparkles" Magic tool ← + Draw a trail of falling sparkles. ← + → "Stars" Magic tool ← + Draw a trail of stars. ← -See CHANGES.txt for the complete list of changes. + See CHANGES.txt for the complete list of changes. -II. Using Tux Paint + II. Using Tux Paint - ### A. Launching Tux Paint ### + ### A. Launching Tux Paint ### -## 1. Linux/Unix Users ## + ## 1. Linux/Unix Users ## -Tux Paint should have placed a launcher icon in your KDE and/or GNOME menus, -under 'Graphics.' + Tux Paint should have placed a launcher icon in your KDE and/or GNOME + menus, under 'Graphics.' -Alternatively, you can run the following command at a shell prompt (e.g., "$"): + Alternatively, you can run the following command at a shell prompt + (e.g., "$"): - $ tuxpaint + $ tuxpaint -If any errors occur, they will be displayed on the terminal (to STDERR). + If any errors occur, they will be displayed on the terminal (to + STDERR). -## 2. Windows Users ## + ## 2. Windows Users ## -[Tux Paint Icon] - Tux Paint + [Tux Paint Icon] + Tux Paint -If you installed Tux Paint on your computer using the 'Tux Paint Installer,' it -will have asked you whether you wanted a 'Start' menu short-cut, and/or a -desktop shortcut. If you agreed, you can simply run Tux Paint from the 'Tux -Paint' section of your 'Start' menu (e.g., under 'All Programs'), or by -double-clicking the 'Tux Paint' icon on your desktop, if you had the installer -place one there. + If you installed Tux Paint on your computer using the 'Tux Paint + Installer,' it will have asked you whether you wanted a 'Start' menu + short-cut, and/or a desktop shortcut. If you agreed, you can simply run + Tux Paint from the 'Tux Paint' section of your 'Start' menu (e.g., + under 'All Programs'), or by double-clicking the 'Tux Paint' icon on + your desktop, if you had the installer place one there. -If you're using the 'portable' (ZIP-file) version of Tux Paint, or if you used -the 'Tux Paint Installer,' but chose not to have shortcuts installed, you'll -need to double-click the "tuxpaint.exe" icon in the "Tux Paint" folder on your -computer. + If you're using the 'portable' (ZIP-file) version of Tux Paint, or if + you used the 'Tux Paint Installer,' but chose not to have shortcuts + installed, you'll need to double-click the "tuxpaint.exe" icon in the + "Tux Paint" folder on your computer. -By default, the 'Tux Paint Installer' will put Tux Paint's folder in -"C:\Program Files\TuxPaint\", though you may have changed this when you ran the -installer. + By default, the 'Tux Paint Installer' will put Tux Paint's folder in + "C:\Program Files\TuxPaint\", though you may have changed this when you + ran the installer. -If you used the 'ZIP-file' download, Tux Paint's folder will be wherever you -extracted the contents of the ZIP file. + If you used the 'ZIP-file' download, Tux Paint's folder will be + wherever you extracted the contents of the ZIP file. -## 3. macOS Users ## - -Simply double-click the "Tux Paint" icon. - -[Title screen] - - - ### B. Title Screen ### - -When Tux Paint first loads, a title/credits screen will appear. - -Once loading is complete, press a key or click or tap in the Tux Paint window -to continue. (Or, after about 5 seconds, the title screen will go away -automatically.) - - ### C. Main Screen ### - -The main screen is divided into the following sections: - -[Tools: Paint, Stamp, Lines, Shapes, Text, Magic, Label, Undo, Redo, Eraser, -New, Open, Save, Print, Quit] - -→ Left Side: Toolbar ← - - The toolbar contains the drawing and editing controls. - - - -[Canvas] - -→ Middle: Drawing Canvas ← - - The largest part of the screen, in the center, is the drawing canvas. This - is, obviously, where you draw! - - 💡 Note: The size of the drawing canvas depends on the size of Tux Paint. - You can change the size of Tux Paint using the Tux Paint Config. - configuration tool, or by other means. See the Options documentation for - more details. - - - -[Selectors - Brushes, Letters, Shapes, Stamps] - -→ Right Side: Selector ← - - Depending on the current tool, the selector shows different things. e.g., - when the Paint Brush or Line tool is selected, it shows the various brushes - available. When the Rubber Stamp tool is selected, it shows the different - shapes you can use. When the Text or Label tool is selected, it shows - various fonts. - - - -[Colors - Black, White, Red, Pink, Orange, Yellow, Green, Cyan, Blue, Purple, -Brown, Grey] - -→ Lower: Colors ← - - When the active tool supports colors, a palette of colors choices will be - shown near the bottom of the screen. Click one to choose a color, and it - will be used by the active tool. (For example, the "Paint" tool will use it - as the color to draw with the chosen brush, and the "Fill" tool will use it - as the color to use when flood-filling an area of the picture.) - - On the far right are three special color options: - o Color Picker - The "color picker" (which has an outline of an eye-dropper) allows you - to pick a color found within your drawing. - (A shortcut key is available to access this feature quickly; see - below.) - o Rainbow Palette - The rainbow palette allows you to pick any color by choosing the hue, - saturation, and value of the color you want. A box on the left displays - hundreds of hues — from red at the top through to violet at the bottom - — at hundreds of saturation/intensity levels — from pale & washed-out - on the left through to pure on the right. A grey vertical bar provides - access to hundreds of value levels — from lighest at the top through to - darkest at the bottom. - Click the green checkbox button to select the color, or the "Back" - button to dismiss the pop-up without picking a new color. - You may also set this tool's color to that of other color choices: - # Whichever built-in color is selected, if any - # The Color Picker's current color - # The Color Mixer's current color - o Color Mixer - The "color mixer" (which has silhouette of a paint palette) allows you - to create colors by blending primary additive colors — red, yellow, and - blue — along with white (to "tint"), grey (to "tone"), and black (to - "shade"). - You may click any button multiple times (for example, red + red + - yellow results in a red-orange color). The ratios of colors added are - shown at the bottom. - You can start over (reset to no colors in your picture) by clicking the - "Clear" button. You can also undo or redo multiple steps of mixing, in - case you made a mistake (without having to start over). - Click the green checkbox button to select the color, or the "Back" - button to dismiss the pop-up without picking a new color. - - ⌨ When the active tool supports colors, a shortcut may be used for quick - access to the "color picker" option. Hold the [Control] key while clicking, - and the color under the mouse cursor will be shown at the bottom. You may - drag around to canvas to find the color you want. When you release the - mouse button, the color under the cursor will be selected. If you release - the mouse outside of the canvas (e.g., over the "Tools" area), the color - selection will be left unchanged. (This is similar to clicking the "Back" - button that's available when bringing up the "color picker" option via its - button the color palette.) - - ⚙ Note: You can define your own colors for Tux Paint. See the "Options" - documentation. - - - -(Example tip: 'Pick a shape. Click to pick the center, drag, then let go when -it is the size you want. Move around to rotate it, and click to draw it.') - -→ Bottom: Help Area ← - - At the very bottom of the screen, Tux, the Linux Penguin, provides tips and - other information while you use Tux Paint. - - - - - ### D. Available Tools ### - -## 1. Drawing Tools ## - -a. "Paint" Tool (Brush) ← - - The Paint Brush tool lets you draw freehand, using various brushes (chosen - in the Selector on the right) and colors (chosen in the Color palette - towards the bottom). - - If you hold the mouse button down, and move the mouse, it will draw as you - move. - - Some brushes are animated — they change their shape as you draw them. A - good example of this is the vines brush that ships with Tux Paint. These - brushes will have a small "filmstrip" icon drawn on their Selector buttons. - - Other brushes are directional — they will draw a different shape depending - on what direction you are painting with them. An example of this is the - arrow brush that ships with Tux Paint. These brushes have a small 8-way - arrow icon drawn on their Selector buttons. - - Finally, some brushes can be both direction and animated. Examples of this - are the cat and squirrel brushes that ship with Tux Paint. These brushes - will have both the "filmstrip" and 8-way arrow icons. - - As you draw, a sound is played. The bigger the brush, the lower the pitch. - - Brush Spacing - - - The space between each position where a brush is applied to the canvas - can vary. Some brushes (such as the footprints and flower) are spaced, - by default, far enough apart that they don't overlap. Other brushes - (such as the basic circular ones) are spaced closely, so they make a - continuous stroke. - - The default spacing of brushes may be overridden using by clicking - within the triangular-shaped series of bars at the bottom right; the - larger the bar, the wider the spacing. Brush spacing affects both tools - that use the brushes: the "Paint" tool and the "Lines" tool. - - ⚙ Note: If the "nobrushspacing" option is set, Tux Paint won't display - the brush spacing controls. See the "Options" documentation. - - - -b."Stamp" Tool (Rubber Stamps) ← - - The Stamp tool is like a set of rubber stamps or stickers. It lets you - paste pre-drawn or photographic images (like a picture of a horse, or a - tree, or the moon) in your picture. - - As you move the mouse around the canvas, an outline follows the mouse, - showing where the stamp will be placed, and how big it will be. Click on - the canvas where you wish to place the stamp. - - → Stamp Categories ← - There can be numerous categories of stamps (e.g., animals, plants, - outer space, vehicles, people, etc.). Use the Left and Right arrows - near the bottom of the Selector to cycle through the collections. - - → Stamp Rotation ← - - Using the rotation toggle button near the bottom right, you can enable - a rotation step when placing stamps. Once you've placed the stamp, - choose the angle to rotate it by moving the mouse around the canvas. - Click the mouse button again and the stamp will be added to the - drawing. - - ⚙ Note: If "stamp rotation" option is disabled, the stamp will be drawn - on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. (There's no rotation - step.) See the "Options" documentation to learn about the "stamp - rotation" ("stamprotation") option. - - 📜 Note: The stamp rotation feature was added to Tux Paint in version - 0.9.29. - - - - → Stamp Controls ← - - Prior to 'stamping' an image onto your drawing, various effects can - sometimes be applied (depending on the stamp): - - @ Some stamps can be colored or tinted. If the color palette below - the canvas is activated, you can click the colors to change the - tint or color of the stamp before placing it in the picture. - @ Stamps can be shrunk and expanded, by clicking within the - triangular-shaped series of bars at the bottom right; the larger - the bar, the larger the stamp will appear in your picture. - @ Many stamps may be flipped vertically, or displayed as a - mirror-image, using the control buttons at the bottom right. - - ⚙ Note: If the "nostampcontrols" option is set, Tux Paint won't display - the Rotation, Mirror, Flip, or sizing controls for stamps. See the " - Options" documentation. - - - - → Stamp Sounds ← - - Different stamps can have different sound effects and/or descriptive - (spoken) sounds. Buttons in the Help Area at the lower left (near Tux, - the Linux penguin) allow you to re-play the sound effects and - descriptive sounds for the currently-selected stamp. + ## 3. macOS Users ## + Simply double-click the "Tux Paint" icon. + [Title screen] - -c."Lines" Tool ← + ### B. Title Screen ### - This tool lets you draw straight lines using the various brushes and colors - you normally use with the Paint Brush. + When Tux Paint first loads, a title/credits screen will appear. - Click the mouse and hold it to choose the starting point of the line. As - you move the mouse around, a thin 'rubber-band' line will show where the - line will be drawn. At the bottom, you'll see the angle of your line, in - degrees. A line going straight to the right is 0°, a line going straight up - is 90°, a line going straight left is 180°, a line going straight down is - 270°, and so on. + Once loading is complete, press a key or click or tap in the Tux Paint + window to continue. (Or, after about 5 seconds, the title screen will + go away automatically.) - Let go of the mouse to complete the line. A "sproing!" sound will play. - - Some brushes are animated, and will show a pattern of shapes along the - line. Others are directional, and will show a different shape depending on - the angle of the brush. And finally some are both animated and directional. - See "Paint", above, to learn more. - - Different brushes have different spacing, leaving either a series of - individual shapes, or a continuous stroke of the brush shape. Brush spacing - may be adjusted. See the brush spacing section of the "Paint" tool, above, - to learn more. - - - -d."Shapes" Tool ← - - This tool lets you draw some simple filled, and un-filled shapes. - - Select a shape from the selector on the right (circle, square, oval, etc.). - - Use the options at the bottom right to choose the shape tool's behavior: - - → Shapes from center ← - The shape will expand from where you initially clicked, and will be - centered around that position. - - 📜 This was Tux Paint's only behavior through version 0.9.24.) + ### C. Main Screen ### + The main screen is divided into the following sections: + [Tools: Paint, Stamp, Lines, Shapes, Text, Magic, Label, Undo, Redo, + Eraser, New, Open, Save, Print, Quit] - → Shapes from corner ← - The shape will extend with one corner starting from where you initially - clicked. This is the default method of most other traditional drawing - software. + → Left Side: Toolbar ← - 📜 This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.25. + The toolbar contains the drawing and editing controls. + + [Canvas] + → Middle: Drawing Canvas ← - ⚙ Note: If shape controls are disabled (e.g., with the "noshapecontrols" - option), the controls will not be presented, and the "shapes from center" - method will be used. + The largest part of the screen, in the center, is the drawing + canvas. This is, obviously, where you draw! - In the canvas, click the mouse and hold it to stretch the shape out from - where you clicked. Some shapes can change proportion (e.g., rectangle and - oval may be wider than tall, or taller than wide), others cannot (e.g., - square and circle). - - For shapes that can change proportion, the aspect ratio of the shape will - be shown at the bottom. For example: "1:1" will be shown if it is "square" - (as tall as it is wide); "2:1" if it is either twice as wide as it is tall, - or twice as tall as it is wide; and so on. - - Let go of the mouse when you're done stretching. - - → Normal Shapes Mode ← - - Now you can move the mouse around the canvas to rotate the shape. The - angle your shape is rotated will be shown at the bottom, in degrees - (similar to the "Lines" tool, described above). - - Click the mouse button again and the shape will be drawn in the current - color. + 💡 Note: The size of the drawing canvas depends on the size of Tux + Paint. You can change the size of Tux Paint using the Tux Paint + Config. configuration tool, or by other means. See the Options + documentation for more details. + + [Selectors - Brushes, Letters, Shapes, Stamps] - → Simple Shapes Mode ← - If the "simple shapes" option is enabled, the shape will be drawn on - the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. (There's no rotation - step.) + → Right Side: Selector ← - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation to learn about the "simple shapes" - ("simpleshapes") option. + Depending on the current tool, the selector shows different things. + e.g., when the Paint Brush or Line tool is selected, it shows the + various brushes available. When the Rubber Stamp tool is selected, + it shows the different shapes you can use. When the Text or Label + tool is selected, it shows various fonts. + + [Colors - Black, White, Red, Pink, Orange, Yellow, Green, Cyan, Blue, + Purple, Brown, Grey] + → Lower: Colors ← - -e."Text" and "Label" Tools ← + When the active tool supports colors, a palette of colors choices + will be shown near the bottom of the screen. Click one to choose a + color, and it will be used by the active tool. (For example, the + "Paint" tool will use it as the color to draw with the chosen + brush, and the "Fill" tool will use it as the color to use when + flood-filling an area of the picture.) - Choose a font (from the 'Letters' available on the right) and a color (from - the color palette near the bottom). You may also apply a bold, and/or an - italic styling effect to the text. Click on the screen and a cursor will - appear. Type text and it will show up on the screen. (You can change the - font, color, and styling while entering the text, before it is applied to - the canvas.) + On the far right are three special color options: + x Color Picker + The "color picker" (which has an outline of an eye-dropper) + allows you to pick a color found within your drawing. + (A shortcut key is available to access this feature quickly; + see below.) + x Rainbow Palette + The rainbow palette allows you to pick any color by choosing + the hue, saturation, and value of the color you want. A box on + the left displays hundreds of hues — from red at the top + through to violet at the bottom — at hundreds of saturation/ + intensity levels — from pale & washed-out on the left through + to pure on the right. A grey vertical bar provides access to + hundreds of value levels — from lighest at the top through to + darkest at the bottom. + Click the green checkbox button to select the color, or the + "Back" button to dismiss the pop-up without picking a new + color. + You may also set this tool's color to that of other color + choices: + % Whichever built-in color is selected, if any + % The Color Picker's current color + % The Color Mixer's current color + x Color Mixer + The "color mixer" (which has silhouette of a paint palette) + allows you to create colors by blending primary additive colors + — red, yellow, and blue — along with white (to "tint"), grey + (to "tone"), and black (to "shade"). + You may click any button multiple times (for example, red + red + + yellow results in a red-orange color). The ratios of colors + added are shown at the bottom. + You can start over (reset to no colors in your picture) by + clicking the "Clear" button. You can also undo or redo multiple + steps of mixing, in case you made a mistake (without having to + start over). + Click the green checkbox button to select the color, or the + "Back" button to dismiss the pop-up without picking a new + color. - Press [Enter] or [Return] and the text will be drawn onto the picture and - the cursor will move down one line. + ⌨ When the active tool supports colors, a shortcut may be used for + quick access to the "color picker" option. Hold the [Control] key + while clicking, and the color under the mouse cursor will be shown + at the bottom. You may drag around to canvas to find the color you + want. When you release the mouse button, the color under the cursor + will be selected. If you release the mouse outside of the canvas + (e.g., over the "Tools" area), the color selection will be left + unchanged. (This is similar to clicking the "Back" button that's + available when bringing up the "color picker" option via its button + the color palette.) - Alternatively, press [Tab] and the text will be drawn onto the picture, but - the cursor will move to the right of the text, rather than down a line, and - to the left. (This can be useful to create a line of text with mixed - colors, fonts, styles and sizes.) - - Text from the clipboard (copy/paste buffer) can be inserted with the "Text" - and "Label" tools by pressing the [Control] + [V] key combination on a - physical keyboard, or clicking the "Paste" button in Tux Paint's on-screen - keyboard. If the text would exceed the right edge of the canvas, it will - wrap to a new line of text (going back to the previous space or dash ('-') - if possible). If the text hits the bottom of the canvas, the pasting will - abort, truncating the text. - - Clicking elsewhere in the picture while the text entry is still active - causes the current line of text to move to that location (where you can - continue editing it). - - → "Text" versus "Label" ← - - The Text tool is the original text-entry tool in Tux Paint. Text - entered using this tool can't be modified or moved later, since it - becomes part of the drawing. However, because the text becomes part of - the picture, it can be drawn over or modified using Magic tool effects - (e.g., smudged, tinted, embossed, etc.) - - When using the Label tool (which was added to Tux Paint in version - 0.9.22), the text 'floats' over the image, and the details of the label - (the text, the position of the label, the font choice and the color) - get stored separately. This allows the label to be repositioned or - edited later. - - To edit a label, click the label selection button. All labels in the - drawing will appear highlighted. Click one — or use the [Tab] key to - cycle through all the labels, and the [Enter] or [Return] key to select - one — and you may then edit the label. (Use they [Backspace] key to - erase characters, and other keys to add text to the label; click in the - canvas to reposition the label; click in the palette to change the - color of the text in the label; etc.) - - You may "apply" a label to the canvas, painting the text into the - picture as if it had been added using the Text tool, by clicking the - label application button. (This feature was added in Tux Paint version - 0.9.28.) All labels in the drawing will appear highlighted, and you - select one just as you do when selecting a label to edit. The chosen - label will be removed, and the text will be added directly to the - canvas. - - ⚙ The Label tool can be disabled (e.g., by selecting "Disable 'Label' - Tool" in Tux Paint Config. or running Tux Paint with the "nolabel" - option). - - 📜 The ability to paste text from the clipboard was added in Tux Paint - 0.9.35 + ⚙ Note: You can define your own colors for Tux Paint. See the " + Options" documentation. + + (Example tip: 'Pick a shape. Click to pick the center, drag, then let + go when it is the size you want. Move around to rotate it, and click to + draw it.') - → International Character Input ← - - Tux Paint allows inputting characters in different languages. Most - Latin characters (A-Z, ñ, è, etc.) can by entered directly. Some - languages require that Tux Paint be switched into an alternate input - mode before entering, and some characters must be composed using - numerous keypresses. - - When Tux Paint's locale is set to one of the languages that provide - alternate input modes, a key is used to cycle through normal (Latin - character) and locale-specific mode or modes. - - Currently supported locales, the input methods available, and the key - to toggle or cycle modes, are listed below. - - @ Japanese — Romanized Hiragana and Romanized Katakana — right [Alt] - key or left [Alt] key - @ Korean — Hangul 2-Bul — right [Alt] key or left [Alt] key - @ Traditional Chinese — right [Alt] key or left [Alt] key - @ Thai — right [Alt] key - - 💡 Note: Many fonts do not include all characters for all languages, so - sometimes you'll need to change fonts to see the characters you're - trying to type. - - - - → On-screen Keyboard ← - - An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the Text and Label - tools, which can provide a variety of layouts and character composition - (e.g., composing "a" and "e" into "æ"). Run Tux Paint with the - "--onscreen-keyboard" option, or enable that setting in Tux Paint's - configuration file, to enable it. Multiple layouts are offered - (currently "QWERTY" and "ABC"), which the user can switch between. - Additional configuration options allow specifying a default layout, as - well as preventing the layout from being changed. - - The on-screen keyboard appears at the bottom or top of the Tux Paint - window, obscuring part of the canvas, depending on where the text - insertion cursor is placed. Along with alphabetic, numeric, and some - punctuation keys, the keyboard provides: - @ A "Backspace" key (⇐) to remove the previous character - @ A "Carriage Return" ("Return"/"Enter") key (⏎) to end the current - input and begin a new one on the following line (below and to the - left) - @ A "Tab" key (⇔) to end the current input and begin a new one at the - current cursor position - @ A "Shift" key (⇑) to shift alphabetic keys from lowercase to - uppercase, access more punctuation, etc. - @ A "Caps Lock" key (⤒) to toggle permanent shifting of alphabetic - keys from lowercase to uppercase (click it again to disable caps - lock) - @ A "Compose" key ("Cmp"), to initiate character composition (e.g., - click "Cmp", "a", "e" to produce an "æ" character) - @ An "Alternate Graphics" key ("AltGr") to access additional - characters (e.g., "¿", "ß", etc.) - @ An "Alternate" key ("Alt") - @ A "Paste" key to paste the current clipboard's text into the Text - or Label tool - @ Left and right arrows (← & →) to access different on-screen - keyboard layouts - - ⚙ See the "Options" and "Extending Tux Paint" documentation for more - information. - - - - - -f."Fill" Tool ← - - The 'Fill' tool 'flood-fills' a contiguous area of your drawing with a - color of your choice. Three fill options are offered: - o Solid — click once to fill an area with a solid color. - o Brush — click and drag to fill an area with a solid color using - freehand painting. - o Linear — click and then drag to fill the area with color that fades - away (a gradient) towards where you drag the mouse. - o Radial — click once to fill an area with a color that fades away (a - gradient) radially, centered on where you clicked. - o Shaped — click once to fill an area with a color that fades away (a - gradient), following the contours of the shape you're filling. - o Eraser — click once to erase an area, exposing the solid color - background, or starter or template background image, upon which the - drawing was based. (See Available Tools > Drawing Tools > "Eraser" Tool - and Other Controls > 'Starter' & Template Images.) + → Bottom: Help Area ← - 📜 Note: Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.24, "Fill" was a Magic tool (see below). - Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.26, the "Fill" tool only offered the 'Solid' method - of filling. 'Shaped' fill was introduced in Tux Paint 0.9.29. + At the very bottom of the screen, Tux, the Linux Penguin, provides + tips and other information while you use Tux Paint. - -g."Magic" Tool (Special Effects) ← + + + ### D. Available Tools ### - The Magic tool is actually a set of special tools. Select one of the - 'magic' effects from the selector on the right. Then, depending on the - tool, you can either click and drag around the picture, and/or simply click - the picture once, to apply the effect. + ## 1. Drawing Tools ## - The Magic Tools + a. "Paint" Tool (Brush) ← + The Paint Brush tool lets you draw freehand, using various brushes + (chosen in the Selector on the right) and colors (chosen in the + Color palette towards the bottom). - See the instructions for each Magic tool (in the 'magic-docs' folder). + If you hold the mouse button down, and move the mouse, it will draw + as you move. - Magic Controls + Some brushes are animated — they change their shape as you draw + them. A good example of this is the vines brush that ships with Tux + Paint. These brushes will have a small "filmstrip" icon drawn on + their Selector buttons. + Other brushes are directional — they will draw a different shape + depending on what direction you are painting with them. An example + of this is the arrow brush that ships with Tux Paint. These brushes + have a small 8-way arrow icon drawn on their Selector buttons. - If the tool can be used by clicking and dragging, a 'painting' button - will be available on the left, below the list of Magic tools on the - right side of the screen. If the tool can affect the entire picture at - once, an 'entire picture' button will be available on the right. + Finally, some brushes can be both direction and animated. Examples + of this are the cat and squirrel brushes that ship with Tux Paint. + These brushes will have both the "filmstrip" and 8-way arrow icons. - ⚙ Note: If the "nomagiccontrols" option is set, Tux Paint won't display - the painting or entire picture controls. See the "Options" - documentation. + As you draw, a sound is played. The bigger the brush, the lower the + pitch. - 💡 If the magic controls are disabled, the Magic plugin may make - separate tools available, one for painting and one that affects the - entire pictre. + Brush Spacing - Magic Sizing + The space between each position where a brush is applied to the + canvas can vary. Some brushes (such as the footprints and + flower) are spaced, by default, far enough apart that they + don't overlap. Other brushes (such as the basic circular ones) + are spaced closely, so they make a continuous stroke. - Some tools offer different sizing options. If so, a slider will appear - at the bottom right side of the screen. This may affect the radius of a - special effect (e.g., Darken) or painted object (e.g., Patterns), or - other attributes (e.g., large versus small Brick shapes). - - ⚙ Note: If the "nomagicsizes" option is set, Tux Paint won't display - the sizing controls. See the "Options" documentation. - - 💡 If the sizing option is disabled, the Magic plugin may simply offer a - default size (e.g., Patterns), or it may make separate tools available - with different pre-set sizes (e.g., Bricks and Googly Eyes). + The default spacing of brushes may be overridden using by + clicking within the triangular-shaped series of bars at the + bottom right; the larger the bar, the wider the spacing. Brush + spacing affects both tools that use the brushes: the "Paint" + tool and the "Lines" tool. - 📜 This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.30. - - ⚙ Note: If the "ungroupmagictools" option is set, Tux Paint won't split - Magic tools into groups of related tools, and instead present them all as - one large list. See the "Options" documentation. + ⚙ Note: If the "nobrushspacing" option is set, Tux Paint won't + display the brush spacing controls. See the "Options" + documentation. - -h."Eraser" Tool ← + + b."Stamp" Tool (Rubber Stamps) ← - This tool works similarly to the Paint Brush. Wherever you click (or click - and drag), things you've added to your drawing will be erased, exposing the - background that you chose when you started the drawing, be it a solid - color, the background of a 'Starter' image, or a 'Template' image. (See - Available Tools > Other Controls > "New" Command.) + The Stamp tool is like a set of rubber stamps or stickers. It lets + you paste pre-drawn or photographic images (like a picture of a + horse, or a tree, or the moon) in your picture. - A number of eraser types are available, each offering multiple sizes are - available: - o Square — Square-shaped erasers that completely remove parts of your - drawing. - o Circle (solid) — Circle-shaped erasers that completely remove parts of - your drawing. - o Fuzzy-edged Circle — Circle-shaped erasers with soft edges that blend - with the background. - o Transparent Circle — Circle-shaped erasers that blend your drawing with - the background. Release and click again to expose more and more of the - background. + As you move the mouse around the canvas, an outline follows the + mouse, showing where the stamp will be placed, and how big it will + be. Click on the canvas where you wish to place the stamp. - As you move the mouse around, an outline follows the pointer, showing what - part of the picture will be erased. + → Stamp Categories ← + There can be numerous categories of stamps (e.g., animals, + plants, outer space, vehicles, people, etc.). Use the Left and + Right arrows near the bottom of the Selector to cycle through + the collections. + + → Stamp Rotation ← - As you erase, a 'squeaky clean' eraser wiping sound is played. + Using the rotation toggle button near the bottom right, you can + enable a rotation step when placing stamps. Once you've placed + the stamp, choose the angle to rotate it by moving the mouse + around the canvas. Click the mouse button again and the stamp + will be added to the drawing. - ⌨ Hold the [X] key while clicking for quick access to a small sharp round - eraser (not available when the Text or Label tools are selected, when - you're in the process of rotating a stamp or shape, or when using an - interactive magic tool). Release the mouse to return to your - currently-selected tool. + ⚙ Note: If "stamp rotation" option is disabled, the stamp will + be drawn on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. + (There's no rotation step.) See the "Options" documentation to + learn about the "stamp rotation" ("stamprotation") option. + 📜 Note: The stamp rotation feature was added to Tux Paint in + version 0.9.29. - -## 2. Other Controls ## + + → Stamp Controls ← -a."Undo" and "Redo" Commands ← + Prior to 'stamping' an image onto your drawing, various effects + can sometimes be applied (depending on the stamp): - Clicking the "Undo" button will undo (revert) the last drawing action. You - can even undo more than once! + * Some stamps can be colored or tinted. If the color palette + below the canvas is activated, you can click the colors to + change the tint or color of the stamp before placing it in + the picture. + * Stamps can be shrunk and expanded, by clicking within the + triangular-shaped series of bars at the bottom right; the + larger the bar, the larger the stamp will appear in your + picture. + * Many stamps may be flipped vertically, or displayed as a + mirror-image, using the control buttons at the bottom + right. - ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [Z] on the keyboard to Undo. + ⚙ Note: If the "nostampcontrols" option is set, Tux Paint won't + display the Rotation, Mirror, Flip, or sizing controls for + stamps. See the "Options" documentation. - Clicking the "Redo" button will redo the drawing action you just un-did via - the "Undo" command. - As long as you don't draw again, you can redo as many times as you had - undone! + + → Stamp Sounds ← - ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [R] on the keyboard to Redo. + Different stamps can have different sound effects and/or + descriptive (spoken) sounds. Buttons in the Help Area at the + lower left (near Tux, the Linux penguin) allow you to re-play + the sound effects and descriptive sounds for the + currently-selected stamp. - -b."New" Command ← + - Clicking the 'New' button will start a new drawing. A dialog will appear - where you may choose to start a new picture using a solid background color, - or using a 'Starter' or 'Template' image (see below). You will first be - asked whether you really want to do this. + + c."Lines" Tool ← - When you use the 'Eraser' tool things you've added to your drawing will be - removed, exposing the background you chose when starting a new drawing. - (See Available Tools > Drawing Tools > "Eraser" Tool.) + This tool lets you draw straight lines using the various brushes + and colors you normally use with the Paint Brush. - ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [N] on the keyboard to start a - new drawing. + Click the mouse and hold it to choose the starting point of the + line. As you move the mouse around, a thin 'rubber-band' line will + show where the line will be drawn. At the bottom, you'll see the + angle of your line, in degrees. A line going straight to the right + is 0°, a line going straight up is 90°, a line going straight left + is 180°, a line going straight down is 270°, and so on. - → Special Solid Background Color Choices ← - Along with the preset solid colors, you can also choose colors using a - rainbow palette or a "color mixer". These operate identically to the - options found in the color palette shown below the canvas when drawing - a picture. See Main Screen > Lower: Colors > Special color options for - details. - - 'Starter' & Template Images ← - @ 'Starters' can behave like a page from a coloring book — a - black-and-white outline of a picture, which you can then color in, - and the black outline remains intact — or like a 3D photograph, - where you draw in between a foreground and background layer. - @ 'Templates' are similar, but simply provide a background drawing to - work off of. Unlike 'Starters', there is no layer that remains in - the foreground of anything you draw in the picture. + Let go of the mouse to complete the line. A "sproing!" sound will + play. - When using the 'Eraser' tool or the 'Eraser' mode of the 'Fill' tool, - the original image from the 'Starter' or 'Template' will reappear. (See - Available Tools > Drawing Tools > "Eraser" Tool and "Fill" Tool.) + Some brushes are animated, and will show a pattern of shapes along + the line. Others are directional, and will show a different shape + depending on the angle of the brush. And finally some are both + animated and directional. See "Paint", above, to learn more. - The 'Flip' and 'Mirror' Magic tools affect the orientation of the - 'Starter' or 'Template', as well. (See Available Tools > "Magic" Tool - (Special Effects) > Flip and Mirror.) + Different brushes have different spacing, leaving either a series + of individual shapes, or a continuous stroke of the brush shape. + Brush spacing may be adjusted. See the brush spacing section of the + "Paint" tool, above, to learn more. - When you load a 'Starter' or 'Template', draw on it, and then click - 'Save,' it creates a new picture file — it doesn't overwrite the - original, so you can use it again later (by accessing it from the 'New' - dialog). - ⚙ You can create your own 'Starter' and Template images. See the - Extending Tux Paint documentation's sections on 'Starters' and - Templates. + + d."Shapes" Tool ← - 💡 You can also convert your saved drawings into Templates directly - within Tux Paint, from the 'Open' dialog. See "Open", below. + This tool lets you draw some simple filled, and un-filled shapes. + Select a shape from the selector on the right (circle, square, + oval, etc.). - - → Erasing Exported Template Images ← + Use the options at the bottom right to choose the shape tool's + behavior: - If you've selected a Template in your personal templates folder, and it - was created from within Tux Paint (using the "Template" button in the - "Open" dialog), you may remove it from within Tux Paint, too. An - 'Erase' (trash can) button will appear at the lower right of the list. - Click it to erase the selected template. (You will be asked to - confirm.) + → Shapes from center ← + The shape will expand from where you initially clicked, and + will be centered around that position. - 💡 Note: On Linux, Windows, and macOS, the picture will be placed in - your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may recover and - restore it, if you change your mind). + 📜 This was Tux Paint's only behavior through version 0.9.24.) - ⚙ Note: The 'Erase' button may be disabled, via the "noerase" option. + + → Shapes from corner ← + The shape will extend with one corner starting from where you + initially clicked. This is the default method of most other + traditional drawing software. - + 📜 This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.25. - ⚙ Note: The solid colors can be placed at the end of the 'New' dialog - (below the Starters and Templates), via the "newcolorslast" option. + - -c."Open" Command ← + ⚙ Note: If shape controls are disabled (e.g., with the + "noshapecontrols" option), the controls will not be presented, and + the "shapes from center" method will be used. - This shows you a list of all of the pictures you've saved. If there are - more than can fit on the screen, use the up and down arrows at the top and - bottom of the list to scroll through the list of pictures. + In the canvas, click the mouse and hold it to stretch the shape out + from where you clicked. Some shapes can change proportion (e.g., + rectangle and oval may be wider than tall, or taller than wide), + others cannot (e.g., square and circle). - Click a picture to select it, and then... - o Click the green 'Open' button at the lower left of the list to load the - selected picture. You will then be able to edit it. + For shapes that can change proportion, the aspect ratio of the + shape will be shown at the bottom. For example: "1:1" will be shown + if it is "square" (as tall as it is wide); "2:1" if it is either + twice as wide as it is tall, or twice as tall as it is wide; and so + on. - (Alternatively, you can double-click a picture's icon to load it.) + Let go of the mouse when you're done stretching. - 💡 If choose to open a picture, and your current drawing hasn't been - saved, you will be prompted as to whether you want to save it or not. - (See "Save," below.) + → Normal Shapes Mode ← - o Click the brown 'Erase' (trash can) button at the lower right of the - list to erase the selected picture. (You will be asked to confirm.) + Now you can move the mouse around the canvas to rotate the + shape. The angle your shape is rotated will be shown at the + bottom, in degrees (similar to the "Lines" tool, described + above). - 📜 Note: On Linux (as of version 0.9.22), Windows (as of version - 0.9.27), and macOS (as of version 0.9.29), the picture will be placed - in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may recover and - restore it, if you change your mind). + Click the mouse button again and the shape will be drawn in the + current color. - ⚙ Note: The 'Erase' button may be disabled, via the "noerase" option. - o Click the 'Export' button near the lower right to export the selected - picture to your export folder. (e.g., "~/Pictures/TuxPaint/") + + → Simple Shapes Mode ← + If the "simple shapes" option is enabled, the shape will be + drawn on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. + (There's no rotation step.) - From the "Open" screen you can also: - o Click the blue 'Slides' (slide projector) button at the lower left to - go to slideshow mode. See "Slides", below, for details. + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation to learn about the "simple + shapes" ("simpleshapes") option. - o Click the blue 'Template' button at the lower left to go to convert the - selected picture into a new template, which can be used as the basis - for new drawings. - 📜 Note: The Template creation feature was added to Tux Paint in version - 0.9.31. To learn how to create Templates outside of Tux Paint, see - Extending Tux Paint + - ⚙ The Template creation feature can be disabled (e.g., by selecting - "Disable 'Make Template'" in Tux Paint Config. or running Tux Paint - with the "notemplateexport" option). + + e."Text" and "Label" Tools ← - o Click the red 'Back' arrow button at the lower right of the list to - cancel and return to the picture you were drawing. + Choose a font (from the 'Letters' available on the right) and a + color (from the color palette near the bottom). You may also apply + a bold, and/or an italic styling effect to the text. Click on the + screen and a cursor will appear. Type text and it will show up on + the screen. (You can change the font, color, and styling while + entering the text, before it is applied to the canvas.) - ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [O] on the keyboard to bring up - the 'Open' dialog. + Press [Enter] or [Return] and the text will be drawn onto the + picture and the cursor will move down one line. + Alternatively, press [Tab] and the text will be drawn onto the + picture, but the cursor will move to the right of the text, rather + than down a line, and to the left. (This can be useful to create a + line of text with mixed colors, fonts, styles and sizes.) - -d."Save" Command ← + Text from the clipboard (copy/paste buffer) can be inserted with + the "Text" and "Label" tools by pressing the [Control] + [V] key + combination on a physical keyboard, or clicking the "Paste" button + in Tux Paint's on-screen keyboard. If the text would exceed the + right edge of the canvas, it will wrap to a new line of text (going + back to the previous space or dash ('-') if possible). If the text + hits the bottom of the canvas, the pasting will abort, truncating + the text. + + Clicking elsewhere in the picture while the text entry is still + active causes the current line of text to move to that location + (where you can continue editing it). + + → "Text" versus "Label" ← + + The Text tool is the original text-entry tool in Tux Paint. + Text entered using this tool can't be modified or moved later, + since it becomes part of the drawing. However, because the text + becomes part of the picture, it can be drawn over or modified + using Magic tool effects (e.g., smudged, tinted, embossed, + etc.) + + When using the Label tool (which was added to Tux Paint in + version 0.9.22), the text 'floats' over the image, and the + details of the label (the text, the position of the label, the + font choice and the color) get stored separately. This allows + the label to be repositioned or edited later. + + To edit a label, click the label selection button. All labels + in the drawing will appear highlighted. Click one — or use the + [Tab] key to cycle through all the labels, and the [Enter] or + [Return] key to select one — and you may then edit the label. + (Use they [Backspace] key to erase characters, and other keys + to add text to the label; click in the canvas to reposition the + label; click in the palette to change the color of the text in + the label; etc.) + + You may "apply" a label to the canvas, painting the text into + the picture as if it had been added using the Text tool, by + clicking the label application button. (This feature was added + in Tux Paint version 0.9.28.) All labels in the drawing will + appear highlighted, and you select one just as you do when + selecting a label to edit. The chosen label will be removed, + and the text will be added directly to the canvas. + + ⚙ The Label tool can be disabled (e.g., by selecting "Disable + 'Label' Tool" in Tux Paint Config. or running Tux Paint with + the "nolabel" option). + + 📜 The ability to paste text from the clipboard was added in Tux + Paint 0.9.35 + + + + → International Character Input ← + + Tux Paint allows inputting characters in different languages. + Most Latin characters (A-Z, ñ, è, etc.) can by entered + directly. Some languages require that Tux Paint be switched + into an alternate input mode before entering, and some + characters must be composed using numerous keypresses. + + When Tux Paint's locale is set to one of the languages that + provide alternate input modes, a key is used to cycle through + normal (Latin character) and locale-specific mode or modes. + + Currently supported locales, the input methods available, and + the key to toggle or cycle modes, are listed below. + + * Japanese — Romanized Hiragana and Romanized Katakana — + right [Alt] key or left [Alt] key + * Korean — Hangul 2-Bul — right [Alt] key or left [Alt] key + * Traditional Chinese — right [Alt] key or left [Alt] key + * Thai — right [Alt] key + + 💡 Note: Many fonts do not include all characters for all + languages, so sometimes you'll need to change fonts to see the + characters you're trying to type. + + + + → On-screen Keyboard ← + + An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the Text and + Label tools, which can provide a variety of layouts and + character composition (e.g., composing "a" and "e" into "æ"). + Run Tux Paint with the "--onscreen-keyboard" option, or enable + that setting in Tux Paint's configuration file, to enable it. + Multiple layouts are offered (currently "QWERTY" and "ABC"), + which the user can switch between. Additional configuration + options allow specifying a default layout, as well as + preventing the layout from being changed. + + The on-screen keyboard appears at the bottom or top of the Tux + Paint window, obscuring part of the canvas, depending on where + the text insertion cursor is placed. Along with alphabetic, + numeric, and some punctuation keys, the keyboard provides: + * A "Backspace" key (⇐) to remove the previous character + * A "Carriage Return" ("Return"/"Enter") key (⏎) to end the + current input and begin a new one on the following line + (below and to the left) + * A "Tab" key (⇔) to end the current input and begin a new + one at the current cursor position + * A "Shift" key (⇑) to shift alphabetic keys from lowercase + to uppercase, access more punctuation, etc. + * A "Caps Lock" key (⤒) to toggle permanent shifting of + alphabetic keys from lowercase to uppercase (click it again + to disable caps lock) + * A "Compose" key ("Cmp"), to initiate character composition + (e.g., click "Cmp", "a", "e" to produce an "æ" character) + * An "Alternate Graphics" key ("AltGr") to access additional + characters (e.g., "¿", "ß", etc.) + * An "Alternate" key ("Alt") + * A "Paste" key to paste the current clipboard's text into + the Text or Label tool + * Left and right arrows (← & →) to access different on-screen + keyboard layouts + + ⚙ See the "Options" and "Extending Tux Paint" documentation for + more information. + + + + + + f."Fill" Tool ← + + The 'Fill' tool 'flood-fills' a contiguous area of your drawing + with a color of your choice. Three fill options are offered: + x Solid — click once to fill an area with a solid color. + x Brush — click and drag to fill an area with a solid color using + freehand painting. + x Linear — click and then drag to fill the area with color that + fades away (a gradient) towards where you drag the mouse. + x Radial — click once to fill an area with a color that fades + away (a gradient) radially, centered on where you clicked. + x Shaped — click once to fill an area with a color that fades + away (a gradient), following the contours of the shape you're + filling. + x Eraser — click once to erase an area, exposing the solid color + background, or starter or template background image, upon which + the drawing was based. (See Available Tools > Drawing Tools > + "Eraser" Tool and Other Controls > 'Starter' & Template Images + .) + + 📜 Note: Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.24, "Fill" was a Magic tool (see + below). Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.26, the "Fill" tool only offered the + 'Solid' method of filling. 'Shaped' fill was introduced in Tux + Paint 0.9.29. + + + + g."Magic" Tool (Special Effects) ← + + The Magic tool is actually a set of special tools. Select one of + the 'magic' effects from the selector on the right. Then, depending + on the tool, you can either click and drag around the picture, and/ + or simply click the picture once, to apply the effect. + + The Magic Tools + + + See the instructions for each Magic tool (in the 'magic-docs' + folder). + + Magic Controls + + + If the tool can be used by clicking and dragging, a 'painting' + button will be available on the left, below the list of Magic + tools on the right side of the screen. If the tool can affect + the entire picture at once, an 'entire picture' button will be + available on the right. + + ⚙ Note: If the "nomagiccontrols" option is set, Tux Paint won't + display the painting or entire picture controls. See the " + Options" documentation. + + 💡 If the magic controls are disabled, the Magic plugin may make + separate tools available, one for painting and one that affects + the entire pictre. + + Magic Sizing + + + Some tools offer different sizing options. If so, a slider will + appear at the bottom right side of the screen. This may affect + the radius of a special effect (e.g., Darken) or painted object + (e.g., Patterns), or other attributes (e.g., large versus small + Brick shapes). + + ⚙ Note: If the "nomagicsizes" option is set, Tux Paint won't + display the sizing controls. See the "Options" documentation. + + 💡 If the sizing option is disabled, the Magic plugin may simply + offer a default size (e.g., Patterns), or it may make separate + tools available with different pre-set sizes (e.g., Bricks and + Googly Eyes). + + 📜 This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.30. + + ⚙ Note: If the "ungroupmagictools" option is set, Tux Paint won't + split Magic tools into groups of related tools, and instead present + them all as one large list. See the "Options" documentation. + + + + h."Eraser" Tool ← + + This tool works similarly to the Paint Brush. Wherever you click + (or click and drag), things you've added to your drawing will be + erased, exposing the background that you chose when you started the + drawing, be it a solid color, the background of a 'Starter' image, + or a 'Template' image. (See Available Tools > Other Controls > + "New" Command.) - This saves your current picture. + A number of eraser types are available, each offering multiple + sizes are available: + x Square — Square-shaped erasers that completely remove parts of + your drawing. + x Circle (solid) — Circle-shaped erasers that completely remove + parts of your drawing. + x Fuzzy-edged Circle — Circle-shaped erasers with soft edges that + blend with the background. + x Transparent Circle — Circle-shaped erasers that blend your + drawing with the background. Release and click again to expose + more and more of the background. + + As you move the mouse around, an outline follows the pointer, + showing what part of the picture will be erased. + + As you erase, a 'squeaky clean' eraser wiping sound is played. - If you haven't saved it before, it will create a new entry in the list of - saved images. (i.e., it will create a new file) + ⌨ Hold the [X] key while clicking for quick access to a small sharp + round eraser (not available when the Text or Label tools are + selected, when you're in the process of rotating a stamp or shape, + or when using an interactive magic tool). Release the mouse to + return to your currently-selected tool. - 💡 Note: It won't ask you anything (e.g., for a filename). It will simply - save the picture, and play a "camera shutter" sound effect. - If you have saved the picture before, or this is a picture you just loaded - using the "Open" command, you will first be asked whether you want to save - over the old version, or create a new entry (a new file). + + + ## 2. Other Controls ## - ⚙ Note: If either the "saveover" or "saveovernew" options are set, it won't - ask before saving over. See the "Options" documentation. + a."Undo" and "Redo" Commands ← - ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [S] on the keyboard to save. + Clicking the "Undo" button will undo (revert) the last drawing + action. You can even undo more than once! + ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [Z] on the keyboard to + Undo. - -e."Print" Command ← + Clicking the "Redo" button will redo the drawing action you just + un-did via the "Undo" command. - Click this button and your picture will be printed! + As long as you don't draw again, you can redo as many times as you + had undone! - On most platforms, you can also hold the [Alt] key (called [Option] on - Macs) while clicking the 'Print' button to get a printer dialog. Note that - this may not work if you're running Tux Paint in fullscreen mode. See - below. + ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [R] on the keyboard to + Redo. - → Disabling Printing ← - The "noprint" option can be set, which will disable Tux Paint's 'Print' - button. + + b."New" Command ← - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + Clicking the 'New' button will start a new drawing. A dialog will + appear where you may choose to start a new picture using a solid + background color, or using a 'Starter' or 'Template' image (see + below). You will first be asked whether you really want to do this. + When you use the 'Eraser' tool things you've added to your drawing + will be removed, exposing the background you chose when starting a + new drawing. (See Available Tools > Drawing Tools > "Eraser" Tool.) - - → Restricting Printing ← + ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [N] on the keyboard to + start a new drawing. - The "printdelay" option can be set, which will only allow occasional - printing — once every so many seconds, as configured by you. + → Special Solid Background Color Choices ← + Along with the preset solid colors, you can also choose colors + using a rainbow palette or a "color mixer". These operate + identically to the options found in the color palette shown + below the canvas when drawing a picture. See Main Screen > + Lower: Colors > Special color options for details. + + 'Starter' & Template Images ← + * 'Starters' can behave like a page from a coloring book — a + black-and-white outline of a picture, which you can then + color in, and the black outline remains intact — or like a + 3D photograph, where you draw in between a foreground and + background layer. + * 'Templates' are similar, but simply provide a background + drawing to work off of. Unlike 'Starters', there is no + layer that remains in the foreground of anything you draw + in the picture. - For example, with "printdelay=60" in Tux Paint's configuration file, - printing can only occur once per minute (60 seconds). + When using the 'Eraser' tool or the 'Eraser' mode of the 'Fill' + tool, the original image from the 'Starter' or 'Template' will + reappear. (See Available Tools > Drawing Tools > "Eraser" Tool + and "Fill" Tool.) - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + The 'Flip' and 'Mirror' Magic tools affect the orientation of + the 'Starter' or 'Template', as well. (See Available Tools > + "Magic" Tool (Special Effects) > Flip and Mirror.) + When you load a 'Starter' or 'Template', draw on it, and then + click 'Save,' it creates a new picture file — it doesn't + overwrite the original, so you can use it again later (by + accessing it from the 'New' dialog). - - → Printing Commands ← + ⚙ You can create your own 'Starter' and Template images. See + the Extending Tux Paint documentation's sections on 'Starters' + and Templates. - (Linux and Unix only) + 💡 You can also convert your saved drawings into Templates + directly within Tux Paint, from the 'Open' dialog. See "Open", + below. - Tux Paint prints by generating a PostScript representation of the - drawing and sending it to an external program. By default, the program - is: - lpr + + → Erasing Exported Template Images ← - This command can be changed by setting a "printcommand" option in Tux - Paint's configuration file. + If you've selected a Template in your personal templates + folder, and it was created from within Tux Paint (using the + "Template" button in the "Open" dialog), you may remove it from + within Tux Paint, too. An 'Erase' (trash can) button will + appear at the lower right of the list. Click it to erase the + selected template. (You will be asked to confirm.) - An alternative print command can be invoked by holding the "[Alt]" key - on the keyboard while clicking clicking the 'Print' button, as long as - you're not in fullscreen mode, an alternative program is run. By - default, the program is KDE's graphical print dialog: + 💡 Note: On Linux, Windows, and macOS, the picture will be + placed in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may + recover and restore it, if you change your mind). - kprinter + ⚙ Note: The 'Erase' button may be disabled, via the "noerase" + option. - This command can be changed by setting a "altprintcommand" option in - Tux Paint's configuration file. - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + + ⚙ Note: The solid colors can be placed at the end of the 'New' + dialog (below the Starters and Templates), via the "newcolorslast" + option. - - → Printer Settings ← - (Windows and macOS) + + c."Open" Command ← - By default, Tux Paint simply prints to the default printer with default - settings when the 'Print' button is pushed. + This shows you a list of all of the pictures you've saved. If there + are more than can fit on the screen, use the up and down arrows at + the top and bottom of the list to scroll through the list of + pictures. - However, if you hold the [Alt] (or [Option]) key on the keyboard while - clicking the 'Print' button, as long as you're not in fullscreen mode, - your operating system's printer dialog will appear, where you can - change the settings. + Click a picture to select it, and then... + x Click the green 'Open' button at the lower left of the list to + load the selected picture. You will then be able to edit it. - You can have the printer configuration changes stored between Tux Paint - sessions by setting the "printcfg" option. + (Alternatively, you can double-click a picture's icon to load + it.) - If the "printcfg" option is used, printer settings will be loaded from - the file "printcfg.cfg" in your personal folder (see below). Any - changes will be saved there as well. + 💡 If choose to open a picture, and your current drawing hasn't + been saved, you will be prompted as to whether you want to save + it or not. (See "Save," below.) - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + x Click the brown 'Erase' (trash can) button at the lower right + of the list to erase the selected picture. (You will be asked + to confirm.) + 📜 Note: On Linux (as of version 0.9.22), Windows (as of version + 0.9.27), and macOS (as of version 0.9.29), the picture will be + placed in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may + recover and restore it, if you change your mind). - - → Printer Dialog Options ← + ⚙ Note: The 'Erase' button may be disabled, via the "noerase" + option. - By default, Tux Paint only shows the printer dialog (or, on Linux/Unix, - runs the "altprintcommand"; e.g., "kprinter" instead of "lpr") if the - [Alt] (or [Option]) key is held while clicking the 'Print' button. + x Click the 'Export' button near the lower right to export the + selected picture to your export folder. (e.g., "~/Pictures/ + TuxPaint/") - However, this behavior can be changed. You can have the printer dialog - always appear by using "--altprintalways" on the command-line, or - "altprint=always" in Tux Paint's configuration file. Conversely, you - can prevent the [Alt]/[Option] key from having any effect by using - "--altprintnever", or "altprint=never". + From the "Open" screen you can also: + x Click the blue 'Slides' (slide projector) button at the lower + left to go to slideshow mode. See "Slides", below, for details. - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + x Click the blue 'Template' button at the lower left to go to + convert the selected picture into a new template, which can be + used as the basis for new drawings. + 📜 Note: The Template creation feature was added to Tux Paint in + version 0.9.31. To learn how to create Templates outside of Tux + Paint, see Extending Tux Paint - + ⚙ The Template creation feature can be disabled (e.g., by + selecting "Disable 'Make Template'" in Tux Paint Config. or + running Tux Paint with the "notemplateexport" option). - -f."Slides" Command (under "Open") ← + x Click the red 'Back' arrow button at the lower right of the + list to cancel and return to the picture you were drawing. - The 'Slides' button is available in the 'Open' dialog. It can be used to - play a simple animation within Tux Paint, or a slideshow of pictures. It - can also export an animated GIF based on the chosen images. + ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [O] on the keyboard to + bring up the 'Open' dialog. - → Chosing pictures ← - When you enter the 'Slides' section of Tux Paint, it displays a list of - your saved files, just like the 'Open' dialog. + + d."Save" Command ← - Click each of the images you wish to display in a slideshow-style - presentation, one by one. A digit will appear over each image, letting - you know in which order they will be displayed. + This saves your current picture. - You can click a selected image to unselect it (take it out of your - slideshow). Click it again if you wish to add it to the end of the - list. + If you haven't saved it before, it will create a new entry in the + list of saved images. (i.e., it will create a new file) + 💡 Note: It won't ask you anything (e.g., for a filename). It will + simply save the picture, and play a "camera shutter" sound effect. - - → Set playback speed ← + If you have saved the picture before, or this is a picture you just + loaded using the "Open" command, you will first be asked whether + you want to save over the old version, or create a new entry (a new + file). - A sliding scale at the lower left of the screen (next to the 'Play' - button) can be used to adjust the speed of the slideshow or animated - GIF, from slowest to fastest. Choose the leftmost setting to disable - automatic advancement during playback within Tux Paint — you will need - to press a key or click to go to the next slide (see below). + ⚙ Note: If either the "saveover" or "saveovernew" options are set, + it won't ask before saving over. See the "Options" documentation. - 💡 Note: The slowest setting does not automatically advance through the - slides. Use it for when you want to step through them manually. (This - does not apply to an exported animated GIF.) + ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [S] on the keyboard to + save. - - → Playback in Tux Paint ← + + e."Print" Command ← - To play a slideshow within Tux Paint, click the 'Play' button. + Click this button and your picture will be printed! - 💡 Note: If you hadn't selected any images, then all of your saved - images will be played in the slideshow! + On most platforms, you can also hold the [Alt] key (called [Option] + on Macs) while clicking the 'Print' button to get a printer dialog. + Note that this may not work if you're running Tux Paint in + fullscreen mode. See below. - During the slideshow, press [Space], [Enter] or [Return], or the [Right - arrow] — or click the 'Next' button at the lower left — to manually - advance to the next slide. Press [Left arrow] to go back to the - previous slide. + → Disabling Printing ← - Press [Escape], or click the 'Back' button at the lower right, to exit - the slideshow and return to the slideshow image selection screen. + The "noprint" option can be set, which will disable Tux Paint's + 'Print' button. + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. - - → Exporting an animated GIF ← - Click the 'GIF Export' button near the lower right to have Tux Paint - generate an animated GIF file based on the selected images. + + → Restricting Printing ← - 💡 Note: At least two images must be selected. (To export a single - image, use the 'Export' option from the main 'Open' dialog.) If no - images are selected, Tux Paint will not attempt to generate a GIF based - on all saved images. + The "printdelay" option can be set, which will only allow + occasional printing — once every so many seconds, as configured + by you. - Pressing [Escape] during the export process will abort the process, and - return you to the 'Slideshow' dialog. + For example, with "printdelay=60" in Tux Paint's configuration + file, printing can only occur once per minute (60 seconds). + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. - - Click 'Back' in the slideshow image selection screen to return to the - 'Open' dialog. + + → Printing Commands ← + (Linux and Unix only) - -g."Quit" Command ← + Tux Paint prints by generating a PostScript representation of + the drawing and sending it to an external program. By default, + the program is: - Clicking the 'Quit' button, closing the Tux Paint window, or pushing the - [Escape] key will quit Tux Paint. + lpr - You will first be prompted as to whether you really want to quit. + This command can be changed by setting a "printcommand" option + in Tux Paint's configuration file. - If you choose to quit, and you haven't saved the current picture, you will - first be asked if wish to save it. If it's not a new image, you will then - be asked if you want to save over the old version, or create a new entry. - (See "Save" above.) + An alternative print command can be invoked by holding the " + [Alt]" key on the keyboard while clicking clicking the 'Print' + button, as long as you're not in fullscreen mode, an + alternative program is run. By default, the program is KDE's + graphical print dialog: - ⚙ Note: If the image is saved, it will be reloaded automatically the next - time you run Tux Paint -- unless the "startblank" option is set. + kprinter - ⚙ Note: The 'Quit' button within Tux Paint, and quitting via the [Escape] - key, may be disabled, via the "noquit" option. + This command can be changed by setting a "altprintcommand" + option in Tux Paint's configuration file. - In that case, the "window close" button on Tux Paint's title bar (if not in - fullscreen mode) or the [Alt] + [F4] key sequence may be used to quit. + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. - If neither of those are possible, the key sequence of [Shift] + [Control / - ⌘] + [Escape] may be used to quit. - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + + → Printer Settings ← + (Windows and macOS) - -h.Sound Muting ← + By default, Tux Paint simply prints to the default printer with + default settings when the 'Print' button is pushed. - There is no on-screen control button at this time, but by using the [Alt] + - [S] keyboard sequence, sound effects can be disabled and re-enabled (muted - and unmuted) while the program is running. + However, if you hold the [Alt] (or [Option]) key on the + keyboard while clicking the 'Print' button, as long as you're + not in fullscreen mode, your operating system's printer dialog + will appear, where you can change the settings. - Note that if sounds are completely disabled via the "nosound" option, the - [Alt] + [S] key combination has no effect. (i.e., it cannot be used to turn - on sounds when the parent/teacher wants them disabled.) + You can have the printer configuration changes stored between + Tux Paint sessions by setting the "printcfg" option. - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + If the "printcfg" option is used, printer settings will be + loaded from the file "printcfg.cfg" in your personal folder + (see below). Any changes will be saved there as well. + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. - - ### E. Controlling Tux Paint ### + + → Printer Dialog Options ← -## 1. Using a Mouse or Trackball ## + By default, Tux Paint only shows the printer dialog (or, on + Linux/Unix, runs the "altprintcommand"; e.g., "kprinter" + instead of "lpr") if the [Alt] (or [Option]) key is held while + clicking the 'Print' button. -Tux Paint's main mode of operation is via any device that appears to your -operating system as a mouse, including standard mice, trackballs, and -trackpads, as well as drawing tablets (usually operated with a stylus) and -touch screens (operated with a finger and/or a stylus) (see "Using a Tablet or -Touchscreen" below for more information). + However, this behavior can be changed. You can have the printer + dialog always appear by using "--altprintalways" on the + command-line, or "altprint=always" in Tux Paint's configuration + file. Conversely, you can prevent the [Alt]/[Option] key from + having any effect by using "--altprintnever", or "altprint= + never". -For drawing and controlling Tux Paint, only a single mouse button is used — -typically, on multi-button mice, this will the left mouse button, but this can -usually be configured at the operating system level. By default, Tux Paint will -ignore input from the other button(s). If a user attempts to use the other -button(s), a pop-up dialog will eventually appear reminding them that only one -button is recognized Tux Paint. However, you may configure Tux Paint to accept -any button as input (see the Options documentation). + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. -# a. Scrolling # -Many input devices offer a way to quickly scroll within applications — many -mice have a scroll wheel, trackballs have scroll rings, and trackpads recognize -certain "scroll" gestures (e.g., two-finger vertical motion, or vertical motion -on the edge of the trackpad). Tux Paint supports scrolling input to allow quick -scrolling through certain lists (e.g., Stamps, Magic tools, and the New and -Open dialogs). + -Tux Paint will also automatically scroll if you click and hold the mouse down -on an scroll button — the "up" and "down" arrow buttons that appear above and -below scrolling lists. + + f."Slides" Command (under "Open") ← -# b. Mouse Accessibility # + The 'Slides' button is available in the 'Open' dialog. It can be + used to play a simple animation within Tux Paint, or a slideshow of + pictures. It can also export an animated GIF based on the chosen + images. -Other devices that appear as a mouse can be used to control Tux Paint. For -example: + → Chosing pictures ← - * Head pointing/tracking devices - * Eye gaze trackers - * Foot mice + When you enter the 'Slides' section of Tux Paint, it displays a + list of your saved files, just like the 'Open' dialog. -Tux Paint offers a "sticky mouse click" accessibility setting, where a single -click begins a click-and-drag operation, and a subsequent click ends it. (See -the Options documentation.) + Click each of the images you wish to display in a + slideshow-style presentation, one by one. A digit will appear + over each image, letting you know in which order they will be + displayed. -## 2. Using a Tablet or Touchscreen ## + You can click a selected image to unselect it (take it out of + your slideshow). Click it again if you wish to add it to the + end of the list. -As noted above, Tux Paint recognizes any device that appears as a mouse. This -means drawing tablets and touchscreens may be used. However, these devices -often support other features beyond X/Y motion, button clicks, and scroll-wheel -motion. Currently, those additional features are not supported by Tux Paint. -Some examples: - * Pressure and angle - * Eraser tip - * Multi-touch gestures + + → Set playback speed ← -## 3. Using a Joystick-like Device ## + A sliding scale at the lower left of the screen (next to the + 'Play' button) can be used to adjust the speed of the slideshow + or animated GIF, from slowest to fastest. Choose the leftmost + setting to disable automatic advancement during playback within + Tux Paint — you will need to press a key or click to go to the + next slide (see below). -Tux Paint may be configured to recognize input from any game controller that -appears to your operating system as a joystick. That even includes modern game -console controllers connected via USB or Bluetooth (e.g., Nintendo Switch or -Microsoft Xbox game pads)! + 💡 Note: The slowest setting does not automatically advance + through the slides. Use it for when you want to step through + them manually. (This does not apply to an exported animated + GIF.) -Numerous configuration options are available to best suit the device being -used, and the user's needs. Analog input will be used for coarse movement, and -digital "hat" input for fine movement. Buttons on the controller can be mapped -to different Tux Paint controls (e.g., acting as the [Escape] key, switching to -the Paint tool, invoking Undo and Redo operations, etc.). See the Options -documentation for more details. -## 4. Using the Keyboard ## + + → Playback in Tux Paint ← -Tux Paint offers an option to allow the keyboard to be used to control the -mouse pointer. This includes motion and clicking, as well as shortcuts to -navigate between and within certain parts of the interface. See the Options -documentation for more details. + To play a slideshow within Tux Paint, click the 'Play' button. -III. Loading Other Pictures into Tux Paint + 💡 Note: If you hadn't selected any images, then all of your + saved images will be played in the slideshow! - ### A. Overview ### + During the slideshow, press [Space], [Enter] or [Return], or + the [Right arrow] — or click the 'Next' button at the lower + left — to manually advance to the next slide. Press [Left + arrow] to go back to the previous slide. -Tux Paint's 'Open' dialog only displays pictures you created with Tux Paint. So -what do you do if you want to load some other drawinng or even a photograph -into Tux Paint, so you can edit or draw on it? + Press [Escape], or click the 'Back' button at the lower right, + to exit the slideshow and return to the slideshow image + selection screen. -You can simply convert the picture to the format Tux Paint uses — PNG (Portable -Network Graphic) — and place it in Tux Paint's "saved" directory/folder. Here -is where to find it (by default): -→ Windows Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Windows 11 ← - In the user's "AppData" folder: - e.g., "C:\Users\username\AppData\Roaming\TuxPaint\saved\" - -→ macOS ← - In the user's "Application Support" folder: - e.g., "/Users/username/Library/Application Support/TuxPaint/saved/" - -→ Linux / Unix ← - In the user's "home directory" folder: - e.g., "/home/username/.tuxpaint/saved/" - -→ Haiku ← - In the user's "settings" folder: - e.g., "/boot/home/config/settings/TuxPaint/saved/" - - -💡 Note: It is also from this folder that you can copy or open pictures drawn in -Tux Paint using other applications, though the 'Export' option from Tux Paint's -'Open' dialog can be used to copy them to a location that's easier and safer to -access. - - ### B. Using the import script, "tuxpaint-import" ### - -Linux and Unix users can use the "tuxpaint-import" shell script which gets -installed when you install Tux Paint. It uses some NetPBM tools to convert the -image ("anytopnm"), resize it so that it will fit in Tux Paint's canvas -("pnmscale"), and convert it to a PNG ("pnmtopng"). - -It also uses the "date" command to get the current time and date, which is the -file-naming convention Tux Paint uses for saved files. (Remember, you are never -asked for a 'filename' when you go to save or open pictures!) - -To use this script, simply run it from a command-line prompt, and provide it -the name(s) of the file(s) you wish to convert. - -They will be converted and placed in your Tux Paint "saved" directory. - -💡 Note: If you're doing this for a different user (e.g., your child) you'll -need to make sure to run the command under their account.) - -Example: - - $ tuxpaint-import grandma.jpg - grandma.jpg -> /home/username/.tuxpaint/saved/20211231012359.png - jpegtopnm: WRITING A PPM FILE - -The first line ("tuxpaint-import grandma.jpg") is the command to run. The -following two lines are output from the program while it's working. - -Now you can load Tux Paint, and a version of that original picture will be -available under the 'Open' dialog. Just double-click its icon! - - ### C. Importing Pictures Manually ### - -Windows, macOS, and Haiku users who wish to import arbitrary images into Tux -Paint must do so via a manual process. - -Load a graphics program that is capable of both loading your picture and saving -a PNG format file. (See the documentation file "PNG.html" for a list of -suggested software, and other references.) - -When Tux Paint loads an image that's not the same size as its drawing canvas, -it scales (and sometimes smears the edges of) the image so that it fits within -the canvas. - -To avoid having the image stretched or smeared, you can resize it to Tux -Paint's canvas size. This size depends on the size of the Tux Paint window, or -resolution at which Tux Paint is run, if in fullscreen. (Note: The default -resolution is 800x600.) See "Calculating Image Dimensions", below. - -## 1. Naming the File ## - -Save the picture in PNG format. It is highly recommended that you name the -filename using the current date and time, since that's the convention Tux Paint -uses: - - YYYYMMDDhhmmss.png - - * YYYY = Year - * MM = Month (two digits, "01"-"12") - * DD = Day of month (two digits, "01"-"31") - * HH = Hour (two digits, in 24-hour format, "00"-"23") - * mm = Minute (two digits, "00"-"59") - * ss = Seconds (two digits, "00"-"59") - -Example: "20210731110500.png", for July 31, 2021 at 11:05am. - -Place this PNG file in your Tux Paint "saved" directory/folder. (See above.) - -## 2. Calculating Image Dimensions ## - -This part of the documentation needs to be rewritten, since the new -"buttonsize" option was added. For now, try drawing and saving an image within -Tux Paint, then determine what size (pixel width and height) it came out to, -and try to match that when scaling the picture(s) you're importing into Tux -Paint. - -IV.Further Reading - -Other documentation included with Tux Paint (found in the "docs" folder/ -directory) includes: - -→ Using Tux Paint: ← - o OPTIONS.html - Detailed instructions on command-line and configuration-file options, - for those who don't want to use the Tux Paint Config. tool to manage - Tux Paint's configuration. - o 'Magic' Tool Documentation ("magic-docs") - Documentation for each of the currently-installed 'Magic' tools. - o Frequently Asked Questions ("FAQs") about Tux Paint - Answers to, and solutions for, some common questions about, and - problems with, using Tux Paint. - - -→ How to extend Tux Paint: ← - o EXTENDING.html - Detailed instructions on extending Tux Paint: creating brushes, stamps, - starters, and templates; adding fonts; and creating new on-screen - keyboard layouts and input methods. - o PNG.html - Notes on creating PNG format bitmapped (raster) images for use in Tux - Paint. - o SVG.html - Notes on creating SVG format vector images for use in Tux Paint. - - -→ Technical information: ← - o INSTALL.html - Instructions for compiling and installing Tux Paint, when applicable. - o SIGNALS.html - Information about the POSIX signals that Tux Paint responds to. - o MAGIC-API.html - Creating new Magic tools using Tux Paint's plugin API. - - -→ Development history and license: ← - o AUTHORS.txt - List of authors and contributors. - o CHANGES.txt - Summary of what has changed between releases of Tux Paint. - o COPYING.txt - Tux Paint's software license, the GNU General Public License (GPL) - - - -V.How to Get Help - -If you need help, there are numerous ways to interact with Tux Paint developers -and other users: - - * Report bugs or request new features via the project's bug-tracking system - * Participate in the various project mailing lists - * Contact the developers directly - -To learn more, visit the "Contact" page of the official Tux Paint website: -https://tuxpaint.org/contact/ - -VI.How to Participate - -Tux Paint is a volunteer-driven project, and we're happy to accept your help in -a variety of ways: - - * Translate Tux Paint to another language - * Improve existing translations - * Create artwork (stamps, starters, templates, brushes) - * Add or improve features or magic tools - * Create classroom curriculum - * Promote or help support others using Tux Paint - -To learn more, visit the "Help Us" page of the official Tux Paint website: -https://tuxpaint.org/help/ - -VII.Follow the Tux Paint project on social media - -Tux Paint maintains a presence on a variety of social media networks, where we -post updates and artwork. - - * Follow @tuxpaint.bsky.social on Bluesky - * Join the Tux Paint page on Facebook - * Follow @TuxPaintDevs on Instagram - * Follow @tuxpaint@floss.social on Mastodon - * Follow u/TuxPaintDevs on Reddit - * Follow @TuxPaintDevs on Threads - * Follow @TuxPaintDevs on TikTok - * Follow Tux Paint on Tumblr - * Subscribe to @TuxPaintOfficial on YouTube - -VIII. Trademark notices - - * "Linux" is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds. - * "Microsoft" and "Windows" are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corp. - * "Apple" and "macOS" are registered trademarks of Apple Inc. - * "Haiku" is a registered trademark of Haiku, Inc. - * "Facebook", "Instagram", and "Threads" are registered trademarks of Meta - Platforms, Inc. - * "Mastodon" is a registered trademark of Mastodon gGmbH. - * "Reddit" is a registered trademark of Reddit, Inc. - * "TIK TOK" is a trademark of Bytedance Ltd. - * "Tumblr" is a registered trademark of Tumblr, Inc. - * "YouTube" is a registered trademark of Alphabet, Inc. + + → Exporting an animated GIF ← + Click the 'GIF Export' button near the lower right to have Tux + Paint generate an animated GIF file based on the selected + images. + + 💡 Note: At least two images must be selected. (To export a + single image, use the 'Export' option from the main 'Open' + dialog.) If no images are selected, Tux Paint will not attempt + to generate a GIF based on all saved images. + + Pressing [Escape] during the export process will abort the + process, and return you to the 'Slideshow' dialog. + + + + + Click 'Back' in the slideshow image selection screen to return to + the 'Open' dialog. + + + + g."Quit" Command ← + + Clicking the 'Quit' button, closing the Tux Paint window, or + pushing the [Escape] key will quit Tux Paint. + + You will first be prompted as to whether you really want to quit. + + If you choose to quit, and you haven't saved the current picture, + you will first be asked if wish to save it. If it's not a new + image, you will then be asked if you want to save over the old + version, or create a new entry. (See "Save" above.) + + ⚙ Note: If the image is saved, it will be reloaded automatically + the next time you run Tux Paint -- unless the "startblank" option + is set. + + ⚙ Note: The 'Quit' button within Tux Paint, and quitting via the + [Escape] key, may be disabled, via the "noquit" option. + + In that case, the "window close" button on Tux Paint's title bar + (if not in fullscreen mode) or the [Alt] + [F4] key sequence may be + used to quit. + + If neither of those are possible, the key sequence of [Shift] + + [Control / ⌘] + [Escape] may be used to quit. + + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + + + + h.Sound Muting ← + + There is no on-screen control button at this time, but by using the + [Alt] + [S] keyboard sequence, sound effects can be disabled and + re-enabled (muted and unmuted) while the program is running. + + Note that if sounds are completely disabled via the "nosound" + option, the [Alt] + [S] key combination has no effect. (i.e., it + cannot be used to turn on sounds when the parent/teacher wants them + disabled.) + + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + + + + + ### E. Controlling Tux Paint ### + + ## 1. Using a Mouse or Trackball ## + + Tux Paint's main mode of operation is via any device that appears to + your operating system as a mouse, including standard mice, trackballs, + and trackpads, as well as drawing tablets (usually operated with a + stylus) and touch screens (operated with a finger and/or a stylus) (see + "Using a Tablet or Touchscreen" below for more information). + + For drawing and controlling Tux Paint, only a single mouse button is + used — typically, on multi-button mice, this will the left mouse + button, but this can usually be configured at the operating system + level. By default, Tux Paint will ignore input from the other button + (s). If a user attempts to use the other button(s), a pop-up dialog + will eventually appear reminding them that only one button is + recognized Tux Paint. However, you may configure Tux Paint to accept + any button as input (see the Options documentation). + + # a. Scrolling # + + Many input devices offer a way to quickly scroll within applications — + many mice have a scroll wheel, trackballs have scroll rings, and + trackpads recognize certain "scroll" gestures (e.g., two-finger + vertical motion, or vertical motion on the edge of the trackpad). Tux + Paint supports scrolling input to allow quick scrolling through certain + lists (e.g., Stamps, Magic tools, and the New and Open dialogs). + + Tux Paint will also automatically scroll if you click and hold the + mouse down on an scroll button — the "up" and "down" arrow buttons that + appear above and below scrolling lists. + + # b. Mouse Accessibility # + + Other devices that appear as a mouse can be used to control Tux Paint. + For example: + - Head pointing/tracking devices + - Eye gaze trackers + - Foot mice + + Tux Paint offers a "sticky mouse click" accessibility setting, where a + single click begins a click-and-drag operation, and a subsequent click + ends it. (See the Options documentation.) + + ## 2. Using a Tablet or Touchscreen ## + + As noted above, Tux Paint recognizes any device that appears as a + mouse. This means drawing tablets and touchscreens may be used. + However, these devices often support other features beyond X/Y motion, + button clicks, and scroll-wheel motion. Currently, those additional + features are not supported by Tux Paint. Some examples: + - Pressure and angle + - Eraser tip + - Multi-touch gestures + + ## 3. Using a Joystick-like Device ## + + Tux Paint may be configured to recognize input from any game controller + that appears to your operating system as a joystick. That even includes + modern game console controllers connected via USB or Bluetooth (e.g., + Nintendo Switch or Microsoft Xbox game pads)! + + Numerous configuration options are available to best suit the device + being used, and the user's needs. Analog input will be used for coarse + movement, and digital "hat" input for fine movement. Buttons on the + controller can be mapped to different Tux Paint controls (e.g., acting + as the [Escape] key, switching to the Paint tool, invoking Undo and + Redo operations, etc.). See the Options documentation for more details. + + ## 4. Using the Keyboard ## + + Tux Paint offers an option to allow the keyboard to be used to control + the mouse pointer. This includes motion and clicking, as well as + shortcuts to navigate between and within certain parts of the + interface. See the Options documentation for more details. + + III. Loading Other Pictures into Tux Paint + + ### A. Overview ### + + Tux Paint's 'Open' dialog only displays pictures you created with Tux + Paint. So what do you do if you want to load some other drawinng or + even a photograph into Tux Paint, so you can edit or draw on it? + + You can simply convert the picture to the format Tux Paint uses — PNG + (Portable Network Graphic) — and place it in Tux Paint's "saved" + directory/folder. Here is where to find it (by default): + + → Windows Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Windows 11 ← + In the user's "AppData" folder: + e.g., "C:\Users\username\AppData\Roaming\TuxPaint\saved\" + + → macOS ← + In the user's "Application Support" folder: + e.g., "/Users/username/Library/Application Support/TuxPaint/saved/" + + → Linux / Unix ← + In the user's "home directory" folder: + e.g., "/home/username/.tuxpaint/saved/" + + → Haiku ← + In the user's "settings" folder: + e.g., "/boot/home/config/settings/TuxPaint/saved/" + + + 💡 Note: It is also from this folder that you can copy or open pictures + drawn in Tux Paint using other applications, though the 'Export' option + from Tux Paint's 'Open' dialog can be used to copy them to a location + that's easier and safer to access. + + ### B. Using the import script, "tuxpaint-import" ### + + Linux and Unix users can use the "tuxpaint-import" shell script which + gets installed when you install Tux Paint. It uses some NetPBM tools to + convert the image ("anytopnm"), resize it so that it will fit in Tux + Paint's canvas ("pnmscale"), and convert it to a PNG ("pnmtopng"). + + It also uses the "date" command to get the current time and date, which + is the file-naming convention Tux Paint uses for saved files. + (Remember, you are never asked for a 'filename' when you go to save or + open pictures!) + + To use this script, simply run it from a command-line prompt, and + provide it the name(s) of the file(s) you wish to convert. + + They will be converted and placed in your Tux Paint "saved" directory. + + 💡 Note: If you're doing this for a different user (e.g., your child) + you'll need to make sure to run the command under their account.) + + Example: + + $ tuxpaint-import grandma.jpg + grandma.jpg -> /home/username/.tuxpaint/saved/20211231012359.png + jpegtopnm: WRITING A PPM FILE + + The first line ("tuxpaint-import grandma.jpg") is the command to run. + The following two lines are output from the program while it's working. + + Now you can load Tux Paint, and a version of that original picture will + be available under the 'Open' dialog. Just double-click its icon! + + ### C. Importing Pictures Manually ### + + Windows, macOS, and Haiku users who wish to import arbitrary images + into Tux Paint must do so via a manual process. + + Load a graphics program that is capable of both loading your picture + and saving a PNG format file. (See the documentation file "PNG.html" + for a list of suggested software, and other references.) + + When Tux Paint loads an image that's not the same size as its drawing + canvas, it scales (and sometimes smears the edges of) the image so that + it fits within the canvas. + + To avoid having the image stretched or smeared, you can resize it to + Tux Paint's canvas size. This size depends on the size of the Tux Paint + window, or resolution at which Tux Paint is run, if in fullscreen. ( + Note: The default resolution is 800x600.) See "Calculating Image + Dimensions", below. + + ## 1. Naming the File ## + + Save the picture in PNG format. It is highly recommended that you name + the filename using the current date and time, since that's the + convention Tux Paint uses: + + YYYYMMDDhhmmss.png + + - YYYY = Year + - MM = Month (two digits, "01"-"12") + - DD = Day of month (two digits, "01"-"31") + - HH = Hour (two digits, in 24-hour format, "00"-"23") + - mm = Minute (two digits, "00"-"59") + - ss = Seconds (two digits, "00"-"59") + + Example: "20210731110500.png", for July 31, 2021 at 11:05am. + + Place this PNG file in your Tux Paint "saved" directory/folder. (See + above.) + + ## 2. Calculating Image Dimensions ## + + This part of the documentation needs to be rewritten, since the new + "buttonsize" option was added. For now, try drawing and saving an image + within Tux Paint, then determine what size (pixel width and height) it + came out to, and try to match that when scaling the picture(s) you're + importing into Tux Paint. + + IV.Further Reading + + Other documentation included with Tux Paint (found in the "docs" folder + /directory) includes: + → Using Tux Paint: ← + x OPTIONS.html + Detailed instructions on command-line and configuration-file + options, for those who don't want to use the Tux Paint Config. + tool to manage Tux Paint's configuration. + x 'Magic' Tool Documentation ("magic-docs") + Documentation for each of the currently-installed 'Magic' + tools. + x Frequently Asked Questions ("FAQs") about Tux Paint + Answers to, and solutions for, some common questions about, and + problems with, using Tux Paint. + + + → How to extend Tux Paint: ← + x EXTENDING.html + Detailed instructions on extending Tux Paint: creating brushes, + stamps, starters, and templates; adding fonts; and creating new + on-screen keyboard layouts and input methods. + x PNG.html + Notes on creating PNG format bitmapped (raster) images for use + in Tux Paint. + x SVG.html + Notes on creating SVG format vector images for use in Tux + Paint. + + + → Technical information: ← + x INSTALL.html + Instructions for compiling and installing Tux Paint, when + applicable. + x SIGNALS.html + Information about the POSIX signals that Tux Paint responds to. + x MAGIC-API.html + Creating new Magic tools using Tux Paint's plugin API. + + + → Development history and license: ← + x AUTHORS.txt + List of authors and contributors. + x CHANGES.txt + Summary of what has changed between releases of Tux Paint. + x COPYING.txt + Tux Paint's software license, the GNU General Public License + (GPL) + + + + V.How to Get Help + + If you need help, there are numerous ways to interact with Tux Paint + developers and other users: + - Report bugs or request new features via the project's bug-tracking + system + - Participate in the various project mailing lists + - Contact the developers directly + + To learn more, visit the "Contact" page of the official Tux Paint + website: https://tuxpaint.org/contact/ + + VI.How to Participate + + Tux Paint is a volunteer-driven project, and we're happy to accept your + help in a variety of ways: + - Translate Tux Paint to another language + - Improve existing translations + - Create artwork (stamps, starters, templates, brushes) + - Add or improve features or magic tools + - Create classroom curriculum + - Promote or help support others using Tux Paint + + To learn more, visit the "Help Us" page of the official Tux Paint + website: https://tuxpaint.org/help/ + + VII.Follow the Tux Paint project on social media + + Tux Paint maintains a presence on a variety of social media networks, + where we post updates and artwork. + - Follow @tuxpaint.bsky.social on Bluesky + - Join the Tux Paint page on Facebook + - Follow @TuxPaintDevs on Instagram + - Follow @tuxpaint@floss.social on Mastodon + - Follow u/TuxPaintDevs on Reddit + - Follow @TuxPaintDevs on Threads + - Follow @TuxPaintDevs on TikTok + - Follow Tux Paint on Tumblr + - Subscribe to @TuxPaintOfficial on YouTube + + VIII. Trademark notices + + - "Linux" is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds. + - "Microsoft" and "Windows" are registered trademarks of Microsoft + Corp. + - "Apple" and "macOS" are registered trademarks of Apple Inc. + - "Haiku" is a registered trademark of Haiku, Inc. + - "Facebook", "Instagram", and "Threads" are registered trademarks of + Meta Platforms, Inc. + - "Mastodon" is a registered trademark of Mastodon gGmbH. + - "Reddit" is a registered trademark of Reddit, Inc. + - "TIK TOK" is a trademark of Bytedance Ltd. + - "Tumblr" is a registered trademark of Tumblr, Inc. + - "YouTube" is a registered trademark of Alphabet, Inc. diff --git a/docs/es_ES.UTF-8/html/README.html b/docs/es_ES.UTF-8/html/README.html index afedb7291..79b9b6be6 100644 --- a/docs/es_ES.UTF-8/html/README.html +++ b/docs/es_ES.UTF-8/html/README.html @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

- diciembre 25, 2024

+ diciembre 26, 2024

Text clipboard paste support
The "Text" and "Label" tools support pasting the copy/paste clipboard.
+ +
"Hearts" Magic tool
+
Draw a trail of floating hearts. + +
"Sparkles" Magic tool
+
Draw a trail of falling sparkles. + +
"Stars" Magic tool
+
Draw a trail of stars.

diff --git a/docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/README.txt b/docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/README.txt index 847289b6c..24443f9d9 100644 --- a/docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/README.txt +++ b/docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/README.txt @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Copyright © 2002-2024 by divers contributeurs; voir AUTHORS.txt. https://tuxpaint.org/ - décembre 25, 2024 + décembre 26, 2024 +-------------------------------------------------------+ | Table des matières | @@ -111,1378 +111,1458 @@ Voir COPYING.txt pour le texte complet de la licence GPL. → Text clipboard paste support ← The "Text" and "Label" tools support pasting the copy/paste clipboard. +→ "Hearts" Magic tool ← + Draw a trail of floating hearts. ← + → "Sparkles" Magic tool ← + Draw a trail of falling sparkles. ← + → "Stars" Magic tool ← + Draw a trail of stars. ← -Voir CHANGES.txt pour la liste complète des changements. + Voir CHANGES.txt pour la liste complète des changements. -II. Utiliser Tux Paint + II. Utiliser Tux Paint - ### A. Lancement de Tux Paint ### + ### A. Lancement de Tux Paint ### -## 1. Utilisateurs de Linux/Unix ## + ## 1. Utilisateurs de Linux/Unix ## -Tux Paint devrait avoir mis une icône de lanceur dans vos menus KDE et/ou -GNOME, sous «Graphiques». + Tux Paint devrait avoir mis une icône de lanceur dans vos menus KDE et/ + ou GNOME, sous «Graphiques». -Autrement, vous pouvez exécuter la commande suivante à une invite du shell (par -exemple, "$") : + Autrement, vous pouvez exécuter la commande suivante à une invite du + shell (par exemple, "$") : - $ tuxpaint + $ tuxpaint -Si des erreurs se produisent, elles seront affichées sur le terminal -("stderr"). + Si des erreurs se produisent, elles seront affichées sur le terminal + ("stderr"). -## 2. Utilisateurs de Windows ## + ## 2. Utilisateurs de Windows ## -[Icône pour Tux Paint] - Tux Paint + [Icône pour Tux Paint] + Tux Paint -Si vous avez installé Tux Paint sur votre ordinateur en utilisant le 'Tux Paint -Installer', il vous aura demandé si vous vouliez un raccourci de menu -'Démarrer' et / ou un raccourci sur le bureau. Si vous avez accepté, vous -pouvez simplement exécuter Tux Paint à partir de la section 'Tux Paint' de -votre menu 'Démarrer' (par exemple, sous «Tous les programmes» sous Windows -XP), ou en double-cliquant sur l'icône «Tux Paint» sur votre bureau . + Si vous avez installé Tux Paint sur votre ordinateur en utilisant le + 'Tux Paint Installer', il vous aura demandé si vous vouliez un + raccourci de menu 'Démarrer' et / ou un raccourci sur le bureau. Si + vous avez accepté, vous pouvez simplement exécuter Tux Paint à partir + de la section 'Tux Paint' de votre menu 'Démarrer' (par exemple, sous + «Tous les programmes» sous Windows XP), ou en double-cliquant sur + l'icône «Tux Paint» sur votre bureau . -Si vous avez installé Tux Paint en utilisant le téléchargement 'ZIP-file', ou -si vous avez utilisé 'Tux Paint Installer', mais que vous avez choisi de ne pas -installer de raccourcis, vous devrez double-cliquer sur l'icône "tuxpaint.exe" -dans le dossier "Tux Paint" de votre ordinateur. + Si vous avez installé Tux Paint en utilisant le téléchargement + 'ZIP-file', ou si vous avez utilisé 'Tux Paint Installer', mais que + vous avez choisi de ne pas installer de raccourcis, vous devrez + double-cliquer sur l'icône "tuxpaint.exe" dans le dossier "Tux Paint" + de votre ordinateur. -By default, the 'Tux Paint Installer' will put Tux Paint's folder in -"C:\Program Files\TuxPaint\", though you may have changed this when you ran the -installer. + By default, the 'Tux Paint Installer' will put Tux Paint's folder in + "C:\Program Files\TuxPaint\", though you may have changed this when you + ran the installer. -Si vous avez utilisé le téléchargement de 'ZIP-file', le dossier de Tux Paint -sera là où vous l'avez placé lorsque vous avez décompressé le fichier ZIP. + Si vous avez utilisé le téléchargement de 'ZIP-file', le dossier de Tux + Paint sera là où vous l'avez placé lorsque vous avez décompressé le + fichier ZIP. -## 3. Utilisateurs de macOS ## - -Double-cliquez simplement sur l'icône "Tux Paint". - -[Écran-titre] - - - ### B. Écran titre ### - -Lors du premier chargement de Tux Paint, un écran avec titre et crédits -apparaîtra. - -Une fois le chargement terminé, appuyez sur une touche ou cliquez sur la souris -pour continuer. (Ou, après environ 30 secondes, l'écran-titre disparaîtra -automatiquement.) - - ### C. Écran principal ### - -L'écran principal est divisé en plusieurs sections : - -[Outils : Peindre, Tampon, Lignes, Formes, Texte, Magie, Étiquette, Défaire, -Refaire, Gomme, Nouveau, Ouvrir, Sauvegarder, Imprimer, Quitter] - -→ Côté gauche : la barre d'outils ← - - La barre d'outils contient les commandes pour dessiner et éditer. - - - -[Toile] - -→ Milieu : Toile pour Dessiner ← - - La plus grande partie de l'écran, au centre, est le canevas pour dessiner. - C'est évidemment là que vous dessinerez ! - - 💡 Remarque: la taille du canevas de dessin dépend de la taille de Tux - Paint. Vous pouvez modifier la taille de Tux Paint à l'aide de l'outil de - configuration tuxpaint-config, ou par d’autres moyens. Consultez la - documentation OPTIONS pour plus de détails. - - - -[Sélecteurs - Pinceaux, Lettres, Formes, Tampons] - -→ Côté droit : sélecteur ← - - En fonction de l'outil en cours d'utilisation, le sélecteur affiche - différentes choses. Par exemple, lorsque l'outil Pinceau est sélectionné, - il affiche les différents pinceaux disponibles. Lorsque l'outil Tampon en - caoutchouc est sélectionné, il affiche les différentes formes que vous - pouvez utiliser. - - - -[Couleurs - Noir, Blanc, Rouge, Rose, Orange, Jaune, Vert, Cyan, Bleu, Pourpre, -Brun, Gris] - -→ En bas : couleurs ← - - Quand l'outil en cours utilise des couleurs, une palette pour choisir des - couleurs se trouve en bas de l'écran. Cliquez sur une pour choisir une - couleur, et elle sera utilisée par l'outil en cours. (Par ex. l'outil - "Peindre" utilisera cette couleur pour dessiner avec le piceau choisi, et - l'outil "Remplir" utilisera cette couleur pour remplir une partie du - dessin) - - Tout à fait à droite se trouvent trois options spéciales pour les couleurs - : - o Sélecteur de couleur - Le "sélecteur de couleurs" (qui ressemble à un compte-gouttes) vous - permet de choisir une couleur trouvée dans votre dessin. - (Un raccourci clavier est disponible pour accéder à cet effet - rapidement; voir ci-dessous) - o Palette de l'Arc-en-ciel - La palette de l'arc-en-ciel vous permet de prendre n'importe quelle - couleur en choisissant la teinte, la saturation et la valeur de la - couleur désirée. Une boîte sur le côté gauche montre des centaines de - teinte &madsh; de rouge en haut jusqu'au violet en bas — à des - centaines de niveaux de saturation/intensité — délavées sur la gauche à - pures sur la droite. Une barre grise verticale donne accès à des - centaines de niveaux — du plus clair en haut à plus sombre en bas. - Cliquez sur le bouton vert pour selectionner la couleur, ou sur le - bouton "Retour" pour abandonner sans prendre de nouvelle couleur. - Vous pouvez aussi régler la couleur de cet outil avec une autre que - l'on choisit : - # Peu importe la couleur intégrée choisie, si il y an a une - # Couleur actuelle du Sélecteur de couleur - # Couleur actuelle du mélangeur de couleurs - o Mélangeur de couleurs - Le "mélangeur de couleur" (qui ressemble à une palette de peintre) vous - permet de créer des couleurs en mélangeant des couleurs primaires — - rouge, jaune et bleu — en même temps que du blanc (pour "tinter"), gris - (pour "harmoniser") et noir (pour "ombrer"). - Vous pouvez cliquer sur un bouton plusieurs fois (par ex. rouge + rouge - + jaune donne une couleur rouge-orange). Le ratio des couleurs ajoutées - est montré en bas. - Vous pouvez revenir en arrière (reset avec aucune couleur dans le - dessin) en cliquant sur le bouton "Effacer". Vous pouvez Défaire et - Refaire des étapes de mélange, au cas où vous auriez fait une erreur - (sans avoir à tout recommencer). - Cliquez sur le bouton vert pour selectionner la couleur, ou sur le - bouton "Retour" pour abandonner sans prendre de nouvelle couleur. - - ⌨ Quand l'outil qui est actif a besoin de couleurs, un raccourci clavier - peut être utilisé pour un accès rapide à l'option "sélecteur de couleur". - Maintenez enfoncée la touche [Control] pendant le clic, et la couleur sous - le pointeur de souris apparaîtra en bas. Vous pouvez vous promener sur le - canevas pour trouver la couleur qui vous convient. Lorsque vous relâchez le - bouton de la souris, la couleur qui était sous le pointeur est - sélectionnée. Si vous relâchez en dehors du canevas (par ex. au-dessus de - la zone "Outils"), la sélection de la couleur restera inchangée. (C'est la - même chose qu'en cliquant sur le bouton "Annuler" qui est disponible sur - l'option "sélecteur de couleur" via la palette de couleur). - - ⚙ Note : Vous pouvez définir vos propres couleurs. Voir la documentation " - Options" . - - - -(Par exemple : Choisis une forme. Clique pour démarrer le dessin , fais glisser -et continue jusqu'à la taille désirée. Déplace-toi pour la faire tourner, et -clique pour dessiner.) - -→ En bas : zone d'aide ← - - Tout en bas de l'écran, Tux, le pingouin Linux, fournit des conseils et - d'autres informations pendant que vous dessinez. - - - - - ### D. Outils disponibles ### - -## 1. Outils de dessin ## - -a. Outil "Peinture" (pinceau) ← - - L'outil Pinceau vous permet de dessiner à main levée, en utilisant - différents pinceaux (choisis dans le sélecteur à droite) et couleurs - (choisis dans la palette de couleurs qui est en bas). - - Si vous maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé et déplacez la souris, - elle dessine au fur et à mesure que vous vous déplacez. - - Certains pinceaux sont animés — ils changent de forme lorsque vous - dessinez. Un bon exemple est le pinceau 'grappe' livré avec Tux Paint. Ces - pinceaux ont une icône avec une petite pellicule dessinée sur le bouton de - sélection. - - D'autres pinceaux sont directionnels — leur forme dépend de la direction - dans laquelle vous dessinez. Un exemple est le pinceau flèche livré avec - Tux Paint. Ces pinceaux ont une petite étoile à 8 branches sur leur icône - du bouton de sélection. - - Et enfin, certains pinceaux peuvent être = la fois directionnels et animés. - Des exemples sont les pinceaux 'chat' et 'écureuil' livrés avec Tux Paint. - Ces pinceaux ont à la fois une pellicule et une étoile à 8 branches sur - leur icône. - - Pendant que vous dessinez, un son est joué. Plus la brosse est grosse, plus - le son est grave. - - Espacement des pinceaux - - - L'espace entre chaque position de coup de pinceau peut varier. Quelques - pinceaux (tels que les empreintes de pas et les fleurs) sont espacés, - par défaut, de manière suffisamment grande pour qu'elles ne se - recouvrent pas. D'autres pineaux (tels que les circulaires basiques) - sont espacés de près et font ainsi un coup de pinceau continu. - - L'espacement des coups de pinceau peut être changé en cliquant dans - l'ensemble de barres (de forme triangulaire) en bas à droite; plus la - barre est grande, plus l'espacement est grand. Le réglage de - l'espacement des coups de pinceaux affecte deux outils utilisant les - pinceaux ! l'outil "Peindre" et l'outil "Ligne". - - ⚙ Note: Si l'option "nobrushspacing" est définie, Tux Paint n'affichera - pas les contrôles d'espacement des coups de pinceaux. Voir la - documentation "Options". - - - -b.Outil "Tampon" (tampon de caoutchouc) ← - - L'outil Tampon montre un ensemble de tampons en caoutchouc ou - d'autocollants. Il vous permet de coller des images pré-dessinées ou - photographiques (comme l'image d'un cheval, d'un arbre ou de la lune) dans - votre dessin. - - Lorsque vous déplacez la souris sur le canevas, une forme suit la souris, - indiquant où le tampon sera placé, ainsi que sa taille. Cliquez sur le - canevas à l'endroit où vous voulez placer le tampon. - - → Catégories de tampons ← - Il peut y avoir de nombreuses catégories de timbres (par ex. animaux, - plantes, espace extra-atmosphérique, véhicules, personnes, etc.). - Utilisez les flèches gauche et droite pour parcourir les différentes - collections. - - → Rotation des tampons ← - - En utilisant le bouton de rotation en bas à droite, vous pouvez - effectuer une rotation quand vous placez un tampon. Une fois le tampon - placé, choisissez l'angle de rotation en bougeant la souris. Cliquez - une fois de plus et le tampon sera ajouté au dessin. - - ⚙ Note : Si l'option de "rotation des tampons" est désactivée, le - tampon sera mis sur le canevas quand vous relâchez le bouton de la - souris (Il n'y a pas d'étape de rotation). Voir la documentation sur " - Options" pour tout savoir sur l'option rotation d'un tampon" - ("stamprotation"). - - 📜 Note : La possibilité de rotation des tampons a été incorporée dans - Tux Paint avec la version 0.9.29. - - - - → Contrôles des tampons ← - - Avant de `` tamponner '' une image sur votre dessin, différents effets - peuvent parfois être appliqués (en fonction du tampon) : - - @ Certains tampons peuvent être colorés ou teintés. Si la palette de - couleurs sous le canevas est activée, vous pouvez cliquer sur les - couleurs pour changer la teinte ou la couleur du tampon avant de le - placer dans le dessin. - @ Les tampons peuvent être rétrécis et agrandis, en cliquant dans - l'ensemble de barres (de forme triangulaire) en bas à droite; plus - la barre est grande, plus le tampon apparaîtra grand sur votre - dessin. - @ De nombreux tampons peuvent être retournés verticalement ou - affichés sous forme d'image miroir à l'aide des boutons de commande - en bas à droite. - - ⚙ Note: Si l'option "nostampcontrols" est définie, Tux Paint - n'affichera pas les commandes Rotation, Miroir, Retourner, Réduire et - Agrandir pour les tampons. Voir la documentation "Options". - - - - → Effets sonores des tampons ← - - Les tampons peuvent avoir un effet sonore et / ou une description orale - (parlés). Les boutons en bas à gauche (près de Tux, le pingouin Linux) - vous permettent de rejouer les effets sonores et la description du - tampon actuellement sélectionné. + ## 3. Utilisateurs de macOS ## + Double-cliquez simplement sur l'icône "Tux Paint". + [Écran-titre] - -c.Outil "Lignes" ← + ### B. Écran titre ### - Cet outil vous permet de dessiner des lignes droites à l'aide des - différents pinceaux et couleurs que vous utilisez habituellement. + Lors du premier chargement de Tux Paint, un écran avec titre et crédits + apparaîtra. - Cliquez et maintenez appuyé pour choisir le départ de la ligne. Quand vous - bouger la souris, un fin 'ruban élastique' montre les limites de la future - ligne. Tout en bas, vous voyez l'angle de cette ligne en degrés. Une ligne - qui va vers la droite est à 0°, une ligne droit vers le haut est à 90°, une - ligne vers la gauche 180°, une ligne vers le bas 270°, et ainsi de suite. + Une fois le chargement terminé, appuyez sur une touche ou cliquez sur + la souris pour continuer. (Ou, après environ 30 secondes, l'écran-titre + disparaîtra automatiquement.) - Relâchez la souris pour terminer la ligne. On entend alors le son "sproing - !". - - Certains pinceaux sont animés, et montre un ensemble formes le long d'une - ligne. D'autres sont directionnels et montre des formes différentes suivant - l'angle du pinceau. Et enfin certains sont à la fois animés et - directionnels. Voir "Paint", au-dessus, pour en savoir plus. - - Différents pinceaux ont des espacements de coups de pinceaux différents, - laissant derrière eux soit une série de formes individuelles, soit un coup - de pinceau continu avec la forme du pinceau. L'espacement entre les coups - de piceau peut être ajusté. Voir la section de l'outil "Peindre" espacement - du pinceau, ci-dessus pour en savoir plus. - - - -d.Outil "Formes" ← - - Cet outil vous permet de dessiner des formes simples remplies ou non - remplies. - - Choisissez une forme dans le sélecteur de droite (cercle, carré,ovale, - etc.). - - Utilisez les options en bas à droite pour choisir le comportement de - l'outil : - - → Formes à partir du centre ← - La forme se développe à partir de l'endroit où vous avez cliqué - initialement et sera centrée autour de cette position. - - 📜 C'était le seul comportement de Tux Paint jusqu'à la version 0.9.24. + ### C. Écran principal ### + L'écran principal est divisé en plusieurs sections : + [Outils : Peindre, Tampon, Lignes, Formes, Texte, Magie, Étiquette, + Défaire, Refaire, Gomme, Nouveau, Ouvrir, Sauvegarder, Imprimer, + Quitter] - → Formes à partir d'un coin ← - La forme se développe à partir d'un coin depuis l'endroit où vous avez - cliqué initialement. Il s'agit de la méthode par défaut de la plupart - des autres logiciels de dessin traditionnels. + → Côté gauche : la barre d'outils ← - 📜 Cette option a été ajoutée en démarrant la version 0.9.25 de Tux - Paint. + La barre d'outils contient les commandes pour dessiner et éditer. + + [Toile] + → Milieu : Toile pour Dessiner ← - ⚙ Remarque : si les contrôles de forme sont désactivés (par exemple, avec - l'option "noshapecontrols"), il n'y aura pas de contrôle et la méthode - "formes à partir du centre" sera utilisée. + La plus grande partie de l'écran, au centre, est le canevas pour + dessiner. C'est évidemment là que vous dessinerez ! - Dans le dessin, cliquez sur la souris et maintenez-la pour étirer la forme - à partir de l'endroit où vous avez cliqué. Certaines formes peuvent changer - de proportion (par exemple, le rectangle et l'ovale peuvent être plus - larges que hauts ou plus hauts que larges), d'autres pas (par exemple, - carré et cercle). - - Pour les formes qui peuvent changer de proportions, le ration d'aspect se - trouve en bas. Par exemple : "1:1" : sera mentionné si la forme est carrée; - "2:1" si deux fois plus large que haut, ou deux fois plus haut que large - ... - - Relâchez la souris lorsque vous avez terminé l'étirement. - - → Mode normal ← - - Maintenant vous pouvez bouger la souris autour du canevas pour faire - tourner la forme. L'angle de rotation est indiqué en bas, en degrés - (pareil que l'outil "Lignes" décrit ci-dessus). - - Cliquez à nouveau sur le bouton de la souris et la forme sera dessinée - avec la couleur en cours. + 💡 Remarque: la taille du canevas de dessin dépend de la taille de + Tux Paint. Vous pouvez modifier la taille de Tux Paint à l'aide de + l'outil de configuration tuxpaint-config, ou par d’autres moyens. + Consultez la documentation OPTIONS pour plus de détails. + + [Sélecteurs - Pinceaux, Lettres, Formes, Tampons] - → Mode de Formes Simples ← - Si l'option "formes simples" est activée, la forme sera dessinée sur le - canevas lorsque vous relâcherez le bouton de la souris. (Il n'y a pas - de rotation.) + → Côté droit : sélecteur ← - ⚙ Voir la documentation sur "Options" pour tout savoir sur l'option - formes simples" ("simpleshapes"). + En fonction de l'outil en cours d'utilisation, le sélecteur affiche + différentes choses. Par exemple, lorsque l'outil Pinceau est + sélectionné, il affiche les différents pinceaux disponibles. + Lorsque l'outil Tampon en caoutchouc est sélectionné, il affiche + les différentes formes que vous pouvez utiliser. + + [Couleurs - Noir, Blanc, Rouge, Rose, Orange, Jaune, Vert, Cyan, Bleu, + Pourpre, Brun, Gris] + → En bas : couleurs ← - -e.Outils "Texte" et "Étiquette" ← + Quand l'outil en cours utilise des couleurs, une palette pour + choisir des couleurs se trouve en bas de l'écran. Cliquez sur une + pour choisir une couleur, et elle sera utilisée par l'outil en + cours. (Par ex. l'outil "Peindre" utilisera cette couleur pour + dessiner avec le piceau choisi, et l'outil "Remplir" utilisera + cette couleur pour remplir une partie du dessin) - Choisissez une police (parmi les «Lettres» disponibles sur la droite) et - une couleur (dans la palette de couleurs en bas). Vous pouvez aussi - appliquer des effets tels que caractère gras et/ou italique. Cliquez sur - l'écran et un curseur apparaîtra. Tapez un texte et il apparaîtra à - l'écran. (Vous pouvez changer la police, la couleur et le style en entrant - le texte, avant de l'appliquer sur le canevas). + Tout à fait à droite se trouvent trois options spéciales pour les + couleurs : + x Sélecteur de couleur + Le "sélecteur de couleurs" (qui ressemble à un compte-gouttes) + vous permet de choisir une couleur trouvée dans votre dessin. + (Un raccourci clavier est disponible pour accéder à cet effet + rapidement; voir ci-dessous) + x Palette de l'Arc-en-ciel + La palette de l'arc-en-ciel vous permet de prendre n'importe + quelle couleur en choisissant la teinte, la saturation et la + valeur de la couleur désirée. Une boîte sur le côté gauche + montre des centaines de teinte &madsh; de rouge en haut + jusqu'au violet en bas — à des centaines de niveaux de + saturation/intensité — délavées sur la gauche à pures sur la + droite. Une barre grise verticale donne accès à des centaines + de niveaux — du plus clair en haut à plus sombre en bas. + Cliquez sur le bouton vert pour selectionner la couleur, ou sur + le bouton "Retour" pour abandonner sans prendre de nouvelle + couleur. + Vous pouvez aussi régler la couleur de cet outil avec une autre + que l'on choisit : + % Peu importe la couleur intégrée choisie, si il y an a une + % Couleur actuelle du Sélecteur de couleur + % Couleur actuelle du mélangeur de couleurs + x Mélangeur de couleurs + Le "mélangeur de couleur" (qui ressemble à une palette de + peintre) vous permet de créer des couleurs en mélangeant des + couleurs primaires — rouge, jaune et bleu — en même temps que + du blanc (pour "tinter"), gris (pour "harmoniser") et noir + (pour "ombrer"). + Vous pouvez cliquer sur un bouton plusieurs fois (par ex. rouge + + rouge + jaune donne une couleur rouge-orange). Le ratio des + couleurs ajoutées est montré en bas. + Vous pouvez revenir en arrière (reset avec aucune couleur dans + le dessin) en cliquant sur le bouton "Effacer". Vous pouvez + Défaire et Refaire des étapes de mélange, au cas où vous auriez + fait une erreur (sans avoir à tout recommencer). + Cliquez sur le bouton vert pour selectionner la couleur, ou sur + le bouton "Retour" pour abandonner sans prendre de nouvelle + couleur. - Appuyez sur [Entrée] ou [Retour] et le texte sera inclus dans l'image et le - curseur se déplacera d'une ligne vers le bas. + ⌨ Quand l'outil qui est actif a besoin de couleurs, un raccourci + clavier peut être utilisé pour un accès rapide à l'option + "sélecteur de couleur". Maintenez enfoncée la touche [Control] + pendant le clic, et la couleur sous le pointeur de souris + apparaîtra en bas. Vous pouvez vous promener sur le canevas pour + trouver la couleur qui vous convient. Lorsque vous relâchez le + bouton de la souris, la couleur qui était sous le pointeur est + sélectionnée. Si vous relâchez en dehors du canevas (par ex. + au-dessus de la zone "Outils"), la sélection de la couleur restera + inchangée. (C'est la même chose qu'en cliquant sur le bouton + "Annuler" qui est disponible sur l'option "sélecteur de couleur" + via la palette de couleur). - Sinon, appuyez sur [Tab] et le texte sera inclus dans l'image, mais le - curseur se déplacera vers la droite du texte, plutôt que vers le bas d'une - ligne et vers la gauche. (Cela peut être utile pour créer une ligne de - texte avec des couleurs, des polices, des styles et des tailles variés.) - - Text from the clipboard (copy/paste buffer) can be inserted with the "Text" - and "Label" tools by pressing the [Control] + [V] key combination on a - physical keyboard, or clicking the "Paste" button in Tux Paint's on-screen - keyboard. If the text would exceed the right edge of the canvas, it will - wrap to a new line of text (going back to the previous space or dash ('-') - if possible). If the text hits the bottom of the canvas, the pasting will - abort, truncating the text. - - Cliquer ailleurs dans l'image alors que l'entrée de texte est toujours - active entraîne le déplacement de la ligne de texte actuelle vers cet - emplacement (et vous pouvez continuer à la modifier). - - → "Texte" par rapport à "Étiquette" ← - - L' outil Texte est l'outil de saisie de texte original de Tux Paint. Le - texte saisi à l'aide de cet outil ne peut pas être modifié ou déplacé - ultérieurement, car il fait partie du dessin. Cependant, comme le texte - fait partie de l'image, il peut être dessiné ou modifié à l'aide des - effets de l'outil Magie (par exemple, taché, teinté, gaufré, etc.) - - Lors de l'utilisation de l' outil Étiquette (qui a été ajouté à Tux - Paint dans la version 0.9.22), le texte `` flotte '' sur l'image, et - les détails de l'étiquette (le texte, la position de l'étiquette, le - choix de la police et la couleur ) sont stockés séparément. Cela permet - à l'étiquette d'être repositionnée ou modifiée ultérieurement. - - Pour éditer une étiquette, cliquez sur le bouton de sélection - d'étiquette. Toutes les étiquettes du dessin apparaîtront en - surbrillance. Cliquez sur une — ou utilisez la touche [Tab]; pour aller - de l'une à l'autre étiquette, et utilisez les touches [Entrée]; ou - [Retour]; pour en sélectionner une, et vous éditez ainsi l'étiquette. - (Utilisez la touche [Retour arrière]; pour effacer les caractères, et - d'autres touches pour ajouter du texte; cliquez sur le canevas pour - repositionner l'étiquette; cliquez sur la palette pour changer la - couleur du texte, etc ...) - - Vous pouvez "plaquer" une étiquette sur le canevas, en peignant le - texte sur le dessin comme si il avait été ajouté avec l'outil Texte, - puis en cliquant sur le bouton "étiquette". (Cette possibilité a été - ajoutée dans la version 0.9.28 de Tux Paint). Toutes les étiquettes du - dessin apparaîtront en surbrillance, et vous en sélectionnez une seule - comme si vous l'éditiez. L'étiquette choisie est enlevée et le texte - sera ajouté directement sur le canevas. - - ⚙ L' outil Étiquette peut être désactivé (par exemple, en sélectionnant - "Désactiver l'outil 'Label'" dans Tux Paint Config ou bien en exécutant - Tux Paint en ligne de commande avec l'option "nolabel"). - - 📜 The ability to paste text from the clipboard was added in Tux Paint - 0.9.35 + ⚙ Note : Vous pouvez définir vos propres couleurs. Voir la + documentation "Options" . + + (Par exemple : Choisis une forme. Clique pour démarrer le dessin , fais + glisser et continue jusqu'à la taille désirée. Déplace-toi pour la + faire tourner, et clique pour dessiner.) - → Saisie de caractères internationaux ← - - Tux Paint permet de saisir des caractères dans différentes langues. La - plupart des caractères latins ( A - Z , ñ , è , etc...) peuvent être - saisis directement. Certaines langues exigent que Tux Paint soit - commuté dans un mode d'entrée alternatif avant la saisie, et certains - caractères doivent être composés en utilisant plusieurs touches. - - Lorsque les paramètres régionaux de Tux Paint sont définis sur l'une - des langues fournissant des modes de saisie alternatifs, une touche est - utilisée pour parcourir le ou les modes soit normaux (caractère latin) - soit spécifiques aux paramètres régionaux. - - Les locales supportées, les méthodes d'entrée disponibles et la touche - pour basculer de mode sont listées ci-dessous. - - @ Japonais -- Hiragana et Katakana romanisés — touche [Alt] droite ou - touche [Alt] gauche - @ Korean — Hangul 2-Bul — touche [Alt] droite or touche [Alt] gauche - @ Chinois traditionnel — touche [Alt] droite or touche [Alt] gauche - @ Thai — touche [Alt] droite - - 💡 Note : de nombreuses polices n'incluent pas tous les caractères pour - toutes les langues, vous devriez donc parfois changer de police pour - voir les caractères que vous essayez de saisir. - - - - → Clavier virtuel sur écran ← - - An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the Text and Label - tools, which can provide a variety of layouts and character composition - (e.g., composing "a" and "e" into "æ"). Run Tux Paint with the - "--onscreen-keyboard" option, or enable that setting in Tux Paint's - configuration file, to enable it. Multiple layouts are offered - (currently "QWERTY" and "ABC"), which the user can switch between. - Additional configuration options allow specifying a default layout, as - well as preventing the layout from being changed. - - The on-screen keyboard appears at the bottom or top of the Tux Paint - window, obscuring part of the canvas, depending on where the text - insertion cursor is placed. Along with alphabetic, numeric, and some - punctuation keys, the keyboard provides: - @ A "Backspace" key (⇐) to remove the previous character - @ A "Carriage Return" ("Return"/"Enter") key (⏎) to end the current - input and begin a new one on the following line (below and to the - left) - @ A "Tab" key (⇔) to end the current input and begin a new one at the - current cursor position - @ A "Shift" key (⇑) to shift alphabetic keys from lowercase to - uppercase, access more punctuation, etc. - @ A "Caps Lock" key (⤒) to toggle permanent shifting of alphabetic - keys from lowercase to uppercase (click it again to disable caps - lock) - @ A "Compose" key ("Cmp"), to initiate character composition (e.g., - click "Cmp", "a", "e" to produce an "æ" character) - @ An "Alternate Graphics" key ("AltGr") to access additional - characters (e.g., "¿", "ß", etc.) - @ An "Alternate" key ("Alt") - @ A "Paste" key to paste the current clipboard's text into the Text - or Label tool - @ Left and right arrows (← & →) to access different on-screen - keyboard layouts - - ⚙ Voir les documents "Options" et "Extension de Tux Paint" pour plus - d'informations. - - - - - -f.Outil "Remplir" ← - - L'outil «Remplir» «remplit» une zone contiguë de votre dessin avec une - couleur unie de votre choix. Trois options de remplissage sont offertes : - o Uni — cliquez une fois pour remplir une zone avec une couleur unie. - o Pinceau — cliquez et glissez pour remplir une zone avec une couleur - unie, lorsque l'on fait de la peinture à main levée. - o Linéaire—cliquez et faites glisser pour remplir une zone avec une - couleur qui s'atténue au fur et à mesure dans la direction où vous - déplacez la souris. - o Radial—cliquez une fois pour remplir une zone avec une couleur qui - s'atténue graduellement, à partir de l'endroit où vous avez cliqué. - o Radial—cliquez une fois pour remplir une zone avec une couleur qui - s'atténue graduellement, à partir de l'endroit où vous avez cliqué. - o Eraser — click once to erase an area, exposing the solid color - background, or starter or template background image, upon which the - drawing was based. (See Outils disponibles > Outils de dessin > Outil - "Gomme" and Autres contrôles > Images de "Démarrage" et images "Modèle" - .) - - 📜 Note : Avant Tux Paint 0.9.24, "Remplir" était un outil "magique" (voir - ci-dessous). Avant Tux Paint 0.9.26, l'outil "Remplir" n'offrait que la - méthode 'Uni' pour le remplissage. Le remplissage 4radial' a été introduit - dans la version 0.9.29 de Tux Paint. - - - -g.Outil "Magie" (Effets spéciaux) ← - - L'outil «Magie» est en fait un ensemble d'outils spéciaux. Sélectionnez - l'un des effets «magiques» dans le sélecteur de droite. Ensuite, selon - l'outil, vous pouvez soit cliquer et faire glisser dans l'image, et / ou - simplement cliquer une fois sur l'image pour appliquer l'effet. - - The Magic Tools - + → En bas : zone d'aide ← - Voir les instructions pour chaque outil 'Magie' (dans le dossier - 'magic-docs'). + Tout en bas de l'écran, Tux, le pingouin Linux, fournit des + conseils et d'autres informations pendant que vous dessinez. - Contrôles des outils Magie + + + ### D. Outils disponibles ### - Si l'outil peut être utilisé en cliquant et en faisant glisser, un - bouton «peinture» sera disponible sur la gauche, sous la liste des - outils «magiques» sur le côté droit de l'écran. Si l'outil peut - affecter l'image en entier, un bouton «Image entière» sera disponible - sur la droite. - - ⚙ Note: Si l'option "nomagiccontrols" est définie, Tux Paint - n'affichera pas les contrôles pour peindre. Voir la documentation de " - Options" . + ## 1. Outils de dessin ## - 💡 Si les contrôles de 'Magie' sont désactivés, le plugin 'Magie' peut - rendre des outils disponibles séparément, un pour peindre et l'autre - affectant l'image entière. - - Dimensionnement magique - - - Quelques outils offrent des options de dimensionnement. Si c'est le - cas, un message apparaît en bas à droite de l'écran. Cela peut affecter - la dimension d'un effet spécial (par ex. Assombrir) ou un objet peint - (par ex.des Motifs) ou d'autres attributs (par ex. des formes de brique - petites plutôt que grandes). - - ⚙ Note : Si l'option "nomagicsizes" est définie, Tux Paint n'affichera - pas les contrôles de dimension. Voir la documentations sur "Options" . - - 💡 Si l'option de dimensionnement est désactivée, le plugin Magie peut - offrir simplement une taille par défaut (par ex. pour les Motifs), ou - bien il peut faire des outils séparés avec des tailles prédéfinies (par - ex. Briques et Yeux Écarquillés). - - 📜 Cette option a été ajoutée en démarrant la version 0.9.30 de Tux - Paint. - - ⚙ Note: If the "ungroupmagictools" option is set, Tux Paint won't split - Magic tools into groups of related tools, and instead present them all as - one large list. See the "Options" documentation. - - - -h.Outil "Gomme" ← + a. Outil "Peinture" (pinceau) ← - This tool works similarly to the Paint Brush. Wherever you click (or click - and drag), things you've added to your drawing will be erased, exposing the - background that you chose when you started the drawing, be it a solid - color, the background of a 'Starter' image, or a 'Template' image. (See - Outils disponibles > Autres contrôles > Commande "Nouveau".) + L'outil Pinceau vous permet de dessiner à main levée, en utilisant + différents pinceaux (choisis dans le sélecteur à droite) et + couleurs (choisis dans la palette de couleurs qui est en bas). - A number of eraser types are available, each offering multiple sizes are - available: - o Square — Square-shaped erasers that completely remove parts of your - drawing. - o Circle (solid) — Circle-shaped erasers that completely remove parts of - your drawing. - o Fuzzy-edged Circle — Circle-shaped erasers with soft edges that blend - with the background. - o Transparent Circle — Circle-shaped erasers that blend your drawing with - the background. Release and click again to expose more and more of the - background. - - As you move the mouse around, an outline follows the pointer, showing what - part of the picture will be erased. + Si vous maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé et déplacez la + souris, elle dessine au fur et à mesure que vous vous déplacez. - Au fur et à mesure que vous effacez, un grincement est émis. + Certains pinceaux sont animés — ils changent de forme lorsque vous + dessinez. Un bon exemple est le pinceau 'grappe' livré avec Tux + Paint. Ces pinceaux ont une icône avec une petite pellicule + dessinée sur le bouton de sélection. - ⌨ Tenez la touche [X] enfoncée en cliquant pour un accès rapide à une - petite gomme ronde (non effectif avec les outils Texte et Étiquette, quand - vous faites tourner un tampon ou une forme, ou bien quand vous utilisez un - outil magique interactif). Relâchez la souris pour revenir à l'outil - sélectionné. + D'autres pinceaux sont directionnels — leur forme dépend de la + direction dans laquelle vous dessinez. Un exemple est le pinceau + flèche livré avec Tux Paint. Ces pinceaux ont une petite étoile à 8 + branches sur leur icône du bouton de sélection. + Et enfin, certains pinceaux peuvent être = la fois directionnels et + animés. Des exemples sont les pinceaux 'chat' et 'écureuil' livrés + avec Tux Paint. Ces pinceaux ont à la fois une pellicule et une + étoile à 8 branches sur leur icône. - + Pendant que vous dessinez, un son est joué. Plus la brosse est + grosse, plus le son est grave. -## 2. Autres contrôles ## + Espacement des pinceaux -a.Commandes "Défaire" et "Refaire" ← - Cliquer sur le bouton "Défaire" annulera la dernière action. Vous pouvez - même annuler plus d'une fois ! + L'espace entre chaque position de coup de pinceau peut varier. + Quelques pinceaux (tels que les empreintes de pas et les + fleurs) sont espacés, par défaut, de manière suffisamment + grande pour qu'elles ne se recouvrent pas. D'autres pineaux + (tels que les circulaires basiques) sont espacés de près et + font ainsi un coup de pinceau continu. - ⌨ Remarque : vous pouvez également appuyer [Control / ⌘] + [Z] sur le - clavier pour Défaire. + L'espacement des coups de pinceau peut être changé en cliquant + dans l'ensemble de barres (de forme triangulaire) en bas à + droite; plus la barre est grande, plus l'espacement est grand. + Le réglage de l'espacement des coups de pinceaux affecte deux + outils utilisant les pinceaux ! l'outil "Peindre" et l'outil + "Ligne". - Cliquer sur le bouton "Refaire" annulera l'action que vous venez juste - faire avec le bouton «Défaire». + ⚙ Note: Si l'option "nobrushspacing" est définie, Tux Paint + n'affichera pas les contrôles d'espacement des coups de + pinceaux. Voir la documentation "Options". - Tant que vous ne dessinez plus, vous pouvez refaire autant de fois que vous - avez défait ! - ⌨ Remarque : vous pouvez également appuyer [Control / ⌘] + [R] sur le - clavier pour Refaire. + + b.Outil "Tampon" (tampon de caoutchouc) ← + L'outil Tampon montre un ensemble de tampons en caoutchouc ou + d'autocollants. Il vous permet de coller des images pré-dessinées + ou photographiques (comme l'image d'un cheval, d'un arbre ou de la + lune) dans votre dessin. - -b.Commande "Nouveau" ← + Lorsque vous déplacez la souris sur le canevas, une forme suit la + souris, indiquant où le tampon sera placé, ainsi que sa taille. + Cliquez sur le canevas à l'endroit où vous voulez placer le tampon. - Clicking the 'New' button will start a new drawing. A dialog will appear - where you may choose to start a new picture using a solid background color, - or using a 'Starter' or 'Template' image (see below). You will first be - asked whether you really want to do this. + → Catégories de tampons ← + Il peut y avoir de nombreuses catégories de timbres (par ex. + animaux, plantes, espace extra-atmosphérique, véhicules, + personnes, etc.). Utilisez les flèches gauche et droite pour + parcourir les différentes collections. + + → Rotation des tampons ← - When you use the 'Eraser' tool things you've added to your drawing will be - removed, exposing the background you chose when starting a new drawing. - (See Outils disponibles > Outils de dessin > Outil "Gomme".) + En utilisant le bouton de rotation en bas à droite, vous pouvez + effectuer une rotation quand vous placez un tampon. Une fois le + tampon placé, choisissez l'angle de rotation en bougeant la + souris. Cliquez une fois de plus et le tampon sera ajouté au + dessin. - ⌨ Remarque : vous pouvez également appuyer [Control / ⌘] + [N] sur le - clavier pour commencer un nouveau dessin. + ⚙ Note : Si l'option de "rotation des tampons" est désactivée, + le tampon sera mis sur le canevas quand vous relâchez le bouton + de la souris (Il n'y a pas d'étape de rotation). Voir la + documentation sur "Options" pour tout savoir sur l'option + rotation d'un tampon" ("stamprotation"). - → Choix de couleurs unies en arrière plan ← - Along with the preset solid colors, you can also choose colors using a - rainbow palette or a "color mixer". These operate identically to the - options found in the color palette shown below the canvas when drawing - a picture. See Écran principal > En bas : couleurs > Special color - options for details. - - Images de "Démarrage" et images "Modèle" ← - @ Les "Images de démarrage" se comportent comme une page d'un livre - de coloriage - un contour noir et blanc d'une image, que vous - pouvez ensuite colorier, et le contour noir reste intact - ou comme - une photographie 3D, où vous dessinez entre une couche de premier - plan et une d'arrière-plan. - @ Les "Images modèle" sont semblables, mais fournissent simplement un - dessin d'arrière-plan sur lequel travailler. Contrairement aux - «Images de démarrage», rien de ce que vous dessinerez ne restera au - premier plan. + 📜 Note : La possibilité de rotation des tampons a été + incorporée dans Tux Paint avec la version 0.9.29. - When using the 'Eraser' tool or the 'Eraser' mode of the 'Fill' tool, - the original image from the 'Starter' or 'Template' will reappear. (See - Outils disponibles > Outils de dessin > Outil "Gomme" and Outil - "Remplir".) - The 'Flip' and 'Mirror' Magic tools affect the orientation of the - 'Starter' or 'Template', as well. (See Outils disponibles > Outil - "Magie" (Effets spéciaux) > Renverser and Miroir.) + + → Contrôles des tampons ← - Lorsque vous chargez une 'Image modèle' ou 'image modèle', dessinez - dessus, puis cliquez sur 'Sauvegarder', cela crée un nouveau fichier - image - il n'écrase pas l'original, vous pouvez donc l'utiliser à - nouveau plus tard (en y accédant depuis la boîte de dialogue - 'Nouveau'). + Avant de `` tamponner '' une image sur votre dessin, différents + effets peuvent parfois être appliqués (en fonction du tampon) : - ⚙ Vous pouvez vos propres "Images de démarrage" et Modèles d'Image. - Voir la section de la documentation concernant les Extensions pour Tux - Paint , avec 'Images de démarrages' et Images Modèles. + * Certains tampons peuvent être colorés ou teintés. Si la + palette de couleurs sous le canevas est activée, vous + pouvez cliquer sur les couleurs pour changer la teinte ou + la couleur du tampon avant de le placer dans le dessin. + * Les tampons peuvent être rétrécis et agrandis, en cliquant + dans l'ensemble de barres (de forme triangulaire) en bas à + droite; plus la barre est grande, plus le tampon apparaîtra + grand sur votre dessin. + * De nombreux tampons peuvent être retournés verticalement ou + affichés sous forme d'image miroir à l'aide des boutons de + commande en bas à droite. - 💡 Vous pouvez aussi convertir vos dessins sauvegardés en Modèles - directement dans Tux Paint à partir de la boîte de dialogue 'Ouvrir'. - Voir "Ouvrir", ci-dessous. + ⚙ Note: Si l'option "nostampcontrols" est définie, Tux Paint + n'affichera pas les commandes Rotation, Miroir, Retourner, + Réduire et Agrandir pour les tampons. Voir la documentation " + Options". - - → Effacement des images Modèles exportées ← + + → Effets sonores des tampons ← - Si vous avez sélectionner une Image Modèle dans votre répertoire - personnel, et qu'il a été créé à partir de Tux Paint (en utilisant le - bouton "Modèles" la boîte de dialogue "Ouvrir" , vous pouvez l'enlever - à partir de Tux Paint également. Un bouton 'Effacer' (Corbeille) - apparaît en bas à droite de la liste. Cliquez pour effacer l'image - sélectionnée. (On vous demandera de confirmer.) + Les tampons peuvent avoir un effet sonore et / ou une + description orale (parlés). Les boutons en bas à gauche (près + de Tux, le pingouin Linux) vous permettent de rejouer les + effets sonores et la description du tampon actuellement + sélectionné. - 💡 Note : Pour Linux, Windows, et macOS , l'image sera placée dans la - corbeille de votre bureau (où vous pourrez le restaurer si vous changez - d'avis). - ⚙ Note :: Le bouton 'Effacer' peut être désactivé via l'option - "noerase". + + + c.Outil "Lignes" ← - + Cet outil vous permet de dessiner des lignes droites à l'aide des + différents pinceaux et couleurs que vous utilisez habituellement. - ⚙ Note : Les couleurs unies peuvent être placées à la fin de la boîte de - dialogue 'Nouveau' (dessous les Images de démarrage et Modèles), via - l'option "newcolorslast". + Cliquez et maintenez appuyé pour choisir le départ de la ligne. + Quand vous bouger la souris, un fin 'ruban élastique' montre les + limites de la future ligne. Tout en bas, vous voyez l'angle de + cette ligne en degrés. Une ligne qui va vers la droite est à 0°, + une ligne droit vers le haut est à 90°, une ligne vers la gauche + 180°, une ligne vers le bas 270°, et ainsi de suite. + Relâchez la souris pour terminer la ligne. On entend alors le son + "sproing !". - -c.Commande "Ouvrir" ← + Certains pinceaux sont animés, et montre un ensemble formes le long + d'une ligne. D'autres sont directionnels et montre des formes + différentes suivant l'angle du pinceau. Et enfin certains sont à la + fois animés et directionnels. Voir "Paint", au-dessus, pour en + savoir plus. - Cela vous montre une liste de toutes les images que vous avez enregistrées. - S'il y en a plus que ce que peut contenir l'écran, utilisez les flèches - «Haut» et «Bas» en haut et en bas de la liste pour faire défiler la liste - des images. + Différents pinceaux ont des espacements de coups de pinceaux + différents, laissant derrière eux soit une série de formes + individuelles, soit un coup de pinceau continu avec la forme du + pinceau. L'espacement entre les coups de piceau peut être ajusté. + Voir la section de l'outil "Peindre" espacement du pinceau, + ci-dessus pour en savoir plus. - Cliquez sur une image pour la sélectionner, puis ... - o Cliquez sur le bouton vert "Ouvrir" en bas à gauche de la liste pour - charger l'image sélectionnée. Vous pourrez alors l'éditer. - (Vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur l'icône d'une image pour la - charger.) + + d.Outil "Formes" ← - 💡 Si vous choisissez d'ouvrir une image et que votre dessin en cours - n'a pas été enregistré, il vous sera demandé si vous souhaitez - l'enregistrer ou non. (Voir "Sauvegarder," ci-dessous.) + Cet outil vous permet de dessiner des formes simples remplies ou + non remplies. - o Cliquez sur le bouton marron "Effacer" (poubelle) en bas à droite de la - liste pour effacer l'image sélectionnée. (Il vous sera demandé de - confirmer.) + Choisissez une forme dans le sélecteur de droite (cercle, + carré,ovale, etc.). - 📜 Note : Pour Linux (à partir de la version 0.9.22), Windows (à partir - de la vaersion 0.9.27), et macOS (à partir de la version 0.9.29), - l'image sera placée dans la corbeille de votre bureau (où vous pourrez - le restaurer si vous changez d'avis). + Utilisez les options en bas à droite pour choisir le comportement + de l'outil : - ⚙ Note :: Le bouton 'Effacer' peut être désactivé via l'option - "noerase". + → Formes à partir du centre ← + La forme se développe à partir de l'endroit où vous avez cliqué + initialement et sera centrée autour de cette position. - o Cliquez sur le bouton 'Exporter' près du coin inférieur droit pour - exporter l'image vers votre dossier d'exportation. (par ex. "~/Pictures - /TuxPaint/") + 📜 C'était le seul comportement de Tux Paint jusqu'à la version + 0.9.24. - Depuis l'écran "Ouvrir" vous pouvez aussi : - o Cliquez sur le bouton bleu "Diapositives" (projecteur de diapositives) - en bas à gauche pour passer en mode diaporama. Voir "Diaporama", - ci-dessous, pour les détails. - o Cliquez sur le bouton bleu 'Modèle' en bas à gauche pour convertir - l'image sélectionnée en nouveau Modèle, qui pourra vous servir de base - pour de nouveaux dessins. + + → Formes à partir d'un coin ← + La forme se développe à partir d'un coin depuis l'endroit où + vous avez cliqué initialement. Il s'agit de la méthode par + défaut de la plupart des autres logiciels de dessin + traditionnels. - 📜 Note : La possibilité de création de Modèles a été ajouté avec la - version 0.9.31 de Tux Paint. Pour savoir comment créer des Modèles hors - de Tux Paint, voyez Extensions pour Tux Paint + 📜 Cette option a été ajoutée en démarrant la version 0.9.25 de + Tux Paint. - ⚙ La possibilité de création de Modèle peut être désactivée (par ex. en - choisissant "Désactiver 'Fabriquer un Modèle' dans Tux Paint Config. ou - en lançant em>Tux Paint avec l'option "notemplateexport"). - o Ou cliquez sur le bouton fléché rouge «Retour» en bas à droite de la - liste pour annuler et revenir à l'image que vous étiez en train de - dessiner. + - ⌨ Remarque : vous pouvez également appuyer [Control / ⌘] + [O] sur le - clavier pour afficher la boîte de dialogue "Ouvrir". + ⚙ Remarque : si les contrôles de forme sont désactivés (par + exemple, avec l'option "noshapecontrols"), il n'y aura pas de + contrôle et la méthode "formes à partir du centre" sera utilisée. + + Dans le dessin, cliquez sur la souris et maintenez-la pour étirer + la forme à partir de l'endroit où vous avez cliqué. Certaines + formes peuvent changer de proportion (par exemple, le rectangle et + l'ovale peuvent être plus larges que hauts ou plus hauts que + larges), d'autres pas (par exemple, carré et cercle). + + Pour les formes qui peuvent changer de proportions, le ration + d'aspect se trouve en bas. Par exemple : "1:1" : sera mentionné si + la forme est carrée; "2:1" si deux fois plus large que haut, ou + deux fois plus haut que large ... + + Relâchez la souris lorsque vous avez terminé l'étirement. + → Mode normal ← - -d.Commande "Sauvegarder" ← + Maintenant vous pouvez bouger la souris autour du canevas pour + faire tourner la forme. L'angle de rotation est indiqué en bas, + en degrés (pareil que l'outil "Lignes" décrit ci-dessus). - Pour sauvegarder votre image en cours. + Cliquez à nouveau sur le bouton de la souris et la forme sera + dessinée avec la couleur en cours. + + + + → Mode de Formes Simples ← + Si l'option "formes simples" est activée, la forme sera + dessinée sur le canevas lorsque vous relâcherez le bouton de la + souris. (Il n'y a pas de rotation.) + + ⚙ Voir la documentation sur "Options" pour tout savoir sur + l'option formes simples" ("simpleshapes"). + + + + + + e.Outils "Texte" et "Étiquette" ← + + Choisissez une police (parmi les «Lettres» disponibles sur la + droite) et une couleur (dans la palette de couleurs en bas). Vous + pouvez aussi appliquer des effets tels que caractère gras et/ou + italique. Cliquez sur l'écran et un curseur apparaîtra. Tapez un + texte et il apparaîtra à l'écran. (Vous pouvez changer la police, + la couleur et le style en entrant le texte, avant de l'appliquer + sur le canevas). + + Appuyez sur [Entrée] ou [Retour] et le texte sera inclus dans + l'image et le curseur se déplacera d'une ligne vers le bas. + + Sinon, appuyez sur [Tab] et le texte sera inclus dans l'image, mais + le curseur se déplacera vers la droite du texte, plutôt que vers le + bas d'une ligne et vers la gauche. (Cela peut être utile pour créer + une ligne de texte avec des couleurs, des polices, des styles et + des tailles variés.) + + Text from the clipboard (copy/paste buffer) can be inserted with + the "Text" and "Label" tools by pressing the [Control] + [V] key + combination on a physical keyboard, or clicking the "Paste" button + in Tux Paint's on-screen keyboard. If the text would exceed the + right edge of the canvas, it will wrap to a new line of text (going + back to the previous space or dash ('-') if possible). If the text + hits the bottom of the canvas, the pasting will abort, truncating + the text. + + Cliquer ailleurs dans l'image alors que l'entrée de texte est + toujours active entraîne le déplacement de la ligne de texte + actuelle vers cet emplacement (et vous pouvez continuer à la + modifier). + + → "Texte" par rapport à "Étiquette" ← + + L' outil Texte est l'outil de saisie de texte original de Tux + Paint. Le texte saisi à l'aide de cet outil ne peut pas être + modifié ou déplacé ultérieurement, car il fait partie du + dessin. Cependant, comme le texte fait partie de l'image, il + peut être dessiné ou modifié à l'aide des effets de l'outil + Magie (par exemple, taché, teinté, gaufré, etc.) + + Lors de l'utilisation de l' outil Étiquette (qui a été ajouté à + Tux Paint dans la version 0.9.22), le texte `` flotte '' sur + l'image, et les détails de l'étiquette (le texte, la position + de l'étiquette, le choix de la police et la couleur ) sont + stockés séparément. Cela permet à l'étiquette d'être + repositionnée ou modifiée ultérieurement. + + Pour éditer une étiquette, cliquez sur le bouton de sélection + d'étiquette. Toutes les étiquettes du dessin apparaîtront en + surbrillance. Cliquez sur une — ou utilisez la touche [Tab]; + pour aller de l'une à l'autre étiquette, et utilisez les + touches [Entrée]; ou [Retour]; pour en sélectionner une, et + vous éditez ainsi l'étiquette. (Utilisez la touche [Retour + arrière]; pour effacer les caractères, et d'autres touches pour + ajouter du texte; cliquez sur le canevas pour repositionner + l'étiquette; cliquez sur la palette pour changer la couleur du + texte, etc ...) + + Vous pouvez "plaquer" une étiquette sur le canevas, en peignant + le texte sur le dessin comme si il avait été ajouté avec + l'outil Texte, puis en cliquant sur le bouton "étiquette". + (Cette possibilité a été ajoutée dans la version 0.9.28 de Tux + Paint). Toutes les étiquettes du dessin apparaîtront en + surbrillance, et vous en sélectionnez une seule comme si vous + l'éditiez. L'étiquette choisie est enlevée et le texte sera + ajouté directement sur le canevas. + + ⚙ L' outil Étiquette peut être désactivé (par exemple, en + sélectionnant "Désactiver l'outil 'Label'" dans Tux Paint + Config ou bien en exécutant Tux Paint en ligne de commande avec + l'option "nolabel"). + + 📜 The ability to paste text from the clipboard was added in Tux + Paint 0.9.35 + + + + → Saisie de caractères internationaux ← + + Tux Paint permet de saisir des caractères dans différentes + langues. La plupart des caractères latins ( A - Z , ñ , è , + etc...) peuvent être saisis directement. Certaines langues + exigent que Tux Paint soit commuté dans un mode d'entrée + alternatif avant la saisie, et certains caractères doivent être + composés en utilisant plusieurs touches. + + Lorsque les paramètres régionaux de Tux Paint sont définis sur + l'une des langues fournissant des modes de saisie alternatifs, + une touche est utilisée pour parcourir le ou les modes soit + normaux (caractère latin) soit spécifiques aux paramètres + régionaux. + + Les locales supportées, les méthodes d'entrée disponibles et la + touche pour basculer de mode sont listées ci-dessous. + + * Japonais -- Hiragana et Katakana romanisés — touche [Alt] + droite ou touche [Alt] gauche + * Korean — Hangul 2-Bul — touche [Alt] droite or touche [Alt] + gauche + * Chinois traditionnel — touche [Alt] droite or touche [Alt] + gauche + * Thai — touche [Alt] droite + + 💡 Note : de nombreuses polices n'incluent pas tous les + caractères pour toutes les langues, vous devriez donc parfois + changer de police pour voir les caractères que vous essayez de + saisir. + + + + → Clavier virtuel sur écran ← + + An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the Text and + Label tools, which can provide a variety of layouts and + character composition (e.g., composing "a" and "e" into "æ"). + Run Tux Paint with the "--onscreen-keyboard" option, or enable + that setting in Tux Paint's configuration file, to enable it. + Multiple layouts are offered (currently "QWERTY" and "ABC"), + which the user can switch between. Additional configuration + options allow specifying a default layout, as well as + preventing the layout from being changed. + + The on-screen keyboard appears at the bottom or top of the Tux + Paint window, obscuring part of the canvas, depending on where + the text insertion cursor is placed. Along with alphabetic, + numeric, and some punctuation keys, the keyboard provides: + * A "Backspace" key (⇐) to remove the previous character + * A "Carriage Return" ("Return"/"Enter") key (⏎) to end the + current input and begin a new one on the following line + (below and to the left) + * A "Tab" key (⇔) to end the current input and begin a new + one at the current cursor position + * A "Shift" key (⇑) to shift alphabetic keys from lowercase + to uppercase, access more punctuation, etc. + * A "Caps Lock" key (⤒) to toggle permanent shifting of + alphabetic keys from lowercase to uppercase (click it again + to disable caps lock) + * A "Compose" key ("Cmp"), to initiate character composition + (e.g., click "Cmp", "a", "e" to produce an "æ" character) + * An "Alternate Graphics" key ("AltGr") to access additional + characters (e.g., "¿", "ß", etc.) + * An "Alternate" key ("Alt") + * A "Paste" key to paste the current clipboard's text into + the Text or Label tool + * Left and right arrows (← & →) to access different on-screen + keyboard layouts + + ⚙ Voir les documents "Options" et "Extension de Tux Paint" pour + plus d'informations. + + + + + + f.Outil "Remplir" ← + + L'outil «Remplir» «remplit» une zone contiguë de votre dessin avec + une couleur unie de votre choix. Trois options de remplissage sont + offertes : + x Uni — cliquez une fois pour remplir une zone avec une couleur + unie. + x Pinceau — cliquez et glissez pour remplir une zone avec une + couleur unie, lorsque l'on fait de la peinture à main levée. + x Linéaire—cliquez et faites glisser pour remplir une zone avec + une couleur qui s'atténue au fur et à mesure dans la direction + où vous déplacez la souris. + x Radial—cliquez une fois pour remplir une zone avec une couleur + qui s'atténue graduellement, à partir de l'endroit où vous avez + cliqué. + x Radial—cliquez une fois pour remplir une zone avec une couleur + qui s'atténue graduellement, à partir de l'endroit où vous avez + cliqué. + x Eraser — click once to erase an area, exposing the solid color + background, or starter or template background image, upon which + the drawing was based. (See Outils disponibles > Outils de + dessin > Outil "Gomme" and Autres contrôles > Images de + "Démarrage" et images "Modèle".) + + 📜 Note : Avant Tux Paint 0.9.24, "Remplir" était un outil "magique" + (voir ci-dessous). Avant Tux Paint 0.9.26, l'outil "Remplir" + n'offrait que la méthode 'Uni' pour le remplissage. Le remplissage + 4radial' a été introduit dans la version 0.9.29 de Tux Paint. + + + + g.Outil "Magie" (Effets spéciaux) ← + + L'outil «Magie» est en fait un ensemble d'outils spéciaux. + Sélectionnez l'un des effets «magiques» dans le sélecteur de + droite. Ensuite, selon l'outil, vous pouvez soit cliquer et faire + glisser dans l'image, et / ou simplement cliquer une fois sur + l'image pour appliquer l'effet. + + The Magic Tools + + + Voir les instructions pour chaque outil 'Magie' (dans le + dossier 'magic-docs'). + + Contrôles des outils Magie + + + Si l'outil peut être utilisé en cliquant et en faisant glisser, + un bouton «peinture» sera disponible sur la gauche, sous la + liste des outils «magiques» sur le côté droit de l'écran. Si + l'outil peut affecter l'image en entier, un bouton «Image + entière» sera disponible sur la droite. + + ⚙ Note: Si l'option "nomagiccontrols" est définie, Tux Paint + n'affichera pas les contrôles pour peindre. Voir la + documentation de "Options" . + + 💡 Si les contrôles de 'Magie' sont désactivés, le plugin + 'Magie' peut rendre des outils disponibles séparément, un pour + peindre et l'autre affectant l'image entière. + + Dimensionnement magique + + + Quelques outils offrent des options de dimensionnement. Si + c'est le cas, un message apparaît en bas à droite de l'écran. + Cela peut affecter la dimension d'un effet spécial (par ex. + Assombrir) ou un objet peint (par ex.des Motifs) ou d'autres + attributs (par ex. des formes de brique petites plutôt que + grandes). + + ⚙ Note : Si l'option "nomagicsizes" est définie, Tux Paint + n'affichera pas les contrôles de dimension. Voir la + documentations sur "Options" . + + 💡 Si l'option de dimensionnement est désactivée, le plugin + Magie peut offrir simplement une taille par défaut (par ex. + pour les Motifs), ou bien il peut faire des outils séparés avec + des tailles prédéfinies (par ex. Briques et Yeux Écarquillés). + + 📜 Cette option a été ajoutée en démarrant la version 0.9.30 de + Tux Paint. + + ⚙ Note: If the "ungroupmagictools" option is set, Tux Paint won't + split Magic tools into groups of related tools, and instead present + them all as one large list. See the "Options" documentation. + + + + h.Outil "Gomme" ← + + This tool works similarly to the Paint Brush. Wherever you click + (or click and drag), things you've added to your drawing will be + erased, exposing the background that you chose when you started the + drawing, be it a solid color, the background of a 'Starter' image, + or a 'Template' image. (See Outils disponibles > Autres contrôles > + Commande "Nouveau".) + + A number of eraser types are available, each offering multiple + sizes are available: + x Square — Square-shaped erasers that completely remove parts of + your drawing. + x Circle (solid) — Circle-shaped erasers that completely remove + parts of your drawing. + x Fuzzy-edged Circle — Circle-shaped erasers with soft edges that + blend with the background. + x Transparent Circle — Circle-shaped erasers that blend your + drawing with the background. Release and click again to expose + more and more of the background. + + As you move the mouse around, an outline follows the pointer, + showing what part of the picture will be erased. + + Au fur et à mesure que vous effacez, un grincement est émis. + + ⌨ Tenez la touche [X] enfoncée en cliquant pour un accès rapide à + une petite gomme ronde (non effectif avec les outils Texte et + Étiquette, quand vous faites tourner un tampon ou une forme, ou + bien quand vous utilisez un outil magique interactif). Relâchez la + souris pour revenir à l'outil sélectionné. - Si vous ne l'avez pas enregistré auparavant, il créera une nouvelle entrée - dans la liste des images enregistrées. (c'est-à-dire qu'il créera un - nouveau fichier) - 💡 Remarque : il ne vous demandera rien (par exemple, un nom de fichier). Il - enregistrera simplement l'image et fera le bruit d'un obturateur d'appareil - photographique. + + + ## 2. Autres contrôles ## - Si vous avez déjà enregistré l'image, ou s'il s'agit d'une image que vous - venez de charger à l'aide de la commande "Ouvrir", il vous sera d'abord - demandé si vous voulez écraser l'ancienne version ou bien créer une - nouvelle entrée (un nouveau fichier). + a.Commandes "Défaire" et "Refaire" ← - ⚙ Remarque : si les options " saveover" ou " saveovernew" sont déjà - définies, il ne sera rien demandé avant de sauvegarder. Voir la - documentation Options. + Cliquer sur le bouton "Défaire" annulera la dernière action. Vous + pouvez même annuler plus d'une fois ! - ⌨ Remarque : vous pouvez également appuyer [Control / ⌘] + [S] sur le - clavier pour sauvegarde. + ⌨ Remarque : vous pouvez également appuyer [Control / ⌘] + [Z] sur + le clavier pour Défaire. + Cliquer sur le bouton "Refaire" annulera l'action que vous venez + juste faire avec le bouton «Défaire». - -e.Commande "Imprimer" ← + Tant que vous ne dessinez plus, vous pouvez refaire autant de fois + que vous avez défait ! - Cliquez sur ce bouton et votre image sera imprimée ! + ⌨ Remarque : vous pouvez également appuyer [Control / ⌘] + [R] sur + le clavier pour Refaire. - Sur la plupart des plates-formes, vous pouvez également maintenir la touche - [Alt] (appelée [Option] sur Mac) tout en cliquant sur le bouton «Imprimer» - pour obtenir une boîte de dialogue d'impression. Notez que cela pourrait ne - pas fonctionner si vous exécutez Tux Paint en mode plein écran. Voir - ci-dessous. - → Désactivation de l'impression ← + + b.Commande "Nouveau" ← - On peut définir une option "noprint", ce qui entraînera la - désactivation du bouton "Imprimer". + Clicking the 'New' button will start a new drawing. A dialog will + appear where you may choose to start a new picture using a solid + background color, or using a 'Starter' or 'Template' image (see + below). You will first be asked whether you really want to do this. - ⚙ Voir la documentation sur "Options". + When you use the 'Eraser' tool things you've added to your drawing + will be removed, exposing the background you chose when starting a + new drawing. (See Outils disponibles > Outils de dessin > Outil + "Gomme".) + ⌨ Remarque : vous pouvez également appuyer [Control / ⌘] + [N] sur + le clavier pour commencer un nouveau dessin. - - → Restreindre l'impression ← + → Choix de couleurs unies en arrière plan ← + Along with the preset solid colors, you can also choose colors + using a rainbow palette or a "color mixer". These operate + identically to the options found in the color palette shown + below the canvas when drawing a picture. See Écran principal > + En bas : couleurs > Special color options for details. + + Images de "Démarrage" et images "Modèle" ← + * Les "Images de démarrage" se comportent comme une page d'un + livre de coloriage - un contour noir et blanc d'une image, + que vous pouvez ensuite colorier, et le contour noir reste + intact - ou comme une photographie 3D, où vous dessinez + entre une couche de premier plan et une d'arrière-plan. + * Les "Images modèle" sont semblables, mais fournissent + simplement un dessin d'arrière-plan sur lequel travailler. + Contrairement aux «Images de démarrage», rien de ce que + vous dessinerez ne restera au premier plan. - Si l'option "printdelay" a été utilisée, vous ne pouvez imprimer — - qu'une fois toutes les x secondes, tel que vous l'avez défini. + When using the 'Eraser' tool or the 'Eraser' mode of the 'Fill' + tool, the original image from the 'Starter' or 'Template' will + reappear. (See Outils disponibles > Outils de dessin > Outil + "Gomme" and Outil "Remplir".) - Par exemple, avec "printdelay=60" dans le fichier de configuration de - Tux Paint, vous ne pouvez imprimer qu'une fois par minute. + The 'Flip' and 'Mirror' Magic tools affect the orientation of + the 'Starter' or 'Template', as well. (See Outils disponibles > + Outil "Magie" (Effets spéciaux) > Renverser and Miroir.) - ⚙ Voir la documentation sur "Options". + Lorsque vous chargez une 'Image modèle' ou 'image modèle', + dessinez dessus, puis cliquez sur 'Sauvegarder', cela crée un + nouveau fichier image - il n'écrase pas l'original, vous pouvez + donc l'utiliser à nouveau plus tard (en y accédant depuis la + boîte de dialogue 'Nouveau'). + + ⚙ Vous pouvez vos propres "Images de démarrage" et Modèles + d'Image. Voir la section de la documentation concernant les + Extensions pour Tux Paint , avec 'Images de démarrages' et + Images Modèles. + 💡 Vous pouvez aussi convertir vos dessins sauvegardés en + Modèles directement dans Tux Paint à partir de la boîte de + dialogue 'Ouvrir'. Voir "Ouvrir", ci-dessous. - - → Commandes d'impression ← - (Linux et Unix uniquement) + + → Effacement des images Modèles exportées ← - Tux Paint imprime en générant une représentation PostScript du dessin - et en l'envoyant à un programme externe. Par défaut, le programme est : + Si vous avez sélectionner une Image Modèle dans votre + répertoire personnel, et qu'il a été créé à partir de Tux Paint + (en utilisant le bouton "Modèles" la boîte de dialogue "Ouvrir" + , vous pouvez l'enlever à partir de Tux Paint également. Un + bouton 'Effacer' (Corbeille) apparaît en bas à droite de la + liste. Cliquez pour effacer l'image sélectionnée. (On vous + demandera de confirmer.) - lpr + 💡 Note : Pour Linux, Windows, et macOS , l'image sera placée + dans la corbeille de votre bureau (où vous pourrez le restaurer + si vous changez d'avis). - Cette commande peut être modifiée en définissant la valeur - "printcommand" dans le fichier de configuration de Tux Paint. + ⚙ Note :: Le bouton 'Effacer' peut être désactivé via l'option + "noerase". - Si la touche "[Alt]" du clavier est enfoncée tout en cliquant sur le - bouton «Imprimer», et tant que vous n'êtes pas en mode plein écran, un - programme alternatif est exécuté. Par défaut, le programme est la boîte - de dialogue d'impression graphique de KDE : - kprinter + - Cette commande peut être modifiée en définissant la valeur - "altprintcommand" dans le fichier de configuration de Tux Paint. + ⚙ Note : Les couleurs unies peuvent être placées à la fin de la + boîte de dialogue 'Nouveau' (dessous les Images de démarrage et + Modèles), via l'option "newcolorslast". - ⚙ Voir la documentation sur "Options". + + c.Commande "Ouvrir" ← - - → Réglages pour l'impression ← + Cela vous montre une liste de toutes les images que vous avez + enregistrées. S'il y en a plus que ce que peut contenir l'écran, + utilisez les flèches «Haut» et «Bas» en haut et en bas de la liste + pour faire défiler la liste des images. - (Windows et macOS) + Cliquez sur une image pour la sélectionner, puis ... + x Cliquez sur le bouton vert "Ouvrir" en bas à gauche de la liste + pour charger l'image sélectionnée. Vous pourrez alors l'éditer. - Par défaut, Tux Paint imprime simplement sur l'imprimante par défaut - avec les paramètres par défaut lorsque le bouton «Imprimer» est - enfoncé. + (Vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur l'icône d'une image + pour la charger.) - Cependant, si vous maintenez la touche [Alt] (ou [Option]) du clavier - tout en appuyant sur le bouton "Imprimer, et ceci tant que vous n'êtes - pas en mode plein écran, la boîte de dialogue de l'imprimante de votre - système d'exploitation apparaît, et vous pouvez modifier les réglages. + 💡 Si vous choisissez d'ouvrir une image et que votre dessin en + cours n'a pas été enregistré, il vous sera demandé si vous + souhaitez l'enregistrer ou non. (Voir "Sauvegarder," + ci-dessous.) - Vous pouvez stocker les changements de configuration, entre les - sessions de Tux Paint, en paramétrant l'option "printcfg". + x Cliquez sur le bouton marron "Effacer" (poubelle) en bas à + droite de la liste pour effacer l'image sélectionnée. (Il vous + sera demandé de confirmer.) - Si l'option "printcfg" est utilisée, les réglages d'impression seront - chargés à partir du fichier "printcfg.cfg" de votre répertoire - personnel (voir ci-dessous). Tout changement y sera ernregistré. + 📜 Note : Pour Linux (à partir de la version 0.9.22), Windows (à + partir de la vaersion 0.9.27), et macOS (à partir de la version + 0.9.29), l'image sera placée dans la corbeille de votre bureau + (où vous pourrez le restaurer si vous changez d'avis). - ⚙ Voir la documentation sur "Options". + ⚙ Note :: Le bouton 'Effacer' peut être désactivé via l'option + "noerase". + x Cliquez sur le bouton 'Exporter' près du coin inférieur droit + pour exporter l'image vers votre dossier d'exportation. (par + ex. "~/Pictures/TuxPaint/") - - → Options de la boîte de dialogue de l'imprimante ← + Depuis l'écran "Ouvrir" vous pouvez aussi : + x Cliquez sur le bouton bleu "Diapositives" (projecteur de + diapositives) en bas à gauche pour passer en mode diaporama. + Voir "Diaporama", ci-dessous, pour les détails. - Par défaut, Tux Paint affiche uniquement la boîte de dialogue de - l'imprimante (ou, sous Linux / Unix, exécute "altprintcommand", par - exemple, "kprinter" au lieu de "lpr") si la touche [Alt] (ou [Option] ) - est maintenue pendant en cliquant sur le bouton «Imprimer». + x Cliquez sur le bouton bleu 'Modèle' en bas à gauche pour + convertir l'image sélectionnée en nouveau Modèle, qui pourra + vous servir de base pour de nouveaux dessins. - Cependant, ce comportement peut être modifié. Vous pouvez toujours - faire apparaître la boîte de dialogue de l'imprimante en utilisant - "--altprintalways" sur la ligne de commande ou "altprint=always" dans - le fichier de configuration de Tux Paint. Inversement vous pouvez - empêcher la touche [Alt] / [Option] d'avoir un effet en utilisant - "--altprintnever" ou "altprint=never". + 📜 Note : La possibilité de création de Modèles a été ajouté + avec la version 0.9.31 de Tux Paint. Pour savoir comment créer + des Modèles hors de Tux Paint, voyez Extensions pour Tux Paint - ⚙ Voir la documentation sur "Options". + ⚙ La possibilité de création de Modèle peut être désactivée + (par ex. en choisissant "Désactiver 'Fabriquer un Modèle' dans + Tux Paint Config. ou en lançant em>Tux Paint avec l'option + "notemplateexport"). + x Ou cliquez sur le bouton fléché rouge «Retour» en bas à droite + de la liste pour annuler et revenir à l'image que vous étiez en + train de dessiner. - + ⌨ Remarque : vous pouvez également appuyer [Control / ⌘] + [O] sur + le clavier pour afficher la boîte de dialogue "Ouvrir". - -f.Commande "Diapos" (sous "Ouvrir") ← - Le bouton "Diapositives" est disponible dans la boîte de dialogue "Ouvrir". - Il peut être utilisé pour lire une simple animation dans Tux Paint, ou un - diaporama. Il peut également exporter un GIF animé basé sur les images - choisies. + + d.Commande "Sauvegarder" ← - → Choisir des images ← + Pour sauvegarder votre image en cours. - Lorsque vous entrez dans la section "Diapos" de Tux Paint, il affiche - une liste de vos fichiers enregistrés, tout comme la boîte de dialogue - "Ouvrir". + Si vous ne l'avez pas enregistré auparavant, il créera une nouvelle + entrée dans la liste des images enregistrées. (c'est-à-dire qu'il + créera un nouveau fichier) - Cliquez sur chacune des images que vous souhaitez afficher dans une - présentation de style diaporama, une par une. Un chiffre apparaîtra sur - chaque image, vous indiquant dans quel ordre elles seront affichées. + 💡 Remarque : il ne vous demandera rien (par exemple, un nom de + fichier). Il enregistrera simplement l'image et fera le bruit d'un + obturateur d'appareil photographique. - Vous pouvez cliquer sur une image sélectionnée pour la désélectionner - (la retirer de votre diaporama). Cliquez à nouveau dessus si vous - souhaitez l'ajouter à la fin de la liste. + Si vous avez déjà enregistré l'image, ou s'il s'agit d'une image + que vous venez de charger à l'aide de la commande "Ouvrir", il vous + sera d'abord demandé si vous voulez écraser l'ancienne version ou + bien créer une nouvelle entrée (un nouveau fichier). + ⚙ Remarque : si les options " saveover" ou " saveovernew" sont déjà + définies, il ne sera rien demandé avant de sauvegarder. Voir la + documentation Options. - - → Régler la vitesse de lecture ← + ⌨ Remarque : vous pouvez également appuyer [Control / ⌘] + [S] sur + le clavier pour sauvegarde. - Une échelle mobile en bas à gauche de l'écran (à côté du bouton - "Lecture") peut être utilisée pour régler la vitesse du diaporama ou du - GIF animé, du plus lent au plus rapide. Choisissez le paramètre le plus - à gauche pour désactiver l'avancement automatique pendant la lecture - dans Tux Paint - vous devrez appuyer sur une touche ou cliquer pour - passer à la diapositive suivante (voir ci-dessous). - 💡 Remarque : le paramètre le plus lent ne fait pas automatiquement - avancer les diapositives. Utilisez-le lorsque vous souhaitez les - parcourir manuellement. (Cela ne s'applique pas à un GIF animé - exporté.) + + e.Commande "Imprimer" ← + Cliquez sur ce bouton et votre image sera imprimée ! - - → Lecture dans Tux Paint ← + Sur la plupart des plates-formes, vous pouvez également maintenir + la touche [Alt] (appelée [Option] sur Mac) tout en cliquant sur le + bouton «Imprimer» pour obtenir une boîte de dialogue d'impression. + Notez que cela pourrait ne pas fonctionner si vous exécutez Tux + Paint en mode plein écran. Voir ci-dessous. - Pour démarrer un diaporama dans Tux Paint, cliquez sur le bouton - 'Jouer'. + → Désactivation de l'impression ← - 💡 Note : si vous n'avez sélectionné aucune image, toutes vos images - enregistrées seront mises dans le diaporama !) + On peut définir une option "noprint", ce qui entraînera la + désactivation du bouton "Imprimer". - Pendant le diaporama, appuyez sur [Espace], [Entrée] ou [Retour] , ou - sur [Flèche droite] - ou cliquez sur le bouton "Suivant" en bas à - gauche - pour passer manuellement à la diapositive suivante. Appuyez - sur [Flèche gauche] pour revenir à la diapositive précédente. + ⚙ Voir la documentation sur "Options". - Appuyez sur [Escape] , ou cliquez sur le bouton "Retour" en bas à - droite, pour quitter le diaporama et revenir à l'écran de sélection - d'image du diaporama. + + → Restreindre l'impression ← - - → Exporter un GIF animé ← + Si l'option "printdelay" a été utilisée, vous ne pouvez + imprimer — qu'une fois toutes les x secondes, tel que vous + l'avez défini. - Cliquez sur le bouton "Exporter GIF" en bas à droite pour que Tux Paint - génère un fichier GIF animé basé sur les images sélectionnées. + Par exemple, avec "printdelay=60" dans le fichier de + configuration de Tux Paint, vous ne pouvez imprimer qu'une fois + par minute. - 💡 Note : On doit sélectionner au moins deux images. (Pour exporter une - seule image, utilisez l'option "Exporter" de la boîte de dialogue - "Ouvrir".) Si aucune image n'est sélectionnée, Tux Paint n'essaiera PAS - de générer un GIF basé sur toutes les images enregistrées. + ⚙ Voir la documentation sur "Options". - Appuyer sur [Escape] pendant l'exportation annulera le processus et - vous ramènera à la boîte de dialogue "Diaporama". + + → Commandes d'impression ← - + (Linux et Unix uniquement) - Cliquez sur "Retour" dans l'écran de sélection d'image du diaporama pour - revenir à la boîte de dialogue "Ouvrir". + Tux Paint imprime en générant une représentation PostScript du + dessin et en l'envoyant à un programme externe. Par défaut, le + programme est : + lpr - -g.Commande "Quitter" ← + Cette commande peut être modifiée en définissant la valeur + "printcommand" dans le fichier de configuration de Tux Paint. - Cliquez sur le bouton "Quitter", fermez la fenêtre de Tux Paint ou appuyez - sur la touche [Escape] pour quitter Tux Paint. + Si la touche "[Alt]" du clavier est enfoncée tout en cliquant + sur le bouton «Imprimer», et tant que vous n'êtes pas en mode + plein écran, un programme alternatif est exécuté. Par défaut, + le programme est la boîte de dialogue d'impression graphique de + KDE : - On vous demandera d'abord si vous voulez vraiment arrêter. + kprinter - Si vous choisissez de quitter et que vous n'avez pas enregistré l'image - actuelle, il vous sera d'abord demandé si vous souhaitez l'enregistrer. - S'il ne s'agit pas d'une nouvelle image, il vous sera alors demandé si vous - souhaitez écraser l'ancienne version ou créer une nouvelle entrée. (Voir " - Sauvegarder" aci-dessus.) + Cette commande peut être modifiée en définissant la valeur + "altprintcommand" dans le fichier de configuration de Tux + Paint. - ⚙ Remarque :: Si l'image est enregistrée, elle sera rechargée - automatiquement la prochaine fois que vous exécuterez Tux Paint -- à moins - que l'option"startblank" ait été activée. + ⚙ Voir la documentation sur "Options". - ⚙ Remarque :: Le bouton "Quitter" et la touche [Escape] peuvent être - désactivés par le biais de option "noquit". - Dans ce cas, le bouton "Fermer la fenêtre" sur la barre de titre de Tux - Paint (si vous n'êtes pas en mode plein écran) ou la touche [Alt] + [F4] - peut être utilisée pour quitter. + + → Réglages pour l'impression ← - Si aucune de ces options n'est possible, la séquence de touches [Shift] + - [Control / ⌘] + [Escape] peut être utilisée pour quitter. + (Windows et macOS) - ⚙ Voir la documentation sur "Options". + Par défaut, Tux Paint imprime simplement sur l'imprimante par + défaut avec les paramètres par défaut lorsque le bouton + «Imprimer» est enfoncé. + Cependant, si vous maintenez la touche [Alt] (ou [Option]) du + clavier tout en appuyant sur le bouton "Imprimer, et ceci tant + que vous n'êtes pas en mode plein écran, la boîte de dialogue + de l'imprimante de votre système d'exploitation apparaît, et + vous pouvez modifier les réglages. - -h.Coupure du son ← + Vous pouvez stocker les changements de configuration, entre les + sessions de Tux Paint, en paramétrant l'option "printcfg". - Il n'y a pas de bouton de commande à l'écran pour le moment, mais en - appuyant sur les touches [Alt] + [S] , les effets sonores peuvent être - désactivés et réactivés pendant que le programme est en cours d'exécution. + Si l'option "printcfg" est utilisée, les réglages d'impression + seront chargés à partir du fichier "printcfg.cfg" de votre + répertoire personnel (voir ci-dessous). Tout changement y sera + ernregistré. - Notez que si les sons sont complètement désactivés via l'option "nosound, - la combinaison des touches [Alt] + [S] n'a pas d'effet (c'est-à-dire qu'il - ne peut pas être utilisé pour activer les sons lorsque le parent / - enseignant veut qu'ils soient désactivés.) + ⚙ Voir la documentation sur "Options". - ⚙ Voir la documentation sur "Options". + + → Options de la boîte de dialogue de l'imprimante ← - + Par défaut, Tux Paint affiche uniquement la boîte de dialogue + de l'imprimante (ou, sous Linux / Unix, exécute + "altprintcommand", par exemple, "kprinter" au lieu de "lpr") si + la touche [Alt] (ou [Option] ) est maintenue pendant en + cliquant sur le bouton «Imprimer». - ### E. Contrôle de Tux Paint ### + Cependant, ce comportement peut être modifié. Vous pouvez + toujours faire apparaître la boîte de dialogue de l'imprimante + en utilisant "--altprintalways" sur la ligne de commande ou + "altprint=always" dans le fichier de configuration de Tux + Paint. Inversement vous pouvez empêcher la touche [Alt] / + [Option] d'avoir un effet en utilisant "--altprintnever" ou + "altprint=never". -## 1. Utiliser une Souris ou une Boule de pointage ## + ⚙ Voir la documentation sur "Options". -Le mode principal de travail pour Tux Paint est avec tout dispositif reconnu -par votre système d'exploitation tel que la souris, soit standard, soit boule -de commande, soit pavé tactile aussi bien tablette graphique (en général avec -un stylet) et les écrans tactiles (opérés soit avec un doigt, soit avec un -stylet) (voir "Utiliser une tablette ou un écran tactile" ci-dessous pour plus -d'information). -Pour dessiner et contrôler Tux Paint, un seul bouton de souris suffit — -typiquement, sur les souris avec plusiers boutons, c'est le bouton gauche, on -peut changer ceci à l'aide du système d'exploitation. Par défaut, Tux Paint -ignore les entrées par les autres boutons. Si un utilisateur essaie d'utiliser -le(s) autre(s) bouton(s), un avertissement apparaîtra lui rappelant que Tux -Paint ne reconnaît qu'un seul bouton. Cependant vous pouvez configurer Tux -Paint pour accepter un autre bouton comme entrée (voir la Options -documentation). + -# a. Défilement # + + f.Commande "Diapos" (sous "Ouvrir") ← -Beaucoup de dispositifs d'entrée offre un moyen d'effectuer un défilement -rapide — beaucoup de souris ont une roulette de défilement, les boules de -commande ont des anneaux de défilement, et les pavés tactiles reconnaissent des -gestes pour faire défiler (par ex. un mouvement vertical avec deux doigts, ou -un mouvement vertical sur les bords du pavé. Tux Paint support le défilement -avec certaines listes (par ex. les Tampons, les outils 'Magie', les boîtes de -dialogue Nouveau et Ouvrir). + Le bouton "Diapositives" est disponible dans la boîte de dialogue + "Ouvrir". Il peut être utilisé pour lire une simple animation dans + Tux Paint, ou un diaporama. Il peut également exporter un GIF animé + basé sur les images choisies. -Vous pouvez avoir un défilement automatique en cliquant et en maintenant -enfoncé sur un bouton de défilement — les flèches "haut" et "bas" apparaissant -au-dessus et en-dessous de la liste. + → Choisir des images ← -# b. Accessibilité de la souris # + Lorsque vous entrez dans la section "Diapos" de Tux Paint, il + affiche une liste de vos fichiers enregistrés, tout comme la + boîte de dialogue "Ouvrir". -Yous dispositf ressemblant à une souris peut être utilisé pour contrôler Tux -Paint. Par exemple : + Cliquez sur chacune des images que vous souhaitez afficher dans + une présentation de style diaporama, une par une. Un chiffre + apparaîtra sur chaque image, vous indiquant dans quel ordre + elles seront affichées. - * Dispositifs de pointage/suivi avec la tête - * Dispositifs de suivi du regard - * Souris de pied + Vous pouvez cliquer sur une image sélectionnée pour la + désélectionner (la retirer de votre diaporama). Cliquez à + nouveau dessus si vous souhaitez l'ajouter à la fin de la + liste. -Tux Paint possède un réglage d'accessibilité "clic collant", où un simple clic -permet de faire "cliquer et glisser", et autre clic l'arrête. ( (Voir la -Options documentation.) -## 2. Utiliser une Tablette ou un Écran tactile ## + + → Régler la vitesse de lecture ← -Comme indiqué précédemment, Tux Paint reconnaît tout dispositif ressemblant à -une souris. Ce qui veut dire que les tablettes graphiques et les écrans -tactiles sont utilisables. Cependant ces dispositifs offrent aussi d'autres -fonctionnalités que les mouvements X/Y, les clics et la roulette de défilement. -Aujourd'hui, ces fonctionnalités additionnelles ne sont pas supportées par Tux -Paint. Quelques examples : + Une échelle mobile en bas à gauche de l'écran (à côté du bouton + "Lecture") peut être utilisée pour régler la vitesse du + diaporama ou du GIF animé, du plus lent au plus rapide. + Choisissez le paramètre le plus à gauche pour désactiver + l'avancement automatique pendant la lecture dans Tux Paint - + vous devrez appuyer sur une touche ou cliquer pour passer à la + diapositive suivante (voir ci-dessous). - * Pression et angle - * Conseil pour la Gomme - * Gestes avec plusieurs doigts + 💡 Remarque : le paramètre le plus lent ne fait pas + automatiquement avancer les diapositives. Utilisez-le lorsque + vous souhaitez les parcourir manuellement. (Cela ne s'applique + pas à un GIF animé exporté.) -## 3. Utiliser un dispositif de type joystick ## -Tux Paint peut être configuré pour reconnaître l'entrée de tout contrôleur de -jeu qui apparaît dans votre système dexploitation tel qu'un joystick. Ceci -comprend même les consomes modernes connectées par USB ou Bluetooth (par ex. -les manettes de jeu Nintendo Switch ou Microsoft Xbox) ! + + → Lecture dans Tux Paint ← -Beaucoup d'options de configuration existent pour s'adapter au mieux aux -dispositifs utilisés, et aux besoins de l'utilisateur. Une entrée analogique -sera utilisée pour des mouvements grossiers, et un dispositif digital pour les -mouvements fins. Les boutons du contrôleurs peuvent être adaptés pour -différents contrôles de Tux Paint (par ex. pour actionner la touche [Escape], -pour invoquer les opérations Faire et Défaire, etc ...). Voir la documentation -pour plus de détails Options . + Pour démarrer un diaporama dans Tux Paint, cliquez sur le + bouton 'Jouer'. -## 4. Utiliser le clavier ## + 💡 Note : si vous n'avez sélectionné aucune image, toutes vos + images enregistrées seront mises dans le diaporama !) -Tux Paint fournit une option pour permettre d'utiliser le clavier pour -contrôler le pointeur de souris. Cela inclut le mouvement et le clic, aussi -bien que les raccourcis pour naviguer entre et à l'intérieur de certaines -parties de l'interface. Voir la documentation pour plus de détails Options. + Pendant le diaporama, appuyez sur [Espace], [Entrée] ou + [Retour] , ou sur [Flèche droite] - ou cliquez sur le bouton + "Suivant" en bas à gauche - pour passer manuellement à la + diapositive suivante. Appuyez sur [Flèche gauche] pour revenir + à la diapositive précédente. -III. Chargement d'autres images dans Tux Paint - - ### A. Aperçu ### - -Étant donné que la boîte de dialogue «Ouvrir» de Tux Paint n'affiche que les -images que vous avez créées avec Tux Paint, que se passe-t-il si vous souhaitez -charger une autre image ou photo dans Tux Paint pour les éditer et dessiner -par-dessus ? - -Pour ce faire, il vous suffit de convertir l'image dans le format utilisé par -Tux Paint, qui est —PNG (Portable Network Graphic), et de la placer dans le -répertoire "saved" de Tux Paint. C'est là où on les trouve (par défaut) : + Appuyez sur [Escape] , ou cliquez sur le bouton "Retour" en bas + à droite, pour quitter le diaporama et revenir à l'écran de + sélection d'image du diaporama. -→ Windows Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Windows 11 ← - In the user's "AppData" folder: - e.g., "C:\Users\nom d'utilisateur\AppData\Roaming\TuxPaint\saved\" - -→ macOS ← - In the user's "Application Support" folder: - e.g., - "/Users/nom d'utilisateur/Library/Application Support/TuxPaint/saved/" - -→ Linux / Unix ← - In the user's "home directory" folder: - e.g., "/home/nom d'utilisateur/.tuxpaint/saved/" - -→ Haiku ← - In the user's "settings" folder: - e.g., "/boot/home/config/settings/TuxPaint/saved/" - - -💡 Remarque : C'est également à partir de ce dossier que vous pouvez copier ou -ouvrir des images dessinées dans Tux Paint à l'aide d'autres applications, -ainsi l'option 'Export' de la boîte de dialogue 'Ouvrir' de Tux Paint peut être -utilisée pour les copier dans un endroit plus facile d'accès plus sûr. - - ### B. Utilisation du script d'importation "tuxpaint-import" ### - -Les utilisateurs Linux et Unix peuvent utiliser script shell "tuxpaint-import" -qui s'installe lorsque vous installez Tux Paint. Il utilise certains outils -NetPBM pour convertir l'image ("anytopnm"), la redimensionner pour qu'elle -tienne dans le canevas de Tux Paint ("pnmscale") et la convertir en PNG -("pnmtopng"). - -Il utilise également la commande "date" pour obtenir l'heure et la date -actuelles, qui sont la convention de dénomination des fichiers utilisée par Tux -Paint pour les fichiers enregistrés. (N'oubliez pas que vous n'êtes jamais -invité à entrer un "nom de fichier " lorsque vous allez enregistrer ou ouvrir -des images !) - -Pour utiliser ce script, exécutez simplement la commande à partir d'une invite -de ligne de commande et indiquez-lui le (s) nom (s) du ou des fichiers que vous -voulez convertir. - -Ils seront convertis et placés dans votre répertoite Tux Paint "saved". - -💡 Note : si vous faites cela pour un autre utilisateur (par ex. votre enfant) -vous devrez vous assurer d'exécuter la commande sous son compte.) - -Exemple : - - $ tuxpaint-import grandma.jpg - grandma.jpg -> /home/username/.tuxpaint/saved/20211231012359.png - jpegtopnm: WRITING A PPM FILE - -La première ligne ("tuxpaint-import grandma.jpg") est la commande à exécuter. -Les deux lignes suivantes sont les sorties du programme pendant qu'il -fonctionne. - -Vous pouvez maintenant charger Tux Paint, et une version de cette image -originale sera disponible dans la boîte de dialogue «Ouvrir». Double-cliquez -simplement sur son icône ! - - ### C. Importer des images manuellement ### - -Les utilisateurs de Windows, macOS et Haiku désirant importer des images dans -Tux Paint doivent le faire manuellement. - -Chargez un programme graphique capable à la fois de charger votre image et -d'enregistrer un fichier au format PNG. (Voir le fichier de documentation " -PNG.html" pour une liste des logiciels suggérés et d'autres références.) - -Lorsque Tux Paint charge une image qui n'a pas la même taille que son canevas -de dessin, il met à l'échelle (et parfois en coloriant les bords) l'image pour -qu'elle tienne dans le canevas. - -Pour éviter que l'image ne soit étirée ou maculée, vous pouvez la -redimensionner à la taille du canevas de Tux Paint. Cette taille dépend de la -taille de la fenêtre Tux Paint, ou de la résolution à laquelle Tux Paint est -exécuté, si il est en plein écran. (Remarque : la résolution par défaut est de -800x600.) Voir "Calculer les dimensions des images" ci-dessous. - -## 1. Nom du fichier ## - -Sauvegarder l'image au format PNG. Il est fortement recommandé que vous nommiez -le fichier en utilisant la date et l'heure courante, puisque c'est ce que Tux -Paint utilise : - - YYYYMMDDhhmmss.png - - * YYYY = Year - * MM = Mois (deux chiffres, "01"-"12") - * DD = Jour du mois (deux chiffres, "01"-"31") - * HH = Heure (deux chiffres,au format 24h, "00"-"23") - * mm = Minute (deux chiffres, "00"-"59") - * ss = Secondes (deux chiffres, "00"-"59") - -Exemple: "20210731110500.png",pour le 31 juillet 2021 à 11:05 du matin. - -Mettez cd fichier PNG dans votre répertoire Tux Paint "saved". (Voir ci-dessus) - -## 2. Calculer les dimensions des images ## - -Cette partie de documentation doit être réécrite puisque la nouvelle option -"buttonsize" a été ajoutée. Pour l'heure, essayer de dessiner et de sauvegarder -l'image dans Tux Paint, et ensuite déterminer quelle taille (largeur et hauteur -en pixels) elle possède, et essayez de l'adapter lors de la mise à l'échelle en -l'important dans Tux Paint. - -IV.Lectures complémentaires - -Les autres documents inclus avec Tux Paint (dans le répertoire "docs") incluent -: - -→ Utiliser Tux Paint : ← - o OPTIONS.html - Instructions détaillées sur les options en ligne de commande et les - fichiers de configuration, pour ceux qui ne veulent pas utiliser - l'outil Tux Paint Config. - o Documentation sur l'outil 'Magie' ("magic-docs") - Documentation pour chacun des outils "Magic" actuellement installés. - o Frequently Asked Questions ("FAQs") about Tux Paint - Answers to, and solutions for, some common questions about, and - problems with, using Tux Paint. - - -→ Extensions pour Tux Paint : ← - o EXTENDING.html - Des instructions détaillées sur la création de pinceaux, de tampons, - d'images de démarrage et de modèles; et l'ajout de polices; et créer un - nouveau clavier virtuel et des méthodes de saisie. - o PNG.html - Remarques sur la création d'images bitmap au format PNG à utiliser dans - Tux Paint. - o SVG.html - Remarques sur la création d'images vectorielles au format SVG à - utiliser dans Tux Paint. - - -→ Information technique : ← - o INSTALL.html - Instructions pour compiler et installer Tux Paint, le cas échéant. - o SIGNALS.html - Informations sur les signaux POSIX auxquels répond Tux Paint. - o MAGIC-API.html - Créer de nouveaux outils Magie avec le plugin API de Tux Paint. - - -→ Historique du développement et licence : ← - o AUTHORS.txt - Liste des auteurs et contributeurs. - o CHANGES.txt - Résumé des changements entre chaque version de Tux Paint. - o COPYING.txt - Licence du programme Tux Paint, la GNU General Public License (GPL) - - - -V.Comment obtenir de l'aide - -Si vous avez besoin d'aide, il existe de nombreux moyens d'interagir avec les -développeurs de Tux Paint et les autres utilisateurs : - - * Mentionner des bogues, ou demander de nouvelles fonctionnalités via le - système de suivi des bogues - * Participer aux nombreuses listes de diffusion de Tux Paint - * Contacter les développeurs directement - -Pour en savoir plus, visitez la page "Contact" du site officiel de Tux Paint : -https://tuxpaint.org/contact/ - -VI.Comment participer - -Tux Paint est un projet mené par des volontaires, et nous serions heureux -d'accepter votre aide dans des tas de domaines : - - * Traduire Tux Paint dans une autre langue - * Améliorer les traductions existantes - * Créer des oeuvres (tampons, images de démarrage, modèles, pinceaux) - * Ajouter ou améliorer des caractéristiques ou bien des outils "Magie" - * Créer un programme d'étude en classe - * Promouvoir ou aider ceux qui utilisent Tux Paint - -Pour en savoir plus, visitez la page "Nous aider" du site officiel de Tux Paint -: https://tuxpaint.org/help/ - -VII.Suivez le projet Tux Paint sur les réseaux sociaux - -Tux Paint est présent sur de nombreux media sociaux, où nous annonçons les -mises à jour et les oeuvres d'art. - - * Suivre @tuxpaint@bsky.social sur Bluesky - * Suivez Tux Paint sur Facebook - * Suivre @TuxPaintDevs sur Instagram - * Suivre @tuxpaint@floss.social sur Mastodon - * Suivre u/TuxPaintDevs sur Reddit - * Suivre @TuxPaintDevs sur Threads - * Suivre @TuxPaintDevs sur TikTok - * Suivre Tux Paint sur Tumblr - * Souscrivez à @TuxPaintOfficial sur YoUTube - -VIII. Mentions concernant les marques déposées - - * "Linux" est marque déposée par Linus Torvalds. - * "Microsoft" et "Windows" sont des marques déposées par Microsoft Corp. - * "Apple" et "macOS" sont des marques déposées par Apple Inc. - * "Haiku" est une marque déposée par Haiku, Inc. - * "Facebook" et "Instagram" sont des marques déposées par Meta Platforms, - Inc. - * "Mastodon" est une marque déposée par Mastodon gGmbH. - * "Reddit" est une marque déposée par Reddit, Inc. - * "TIK TOK" est une marque déposée de Bytedance Ltd. - * "Tumblr" est une marque déposée par Tumblr, Inc. - * "YouTube" est une marque déposée de Alphabet, Inc. + + → Exporter un GIF animé ← + + Cliquez sur le bouton "Exporter GIF" en bas à droite pour que + Tux Paint génère un fichier GIF animé basé sur les images + sélectionnées. + + 💡 Note : On doit sélectionner au moins deux images. (Pour + exporter une seule image, utilisez l'option "Exporter" de la + boîte de dialogue "Ouvrir".) Si aucune image n'est + sélectionnée, Tux Paint n'essaiera PAS de générer un GIF basé + sur toutes les images enregistrées. + + Appuyer sur [Escape] pendant l'exportation annulera le + processus et vous ramènera à la boîte de dialogue "Diaporama". + + + + + Cliquez sur "Retour" dans l'écran de sélection d'image du diaporama + pour revenir à la boîte de dialogue "Ouvrir". + + + + g.Commande "Quitter" ← + + Cliquez sur le bouton "Quitter", fermez la fenêtre de Tux Paint ou + appuyez sur la touche [Escape] pour quitter Tux Paint. + + On vous demandera d'abord si vous voulez vraiment arrêter. + + Si vous choisissez de quitter et que vous n'avez pas enregistré + l'image actuelle, il vous sera d'abord demandé si vous souhaitez + l'enregistrer. S'il ne s'agit pas d'une nouvelle image, il vous + sera alors demandé si vous souhaitez écraser l'ancienne version ou + créer une nouvelle entrée. (Voir "Sauvegarder" aci-dessus.) + + ⚙ Remarque :: Si l'image est enregistrée, elle sera rechargée + automatiquement la prochaine fois que vous exécuterez Tux Paint -- + à moins que l'option"startblank" ait été activée. + + ⚙ Remarque :: Le bouton "Quitter" et la touche [Escape] peuvent + être désactivés par le biais de option "noquit". + + Dans ce cas, le bouton "Fermer la fenêtre" sur la barre de titre de + Tux Paint (si vous n'êtes pas en mode plein écran) ou la touche + [Alt] + [F4] peut être utilisée pour quitter. + + Si aucune de ces options n'est possible, la séquence de touches + [Shift] + [Control / ⌘] + [Escape] peut être utilisée pour quitter. + + ⚙ Voir la documentation sur "Options". + + + + h.Coupure du son ← + + Il n'y a pas de bouton de commande à l'écran pour le moment, mais + en appuyant sur les touches [Alt] + [S] , les effets sonores + peuvent être désactivés et réactivés pendant que le programme est + en cours d'exécution. + + Notez que si les sons sont complètement désactivés via l'option + "nosound, la combinaison des touches [Alt] + [S] n'a pas d'effet + (c'est-à-dire qu'il ne peut pas être utilisé pour activer les sons + lorsque le parent / enseignant veut qu'ils soient désactivés.) + + ⚙ Voir la documentation sur "Options". + + + + + ### E. Contrôle de Tux Paint ### + + ## 1. Utiliser une Souris ou une Boule de pointage ## + + Le mode principal de travail pour Tux Paint est avec tout dispositif + reconnu par votre système d'exploitation tel que la souris, soit + standard, soit boule de commande, soit pavé tactile aussi bien tablette + graphique (en général avec un stylet) et les écrans tactiles (opérés + soit avec un doigt, soit avec un stylet) (voir "Utiliser une tablette + ou un écran tactile" ci-dessous pour plus d'information). + + Pour dessiner et contrôler Tux Paint, un seul bouton de souris suffit — + typiquement, sur les souris avec plusiers boutons, c'est le bouton + gauche, on peut changer ceci à l'aide du système d'exploitation. Par + défaut, Tux Paint ignore les entrées par les autres boutons. Si un + utilisateur essaie d'utiliser le(s) autre(s) bouton(s), un + avertissement apparaîtra lui rappelant que Tux Paint ne reconnaît qu'un + seul bouton. Cependant vous pouvez configurer Tux Paint pour accepter + un autre bouton comme entrée (voir la Options documentation). + + # a. Défilement # + + Beaucoup de dispositifs d'entrée offre un moyen d'effectuer un + défilement rapide — beaucoup de souris ont une roulette de défilement, + les boules de commande ont des anneaux de défilement, et les pavés + tactiles reconnaissent des gestes pour faire défiler (par ex. un + mouvement vertical avec deux doigts, ou un mouvement vertical sur les + bords du pavé. Tux Paint support le défilement avec certaines listes + (par ex. les Tampons, les outils 'Magie', les boîtes de dialogue + Nouveau et Ouvrir). + + Vous pouvez avoir un défilement automatique en cliquant et en + maintenant enfoncé sur un bouton de défilement — les flèches "haut" et + "bas" apparaissant au-dessus et en-dessous de la liste. + + # b. Accessibilité de la souris # + + Yous dispositf ressemblant à une souris peut être utilisé pour + contrôler Tux Paint. Par exemple : + - Dispositifs de pointage/suivi avec la tête + - Dispositifs de suivi du regard + - Souris de pied + + Tux Paint possède un réglage d'accessibilité "clic collant", où un + simple clic permet de faire "cliquer et glisser", et autre clic + l'arrête. ( (Voir la Options documentation.) + + ## 2. Utiliser une Tablette ou un Écran tactile ## + + Comme indiqué précédemment, Tux Paint reconnaît tout dispositif + ressemblant à une souris. Ce qui veut dire que les tablettes graphiques + et les écrans tactiles sont utilisables. Cependant ces dispositifs + offrent aussi d'autres fonctionnalités que les mouvements X/Y, les + clics et la roulette de défilement. Aujourd'hui, ces fonctionnalités + additionnelles ne sont pas supportées par Tux Paint. Quelques examples + : + - Pression et angle + - Conseil pour la Gomme + - Gestes avec plusieurs doigts + + ## 3. Utiliser un dispositif de type joystick ## + + Tux Paint peut être configuré pour reconnaître l'entrée de tout + contrôleur de jeu qui apparaît dans votre système dexploitation tel + qu'un joystick. Ceci comprend même les consomes modernes connectées par + USB ou Bluetooth (par ex. les manettes de jeu Nintendo Switch ou + Microsoft Xbox) ! + + Beaucoup d'options de configuration existent pour s'adapter au mieux + aux dispositifs utilisés, et aux besoins de l'utilisateur. Une entrée + analogique sera utilisée pour des mouvements grossiers, et un + dispositif digital pour les mouvements fins. Les boutons du contrôleurs + peuvent être adaptés pour différents contrôles de Tux Paint (par ex. + pour actionner la touche [Escape], pour invoquer les opérations Faire + et Défaire, etc ...). Voir la documentation pour plus de détails + Options . + + ## 4. Utiliser le clavier ## + + Tux Paint fournit une option pour permettre d'utiliser le clavier pour + contrôler le pointeur de souris. Cela inclut le mouvement et le clic, + aussi bien que les raccourcis pour naviguer entre et à l'intérieur de + certaines parties de l'interface. Voir la documentation pour plus de + détails Options. + + III. Chargement d'autres images dans Tux Paint + + ### A. Aperçu ### + + Étant donné que la boîte de dialogue «Ouvrir» de Tux Paint n'affiche + que les images que vous avez créées avec Tux Paint, que se passe-t-il + si vous souhaitez charger une autre image ou photo dans Tux Paint pour + les éditer et dessiner par-dessus ? + + Pour ce faire, il vous suffit de convertir l'image dans le format + utilisé par Tux Paint, qui est —PNG (Portable Network Graphic), et de + la placer dans le répertoire "saved" de Tux Paint. C'est là où on les + trouve (par défaut) : + + → Windows Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Windows 11 ← + In the user's "AppData" folder: + e.g., "C:\Users\nom d'utilisateur\AppData\Roaming\TuxPaint\saved\" + + → macOS ← + In the user's "Application Support" folder: + e.g., + "/Users/nom d'utilisateur/Library/Application Support/TuxPaint/saved/" + + → Linux / Unix ← + In the user's "home directory" folder: + e.g., "/home/nom d'utilisateur/.tuxpaint/saved/" + + → Haiku ← + In the user's "settings" folder: + e.g., "/boot/home/config/settings/TuxPaint/saved/" + + + 💡 Remarque : C'est également à partir de ce dossier que vous pouvez + copier ou ouvrir des images dessinées dans Tux Paint à l'aide d'autres + applications, ainsi l'option 'Export' de la boîte de dialogue 'Ouvrir' + de Tux Paint peut être utilisée pour les copier dans un endroit plus + facile d'accès plus sûr. + + ### B. Utilisation du script d'importation "tuxpaint-import" ### + + Les utilisateurs Linux et Unix peuvent utiliser script shell + "tuxpaint-import" qui s'installe lorsque vous installez Tux Paint. Il + utilise certains outils NetPBM pour convertir l'image ("anytopnm"), la + redimensionner pour qu'elle tienne dans le canevas de Tux Paint + ("pnmscale") et la convertir en PNG ("pnmtopng"). + + Il utilise également la commande "date" pour obtenir l'heure et la date + actuelles, qui sont la convention de dénomination des fichiers utilisée + par Tux Paint pour les fichiers enregistrés. (N'oubliez pas que vous + n'êtes jamais invité à entrer un "nom de fichier " lorsque vous allez + enregistrer ou ouvrir des images !) + + Pour utiliser ce script, exécutez simplement la commande à partir d'une + invite de ligne de commande et indiquez-lui le (s) nom (s) du ou des + fichiers que vous voulez convertir. + + Ils seront convertis et placés dans votre répertoite Tux Paint "saved". + + 💡 Note : si vous faites cela pour un autre utilisateur (par ex. votre + enfant) vous devrez vous assurer d'exécuter la commande sous son + compte.) + + Exemple : + + $ tuxpaint-import grandma.jpg + grandma.jpg -> /home/username/.tuxpaint/saved/20211231012359.png + jpegtopnm: WRITING A PPM FILE + + La première ligne ("tuxpaint-import grandma.jpg") est la commande à + exécuter. Les deux lignes suivantes sont les sorties du programme + pendant qu'il fonctionne. + + Vous pouvez maintenant charger Tux Paint, et une version de cette image + originale sera disponible dans la boîte de dialogue «Ouvrir». + Double-cliquez simplement sur son icône ! + + ### C. Importer des images manuellement ### + + Les utilisateurs de Windows, macOS et Haiku désirant importer des + images dans Tux Paint doivent le faire manuellement. + + Chargez un programme graphique capable à la fois de charger votre image + et d'enregistrer un fichier au format PNG. (Voir le fichier de + documentation "PNG.html" pour une liste des logiciels suggérés et + d'autres références.) + + Lorsque Tux Paint charge une image qui n'a pas la même taille que son + canevas de dessin, il met à l'échelle (et parfois en coloriant les + bords) l'image pour qu'elle tienne dans le canevas. + + Pour éviter que l'image ne soit étirée ou maculée, vous pouvez la + redimensionner à la taille du canevas de Tux Paint. Cette taille dépend + de la taille de la fenêtre Tux Paint, ou de la résolution à laquelle + Tux Paint est exécuté, si il est en plein écran. (Remarque : la + résolution par défaut est de 800x600.) Voir "Calculer les dimensions + des images" ci-dessous. + + ## 1. Nom du fichier ## + + Sauvegarder l'image au format PNG. Il est fortement recommandé que vous + nommiez le fichier en utilisant la date et l'heure courante, puisque + c'est ce que Tux Paint utilise : + + YYYYMMDDhhmmss.png + + - YYYY = Year + - MM = Mois (deux chiffres, "01"-"12") + - DD = Jour du mois (deux chiffres, "01"-"31") + - HH = Heure (deux chiffres,au format 24h, "00"-"23") + - mm = Minute (deux chiffres, "00"-"59") + - ss = Secondes (deux chiffres, "00"-"59") + + Exemple: "20210731110500.png",pour le 31 juillet 2021 à 11:05 du matin. + + Mettez cd fichier PNG dans votre répertoire Tux Paint "saved". (Voir + ci-dessus) + + ## 2. Calculer les dimensions des images ## + + Cette partie de documentation doit être réécrite puisque la nouvelle + option "buttonsize" a été ajoutée. Pour l'heure, essayer de dessiner et + de sauvegarder l'image dans Tux Paint, et ensuite déterminer quelle + taille (largeur et hauteur en pixels) elle possède, et essayez de + l'adapter lors de la mise à l'échelle en l'important dans Tux Paint. + + IV.Lectures complémentaires + + Les autres documents inclus avec Tux Paint (dans le répertoire "docs") + incluent : + → Utiliser Tux Paint : ← + x OPTIONS.html + Instructions détaillées sur les options en ligne de commande et + les fichiers de configuration, pour ceux qui ne veulent pas + utiliser l'outil Tux Paint Config. + x Documentation sur l'outil 'Magie' ("magic-docs") + Documentation pour chacun des outils "Magic" actuellement + installés. + x Frequently Asked Questions ("FAQs") about Tux Paint + Answers to, and solutions for, some common questions about, and + problems with, using Tux Paint. + + + → Extensions pour Tux Paint : ← + x EXTENDING.html + Des instructions détaillées sur la création de pinceaux, de + tampons, d'images de démarrage et de modèles; et l'ajout de + polices; et créer un nouveau clavier virtuel et des méthodes de + saisie. + x PNG.html + Remarques sur la création d'images bitmap au format PNG à + utiliser dans Tux Paint. + x SVG.html + Remarques sur la création d'images vectorielles au format SVG à + utiliser dans Tux Paint. + + + → Information technique : ← + x INSTALL.html + Instructions pour compiler et installer Tux Paint, le cas + échéant. + x SIGNALS.html + Informations sur les signaux POSIX auxquels répond Tux Paint. + x MAGIC-API.html + Créer de nouveaux outils Magie avec le plugin API de Tux Paint. + + + → Historique du développement et licence : ← + x AUTHORS.txt + Liste des auteurs et contributeurs. + x CHANGES.txt + Résumé des changements entre chaque version de Tux Paint. + x COPYING.txt + Licence du programme Tux Paint, la GNU General Public License + (GPL) + + + + V.Comment obtenir de l'aide + + Si vous avez besoin d'aide, il existe de nombreux moyens d'interagir + avec les développeurs de Tux Paint et les autres utilisateurs : + - Mentionner des bogues, ou demander de nouvelles fonctionnalités via + le système de suivi des bogues + - Participer aux nombreuses listes de diffusion de Tux Paint + - Contacter les développeurs directement + + Pour en savoir plus, visitez la page "Contact" du site officiel de Tux + Paint : https://tuxpaint.org/contact/ + + VI.Comment participer + + Tux Paint est un projet mené par des volontaires, et nous serions + heureux d'accepter votre aide dans des tas de domaines : + - Traduire Tux Paint dans une autre langue + - Améliorer les traductions existantes + - Créer des oeuvres (tampons, images de démarrage, modèles, pinceaux) + - Ajouter ou améliorer des caractéristiques ou bien des outils + "Magie" + - Créer un programme d'étude en classe + - Promouvoir ou aider ceux qui utilisent Tux Paint + + Pour en savoir plus, visitez la page "Nous aider" du site officiel de + Tux Paint : https://tuxpaint.org/help/ + + VII.Suivez le projet Tux Paint sur les réseaux sociaux + + Tux Paint est présent sur de nombreux media sociaux, où nous annonçons + les mises à jour et les oeuvres d'art. + - Suivre @tuxpaint@bsky.social sur Bluesky + - Suivez Tux Paint sur Facebook + - Suivre @TuxPaintDevs sur Instagram + - Suivre @tuxpaint@floss.social sur Mastodon + - Suivre u/TuxPaintDevs sur Reddit + - Suivre @TuxPaintDevs sur Threads + - Suivre @TuxPaintDevs sur TikTok + - Suivre Tux Paint sur Tumblr + - Souscrivez à @TuxPaintOfficial sur YoUTube + + VIII. Mentions concernant les marques déposées + + - "Linux" est marque déposée par Linus Torvalds. + - "Microsoft" et "Windows" sont des marques déposées par Microsoft + Corp. + - "Apple" et "macOS" sont des marques déposées par Apple Inc. + - "Haiku" est une marque déposée par Haiku, Inc. + - "Facebook" et "Instagram" sont des marques déposées par Meta + Platforms, Inc. + - "Mastodon" est une marque déposée par Mastodon gGmbH. + - "Reddit" est une marque déposée par Reddit, Inc. + - "TIK TOK" est une marque déposée de Bytedance Ltd. + - "Tumblr" est une marque déposée par Tumblr, Inc. + - "YouTube" est une marque déposée de Alphabet, Inc. diff --git a/docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/html/README.html b/docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/html/README.html index 9ecc60c54..3f6f2fd6b 100644 --- a/docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/html/README.html +++ b/docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/html/README.html @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

- décembre 25, 2024

+ décembre 26, 2024

Text clipboard paste support
The "Text" and "Label" tools support pasting the copy/paste clipboard.
+ +
"Hearts" Magic tool
+
Draw a trail of floating hearts. + +
"Sparkles" Magic tool
+
Draw a trail of falling sparkles. + +
"Stars" Magic tool
+
Draw a trail of stars.

diff --git a/docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/README.txt b/docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/README.txt index 177130c75..02e32c247 100644 --- a/docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/README.txt +++ b/docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/README.txt @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Copyright © 2002-2024 by varios colaboradores; see AUTHORS.txt. https://tuxpaint.org/ - 25 de Decembro de 2024 + 26 de Decembro de 2024 +--------------------------------------------------------+ | Índice | @@ -107,1322 +107,1391 @@ Consulte o texto completo da licenza GPL en COPYING.txt. → Text clipboard paste support ← The "Text" and "Label" tools support pasting the copy/paste clipboard. +→ "Hearts" Magic tool ← + Draw a trail of floating hearts. ← + → "Sparkles" Magic tool ← + Draw a trail of falling sparkles. ← + → "Stars" Magic tool ← + Draw a trail of stars. ← -See CHANGES.txt for the complete list of changes. + See CHANGES.txt for the complete list of changes. -II. Uso de Tux Paint + II. Uso de Tux Paint - ### A. Inicio de Tux Paint ### + ### A. Inicio de Tux Paint ### -## 1. Usuarios de Linux/Unix ## + ## 1. Usuarios de Linux/Unix ## -Tux Paint should have placed a launcher icon in your KDE and/or GNOME menus, -under 'Graphics.' + Tux Paint should have placed a launcher icon in your KDE and/or GNOME + menus, under 'Graphics.' -Como alternativa, pode executar a seguinte orde nun indicador do sistema (e -dicir, «$»): + Como alternativa, pode executar a seguinte orde nun indicador do + sistema (e dicir, «$»): - $ tuxpaint + $ tuxpaint -Se se producen erros, amosaranse no terminal (en STDERR). + Se se producen erros, amosaranse no terminal (en STDERR). -## 2. Usuarios de Windows ## + ## 2. Usuarios de Windows ## -[Icona de Tux Paint] - Tux Paint + [Icona de Tux Paint] + Tux Paint -Se instalou Tux Paint no seu computador usando o «Instalador de Tux Paint», -teralle preguntado se quería un atallo no menú «Inicio» e/ou un atallo de -escritorio. Se aceptou, pode executar Tux Paint dende a sección «Tux Paint» do -menú «Inicio» (p. ex.: en «Todos os programas») ou premendo dúas veces na icona -«Tux Paint» do seu escritorio. se fixo que o instalador colocara un alí. + Se instalou Tux Paint no seu computador usando o «Instalador de Tux + Paint», teralle preguntado se quería un atallo no menú «Inicio» e/ou un + atallo de escritorio. Se aceptou, pode executar Tux Paint dende a + sección «Tux Paint» do menú «Inicio» (p. ex.: en «Todos os programas») + ou premendo dúas veces na icona «Tux Paint» do seu escritorio. se fixo + que o instalador colocara un alí. -Se está a usar a versión «portátil» (ficheiro ZIP) de Tux Paint ou se usou o -«Instalador de Tux Paint», pero escolleu non ter instalados atallos, terá que -facer dobre clic na icona «tuxpaint.exe» no cartafol «Tux Paint» do seu -computador. + Se está a usar a versión «portátil» (ficheiro ZIP) de Tux Paint ou se + usou o «Instalador de Tux Paint», pero escolleu non ter instalados + atallos, terá que facer dobre clic na icona «tuxpaint.exe» no cartafol + «Tux Paint» do seu computador. -By default, the 'Tux Paint Installer' will put Tux Paint's folder in -"C:\Program Files\TuxPaint\", though you may have changed this when you ran the -installer. + By default, the 'Tux Paint Installer' will put Tux Paint's folder in + "C:\Program Files\TuxPaint\", though you may have changed this when you + ran the installer. -Se usou a descarga de «ficheiro ZIP», o cartafol de Tux Paint estará onde teña -extraído o contido do ficheiro ZIP. + Se usou a descarga de «ficheiro ZIP», o cartafol de Tux Paint estará + onde teña extraído o contido do ficheiro ZIP. -## 3. Usuarios de macOS ## - -Simplemente fai dobre clic na icona «Tux Paint». - -[Pantalla de título] - - - ### B. Pantalla de título ### - -Cando se cargue por primeira vez Tux Paint, aparecerá unha pantalla de título/ -recoñecementos. - -Unha vez completada a carga, prema unha tecla, faga clic ou toque na xanela de -Tux Paint para continuar. (Ou, após aproximadamente 5 segundos, a pantalla do -título desaparecerá automaticamente.) - - ### C. Pantalla principal ### - -A pantalla principal divídese nas seguintes seccións: - -[Ferramentas: Pintar, Selo, Liñas, Formas, Texto, Maxia, Etiqueta, Desfacer, -Refacer, Borrador, Novo, Abrir, Gardar, Imprimir, Saír] - -→ Lado esquerdo: Barra de Ferramentas ← - - A barra de ferramentas contén os controis de debuxo e edición. - - - -[Lenzo] - -→ Medio: Lenzo de debuxo ← - - A parte máis grande da pantalla, no centro, é o lenzo de debuxo. Aquí é, - obviamente, onde debuxa. - - 💡 Nota: O tamaño do lenzo de debuxo depende do tamaño de Tux Paint. Pode - cambiar o tamaño de Tux Paint empregando a ferramenta de configuración Tux - Paint Config. ou por outros medios. Consulte a documentación das Opcións - para obter máis detalles. - - - -[Selectores: pinceis, letras, formas, selos] - -→ Lado dereito: Selector ← - - Dependendo da ferramenta actual, o selector amosa cousas diferentes. p. - ex.: cando se selecciona a ferramenta Pincel ou Liña, amosa os distintos - pinceis dispoñíbeis. Cando se selecciona a ferramenta Selo de caucho, amosa - as diferentes formas que pode usar. Cando se selecciona a ferramenta Texto - ou Etiqueta, amosa varios tipos de letra. - - - -[Cores: negro, branco, vermello, rosa, laranxa, amarelo, verde, cian, azul, -roxo, marrón, gris] - -→ Máis abaixo: Cores ← - - When the active tool supports colors, a palette of colors choices will be - shown near the bottom of the screen. Click one to choose a color, and it - will be used by the active tool. (For example, the "Paint" tool will use it - as the color to draw with the chosen brush, and the "Fill" tool will use it - as the color to use when flood-filling an area of the picture.) - - On the far right are three special color options: - o Color Picker - The "color picker" (which has an outline of an eye-dropper) allows you - to pick a color found within your drawing. - (A shortcut key is available to access this feature quickly; see - below.) - o Rainbow Palette - The rainbow palette allows you to pick any color by choosing the hue, - saturation, and value of the color you want. A box on the left displays - hundreds of hues — from red at the top through to violet at the bottom - — at hundreds of saturation/intensity levels — from pale & washed-out - on the left through to pure on the right. A grey vertical bar provides - access to hundreds of value levels — from lighest at the top through to - darkest at the bottom. - Click the green checkbox button to select the color, or the "Back" - button to dismiss the pop-up without picking a new color. - You may also set this tool's color to that of other color choices: - # Whichever built-in color is selected, if any - # The Color Picker's current color - # The Color Mixer's current color - o Color Mixer - The "color mixer" (which has silhouette of a paint palette) allows you - to create colors by blending primary additive colors — red, yellow, and - blue — along with white (to "tint"), grey (to "tone"), and black (to - "shade"). - You may click any button multiple times (for example, red + red + - yellow results in a red-orange color). The ratios of colors added are - shown at the bottom. - You can start over (reset to no colors in your picture) by clicking the - "Clear" button. You can also undo or redo multiple steps of mixing, in - case you made a mistake (without having to start over). - Click the green checkbox button to select the color, or the "Back" - button to dismiss the pop-up without picking a new color. - - ⌨ When the active tool supports colors, a shortcut may be used for quick - access to the "color picker" option. Hold the [Control] key while clicking, - and the color under the mouse cursor will be shown at the bottom. You may - drag around to canvas to find the color you want. When you release the - mouse button, the color under the cursor will be selected. If you release - the mouse outside of the canvas (e.g., over the "Tools" area), the color - selection will be left unchanged. (This is similar to clicking the "Back" - button that's available when bringing up the "color picker" option via its - button the color palette.) - - ⚙ Note: You can define your own colors for Tux Paint. See the "Options" - documentation. - - - -(Consello de exemplo: «Escolle unha figura. Preme para marcar o centro, -arrastra e solta cando teña o tamaño que queiras. Move arredor para invertela, -e preme para debuxala.») - -→ Abaixo de todo: Área de axuda ← - - Na parte inferior da pantalla, Tux, o pingüín de Linux, ofrece consellos e - outra información mentres usa Tux Paint. - - - - - ### D. Ferramentas dispoñíbeis ### - -## 1. Ferramentas de debuxo ## - -a. Ferramenta «Pintar» (pinceis) ← - - A ferramenta Pincel permítelle debuxar a man alzada usando varios pinceis - (escollidos no Selector da dereita) e cores (escollidos na Paleta de cores - cara á parte inferior). - - Se mantén premido o botón do rato e move o rato, irá debuxando a medida que - se move. - - Some brushes are animated — they change their shape as you draw them. A - good example of this is the vines brush that ships with Tux Paint. These - brushes will have a small "filmstrip" icon drawn on their Selector buttons. - - Other brushes are directional — they will draw a different shape depending - on what direction you are painting with them. An example of this is the - arrow brush that ships with Tux Paint. These brushes have a small 8-way - arrow icon drawn on their Selector buttons. - - Finally, some brushes can be both direction and animated. Examples of this - are the cat and squirrel brushes that ship with Tux Paint. These brushes - will have both the "filmstrip" and 8-way arrow icons. - - Mentres debuxa, soa un son. Canto maior sexa o pincel, menor será o ton. - - Espazado do pincel - - - The space between each position where a brush is applied to the canvas - can vary. Some brushes (such as the footprints and flower) are spaced, - by default, far enough apart that they don't overlap. Other brushes - (such as the basic circular ones) are spaced closely, so they make a - continuous stroke. - - The default spacing of brushes may be overridden using by clicking - within the triangular-shaped series of bars at the bottom right; the - larger the bar, the wider the spacing. Brush spacing affects both tools - that use the brushes: the "Paint" tool and the "Lines" tool. - - ⚙ Note: If the "nobrushspacing" option is set, Tux Paint won't display - the brush spacing controls. See the "Options" documentation. - - - -b.Ferramenta «Selo» (selos de caucho) ← - - A ferramenta Selo é como un conxunto de selos de cacho ou adhesivos. - Permítelle pegar imaxes fotográficas ou debuxadas previamente (como a imaxe - dun cabalo, unha árbore ou a lúa) na súa imaxe. - - As you move the mouse around the canvas, an outline follows the mouse, - showing where the stamp will be placed, and how big it will be. Click on - the canvas where you wish to place the stamp. - - → Stamp Categories ← - Pode haber numerosas categorías de selos (por exemplo, animais, - plantas, espazo exterior, vehículos, persoas, etc.). Use as frechas - esquerda e dereita preto da parte inferior do selector para percorrer - as coleccións. - - → Stamp Rotation ← - - Using the rotation toggle button near the bottom right, you can enable - a rotation step when placing stamps. Once you've placed the stamp, - choose the angle to rotate it by moving the mouse around the canvas. - Click the mouse button again and the stamp will be added to the - drawing. - - ⚙ Note: If "stamp rotation" option is disabled, the stamp will be drawn - on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. (There's no rotation - step.) See the "Options" documentation to learn about the "stamp - rotation" ("stamprotation") option. - - 📜 Note: The stamp rotation feature was added to Tux Paint in version - 0.9.29. - - - - → Stamp Controls ← - - Antes de «estampar» unha imaxe no seu debuxo, ás veces pódense aplicar - varios efectos (dependendo do selo): - - @ Algúns selos pódense colorea ou matizar. Se a paleta de cores baixo - o lenzo está activada, pode premer nas cores para cambiar o ton ou - a cor do selo antes de colocalo na imaxe. - @ Os selos poden reducirse e expandirse premendo dentro da serie de - barras de forma triangular na parte inferior dereita; canto maior - sexa a barra, máis grande aparecerá o selo na súa imaxe. - @ Moitos selos poden inverterse verticalmente ou amosarse como unha - imaxe reflectida, usando os botóns de control na parte inferior - dereita. - - ⚙ Note: If the "nostampcontrols" option is set, Tux Paint won't display - the Rotation, Mirror, Flip, or sizing controls for stamps. See the " - Options" documentation. - - - - → Stamp Sounds ← - - Diferentes selos poden ter diferentes efectos sonoros e/ou sons - descritivos (falados). Os botóns da área de axuda na parte inferior - esquerda (preto de Tux, o pingüín de Linux) permiten reproducir de novo - os efectos de son e os sons descritivos para o selo seleccionado nese - momento. + ## 3. Usuarios de macOS ## + Simplemente fai dobre clic na icona «Tux Paint». + [Pantalla de título] - -c.Ferramenta «Liñas» ← + ### B. Pantalla de título ### - Esta ferramenta permítelle debuxar liñas rectas empregando os diversos - pinceis e cores que normalmente emprega co pincel. + Cando se cargue por primeira vez Tux Paint, aparecerá unha pantalla de + título/recoñecementos. - Click the mouse and hold it to choose the starting point of the line. As - you move the mouse around, a thin 'rubber-band' line will show where the - line will be drawn. At the bottom, you'll see the angle of your line, in - degrees. A line going straight to the right is 0°, a line going straight up - is 90°, a line going straight left is 180°, a line going straight down is - 270°, and so on. + Unha vez completada a carga, prema unha tecla, faga clic ou toque na + xanela de Tux Paint para continuar. (Ou, após aproximadamente 5 + segundos, a pantalla do título desaparecerá automaticamente.) - Solte o rato para completar a liña. Soará un «chimpo». - - Some brushes are animated, and will show a pattern of shapes along the - line. Others are directional, and will show a different shape depending on - the angle of the brush. And finally some are both animated and directional. - See "Paint", above, to learn more. - - Different brushes have different spacing, leaving either a series of - individual shapes, or a continuous stroke of the brush shape. Brush spacing - may be adjusted. See the brush spacing section of the "Paint" tool, above, - to learn more. - - - -d.Ferramenta «Formas» ← - - Esta ferramenta permítelle debuxar algunhas formas sinxelas enchidas e sen - encher. - - Seleccione unha forma do selector da dereita (círculo, cadrado, óvalo, - etc.). - - Use as opcións da parte inferior dereita para escoller o comportamento da - ferramenta de forma: - - → Formas dende o centro ← - The shape will expand from where you initially clicked, and will be - centered around that position. - - 📜 This was Tux Paint's only behavior through version 0.9.24.) + ### C. Pantalla principal ### + A pantalla principal divídese nas seguintes seccións: + [Ferramentas: Pintar, Selo, Liñas, Formas, Texto, Maxia, Etiqueta, + Desfacer, Refacer, Borrador, Novo, Abrir, Gardar, Imprimir, Saír] - → Formas dende cantos ← - The shape will extend with one corner starting from where you initially - clicked. This is the default method of most other traditional drawing - software. + → Lado esquerdo: Barra de Ferramentas ← - 📜 This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.25. + A barra de ferramentas contén os controis de debuxo e edición. + + [Lenzo] + → Medio: Lenzo de debuxo ← - ⚙ Nota: Se os controis de forma están desactivados (p. ex.: coa opción - «noshapecontrols»), non se presentarán os controis e empregarase o método - «formas dende o centro». + A parte máis grande da pantalla, no centro, é o lenzo de debuxo. + Aquí é, obviamente, onde debuxa. - No lenzo, fprema co rato e manteña o botón premido para estirar a forma - dende onde fixo clic. Algunhas formas poden cambiar a proporción (por - exemplo, o rectángulo e o óvalo poden ser máis largos que altos ou máis - altos que largos), outros non (por exemplo, cadrados e círculos). - - For shapes that can change proportion, the aspect ratio of the shape will - be shown at the bottom. For example: "1:1" will be shown if it is "square" - (as tall as it is wide); "2:1" if it is either twice as wide as it is tall, - or twice as tall as it is wide; and so on. - - Solte o rato cando remate de estirar. - - → Modo de formas normais ← - - Now you can move the mouse around the canvas to rotate the shape. The - angle your shape is rotated will be shown at the bottom, in degrees - (similar to the "Lines" tool, described above). - - Prema de novo no botón do rato e a forma debuxarase na cor actual. + 💡 Nota: O tamaño do lenzo de debuxo depende do tamaño de Tux Paint. + Pode cambiar o tamaño de Tux Paint empregando a ferramenta de + configuración Tux Paint Config. ou por outros medios. Consulte a + documentación das Opcións para obter máis detalles. + + [Selectores: pinceis, letras, formas, selos] - → Modo de formas simples ← - If the "simple shapes" option is enabled, the shape will be drawn on - the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. (There's no rotation - step.) + → Lado dereito: Selector ← - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation to learn about the "simple shapes" - ("simpleshapes") option. + Dependendo da ferramenta actual, o selector amosa cousas + diferentes. p. ex.: cando se selecciona a ferramenta Pincel ou + Liña, amosa os distintos pinceis dispoñíbeis. Cando se selecciona a + ferramenta Selo de caucho, amosa as diferentes formas que pode + usar. Cando se selecciona a ferramenta Texto ou Etiqueta, amosa + varios tipos de letra. + + [Cores: negro, branco, vermello, rosa, laranxa, amarelo, verde, cian, + azul, roxo, marrón, gris] + → Máis abaixo: Cores ← - -e.Ferramentas «Texto» e «Etiquetas» ← + When the active tool supports colors, a palette of colors choices + will be shown near the bottom of the screen. Click one to choose a + color, and it will be used by the active tool. (For example, the + "Paint" tool will use it as the color to draw with the chosen + brush, and the "Fill" tool will use it as the color to use when + flood-filling an area of the picture.) - Choose a font (from the 'Letters' available on the right) and a color (from - the color palette near the bottom). You may also apply a bold, and/or an - italic styling effect to the text. Click on the screen and a cursor will - appear. Type text and it will show up on the screen. (You can change the - font, color, and styling while entering the text, before it is applied to - the canvas.) + On the far right are three special color options: + x Color Picker + The "color picker" (which has an outline of an eye-dropper) + allows you to pick a color found within your drawing. + (A shortcut key is available to access this feature quickly; + see below.) + x Rainbow Palette + The rainbow palette allows you to pick any color by choosing + the hue, saturation, and value of the color you want. A box on + the left displays hundreds of hues — from red at the top + through to violet at the bottom — at hundreds of saturation/ + intensity levels — from pale & washed-out on the left through + to pure on the right. A grey vertical bar provides access to + hundreds of value levels — from lighest at the top through to + darkest at the bottom. + Click the green checkbox button to select the color, or the + "Back" button to dismiss the pop-up without picking a new + color. + You may also set this tool's color to that of other color + choices: + % Whichever built-in color is selected, if any + % The Color Picker's current color + % The Color Mixer's current color + x Color Mixer + The "color mixer" (which has silhouette of a paint palette) + allows you to create colors by blending primary additive colors + — red, yellow, and blue — along with white (to "tint"), grey + (to "tone"), and black (to "shade"). + You may click any button multiple times (for example, red + red + + yellow results in a red-orange color). The ratios of colors + added are shown at the bottom. + You can start over (reset to no colors in your picture) by + clicking the "Clear" button. You can also undo or redo multiple + steps of mixing, in case you made a mistake (without having to + start over). + Click the green checkbox button to select the color, or the + "Back" button to dismiss the pop-up without picking a new + color. - Prema [Intro] ou [Retorno] e o texto será debuxado na imaxe e o cursor - moverase cara abaixo unha liña. + ⌨ When the active tool supports colors, a shortcut may be used for + quick access to the "color picker" option. Hold the [Control] key + while clicking, and the color under the mouse cursor will be shown + at the bottom. You may drag around to canvas to find the color you + want. When you release the mouse button, the color under the cursor + will be selected. If you release the mouse outside of the canvas + (e.g., over the "Tools" area), the color selection will be left + unchanged. (This is similar to clicking the "Back" button that's + available when bringing up the "color picker" option via its button + the color palette.) - Como alternativa, prema [Tab] e o texto será debuxado na imaxe, mais o - cursor moverase á dereita do texto, no canto de baixar unha liña e á - esquerda. (Isto pode ser útil para crear unha liña de texto con cores, - tipos de letra, estilos e tamaños mesturados.) - - Text from the clipboard (copy/paste buffer) can be inserted with the "Text" - and "Label" tools by pressing the [Control] + [V] key combination on a - physical keyboard, or clicking the "Paste" button in Tux Paint's on-screen - keyboard. If the text would exceed the right edge of the canvas, it will - wrap to a new line of text (going back to the previous space or dash ('-') - if possible). If the text hits the bottom of the canvas, the pasting will - abort, truncating the text. - - Ao premer noutro lugar da imaxe mentres a entrada de texto aínda está - activa, a liña de texto actual moverase a esa posición (onde pode continuar - editándoa). - - → Comparación de «Texto» con «Etiqueta» ← - - A ferramenta Texto é a ferramenta de entrada de texto orixinal en Tux - Paint. O texto introducido usando esta ferramenta non se pode modificar - nin mover máis tarde, xa que pasa a formar parte do debuxo. Non - obstante, por mor de que o texto pasa a formar parte da imaxe, pódese - debuxar ou modificar empregando os efectos da ferramenta Maxia (p. ex.: - luxado, tinguido, realce, etc.) - - Ao usar a ferramenta Etiqueta (que foi engadida a Tux Paint na versión - 0.9.22), o texto «flota» sobre a imaxe e os detalles da etiqueta (o - texto, a posición da etiqueta , a opción de letra e a cor) almacénanse - por separado. Isto permite recolocar ou editar a etiqueta máis adiante. - - To edit a label, click the label selection button. All labels in the - drawing will appear highlighted. Click one — or use the [Tab] key to - cycle through all the labels, and the [Intro] or [Retorno] key to - select one — and you may then edit the label. (Use they [Backspace] key - to erase characters, and other keys to add text to the label; click in - the canvas to reposition the label; click in the palette to change the - color of the text in the label; etc.) - - You may "apply" a label to the canvas, painting the text into the - picture as if it had been added using the Text tool, by clicking the - label application button. (This feature was added in Tux Paint version - 0.9.28.) All labels in the drawing will appear highlighted, and you - select one just as you do when selecting a label to edit. The chosen - label will be removed, and the text will be added directly to the - canvas. - - ⚙ A ferramenta Etiqueta pódese desactivar (p. ex.: seleccionando - «Desactivar a ferramenta "Etiqueta"» en Tux Paint Config. ou executando - Tux Paint coa opción «nolabel»). - - 📜 The ability to paste text from the clipboard was added in Tux Paint - 0.9.35 + ⚙ Note: You can define your own colors for Tux Paint. See the " + Options" documentation. + + (Consello de exemplo: «Escolle unha figura. Preme para marcar o centro, + arrastra e solta cando teña o tamaño que queiras. Move arredor para + invertela, e preme para debuxala.») - → Introdución de caracteres internacionais ← - - Tux Paint permite introducir caracteres en diferentes idiomas. A - maioría dos caracteres latinos (A-Z, ñ, è, etc.) poden introducirse - directamente. Algúns idiomas requiren que Tux Paint pase a un modo de - entrada alternativo antes de introducilos e algúns caracteres deben - compoñerse premendo varias teclas. - - Cando a configuración local de Tux Paint está estabelecida nun dos - idiomas que fornecen modos de entrada alternativos, úsase unha tecla - para pasar do modo normal (caracteres latinos) ao modo ou modos - específicos da configuración local. - - Currently supported locales, the input methods available, and the key - to toggle or cycle modes, are listed below. - - @ Japanese — Romanized Hiragana and Romanized Katakana — tecla [Alt] - da dereita or tecla [Alt] da esquerda - @ Coreano — Hangul 2-Bul — tecla [Alt] da dereita or tecla [Alt] da - esquerda - @ Chinés tradicional — tecla [Alt] da dereita ou tecla [Alt] da - esquerda - @ Tailandés — tecla [Alt] da dereita - - 💡 Note: Many fonts do not include all characters for all languages, so - sometimes you'll need to change fonts to see the characters you're - trying to type. - - - - → Teclado en pantalla ← - - An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the Text and Label - tools, which can provide a variety of layouts and character composition - (e.g., composing "a" and "e" into "æ"). Run Tux Paint with the - "--onscreen-keyboard" option, or enable that setting in Tux Paint's - configuration file, to enable it. Multiple layouts are offered - (currently "QWERTY" and "ABC"), which the user can switch between. - Additional configuration options allow specifying a default layout, as - well as preventing the layout from being changed. - - The on-screen keyboard appears at the bottom or top of the Tux Paint - window, obscuring part of the canvas, depending on where the text - insertion cursor is placed. Along with alphabetic, numeric, and some - punctuation keys, the keyboard provides: - @ A "Backspace" key (⇐) to remove the previous character - @ A "Carriage Return" ("Return"/"Enter") key (⏎) to end the current - input and begin a new one on the following line (below and to the - left) - @ A "Tab" key (⇔) to end the current input and begin a new one at the - current cursor position - @ A "Shift" key (⇑) to shift alphabetic keys from lowercase to - uppercase, access more punctuation, etc. - @ A "Caps Lock" key (⤒) to toggle permanent shifting of alphabetic - keys from lowercase to uppercase (click it again to disable caps - lock) - @ A "Compose" key ("Cmp"), to initiate character composition (e.g., - click "Cmp", "a", "e" to produce an "æ" character) - @ An "Alternate Graphics" key ("AltGr") to access additional - characters (e.g., "¿", "ß", etc.) - @ An "Alternate" key ("Alt") - @ A "Paste" key to paste the current clipboard's text into the Text - or Label tool - @ Left and right arrows (← & →) to access different on-screen - keyboard layouts - - ⚙ See the "Options" and "Extending Tux Paint" documentation for more - information. - - - - - -f.Ferramenta «Encher» ← - - A ferramenta «Encher» inunda unha área contigua do seu debuxo cunha cor da - súa escolla. Ofrécense tres opcións de recheo: - o Sólida: prema unha vez para encher unha área cunha cor sólida. - o Brush — click and drag to fill an area with a solid color using - freehand painting. - o Lineal: prema e arrastra para encher a área cunha cor que se esvae (un - gradiente) cara a onde arrastra o rato. - o Radial: prema unha vez para encher unha área cunha cor que se esvae (un - gradiente) radialmente, centrado no lugar onde premeu. - o Shaped — click once to fill an area with a color that fades away (a - gradient), following the contours of the shape you're filling. - o Eraser — click once to erase an area, exposing the solid color - background, or starter or template background image, upon which the - drawing was based. (See Ferramentas dispoñíbeis > Ferramentas de debuxo - > Ferramenta de «Goma» (de borrar) and Outros controis > Imaxes «de - comezo» e de «modelo».) - - 📜 Note: Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.24, "Fill" was a Magic tool (see below). - Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.26, the "Fill" tool only offered the 'Solid' method - of filling. 'Shaped' fill was introduced in Tux Paint 0.9.29. - - - -g.Ferramenta «Maxia» (efectos especiais) ← + → Abaixo de todo: Área de axuda ← - A ferramenta Maxia é realmente un conxunto de ferramentas especiais. - Seleccione un dos efectos «máxicos» no selector da dereita. Após, - dependendo da ferramenta, pode premer e arrastrar arredor da imaxe e/ou - simplemente premer na imaxe unha vez para aplicar o efecto. + Na parte inferior da pantalla, Tux, o pingüín de Linux, ofrece + consellos e outra información mentres usa Tux Paint. - The Magic Tools + + + ### D. Ferramentas dispoñíbeis ### - Consulte as instrucións de cada ferramenta Máxica (no cartafol - «magic-docs»). + ## 1. Ferramentas de debuxo ## - Magic Controls + a. Ferramenta «Pintar» (pinceis) ← + A ferramenta Pincel permítelle debuxar a man alzada usando varios + pinceis (escollidos no Selector da dereita) e cores (escollidos na + Paleta de cores cara á parte inferior). - Se a ferramenta pode usarse premendo e arrastrando, estará dispoñíbel - un botón de «pintura» á esquerda, baixo a lista de ferramentas Maxia na - parte dereita da pantalla. Se a ferramenta pode afectar toda a imaxe á - vez, haberá un botón «imaxe completa» á dereita. + Se mantén premido o botón do rato e move o rato, irá debuxando a + medida que se move. - ⚙ Note: If the "nomagiccontrols" option is set, Tux Paint won't display - the painting or entire picture controls. See the "Options" - documentation. + Some brushes are animated — they change their shape as you draw + them. A good example of this is the vines brush that ships with Tux + Paint. These brushes will have a small "filmstrip" icon drawn on + their Selector buttons. - 💡 If the magic controls are disabled, the Magic plugin may make - separate tools available, one for painting and one that affects the - entire pictre. - - Magic Sizing - - - Some tools offer different sizing options. If so, a slider will appear - at the bottom right side of the screen. This may affect the radius of a - special effect (e.g., Darken) or painted object (e.g., Patterns), or - other attributes (e.g., large versus small Brick shapes). - - ⚙ Note: If the "nomagicsizes" option is set, Tux Paint won't display - the sizing controls. See the "Options" documentation. - - 💡 If the sizing option is disabled, the Magic plugin may simply offer a - default size (e.g., Patterns), or it may make separate tools available - with different pre-set sizes (e.g., Bricks and Googly Eyes). - - 📜 This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.30. - - ⚙ Note: If the "ungroupmagictools" option is set, Tux Paint won't split - Magic tools into groups of related tools, and instead present them all as - one large list. See the "Options" documentation. + Other brushes are directional — they will draw a different shape + depending on what direction you are painting with them. An example + of this is the arrow brush that ships with Tux Paint. These brushes + have a small 8-way arrow icon drawn on their Selector buttons. + Finally, some brushes can be both direction and animated. Examples + of this are the cat and squirrel brushes that ship with Tux Paint. + These brushes will have both the "filmstrip" and 8-way arrow icons. - -h.Ferramenta de «Goma» (de borrar) ← + Mentres debuxa, soa un son. Canto maior sexa o pincel, menor será o + ton. - This tool works similarly to the Paint Brush. Wherever you click (or click - and drag), things you've added to your drawing will be erased, exposing the - background that you chose when you started the drawing, be it a solid - color, the background of a 'Starter' image, or a 'Template' image. (See - Ferramentas dispoñíbeis > Outros controis > Orde «Novo».) + Espazado do pincel - A number of eraser types are available, each offering multiple sizes are - available: - o Square — Square-shaped erasers that completely remove parts of your - drawing. - o Circle (solid) — Circle-shaped erasers that completely remove parts of - your drawing. - o Fuzzy-edged Circle — Circle-shaped erasers with soft edges that blend - with the background. - o Transparent Circle — Circle-shaped erasers that blend your drawing with - the background. Release and click again to expose more and more of the - background. - As you move the mouse around, an outline follows the pointer, showing what - part of the picture will be erased. + The space between each position where a brush is applied to the + canvas can vary. Some brushes (such as the footprints and + flower) are spaced, by default, far enough apart that they + don't overlap. Other brushes (such as the basic circular ones) + are spaced closely, so they make a continuous stroke. - Ao borralo, reprodúcese un son de borrado «rechiante». + The default spacing of brushes may be overridden using by + clicking within the triangular-shaped series of bars at the + bottom right; the larger the bar, the wider the spacing. Brush + spacing affects both tools that use the brushes: the "Paint" + tool and the "Lines" tool. - ⌨ Hold the [X] key while clicking for quick access to a small sharp round - eraser (not available when the Text or Label tools are selected, when - you're in the process of rotating a stamp or shape, or when using an - interactive magic tool). Release the mouse to return to your - currently-selected tool. + ⚙ Note: If the "nobrushspacing" option is set, Tux Paint won't + display the brush spacing controls. See the "Options" + documentation. - + + b.Ferramenta «Selo» (selos de caucho) ← -## 2. Outros controis ## + A ferramenta Selo é como un conxunto de selos de cacho ou + adhesivos. Permítelle pegar imaxes fotográficas ou debuxadas + previamente (como a imaxe dun cabalo, unha árbore ou a lúa) na súa + imaxe. -a."Undo" and "Redo" Commands ← + As you move the mouse around the canvas, an outline follows the + mouse, showing where the stamp will be placed, and how big it will + be. Click on the canvas where you wish to place the stamp. - Clicking the "Undo" button will undo (revert) the last drawing action. You - can even undo more than once! + → Stamp Categories ← + Pode haber numerosas categorías de selos (por exemplo, animais, + plantas, espazo exterior, vehículos, persoas, etc.). Use as + frechas esquerda e dereita preto da parte inferior do selector + para percorrer as coleccións. + + → Stamp Rotation ← - ⌨ Nota: Tamén pode premer [Control / ⌘] + [Z] no teclado para Desfacer. + Using the rotation toggle button near the bottom right, you can + enable a rotation step when placing stamps. Once you've placed + the stamp, choose the angle to rotate it by moving the mouse + around the canvas. Click the mouse button again and the stamp + will be added to the drawing. - Clicking the "Redo" button will redo the drawing action you just un-did via - the "Undo" command. + ⚙ Note: If "stamp rotation" option is disabled, the stamp will + be drawn on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. + (There's no rotation step.) See the "Options" documentation to + learn about the "stamp rotation" ("stamprotation") option. - Mentres non volva debuxar, pode refacer tantas veces como teña desfeito. + 📜 Note: The stamp rotation feature was added to Tux Paint in + version 0.9.29. - ⌨ Nota: Tamén pode premer [Control / ⌘] + [R] no teclado para Refacer. + + → Stamp Controls ← - -b.Orde «Novo» ← + Antes de «estampar» unha imaxe no seu debuxo, ás veces pódense + aplicar varios efectos (dependendo do selo): - Clicking the 'New' button will start a new drawing. A dialog will appear - where you may choose to start a new picture using a solid background color, - or using a 'Starter' or 'Template' image (see below). You will first be - asked whether you really want to do this. + * Algúns selos pódense colorea ou matizar. Se a paleta de + cores baixo o lenzo está activada, pode premer nas cores + para cambiar o ton ou a cor do selo antes de colocalo na + imaxe. + * Os selos poden reducirse e expandirse premendo dentro da + serie de barras de forma triangular na parte inferior + dereita; canto maior sexa a barra, máis grande aparecerá o + selo na súa imaxe. + * Moitos selos poden inverterse verticalmente ou amosarse + como unha imaxe reflectida, usando os botóns de control na + parte inferior dereita. - When you use the 'Eraser' tool things you've added to your drawing will be - removed, exposing the background you chose when starting a new drawing. - (See Ferramentas dispoñíbeis > Ferramentas de debuxo > Ferramenta de «Goma» - (de borrar).) + ⚙ Note: If the "nostampcontrols" option is set, Tux Paint won't + display the Rotation, Mirror, Flip, or sizing controls for + stamps. See the "Options" documentation. - ⌨ Nota: Tamén pode premer [Control / ⌘] + [N] no teclado para iniciar un - novo debuxo. - → Special Solid Background Color Choices ← - Along with the preset solid colors, you can also choose colors using a - rainbow palette or a "color mixer". These operate identically to the - options found in the color palette shown below the canvas when drawing - a picture. See Pantalla principal > Máis abaixo: Cores > Special color - options for details. - - Imaxes «de comezo» e de «modelo» ← - @ As «imaxes de inicio» poden comportarse como unha páxina dun libro - para colorar: un contorno en branco e negro dunha imaxe, que logo - pode colorar e o contorno negro permanecerá intacto, ou como unha - fotografía en 3D, onde debuxa entre primeiro plano e a capa de - fondo. - @ Os «modelos» son similares, pero simplemente fornecen un debuxo de - fondo para poder traballar. A diferenza das «imaxes de inicio», non - hai ningunha capa que permaneza no primeiro plano de nada que - debuxe na imaxe. + + → Stamp Sounds ← - When using the 'Eraser' tool or the 'Eraser' mode of the 'Fill' tool, - the original image from the 'Starter' or 'Template' will reappear. (See - Ferramentas dispoñíbeis > Ferramentas de debuxo > Ferramenta de «Goma» - (de borrar) and Ferramenta «Encher».) + Diferentes selos poden ter diferentes efectos sonoros e/ou sons + descritivos (falados). Os botóns da área de axuda na parte + inferior esquerda (preto de Tux, o pingüín de Linux) permiten + reproducir de novo os efectos de son e os sons descritivos para + o selo seleccionado nese momento. - The 'Flip' and 'Mirror' Magic tools affect the orientation of the - 'Starter' or 'Template', as well. (See Ferramentas dispoñíbeis > - Ferramenta «Maxia» (efectos especiais) > Flip and Mirror.) - Cando carga unha «imaxe de inicio» ou un «modelo», debuxa nel(a) e logo - preme en «Gardar», crea un novo ficheiro de imaxe; non sobrescribe o - orixinal, polo que pode usalo de novo máis adiante (accedendo a el - dende o diálogo «Novo»). + - ⚙ You can create your own 'Starter' and Template images. See the - Extending Tux Paint documentation's sections on 'Starters' and - Templates. + + c.Ferramenta «Liñas» ← - 💡 You can also convert your saved drawings into Templates directly - within Tux Paint, from the 'Open' dialog. See "Open", below. + Esta ferramenta permítelle debuxar liñas rectas empregando os + diversos pinceis e cores que normalmente emprega co pincel. + Click the mouse and hold it to choose the starting point of the + line. As you move the mouse around, a thin 'rubber-band' line will + show where the line will be drawn. At the bottom, you'll see the + angle of your line, in degrees. A line going straight to the right + is 0°, a line going straight up is 90°, a line going straight left + is 180°, a line going straight down is 270°, and so on. - - → Erasing Exported Template Images ← + Solte o rato para completar a liña. Soará un «chimpo». - If you've selected a Template in your personal templates folder, and it - was created from within Tux Paint (using the "Template" button in the - "Open" dialog), you may remove it from within Tux Paint, too. An - 'Erase' (trash can) button will appear at the lower right of the list. - Click it to erase the selected template. (You will be asked to - confirm.) + Some brushes are animated, and will show a pattern of shapes along + the line. Others are directional, and will show a different shape + depending on the angle of the brush. And finally some are both + animated and directional. See "Paint", above, to learn more. - 💡 Note: On Linux, Windows, and macOS, the picture will be placed in - your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may recover and - restore it, if you change your mind). + Different brushes have different spacing, leaving either a series + of individual shapes, or a continuous stroke of the brush shape. + Brush spacing may be adjusted. See the brush spacing section of the + "Paint" tool, above, to learn more. - ⚙ Note: The 'Erase' button may be disabled, via the "noerase" option. + + d.Ferramenta «Formas» ← - + Esta ferramenta permítelle debuxar algunhas formas sinxelas + enchidas e sen encher. - ⚙ Note: The solid colors can be placed at the end of the 'New' dialog - (below the Starters and Templates), via the "newcolorslast" option. + Seleccione unha forma do selector da dereita (círculo, cadrado, + óvalo, etc.). + Use as opcións da parte inferior dereita para escoller o + comportamento da ferramenta de forma: - -c.Orde «Abrir» ← + → Formas dende o centro ← + The shape will expand from where you initially clicked, and + will be centered around that position. - Isto amosa unha lista de todas as imaxes que gardou. Se hai máis do que - pode caber na pantalla, use as frechas arriba e abaixo na parte superior e - inferior da lista para desprazarse pola lista de imaxes. + 📜 This was Tux Paint's only behavior through version 0.9.24.) - Prema nunha imaxe para seleccionala e logo... - o Click the green 'Open' button at the lower left of the list to load the - selected picture. You will then be able to edit it. - (Como alternativa, pode facer dobre clic na icona dunha imaxe para - cargala.) + + → Formas dende cantos ← + The shape will extend with one corner starting from where you + initially clicked. This is the default method of most other + traditional drawing software. - 💡 If choose to open a picture, and your current drawing hasn't been - saved, you will be prompted as to whether you want to save it or not. - (See "Save," below.) + 📜 This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.25. - o Prema no botón marrón «Borrar» (cesta do lixo) na parte inferior - dereita da lista para borrar a imaxe seleccionada. (Pediráselle que o - confirme). - 📜 Note: On Linux (as of version 0.9.22), Windows (as of version - 0.9.27), and macOS (as of version 0.9.29), the picture will be placed - in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may recover and - restore it, if you change your mind). + - ⚙ Note: The 'Erase' button may be disabled, via the "noerase" option. + ⚙ Nota: Se os controis de forma están desactivados (p. ex.: coa + opción «noshapecontrols»), non se presentarán os controis e + empregarase o método «formas dende o centro». - o Click the 'Export' button near the lower right to export the selected - picture to your export folder. (e.g., "~/Pictures/TuxPaint/") + No lenzo, fprema co rato e manteña o botón premido para estirar a + forma dende onde fixo clic. Algunhas formas poden cambiar a + proporción (por exemplo, o rectángulo e o óvalo poden ser máis + largos que altos ou máis altos que largos), outros non (por + exemplo, cadrados e círculos). - From the "Open" screen you can also: - o Click the blue 'Slides' (slide projector) button at the lower left to - go to slideshow mode. See "Slides", below, for details. + For shapes that can change proportion, the aspect ratio of the + shape will be shown at the bottom. For example: "1:1" will be shown + if it is "square" (as tall as it is wide); "2:1" if it is either + twice as wide as it is tall, or twice as tall as it is wide; and so + on. - o Click the blue 'Template' button at the lower left to go to convert the - selected picture into a new template, which can be used as the basis - for new drawings. + Solte o rato cando remate de estirar. - 📜 Note: The Template creation feature was added to Tux Paint in version - 0.9.31. To learn how to create Templates outside of Tux Paint, see - Extending Tux Paint + → Modo de formas normais ← - ⚙ The Template creation feature can be disabled (e.g., by selecting - "Disable 'Make Template'" in Tux Paint Config. or running Tux Paint - with the "notemplateexport" option). + Now you can move the mouse around the canvas to rotate the + shape. The angle your shape is rotated will be shown at the + bottom, in degrees (similar to the "Lines" tool, described + above). - o Prema no botón de frecha vermello «Atrás» situado na parte inferior - dereita da lista para cancelar e volver á imaxe que debuxaba. + Prema de novo no botón do rato e a forma debuxarase na cor + actual. - ⌨ Nota: Tamén pode premer [Control / ⌘] + [O] no teclado para activar o - diálogo «Abrir». + + → Modo de formas simples ← + If the "simple shapes" option is enabled, the shape will be + drawn on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. + (There's no rotation step.) - -d.Orde «Gardar» ← + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation to learn about the "simple + shapes" ("simpleshapes") option. - Isto garda a súa imaxe actual. - Se non o gardou antes, creará unha nova entrada na lista de imaxes - gardadas. (é dicir, creará un novo ficheiro) + - 💡 Nota: Non lle pedirá nada (por exemplo, un nome de ficheiro). Simplemente - gardará a imaxe e reproducirá un efecto de son «obturador de cámara». + + e.Ferramentas «Texto» e «Etiquetas» ← - Se xa gardou a imaxe antes, ou esta é unha imaxe que acaba de cargar coa - orde «Abrir», primeiro preguntaráselle se quere gardar sobre a versión - antiga ou crear unha nova entrada (un novo ficheiro). + Choose a font (from the 'Letters' available on the right) and a + color (from the color palette near the bottom). You may also apply + a bold, and/or an italic styling effect to the text. Click on the + screen and a cursor will appear. Type text and it will show up on + the screen. (You can change the font, color, and styling while + entering the text, before it is applied to the canvas.) - ⚙ Nota: Se foron estabelecidas as opcións «saveover» ou «saveovernew», non - preguntará antes de gardar. Vexa a documentación de «Opcións». + Prema [Intro] ou [Retorno] e o texto será debuxado na imaxe e o + cursor moverase cara abaixo unha liña. - ⌨ Nota: Tamén pode premer [Control / ⌘] + [S] no teclado para gardar. + Como alternativa, prema [Tab] e o texto será debuxado na imaxe, + mais o cursor moverase á dereita do texto, no canto de baixar unha + liña e á esquerda. (Isto pode ser útil para crear unha liña de + texto con cores, tipos de letra, estilos e tamaños mesturados.) + Text from the clipboard (copy/paste buffer) can be inserted with + the "Text" and "Label" tools by pressing the [Control] + [V] key + combination on a physical keyboard, or clicking the "Paste" button + in Tux Paint's on-screen keyboard. If the text would exceed the + right edge of the canvas, it will wrap to a new line of text (going + back to the previous space or dash ('-') if possible). If the text + hits the bottom of the canvas, the pasting will abort, truncating + the text. + + Ao premer noutro lugar da imaxe mentres a entrada de texto aínda + está activa, a liña de texto actual moverase a esa posición (onde + pode continuar editándoa). + + → Comparación de «Texto» con «Etiqueta» ← + + A ferramenta Texto é a ferramenta de entrada de texto orixinal + en Tux Paint. O texto introducido usando esta ferramenta non se + pode modificar nin mover máis tarde, xa que pasa a formar parte + do debuxo. Non obstante, por mor de que o texto pasa a formar + parte da imaxe, pódese debuxar ou modificar empregando os + efectos da ferramenta Maxia (p. ex.: luxado, tinguido, realce, + etc.) + + Ao usar a ferramenta Etiqueta (que foi engadida a Tux Paint na + versión 0.9.22), o texto «flota» sobre a imaxe e os detalles da + etiqueta (o texto, a posición da etiqueta , a opción de letra e + a cor) almacénanse por separado. Isto permite recolocar ou + editar a etiqueta máis adiante. + + To edit a label, click the label selection button. All labels + in the drawing will appear highlighted. Click one — or use the + [Tab] key to cycle through all the labels, and the [Intro] or + [Retorno] key to select one — and you may then edit the label. + (Use they [Backspace] key to erase characters, and other keys + to add text to the label; click in the canvas to reposition the + label; click in the palette to change the color of the text in + the label; etc.) + + You may "apply" a label to the canvas, painting the text into + the picture as if it had been added using the Text tool, by + clicking the label application button. (This feature was added + in Tux Paint version 0.9.28.) All labels in the drawing will + appear highlighted, and you select one just as you do when + selecting a label to edit. The chosen label will be removed, + and the text will be added directly to the canvas. + + ⚙ A ferramenta Etiqueta pódese desactivar (p. ex.: + seleccionando «Desactivar a ferramenta "Etiqueta"» en Tux Paint + Config. ou executando Tux Paint coa opción «nolabel»). + + 📜 The ability to paste text from the clipboard was added in Tux + Paint 0.9.35 + + + + → Introdución de caracteres internacionais ← + + Tux Paint permite introducir caracteres en diferentes idiomas. + A maioría dos caracteres latinos (A-Z, ñ, è, etc.) poden + introducirse directamente. Algúns idiomas requiren que Tux + Paint pase a un modo de entrada alternativo antes de + introducilos e algúns caracteres deben compoñerse premendo + varias teclas. + + Cando a configuración local de Tux Paint está estabelecida nun + dos idiomas que fornecen modos de entrada alternativos, úsase + unha tecla para pasar do modo normal (caracteres latinos) ao + modo ou modos específicos da configuración local. + + Currently supported locales, the input methods available, and + the key to toggle or cycle modes, are listed below. + + * Japanese — Romanized Hiragana and Romanized Katakana — + tecla [Alt] da dereita or tecla [Alt] da esquerda + * Coreano — Hangul 2-Bul — tecla [Alt] da dereita or tecla + [Alt] da esquerda + * Chinés tradicional — tecla [Alt] da dereita ou tecla [Alt] + da esquerda + * Tailandés — tecla [Alt] da dereita + + 💡 Note: Many fonts do not include all characters for all + languages, so sometimes you'll need to change fonts to see the + characters you're trying to type. + + + + → Teclado en pantalla ← + + An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the Text and + Label tools, which can provide a variety of layouts and + character composition (e.g., composing "a" and "e" into "æ"). + Run Tux Paint with the "--onscreen-keyboard" option, or enable + that setting in Tux Paint's configuration file, to enable it. + Multiple layouts are offered (currently "QWERTY" and "ABC"), + which the user can switch between. Additional configuration + options allow specifying a default layout, as well as + preventing the layout from being changed. + + The on-screen keyboard appears at the bottom or top of the Tux + Paint window, obscuring part of the canvas, depending on where + the text insertion cursor is placed. Along with alphabetic, + numeric, and some punctuation keys, the keyboard provides: + * A "Backspace" key (⇐) to remove the previous character + * A "Carriage Return" ("Return"/"Enter") key (⏎) to end the + current input and begin a new one on the following line + (below and to the left) + * A "Tab" key (⇔) to end the current input and begin a new + one at the current cursor position + * A "Shift" key (⇑) to shift alphabetic keys from lowercase + to uppercase, access more punctuation, etc. + * A "Caps Lock" key (⤒) to toggle permanent shifting of + alphabetic keys from lowercase to uppercase (click it again + to disable caps lock) + * A "Compose" key ("Cmp"), to initiate character composition + (e.g., click "Cmp", "a", "e" to produce an "æ" character) + * An "Alternate Graphics" key ("AltGr") to access additional + characters (e.g., "¿", "ß", etc.) + * An "Alternate" key ("Alt") + * A "Paste" key to paste the current clipboard's text into + the Text or Label tool + * Left and right arrows (← & →) to access different on-screen + keyboard layouts + + ⚙ See the "Options" and "Extending Tux Paint" documentation for + more information. + + + + + + f.Ferramenta «Encher» ← + + A ferramenta «Encher» inunda unha área contigua do seu debuxo cunha + cor da súa escolla. Ofrécense tres opcións de recheo: + x Sólida: prema unha vez para encher unha área cunha cor sólida. + x Brush — click and drag to fill an area with a solid color using + freehand painting. + x Lineal: prema e arrastra para encher a área cunha cor que se + esvae (un gradiente) cara a onde arrastra o rato. + x Radial: prema unha vez para encher unha área cunha cor que se + esvae (un gradiente) radialmente, centrado no lugar onde + premeu. + x Shaped — click once to fill an area with a color that fades + away (a gradient), following the contours of the shape you're + filling. + x Eraser — click once to erase an area, exposing the solid color + background, or starter or template background image, upon which + the drawing was based. (See Ferramentas dispoñíbeis > + Ferramentas de debuxo > Ferramenta de «Goma» (de borrar) and + Outros controis > Imaxes «de comezo» e de «modelo».) + + 📜 Note: Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.24, "Fill" was a Magic tool (see + below). Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.26, the "Fill" tool only offered the + 'Solid' method of filling. 'Shaped' fill was introduced in Tux + Paint 0.9.29. + + + + g.Ferramenta «Maxia» (efectos especiais) ← + + A ferramenta Maxia é realmente un conxunto de ferramentas + especiais. Seleccione un dos efectos «máxicos» no selector da + dereita. Após, dependendo da ferramenta, pode premer e arrastrar + arredor da imaxe e/ou simplemente premer na imaxe unha vez para + aplicar o efecto. + + The Magic Tools + + + Consulte as instrucións de cada ferramenta Máxica (no cartafol + «magic-docs»). + + Magic Controls + + + Se a ferramenta pode usarse premendo e arrastrando, estará + dispoñíbel un botón de «pintura» á esquerda, baixo a lista de + ferramentas Maxia na parte dereita da pantalla. Se a ferramenta + pode afectar toda a imaxe á vez, haberá un botón «imaxe + completa» á dereita. + + ⚙ Note: If the "nomagiccontrols" option is set, Tux Paint won't + display the painting or entire picture controls. See the " + Options" documentation. + + 💡 If the magic controls are disabled, the Magic plugin may make + separate tools available, one for painting and one that affects + the entire pictre. + + Magic Sizing + + + Some tools offer different sizing options. If so, a slider will + appear at the bottom right side of the screen. This may affect + the radius of a special effect (e.g., Darken) or painted object + (e.g., Patterns), or other attributes (e.g., large versus small + Brick shapes). + + ⚙ Note: If the "nomagicsizes" option is set, Tux Paint won't + display the sizing controls. See the "Options" documentation. + + 💡 If the sizing option is disabled, the Magic plugin may simply + offer a default size (e.g., Patterns), or it may make separate + tools available with different pre-set sizes (e.g., Bricks and + Googly Eyes). + + 📜 This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.30. + + ⚙ Note: If the "ungroupmagictools" option is set, Tux Paint won't + split Magic tools into groups of related tools, and instead present + them all as one large list. See the "Options" documentation. + + + + h.Ferramenta de «Goma» (de borrar) ← + + This tool works similarly to the Paint Brush. Wherever you click + (or click and drag), things you've added to your drawing will be + erased, exposing the background that you chose when you started the + drawing, be it a solid color, the background of a 'Starter' image, + or a 'Template' image. (See Ferramentas dispoñíbeis > Outros + controis > Orde «Novo».) - -e.Orde «Imprimir» ← + A number of eraser types are available, each offering multiple + sizes are available: + x Square — Square-shaped erasers that completely remove parts of + your drawing. + x Circle (solid) — Circle-shaped erasers that completely remove + parts of your drawing. + x Fuzzy-edged Circle — Circle-shaped erasers with soft edges that + blend with the background. + x Transparent Circle — Circle-shaped erasers that blend your + drawing with the background. Release and click again to expose + more and more of the background. + + As you move the mouse around, an outline follows the pointer, + showing what part of the picture will be erased. + + Ao borralo, reprodúcese un son de borrado «rechiante». + + ⌨ Hold the [X] key while clicking for quick access to a small sharp + round eraser (not available when the Text or Label tools are + selected, when you're in the process of rotating a stamp or shape, + or when using an interactive magic tool). Release the mouse to + return to your currently-selected tool. - Prema neste botón e imprimirase a súa imaxe. - Na maioría das plataformas, tamén pode manter premida a tecla [Alt] - (chamada [Opción] en Mac) ao premer no botón «Imprimir» para obter unhja - caixa de diálogo coa impresora. Teña en conta que isto pode non funcionar - se está a executar Tux Paint en modo de pantalla completa. Vexa a - continuación. + + + ## 2. Outros controis ## - → Desactivar a impresión ← + a."Undo" and "Redo" Commands ← - Pódese estabelecer a opción «noprint», que desactivará o botón - «Imprimir» de Tux Paint. + Clicking the "Undo" button will undo (revert) the last drawing + action. You can even undo more than once! - ⚙ Vexa a documentación de «Opcións. + ⌨ Nota: Tamén pode premer [Control / ⌘] + [Z] no teclado para + Desfacer. + Clicking the "Redo" button will redo the drawing action you just + un-did via the "Undo" command. - - → Restrición da impresión ← + Mentres non volva debuxar, pode refacer tantas veces como teña + desfeito. - Pódese estabelecer a opción «printdelay», que só permitirá imprimir - ocasionalmente, cada tantos segundos, segundo o configure vostede. + ⌨ Nota: Tamén pode premer [Control / ⌘] + [R] no teclado para + Refacer. - Por exemplo, con «printdelay=60» no ficheiro de configuración de Tux - Paint, a impresión só pode producirse unha vez por minuto (60 - segundos). - ⚙ Vexa a documentación de «Opcións. + + b.Orde «Novo» ← + Clicking the 'New' button will start a new drawing. A dialog will + appear where you may choose to start a new picture using a solid + background color, or using a 'Starter' or 'Template' image (see + below). You will first be asked whether you really want to do this. - - → Ordes de impresión ← + When you use the 'Eraser' tool things you've added to your drawing + will be removed, exposing the background you chose when starting a + new drawing. (See Ferramentas dispoñíbeis > Ferramentas de debuxo > + Ferramenta de «Goma» (de borrar).) - (Só Linux e Unix) + ⌨ Nota: Tamén pode premer [Control / ⌘] + [N] no teclado para + iniciar un novo debuxo. - Tux Paint imprime creando unha representación PostScript da imaxe e - envíaa a un programa externo. De xeito predeterminado, o programa é: + → Special Solid Background Color Choices ← + Along with the preset solid colors, you can also choose colors + using a rainbow palette or a "color mixer". These operate + identically to the options found in the color palette shown + below the canvas when drawing a picture. See Pantalla principal + > Máis abaixo: Cores > Special color options for details. + + Imaxes «de comezo» e de «modelo» ← + * As «imaxes de inicio» poden comportarse como unha páxina + dun libro para colorar: un contorno en branco e negro dunha + imaxe, que logo pode colorar e o contorno negro permanecerá + intacto, ou como unha fotografía en 3D, onde debuxa entre + primeiro plano e a capa de fondo. + * Os «modelos» son similares, pero simplemente fornecen un + debuxo de fondo para poder traballar. A diferenza das + «imaxes de inicio», non hai ningunha capa que permaneza no + primeiro plano de nada que debuxe na imaxe. - lpr + When using the 'Eraser' tool or the 'Eraser' mode of the 'Fill' + tool, the original image from the 'Starter' or 'Template' will + reappear. (See Ferramentas dispoñíbeis > Ferramentas de debuxo + > Ferramenta de «Goma» (de borrar) and Ferramenta «Encher».) - Esta orde pódese cambiar axustando unha opción «printcommand» no - ficheiro de configuración de Tux Paint. + The 'Flip' and 'Mirror' Magic tools affect the orientation of + the 'Starter' or 'Template', as well. (See Ferramentas + dispoñíbeis > Ferramenta «Maxia» (efectos especiais) > Flip and + Mirror.) - Pódese invocar unha orde de impresión alternativa mantendo premida a - tecla «[Alt]» ao premer no botón «Imprimir», sempre que non estea en - modo de pantalla completa, execútase un programa alternativo. De xeito - predeterminado, o programa é o diálogo de impresión gráfica de KDE: + Cando carga unha «imaxe de inicio» ou un «modelo», debuxa nel + (a) e logo preme en «Gardar», crea un novo ficheiro de imaxe; + non sobrescribe o orixinal, polo que pode usalo de novo máis + adiante (accedendo a el dende o diálogo «Novo»). - kprinter + ⚙ You can create your own 'Starter' and Template images. See + the Extending Tux Paint documentation's sections on 'Starters' + and Templates. - Esta orde pódese cambiar axustando unha opción «altprintcommand» no - ficheiro de configuración de Tux Paint. + 💡 You can also convert your saved drawings into Templates + directly within Tux Paint, from the 'Open' dialog. See "Open", + below. - ⚙ Vexa a documentación de «Opcións. + + → Erasing Exported Template Images ← - - → Axustes de impresión ← + If you've selected a Template in your personal templates + folder, and it was created from within Tux Paint (using the + "Template" button in the "Open" dialog), you may remove it from + within Tux Paint, too. An 'Erase' (trash can) button will + appear at the lower right of the list. Click it to erase the + selected template. (You will be asked to confirm.) - (Windows e macOS) + 💡 Note: On Linux, Windows, and macOS, the picture will be + placed in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may + recover and restore it, if you change your mind). - De xeito predeterminado, Tux Paint simplemente imprime na impresora - predeterminada cos axustes predeterminados cando se preme o botón - «Imprimir». + ⚙ Note: The 'Erase' button may be disabled, via the "noerase" + option. - Non obstante, se mantén premida a tecla [Alt] (ou [Opción]) mentres - cando preme no botón «Imprimir», sempre que non estea en modo de - pantalla completa, aparecerá o diálogo da impresora do seu sistema - operativo no que poderá cambiar os axustes. - Pode gardar os cambios na configuración da impresora entre as sesións - de Tux Paint axustando a opción «printcfg». + - Se se usa a opción «printcfg», os axustes da impresora cargaranse dende - o ficheiro «printcfg.cfg» no seu cartafol persoal (ver a continuación). - Calquera cambio tamén se gardará alí. + ⚙ Note: The solid colors can be placed at the end of the 'New' + dialog (below the Starters and Templates), via the "newcolorslast" + option. - ⚙ Vexa a documentación de «Opcións. + + c.Orde «Abrir» ← - - → Dialogo de opcións da impresora ← + Isto amosa unha lista de todas as imaxes que gardou. Se hai máis do + que pode caber na pantalla, use as frechas arriba e abaixo na parte + superior e inferior da lista para desprazarse pola lista de imaxes. - De xeito predeterminado, Tux Paint só amosa o diálogo da impresora (ou, - en Linux/Unix, executa «altprintcommand»; p. ex.: «kprinter» no canto - de «lpr») se se mantén premida a tecla [Alt] (ou [Opción]) ao premer no - botón «Imprimir». + Prema nunha imaxe para seleccionala e logo... + x Click the green 'Open' button at the lower left of the list to + load the selected picture. You will then be able to edit it. - Non obstante, este comportamento pódese cambiar. Pode facer que o - diálogo da impresora apareza sempre usando «--altprintalways» na liña - de ordes ou «altprint=always» no ficheiro de configuración de Tux - Paint. Pola contra, pode evitar que a tecla [Alt]/[Opción] teña ningún - efecto empregando «--altprintnever» ou «altprint=never». + (Como alternativa, pode facer dobre clic na icona dunha imaxe + para cargala.) - ⚙ Vexa a documentación de «Opcións. + 💡 If choose to open a picture, and your current drawing hasn't + been saved, you will be prompted as to whether you want to save + it or not. (See "Save," below.) + x Prema no botón marrón «Borrar» (cesta do lixo) na parte + inferior dereita da lista para borrar a imaxe seleccionada. + (Pediráselle que o confirme). - + 📜 Note: On Linux (as of version 0.9.22), Windows (as of version + 0.9.27), and macOS (as of version 0.9.29), the picture will be + placed in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may + recover and restore it, if you change your mind). - -f.Orde «Diapositivas» (en «Abrir») ← + ⚙ Note: The 'Erase' button may be disabled, via the "noerase" + option. - O botón «Diapositivas» está dispoñíbel no diálogo «Abrir». Pode usarse para - reproducir unha animación sinxela dentro de Tux Paint ou un diaporama. - Tamén pode exportar un GIF animado baseado nas imaxes escollidas. + x Click the 'Export' button near the lower right to export the + selected picture to your export folder. (e.g., "~/Pictures/ + TuxPaint/") - → Escolla de imaxes ← + From the "Open" screen you can also: + x Click the blue 'Slides' (slide projector) button at the lower + left to go to slideshow mode. See "Slides", below, for details. - Cando entra na sección «Diapositivas» de Tux Paint, amosase unha lista - dos seus ficheiros gardados, do mesmo xeito que o diálogo «Abrir». + x Click the blue 'Template' button at the lower left to go to + convert the selected picture into a new template, which can be + used as the basis for new drawings. - Prema en cada unha das imaxes que quere amosar nun diaporama ao modo de - presentación de diapositivas, unha por unha. Aparecerá un díxito sobre - cada imaxe, indicándolle en que orde se amosarán. + 📜 Note: The Template creation feature was added to Tux Paint in + version 0.9.31. To learn how to create Templates outside of Tux + Paint, see Extending Tux Paint - Pode premer nunha imaxe seleccionada para desmarcala (sacala do - diaporama). Prema de novo se quere engadila ao final da lista. + ⚙ The Template creation feature can be disabled (e.g., by + selecting "Disable 'Make Template'" in Tux Paint Config. or + running Tux Paint with the "notemplateexport" option). + x Prema no botón de frecha vermello «Atrás» situado na parte + inferior dereita da lista para cancelar e volver á imaxe que + debuxaba. - - → Estabelecer a velocidade de reprodución ← + ⌨ Nota: Tamén pode premer [Control / ⌘] + [O] no teclado para + activar o diálogo «Abrir». - Pódese usar unha escala desprazábel na parte inferior esquerda da - pantalla (xunto ao botón «Reproducir») para axustar a velocidade do - diaporama ou do GIF animado, de máis lenta a máis rápida. Escolla o - axuste máis á esquerda para desactivar o avance automático durante a - reprodución dentro de Tux Paint; terá que premer unha tecla ou facer - clic para ir á seguinte diapositiva (ver a continuación). - 💡 Nota: O axuste máis lento non avanza automaticamente entre as - diapositivas. Úseo para cando queira percorrelas manualmente. (Isto non - se aplica a un GIF animado exportado). + + d.Orde «Gardar» ← + Isto garda a súa imaxe actual. - - → Reprodución en Tux Paint ← + Se non o gardou antes, creará unha nova entrada na lista de imaxes + gardadas. (é dicir, creará un novo ficheiro) - To play a slideshow within Tux Paint, click the 'Play' button. + 💡 Nota: Non lle pedirá nada (por exemplo, un nome de ficheiro). + Simplemente gardará a imaxe e reproducirá un efecto de son + «obturador de cámara». - 💡 Note: If you hadn't selected any images, then all of your saved - images will be played in the slideshow! + Se xa gardou a imaxe antes, ou esta é unha imaxe que acaba de + cargar coa orde «Abrir», primeiro preguntaráselle se quere gardar + sobre a versión antiga ou crear unha nova entrada (un novo + ficheiro). - Durante a presentación de diapositivas, prema [Espazo], [Intro] ou - [Retorno] ou o [Frecha cara á dereita] —ou prema no botón «Seguinte»— - na parte inferior esquerda para avanzar manualmente á seguinte - diapositiva. Prema [Frecha cara arriba] para volver á diapositiva - anterior. + ⚙ Nota: Se foron estabelecidas as opcións «saveover» ou + «saveovernew», non preguntará antes de gardar. Vexa a documentación + de «Opcións». - Prema [Escape] ou prema no botón «Atrás» na parte inferior dereita para - saír do diaporama e volver á pantalla de selección de imaxes do - diaporama. + ⌨ Nota: Tamén pode premer [Control / ⌘] + [S] no teclado para + gardar. - - → Exportar un GIF animado ← + + e.Orde «Imprimir» ← - Prema no botón «Exportar GIF» preto da parte inferior dereita para que - Tux Paint xere un ficheiro GIF animado baseado nas imaxes - seleccionadas. + Prema neste botón e imprimirase a súa imaxe. - 💡 Note: At least two images must be selected. (To export a single - image, use the 'Export' option from the main 'Open' dialog.) If no - images are selected, Tux Paint will not attempt to generate a GIF based - on all saved images. + Na maioría das plataformas, tamén pode manter premida a tecla [Alt] + (chamada [Opción] en Mac) ao premer no botón «Imprimir» para obter + unhja caixa de diálogo coa impresora. Teña en conta que isto pode + non funcionar se está a executar Tux Paint en modo de pantalla + completa. Vexa a continuación. - Ao premer [Escape] durante o proceso de exportación abortarase e - volverá ao diálogo «Diaporama». + → Desactivar a impresión ← + Pódese estabelecer a opción «noprint», que desactivará o botón + «Imprimir» de Tux Paint. - + ⚙ Vexa a documentación de «Opcións. - Prema en «Atrás» na pantalla de selección de imaxes de diapositivas para - volver ao diálogo «Abrir». + + → Restrición da impresión ← - -g.Orde «Saír» ← + Pódese estabelecer a opción «printdelay», que só permitirá + imprimir ocasionalmente, cada tantos segundos, segundo o + configure vostede. - Ao premer no botón «Saír», pechando a xanela de Tux Paint ou premendo a - tecla [Escape] sairase de Tux Paint. + Por exemplo, con «printdelay=60» no ficheiro de configuración + de Tux Paint, a impresión só pode producirse unha vez por + minuto (60 segundos). - Primeiro preguntaráselle se realmente quere saír. + ⚙ Vexa a documentación de «Opcións. - If you choose to quit, and you haven't saved the current picture, you will - first be asked if wish to save it. If it's not a new image, you will then - be asked if you want to save over the old version, or create a new entry. - (See "Save" above.) - ⚙ Nota: Se se garda a imaxe, volverá cargarse automaticamente a próxima vez - que execute Tux Paint, a non ser que estea configurada a opción - «startblank». + + → Ordes de impresión ← - ⚙ Nota: O botón «Saír» de Tux Paint e saír a través da tecla [Escape] pode - estar desactivado mediante a opción «noquit». + (Só Linux e Unix) - Nese caso, pódese usar o botón «pechar a xanela» na barra de título de Tux - Paint (se non está en modo pantalla completa) ou a secuencia de teclas - [Alt] + [F4] para saír. + Tux Paint imprime creando unha representación PostScript da + imaxe e envíaa a un programa externo. De xeito predeterminado, + o programa é: - Se ningún das dúas é posíbel, pódese usar a secuencia de teclas - [Maiúsculas] + [Control / ⌘] + [Escape] para saír. + lpr - ⚙ Vexa a documentación de «Opcións. + Esta orde pódese cambiar axustando unha opción «printcommand» + no ficheiro de configuración de Tux Paint. + Pódese invocar unha orde de impresión alternativa mantendo + premida a tecla «[Alt]» ao premer no botón «Imprimir», sempre + que non estea en modo de pantalla completa, execútase un + programa alternativo. De xeito predeterminado, o programa é o + diálogo de impresión gráfica de KDE: - -h.Silenciar o son ← + kprinter - Non hai ningún botón de control na pantalla neste momento, pero ao usar a - secuencia de teclado [Alt] + [S], os efectos de son pódense desactivar e - volver activar (silenciado e sactivado) mentres o programa está en - execución. + Esta orde pódese cambiar axustando unha opción + «altprintcommand» no ficheiro de configuración de Tux Paint. - Teña en conta que se os sons están completamente desactivados mediante a - opción «nosound», a combinación de teclas [Alt] + [S] non ten efecto. (é - dicir, non se pode usar para activar os sons cando o pai ou o profesor - quere que estean desactivados). + ⚙ Vexa a documentación de «Opcións. - ⚙ Vexa a documentación de «Opcións. + + → Axustes de impresión ← - + (Windows e macOS) - ### E. Controlling Tux Paint ### + De xeito predeterminado, Tux Paint simplemente imprime na + impresora predeterminada cos axustes predeterminados cando se + preme o botón «Imprimir». -## 1. Using a Mouse or Trackball ## + Non obstante, se mantén premida a tecla [Alt] (ou [Opción]) + mentres cando preme no botón «Imprimir», sempre que non estea + en modo de pantalla completa, aparecerá o diálogo da impresora + do seu sistema operativo no que poderá cambiar os axustes. -Tux Paint's main mode of operation is via any device that appears to your -operating system as a mouse, including standard mice, trackballs, and -trackpads, as well as drawing tablets (usually operated with a stylus) and -touch screens (operated with a finger and/or a stylus) (see "Using a Tablet or -Touchscreen" below for more information). + Pode gardar os cambios na configuración da impresora entre as + sesións de Tux Paint axustando a opción «printcfg». -For drawing and controlling Tux Paint, only a single mouse button is used — -typically, on multi-button mice, this will the left mouse button, but this can -usually be configured at the operating system level. By default, Tux Paint will -ignore input from the other button(s). If a user attempts to use the other -button(s), a pop-up dialog will eventually appear reminding them that only one -button is recognized Tux Paint. However, you may configure Tux Paint to accept -any button as input (see the Options documentation). + Se se usa a opción «printcfg», os axustes da impresora + cargaranse dende o ficheiro «printcfg.cfg» no seu cartafol + persoal (ver a continuación). Calquera cambio tamén se gardará + alí. -# a. Scrolling # + ⚙ Vexa a documentación de «Opcións. -Many input devices offer a way to quickly scroll within applications — many -mice have a scroll wheel, trackballs have scroll rings, and trackpads recognize -certain "scroll" gestures (e.g., two-finger vertical motion, or vertical motion -on the edge of the trackpad). Tux Paint supports scrolling input to allow quick -scrolling through certain lists (e.g., Stamps, Magic tools, and the New and -Open dialogs). -Tux Paint will also automatically scroll if you click and hold the mouse down -on an scroll button — the "up" and "down" arrow buttons that appear above and -below scrolling lists. + + → Dialogo de opcións da impresora ← -# b. Mouse Accessibility # + De xeito predeterminado, Tux Paint só amosa o diálogo da + impresora (ou, en Linux/Unix, executa «altprintcommand»; p. + ex.: «kprinter» no canto de «lpr») se se mantén premida a tecla + [Alt] (ou [Opción]) ao premer no botón «Imprimir». -Other devices that appear as a mouse can be used to control Tux Paint. For -example: + Non obstante, este comportamento pódese cambiar. Pode facer que + o diálogo da impresora apareza sempre usando «--altprintalways» + na liña de ordes ou «altprint=always» no ficheiro de + configuración de Tux Paint. Pola contra, pode evitar que a + tecla [Alt]/[Opción] teña ningún efecto empregando + «--altprintnever» ou «altprint=never». - * Head pointing/tracking devices - * Eye gaze trackers - * Foot mice + ⚙ Vexa a documentación de «Opcións. -Tux Paint offers a "sticky mouse click" accessibility setting, where a single -click begins a click-and-drag operation, and a subsequent click ends it. (See -the Options documentation.) -## 2. Using a Tablet or Touchscreen ## + -As noted above, Tux Paint recognizes any device that appears as a mouse. This -means drawing tablets and touchscreens may be used. However, these devices -often support other features beyond X/Y motion, button clicks, and scroll-wheel -motion. Currently, those additional features are not supported by Tux Paint. -Some examples: + + f.Orde «Diapositivas» (en «Abrir») ← - * Pressure and angle - * Eraser tip - * Multi-touch gestures + O botón «Diapositivas» está dispoñíbel no diálogo «Abrir». Pode + usarse para reproducir unha animación sinxela dentro de Tux Paint + ou un diaporama. Tamén pode exportar un GIF animado baseado nas + imaxes escollidas. -## 3. Using a Joystick-like Device ## + → Escolla de imaxes ← -Tux Paint may be configured to recognize input from any game controller that -appears to your operating system as a joystick. That even includes modern game -console controllers connected via USB or Bluetooth (e.g., Nintendo Switch or -Microsoft Xbox game pads)! + Cando entra na sección «Diapositivas» de Tux Paint, amosase + unha lista dos seus ficheiros gardados, do mesmo xeito que o + diálogo «Abrir». -Numerous configuration options are available to best suit the device being -used, and the user's needs. Analog input will be used for coarse movement, and -digital "hat" input for fine movement. Buttons on the controller can be mapped -to different Tux Paint controls (e.g., acting as the [Escape] key, switching to -the Paint tool, invoking Undo and Redo operations, etc.). See the Options -documentation for more details. + Prema en cada unha das imaxes que quere amosar nun diaporama ao + modo de presentación de diapositivas, unha por unha. Aparecerá + un díxito sobre cada imaxe, indicándolle en que orde se + amosarán. -## 4. Using the Keyboard ## + Pode premer nunha imaxe seleccionada para desmarcala (sacala do + diaporama). Prema de novo se quere engadila ao final da lista. -Tux Paint offers an option to allow the keyboard to be used to control the -mouse pointer. This includes motion and clicking, as well as shortcuts to -navigate between and within certain parts of the interface. See the Options -documentation for more details. -III. Carga doutras imaxes en Tux Paint + + → Estabelecer a velocidade de reprodución ← - ### A. Overview ### + Pódese usar unha escala desprazábel na parte inferior esquerda + da pantalla (xunto ao botón «Reproducir») para axustar a + velocidade do diaporama ou do GIF animado, de máis lenta a máis + rápida. Escolla o axuste máis á esquerda para desactivar o + avance automático durante a reprodución dentro de Tux Paint; + terá que premer unha tecla ou facer clic para ir á seguinte + diapositiva (ver a continuación). -O diálogo «Abrir» de Tux Paint só amosa as imaxes que creou con Tux Paint. -Entón, que facer se quere cargar algún outro debuxo ou incluso unha fotografía -en Tux Paint para poder editala ou debuxar sobre ela? + 💡 Nota: O axuste máis lento non avanza automaticamente entre as + diapositivas. Úseo para cando queira percorrelas manualmente. + (Isto non se aplica a un GIF animado exportado). -Pode simplemente converter a imaxe ao formato que usa Tux Paint –PNG (Portable -Network Graphics – Gráficos de Rede Portátiles)– e colocala no directorio/ -cartafol «saved» de Tux Paint. Aquí é onde se atopa (de xeito predeterminado: -→ Windows Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Windows 11 ← - In the user's "AppData" folder: - e.g., "C:\Users\nome de usuario\AppData\Roaming\TuxPaint\saved\" - -→ macOS ← - In the user's "Application Support" folder: - e.g., "/Users/nome de usuario/Library/Application Support/TuxPaint/saved/" - -→ Linux / Unix ← - In the user's "home directory" folder: - e.g., "/home/nome de usuario/.tuxpaint/saved/" - -→ Haiku ← - In the user's "settings" folder: - e.g., "/boot/home/config/settings/TuxPaint/saved/" - - -💡 Nota: É tamén dende este cartafol dende onde pode copiar ou abrir imaxes -debuxadas en Tux Paint usando outras aplicacións, aínda que pode usar a opción -«Exportar» do diálogo «Abrir» de Tux Paint para copialas a unha localización de -acceso máis doado e seguro. - - ### B. Uso do script de importación, «tuxpaint-import» ### - -Os usuarios de Linux e Unix poden usar o script «tuxpaint-import» que se -instala ao instalar Tux Paint. Emprega algunhas ferramentas NetPBM para -converter a imaxe («anytopnm»), redimensionala de xeito que poida caber no -lenzo de Tux Paint («pnmscale») e convertela a PNG («pnmtopng»). - -Tamén usa a orde «date» para obter a hora e a data actual, que é a convención -de nomes de ficheiros que usa Tux Paint para os ficheiros gardados. (Lembre que -nunca se lle pide un «nome de ficheiro» cando vai gardar ou abrir imaxes.) - -Para usar este script, abonda con executalo dende unha liña de ordes e -fornecerlle o nome do ficheiro que quere converter. - -They will be converted and placed in your Tux Paint "saved" directory. - -💡 Note: If you're doing this for a different user (e.g., your child) you'll -need to make sure to run the command under their account.) - -Exemplo: - - $ tuxpaint-import avoa.jpg - avoa.jpg -> /home/username/.tuxpaint/saved/20211231012359.png - jpegtopnm: WRITING A PPM FILE - -A primeira liña («tuxpaint-import avoa.jpg») é a orde a executar. As dúas liñas -seguintes son a saída do programa mentres funciona. - -Agora pode cargar Tux Paint e unha versión desa imaxe orixinal estará -dispoñíbel no diálogo «Abrir». Só ten que premer dúas veces na súa icona. - - ### C. Importar imaxes manualmente ### - -Os usuarios de Windows, macOS e Haiku que queiran importar imaxes arbitrarias a -Tux Paint deben facelo mediante un proceso manual. - -Cargue un programa gráfico que sexa quen tanto de cargar a súa imaxe como de -gardar un ficheiro en formato PNG. (Vexa o ficheiro de documentación «PNG.html» -para obter unha lista do software suxerido e outras referencias.) - -Cando Tux Paint carga unha imaxe que non ten o mesmo tamaño que o seu lenzo de -debuxo, escala (e ás veces mancha os bordos) da imaxe para que se axuste ao -lenzo. - -Para evitar que a imaxe se estire ou manche, pode redimensionala ao tamaño do -lenzo de Tux Paint. Este tamaño depende do tamaño da xanela de Tux Paint ou da -resolución coa que se executa Tux Paint, se está en pantalla completa. (Nota: A -resolución predeterminada é 800x600.) Vexa «Cálculo das dimensións da imaxe», a -continuación. - -## 1. Naming the File ## - -Gardar a imaxe en formato PNG. Recoméndase encarecidamente que nomee o ficheiro -usando a data e hora actuais, xa que esa é a convención que usa Tux Paint: - - AAAAMMDDhhmmss.png - - * AAAA = Ano - * MM = Mes (dous díxitos, «01»-«12») - * DD = Día do mes (dous díxitos, «01»-«31») - * HH = Hora (dous díxitos, en formato 24 horas, «00»-«23») - * mm = Minuto (dous díxitos, «00»-«59») - * ss = Segundo (dous díxitos, «00»-«59») - -Exemplo: «20210731110500.png», para o 31 de xullo de 2021 ás 11:05am. - -Coloque este ficheiro PNG no seu directorio/cartafol «saved» de Tux Paint. (Ver -arriba.) - -## 2. Cálculo das dimensións da imaxe ## - -É preciso reescribir esta parte da documentación xa que se engadiu a nova -opción «buttonsize». Polo de agora, tente debuxar e gardar unha imaxe dentro de -Tux Paint, logo determine o tamaño (largo e alto en píxeles) que obtivo e tente -igualar iso ao escalar a(s) imaxe(s) que está a importar en Tux Paint. - -IV.Máis información - -Outra documentación incluída con Tux Paint (que se atopa no cartafol/directorio -«docs») inclúe: - -→ Using Tux Paint: ← - o OPTIONS.html - Instrucións detalladas sobre a liña de ordes e as opcións do ficheiro - de configuración para aqueles que non queiran usar a ferramenta Tux - Paint Config. para xestionar a configuración de Tux Paint. - o Documentación da ferramenta «Maxia» («magic-docs») - Documentación para cada unha das ferramentas de «Maxia» instaladas - actualmente. - o Frequently Asked Questions ("FAQs") about Tux Paint - Answers to, and solutions for, some common questions about, and - problems with, using Tux Paint. - - -→ How to extend Tux Paint: ← - o EXTENDING.html - Instrucións detalladas sobre a ampliación de Tux Paint: creación de - pinceis, selos, imaxes de inicio e modelos; engadir fontes; e crear - novos deseños de teclado en pantalla e métodos de entrada. - o PNG.html - Notas sobre a creación de imaxes de mapa de bits (ráster) en formato - PNG para usar en Tux Paint. - o SVG.html - Notas sobre a creación de imaxes vectoriais en formato SVG para usar en - Tux Paint. - - -→ Technical information: ← - o INSTALL.html - Instrucións para compilar e instalar Tux Paint, cando proceda. - o SIGNALS.html - Información sobre os sinais POSIX aos que responde Tux Paint. - o MAGIC-API.html - Creating new Magic tools using Tux Paint's plugin API. - - -→ Development history and license: ← - o AUTHORS.txt - Lista de autores e colaboradores. - o CHANGES.txt - Resumo do que cambiou entre as versións de Tux Paint. - o COPYING.txt - Tux Paint's software license, the GNU General Public License (GPL) - - - -V.Como obter axuda - -If you need help, there are numerous ways to interact with Tux Paint developers -and other users: - - * Informar dos erros ou solicitar novas funcións a través do sistema de - seguimento de erros do proxecto - * Participe nas distintas listas de correo do proxecto - * Ou póñase en contacto directamente cos desenvolvedores - -Para obter máis información, visite a páxina «Contacto» do sitio web oficial de -Tux Paint: https://tuxpaint.org/contact/ - -VI.Como participar - -Tux Paint is a volunteer-driven project, and we're happy to accept your help in -a variety of ways: - - * Traducir Tux Paint a outro idioma - * Mellorar as traducións existentes - * Crear ilustracións (selos, imaxes de inicio, modelos, pinceis) - * Engadir ou mellorar funcións ou ferramentas máxicas - * Crear un currículo na aula - * Promover ou axudar a outras persoas a usar Tux Paint - -Para obter máis información, visite a páxina «Colabora connosco» do sitio web -oficial de Tux Paint: https://tuxpaint.org/help/ - -VII.Follow the Tux Paint project on social media - -Tux Paint maintains a presence on a variety of social media networks, where we -post updates and artwork. - - * Follow @tuxpaint.bsky.social on Bluesky - * Join the Tux Paint page on Facebook - * Follow @TuxPaintDevs on Instagram - * Follow @tuxpaint@floss.social on Mastodon - * Follow u/TuxPaintDevs on Reddit - * Follow @TuxPaintDevs on Threads - * Follow @TuxPaintDevs on TikTok - * Follow Tux Paint on Tumblr - * Subscribe to @TuxPaintOfficial on YouTube - -VIII. Trademark notices - - * "Linux" is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds. - * "Microsoft" and "Windows" are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corp. - * "Apple" and "macOS" are registered trademarks of Apple Inc. - * "Haiku" is a registered trademark of Haiku, Inc. - * "Facebook", "Instagram", and "Threads" are registered trademarks of Meta - Platforms, Inc. - * "Mastodon" is a registered trademark of Mastodon gGmbH. - * "Reddit" is a registered trademark of Reddit, Inc. - * "TIK TOK" is a trademark of Bytedance Ltd. - * "Tumblr" is a registered trademark of Tumblr, Inc. - * "YouTube" is a registered trademark of Alphabet, Inc. + + → Reprodución en Tux Paint ← + To play a slideshow within Tux Paint, click the 'Play' button. + + 💡 Note: If you hadn't selected any images, then all of your + saved images will be played in the slideshow! + + Durante a presentación de diapositivas, prema [Espazo], [Intro] + ou [Retorno] ou o [Frecha cara á dereita] —ou prema no botón + «Seguinte»— na parte inferior esquerda para avanzar manualmente + á seguinte diapositiva. Prema [Frecha cara arriba] para volver + á diapositiva anterior. + + Prema [Escape] ou prema no botón «Atrás» na parte inferior + dereita para saír do diaporama e volver á pantalla de selección + de imaxes do diaporama. + + + + → Exportar un GIF animado ← + + Prema no botón «Exportar GIF» preto da parte inferior dereita + para que Tux Paint xere un ficheiro GIF animado baseado nas + imaxes seleccionadas. + + 💡 Note: At least two images must be selected. (To export a + single image, use the 'Export' option from the main 'Open' + dialog.) If no images are selected, Tux Paint will not attempt + to generate a GIF based on all saved images. + + Ao premer [Escape] durante o proceso de exportación abortarase + e volverá ao diálogo «Diaporama». + + + + + Prema en «Atrás» na pantalla de selección de imaxes de diapositivas + para volver ao diálogo «Abrir». + + + + g.Orde «Saír» ← + + Ao premer no botón «Saír», pechando a xanela de Tux Paint ou + premendo a tecla [Escape] sairase de Tux Paint. + + Primeiro preguntaráselle se realmente quere saír. + + If you choose to quit, and you haven't saved the current picture, + you will first be asked if wish to save it. If it's not a new + image, you will then be asked if you want to save over the old + version, or create a new entry. (See "Save" above.) + + ⚙ Nota: Se se garda a imaxe, volverá cargarse automaticamente a + próxima vez que execute Tux Paint, a non ser que estea configurada + a opción «startblank». + + ⚙ Nota: O botón «Saír» de Tux Paint e saír a través da tecla + [Escape] pode estar desactivado mediante a opción «noquit». + + Nese caso, pódese usar o botón «pechar a xanela» na barra de título + de Tux Paint (se non está en modo pantalla completa) ou a secuencia + de teclas [Alt] + [F4] para saír. + + Se ningún das dúas é posíbel, pódese usar a secuencia de teclas + [Maiúsculas] + [Control / ⌘] + [Escape] para saír. + + ⚙ Vexa a documentación de «Opcións. + + + + h.Silenciar o son ← + + Non hai ningún botón de control na pantalla neste momento, pero ao + usar a secuencia de teclado [Alt] + [S], os efectos de son pódense + desactivar e volver activar (silenciado e sactivado) mentres o + programa está en execución. + + Teña en conta que se os sons están completamente desactivados + mediante a opción «nosound», a combinación de teclas [Alt] + [S] + non ten efecto. (é dicir, non se pode usar para activar os sons + cando o pai ou o profesor quere que estean desactivados). + + ⚙ Vexa a documentación de «Opcións. + + + + + ### E. Controlling Tux Paint ### + + ## 1. Using a Mouse or Trackball ## + + Tux Paint's main mode of operation is via any device that appears to + your operating system as a mouse, including standard mice, trackballs, + and trackpads, as well as drawing tablets (usually operated with a + stylus) and touch screens (operated with a finger and/or a stylus) (see + "Using a Tablet or Touchscreen" below for more information). + + For drawing and controlling Tux Paint, only a single mouse button is + used — typically, on multi-button mice, this will the left mouse + button, but this can usually be configured at the operating system + level. By default, Tux Paint will ignore input from the other button + (s). If a user attempts to use the other button(s), a pop-up dialog + will eventually appear reminding them that only one button is + recognized Tux Paint. However, you may configure Tux Paint to accept + any button as input (see the Options documentation). + + # a. Scrolling # + + Many input devices offer a way to quickly scroll within applications — + many mice have a scroll wheel, trackballs have scroll rings, and + trackpads recognize certain "scroll" gestures (e.g., two-finger + vertical motion, or vertical motion on the edge of the trackpad). Tux + Paint supports scrolling input to allow quick scrolling through certain + lists (e.g., Stamps, Magic tools, and the New and Open dialogs). + + Tux Paint will also automatically scroll if you click and hold the + mouse down on an scroll button — the "up" and "down" arrow buttons that + appear above and below scrolling lists. + + # b. Mouse Accessibility # + + Other devices that appear as a mouse can be used to control Tux Paint. + For example: + - Head pointing/tracking devices + - Eye gaze trackers + - Foot mice + + Tux Paint offers a "sticky mouse click" accessibility setting, where a + single click begins a click-and-drag operation, and a subsequent click + ends it. (See the Options documentation.) + + ## 2. Using a Tablet or Touchscreen ## + + As noted above, Tux Paint recognizes any device that appears as a + mouse. This means drawing tablets and touchscreens may be used. + However, these devices often support other features beyond X/Y motion, + button clicks, and scroll-wheel motion. Currently, those additional + features are not supported by Tux Paint. Some examples: + - Pressure and angle + - Eraser tip + - Multi-touch gestures + + ## 3. Using a Joystick-like Device ## + + Tux Paint may be configured to recognize input from any game controller + that appears to your operating system as a joystick. That even includes + modern game console controllers connected via USB or Bluetooth (e.g., + Nintendo Switch or Microsoft Xbox game pads)! + + Numerous configuration options are available to best suit the device + being used, and the user's needs. Analog input will be used for coarse + movement, and digital "hat" input for fine movement. Buttons on the + controller can be mapped to different Tux Paint controls (e.g., acting + as the [Escape] key, switching to the Paint tool, invoking Undo and + Redo operations, etc.). See the Options documentation for more details. + + ## 4. Using the Keyboard ## + + Tux Paint offers an option to allow the keyboard to be used to control + the mouse pointer. This includes motion and clicking, as well as + shortcuts to navigate between and within certain parts of the + interface. See the Options documentation for more details. + + III. Carga doutras imaxes en Tux Paint + + ### A. Overview ### + + O diálogo «Abrir» de Tux Paint só amosa as imaxes que creou con Tux + Paint. Entón, que facer se quere cargar algún outro debuxo ou incluso + unha fotografía en Tux Paint para poder editala ou debuxar sobre ela? + + Pode simplemente converter a imaxe ao formato que usa Tux Paint –PNG + (Portable Network Graphics – Gráficos de Rede Portátiles)– e colocala + no directorio/cartafol «saved» de Tux Paint. Aquí é onde se atopa (de + xeito predeterminado: + + → Windows Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Windows 11 ← + In the user's "AppData" folder: + e.g., "C:\Users\nome de usuario\AppData\Roaming\TuxPaint\saved\" + + → macOS ← + In the user's "Application Support" folder: + e.g., + "/Users/nome de usuario/Library/Application Support/TuxPaint/saved/" + + → Linux / Unix ← + In the user's "home directory" folder: + e.g., "/home/nome de usuario/.tuxpaint/saved/" + + → Haiku ← + In the user's "settings" folder: + e.g., "/boot/home/config/settings/TuxPaint/saved/" + + + 💡 Nota: É tamén dende este cartafol dende onde pode copiar ou abrir + imaxes debuxadas en Tux Paint usando outras aplicacións, aínda que pode + usar a opción «Exportar» do diálogo «Abrir» de Tux Paint para copialas + a unha localización de acceso máis doado e seguro. + + ### B. Uso do script de importación, «tuxpaint-import» ### + + Os usuarios de Linux e Unix poden usar o script «tuxpaint-import» que + se instala ao instalar Tux Paint. Emprega algunhas ferramentas NetPBM + para converter a imaxe («anytopnm»), redimensionala de xeito que poida + caber no lenzo de Tux Paint («pnmscale») e convertela a PNG + («pnmtopng»). + + Tamén usa a orde «date» para obter a hora e a data actual, que é a + convención de nomes de ficheiros que usa Tux Paint para os ficheiros + gardados. (Lembre que nunca se lle pide un «nome de ficheiro» cando vai + gardar ou abrir imaxes.) + + Para usar este script, abonda con executalo dende unha liña de ordes e + fornecerlle o nome do ficheiro que quere converter. + + They will be converted and placed in your Tux Paint "saved" directory. + + 💡 Note: If you're doing this for a different user (e.g., your child) + you'll need to make sure to run the command under their account.) + + Exemplo: + + $ tuxpaint-import avoa.jpg + avoa.jpg -> /home/username/.tuxpaint/saved/20211231012359.png + jpegtopnm: WRITING A PPM FILE + + A primeira liña («tuxpaint-import avoa.jpg») é a orde a executar. As + dúas liñas seguintes son a saída do programa mentres funciona. + + Agora pode cargar Tux Paint e unha versión desa imaxe orixinal estará + dispoñíbel no diálogo «Abrir». Só ten que premer dúas veces na súa + icona. + + ### C. Importar imaxes manualmente ### + + Os usuarios de Windows, macOS e Haiku que queiran importar imaxes + arbitrarias a Tux Paint deben facelo mediante un proceso manual. + + Cargue un programa gráfico que sexa quen tanto de cargar a súa imaxe + como de gardar un ficheiro en formato PNG. (Vexa o ficheiro de + documentación «PNG.html» para obter unha lista do software suxerido e + outras referencias.) + + Cando Tux Paint carga unha imaxe que non ten o mesmo tamaño que o seu + lenzo de debuxo, escala (e ás veces mancha os bordos) da imaxe para que + se axuste ao lenzo. + + Para evitar que a imaxe se estire ou manche, pode redimensionala ao + tamaño do lenzo de Tux Paint. Este tamaño depende do tamaño da xanela + de Tux Paint ou da resolución coa que se executa Tux Paint, se está en + pantalla completa. (Nota: A resolución predeterminada é 800x600.) Vexa + «Cálculo das dimensións da imaxe», a continuación. + + ## 1. Naming the File ## + + Gardar a imaxe en formato PNG. Recoméndase encarecidamente que nomee o + ficheiro usando a data e hora actuais, xa que esa é a convención que + usa Tux Paint: + + AAAAMMDDhhmmss.png + + - AAAA = Ano + - MM = Mes (dous díxitos, «01»-«12») + - DD = Día do mes (dous díxitos, «01»-«31») + - HH = Hora (dous díxitos, en formato 24 horas, «00»-«23») + - mm = Minuto (dous díxitos, «00»-«59») + - ss = Segundo (dous díxitos, «00»-«59») + + Exemplo: «20210731110500.png», para o 31 de xullo de 2021 ás 11:05am. + + Coloque este ficheiro PNG no seu directorio/cartafol «saved» de Tux + Paint. (Ver arriba.) + + ## 2. Cálculo das dimensións da imaxe ## + + É preciso reescribir esta parte da documentación xa que se engadiu a + nova opción «buttonsize». Polo de agora, tente debuxar e gardar unha + imaxe dentro de Tux Paint, logo determine o tamaño (largo e alto en + píxeles) que obtivo e tente igualar iso ao escalar a(s) imaxe(s) que + está a importar en Tux Paint. + + IV.Máis información + + Outra documentación incluída con Tux Paint (que se atopa no cartafol/ + directorio «docs») inclúe: + → Using Tux Paint: ← + x OPTIONS.html + Instrucións detalladas sobre a liña de ordes e as opcións do + ficheiro de configuración para aqueles que non queiran usar a + ferramenta Tux Paint Config. para xestionar a configuración de + Tux Paint. + x Documentación da ferramenta «Maxia» («magic-docs») + Documentación para cada unha das ferramentas de «Maxia» + instaladas actualmente. + x Frequently Asked Questions ("FAQs") about Tux Paint + Answers to, and solutions for, some common questions about, and + problems with, using Tux Paint. + + + → How to extend Tux Paint: ← + x EXTENDING.html + Instrucións detalladas sobre a ampliación de Tux Paint: + creación de pinceis, selos, imaxes de inicio e modelos; engadir + fontes; e crear novos deseños de teclado en pantalla e métodos + de entrada. + x PNG.html + Notas sobre a creación de imaxes de mapa de bits (ráster) en + formato PNG para usar en Tux Paint. + x SVG.html + Notas sobre a creación de imaxes vectoriais en formato SVG para + usar en Tux Paint. + + + → Technical information: ← + x INSTALL.html + Instrucións para compilar e instalar Tux Paint, cando proceda. + x SIGNALS.html + Información sobre os sinais POSIX aos que responde Tux Paint. + x MAGIC-API.html + Creating new Magic tools using Tux Paint's plugin API. + + + → Development history and license: ← + x AUTHORS.txt + Lista de autores e colaboradores. + x CHANGES.txt + Resumo do que cambiou entre as versións de Tux Paint. + x COPYING.txt + Tux Paint's software license, the GNU General Public License + (GPL) + + + + V.Como obter axuda + + If you need help, there are numerous ways to interact with Tux Paint + developers and other users: + - Informar dos erros ou solicitar novas funcións a través do sistema + de seguimento de erros do proxecto + - Participe nas distintas listas de correo do proxecto + - Ou póñase en contacto directamente cos desenvolvedores + + Para obter máis información, visite a páxina «Contacto» do sitio web + oficial de Tux Paint: https://tuxpaint.org/contact/ + + VI.Como participar + + Tux Paint is a volunteer-driven project, and we're happy to accept your + help in a variety of ways: + - Traducir Tux Paint a outro idioma + - Mellorar as traducións existentes + - Crear ilustracións (selos, imaxes de inicio, modelos, pinceis) + - Engadir ou mellorar funcións ou ferramentas máxicas + - Crear un currículo na aula + - Promover ou axudar a outras persoas a usar Tux Paint + + Para obter máis información, visite a páxina «Colabora connosco» do + sitio web oficial de Tux Paint: https://tuxpaint.org/help/ + + VII.Follow the Tux Paint project on social media + + Tux Paint maintains a presence on a variety of social media networks, + where we post updates and artwork. + - Follow @tuxpaint.bsky.social on Bluesky + - Join the Tux Paint page on Facebook + - Follow @TuxPaintDevs on Instagram + - Follow @tuxpaint@floss.social on Mastodon + - Follow u/TuxPaintDevs on Reddit + - Follow @TuxPaintDevs on Threads + - Follow @TuxPaintDevs on TikTok + - Follow Tux Paint on Tumblr + - Subscribe to @TuxPaintOfficial on YouTube + + VIII. Trademark notices + + - "Linux" is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds. + - "Microsoft" and "Windows" are registered trademarks of Microsoft + Corp. + - "Apple" and "macOS" are registered trademarks of Apple Inc. + - "Haiku" is a registered trademark of Haiku, Inc. + - "Facebook", "Instagram", and "Threads" are registered trademarks of + Meta Platforms, Inc. + - "Mastodon" is a registered trademark of Mastodon gGmbH. + - "Reddit" is a registered trademark of Reddit, Inc. + - "TIK TOK" is a trademark of Bytedance Ltd. + - "Tumblr" is a registered trademark of Tumblr, Inc. + - "YouTube" is a registered trademark of Alphabet, Inc. diff --git a/docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/html/README.html b/docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/html/README.html index 47b4dd3d7..c2ec2b2f2 100644 --- a/docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/html/README.html +++ b/docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/html/README.html @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

- 25 de Decembro de 2024

+ 26 de Decembro de 2024

Text clipboard paste support
The "Text" and "Label" tools support pasting the copy/paste clipboard.
+ +
"Hearts" Magic tool
+
Draw a trail of floating hearts. + +
"Sparkles" Magic tool
+
Draw a trail of falling sparkles. + +
"Stars" Magic tool
+
Draw a trail of stars.

diff --git a/docs/is_IS.UTF-8/README.txt b/docs/is_IS.UTF-8/README.txt index 3911301b4..7ffee9958 100644 --- a/docs/is_IS.UTF-8/README.txt +++ b/docs/is_IS.UTF-8/README.txt @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Copyright © 2002-2024 by various contributors; see AUTHORS.txt. https://tuxpaint.org/ - desember 25, 2024 + desember 26, 2024 +-------------------------------------------------+ | Table of Contents | @@ -106,1292 +106,1365 @@ See COPYING.txt for the full text of the GPL license. → Text clipboard paste support ← The "Text" and "Label" tools support pasting the copy/paste clipboard. +→ "Hearts" Magic tool ← + Draw a trail of floating hearts. ← + → "Sparkles" Magic tool ← + Draw a trail of falling sparkles. ← + → "Stars" Magic tool ← + Draw a trail of stars. ← -See CHANGES.txt for the complete list of changes. + See CHANGES.txt for the complete list of changes. -II. Using Tux Paint + II. Using Tux Paint - ### A. Launching Tux Paint ### + ### A. Launching Tux Paint ### -## 1. Linux/Unix Users ## + ## 1. Linux/Unix Users ## -Tux Paint should have placed a launcher icon in your KDE and/or GNOME menus, -under 'Graphics.' + Tux Paint should have placed a launcher icon in your KDE and/or GNOME + menus, under 'Graphics.' -Alternatively, you can run the following command at a shell prompt (e.g., "$"): + Alternatively, you can run the following command at a shell prompt + (e.g., "$"): - $ tuxpaint + $ tuxpaint -If any errors occur, they will be displayed on the terminal (to STDERR). + If any errors occur, they will be displayed on the terminal (to + STDERR). -## 2. Windows Users ## + ## 2. Windows Users ## -[Tux Paint Icon] - Tux Paint + [Tux Paint Icon] + Tux Paint -If you installed Tux Paint on your computer using the 'Tux Paint Installer,' it -will have asked you whether you wanted a 'Start' menu short-cut, and/or a -desktop shortcut. If you agreed, you can simply run Tux Paint from the 'Tux -Paint' section of your 'Start' menu (e.g., under 'All Programs'), or by -double-clicking the 'Tux Paint' icon on your desktop, if you had the installer -place one there. + If you installed Tux Paint on your computer using the 'Tux Paint + Installer,' it will have asked you whether you wanted a 'Start' menu + short-cut, and/or a desktop shortcut. If you agreed, you can simply run + Tux Paint from the 'Tux Paint' section of your 'Start' menu (e.g., + under 'All Programs'), or by double-clicking the 'Tux Paint' icon on + your desktop, if you had the installer place one there. -If you're using the 'portable' (ZIP-file) version of Tux Paint, or if you used -the 'Tux Paint Installer,' but chose not to have shortcuts installed, you'll -need to double-click the "tuxpaint.exe" icon in the "Tux Paint" folder on your -computer. + If you're using the 'portable' (ZIP-file) version of Tux Paint, or if + you used the 'Tux Paint Installer,' but chose not to have shortcuts + installed, you'll need to double-click the "tuxpaint.exe" icon in the + "Tux Paint" folder on your computer. -By default, the 'Tux Paint Installer' will put Tux Paint's folder in -"C:\Program Files\TuxPaint\", though you may have changed this when you ran the -installer. + By default, the 'Tux Paint Installer' will put Tux Paint's folder in + "C:\Program Files\TuxPaint\", though you may have changed this when you + ran the installer. -If you used the 'ZIP-file' download, Tux Paint's folder will be wherever you -extracted the contents of the ZIP file. + If you used the 'ZIP-file' download, Tux Paint's folder will be + wherever you extracted the contents of the ZIP file. -## 3. macOS Users ## - -Simply double-click the "Tux Paint" icon. - -[Title screen] - - - ### B. Title Screen ### - -When Tux Paint first loads, a title/credits screen will appear. - -Once loading is complete, press a key or click or tap in the Tux Paint window -to continue. (Or, after about 5 seconds, the title screen will go away -automatically.) - - ### C. Main Screen ### - -The main screen is divided into the following sections: - -[Tools: Paint, Stamp, Lines, Shapes, Text, Magic, Label, Undo, Redo, Eraser, -New, Open, Save, Print, Quit] - -→ Left Side: Toolbar ← - - The toolbar contains the drawing and editing controls. - - - -[Canvas] - -→ Middle: Drawing Canvas ← - - The largest part of the screen, in the center, is the drawing canvas. This - is, obviously, where you draw! - - 💡 Note: The size of the drawing canvas depends on the size of Tux Paint. - You can change the size of Tux Paint using the Tux Paint Config. - configuration tool, or by other means. See the Options documentation for - more details. - - - -[Selectors - Brushes, Letters, Shapes, Stamps] - -→ Right Side: Selector ← - - Depending on the current tool, the selector shows different things. e.g., - when the Paint Brush or Line tool is selected, it shows the various brushes - available. When the Rubber Stamp tool is selected, it shows the different - shapes you can use. When the Text or Label tool is selected, it shows - various fonts. - - - -[Colors - Black, White, Red, Pink, Orange, Yellow, Green, Cyan, Blue, Purple, -Brown, Grey] - -→ Lower: Colors ← - - When the active tool supports colors, a palette of colors choices will be - shown near the bottom of the screen. Click one to choose a color, and it - will be used by the active tool. (For example, the "Paint" tool will use it - as the color to draw with the chosen brush, and the "Fill" tool will use it - as the color to use when flood-filling an area of the picture.) - - On the far right are three special color options: - o Color Picker - The "color picker" (which has an outline of an eye-dropper) allows you - to pick a color found within your drawing. - (A shortcut key is available to access this feature quickly; see - below.) - o Rainbow Palette - The rainbow palette allows you to pick any color by choosing the hue, - saturation, and value of the color you want. A box on the left displays - hundreds of hues — from red at the top through to violet at the bottom - — at hundreds of saturation/intensity levels — from pale & washed-out - on the left through to pure on the right. A grey vertical bar provides - access to hundreds of value levels — from lighest at the top through to - darkest at the bottom. - Click the green checkbox button to select the color, or the "Back" - button to dismiss the pop-up without picking a new color. - You may also set this tool's color to that of other color choices: - # Whichever built-in color is selected, if any - # The Color Picker's current color - # The Color Mixer's current color - o Color Mixer - The "color mixer" (which has silhouette of a paint palette) allows you - to create colors by blending primary additive colors — red, yellow, and - blue — along with white (to "tint"), grey (to "tone"), and black (to - "shade"). - You may click any button multiple times (for example, red + red + - yellow results in a red-orange color). The ratios of colors added are - shown at the bottom. - You can start over (reset to no colors in your picture) by clicking the - "Clear" button. You can also undo or redo multiple steps of mixing, in - case you made a mistake (without having to start over). - Click the green checkbox button to select the color, or the "Back" - button to dismiss the pop-up without picking a new color. - - ⌨ When the active tool supports colors, a shortcut may be used for quick - access to the "color picker" option. Hold the [Control] key while clicking, - and the color under the mouse cursor will be shown at the bottom. You may - drag around to canvas to find the color you want. When you release the - mouse button, the color under the cursor will be selected. If you release - the mouse outside of the canvas (e.g., over the "Tools" area), the color - selection will be left unchanged. (This is similar to clicking the "Back" - button that's available when bringing up the "color picker" option via its - button the color palette.) - - ⚙ Note: You can define your own colors for Tux Paint. See the "Options" - documentation. - - - -(Example tip: 'Pick a shape. Click to pick the center, drag, then let go when -it is the size you want. Move around to rotate it, and click to draw it.') - -→ Bottom: Help Area ← - - At the very bottom of the screen, Tux, the Linux Penguin, provides tips and - other information while you use Tux Paint. - - - - - ### D. Available Tools ### - -## 1. Drawing Tools ## - -a. "Paint" Tool (Brush) ← - - The Paint Brush tool lets you draw freehand, using various brushes (chosen - in the Selector on the right) and colors (chosen in the Color palette - towards the bottom). - - If you hold the mouse button down, and move the mouse, it will draw as you - move. - - Some brushes are animated — they change their shape as you draw them. A - good example of this is the vines brush that ships with Tux Paint. These - brushes will have a small "filmstrip" icon drawn on their Selector buttons. - - Other brushes are directional — they will draw a different shape depending - on what direction you are painting with them. An example of this is the - arrow brush that ships with Tux Paint. These brushes have a small 8-way - arrow icon drawn on their Selector buttons. - - Finally, some brushes can be both direction and animated. Examples of this - are the cat and squirrel brushes that ship with Tux Paint. These brushes - will have both the "filmstrip" and 8-way arrow icons. - - As you draw, a sound is played. The bigger the brush, the lower the pitch. - - Brush Spacing - - - The space between each position where a brush is applied to the canvas - can vary. Some brushes (such as the footprints and flower) are spaced, - by default, far enough apart that they don't overlap. Other brushes - (such as the basic circular ones) are spaced closely, so they make a - continuous stroke. - - The default spacing of brushes may be overridden using by clicking - within the triangular-shaped series of bars at the bottom right; the - larger the bar, the wider the spacing. Brush spacing affects both tools - that use the brushes: the "Paint" tool and the "Lines" tool. - - ⚙ Note: If the "nobrushspacing" option is set, Tux Paint won't display - the brush spacing controls. See the "Options" documentation. - - - -b."Stamp" Tool (Rubber Stamps) ← - - The Stamp tool is like a set of rubber stamps or stickers. It lets you - paste pre-drawn or photographic images (like a picture of a horse, or a - tree, or the moon) in your picture. - - As you move the mouse around the canvas, an outline follows the mouse, - showing where the stamp will be placed, and how big it will be. Click on - the canvas where you wish to place the stamp. - - → Stamp Categories ← - There can be numerous categories of stamps (e.g., animals, plants, - outer space, vehicles, people, etc.). Use the Left and Right arrows - near the bottom of the Selector to cycle through the collections. - - → Stamp Rotation ← - - Using the rotation toggle button near the bottom right, you can enable - a rotation step when placing stamps. Once you've placed the stamp, - choose the angle to rotate it by moving the mouse around the canvas. - Click the mouse button again and the stamp will be added to the - drawing. - - ⚙ Note: If "stamp rotation" option is disabled, the stamp will be drawn - on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. (There's no rotation - step.) See the "Options" documentation to learn about the "stamp - rotation" ("stamprotation") option. - - 📜 Note: The stamp rotation feature was added to Tux Paint in version - 0.9.29. - - - - → Stamp Controls ← - - Prior to 'stamping' an image onto your drawing, various effects can - sometimes be applied (depending on the stamp): - - @ Some stamps can be colored or tinted. If the color palette below - the canvas is activated, you can click the colors to change the - tint or color of the stamp before placing it in the picture. - @ Stamps can be shrunk and expanded, by clicking within the - triangular-shaped series of bars at the bottom right; the larger - the bar, the larger the stamp will appear in your picture. - @ Many stamps may be flipped vertically, or displayed as a - mirror-image, using the control buttons at the bottom right. - - ⚙ Note: If the "nostampcontrols" option is set, Tux Paint won't display - the Rotation, Mirror, Flip, or sizing controls for stamps. See the " - Options" documentation. - - - - → Stamp Sounds ← - - Different stamps can have different sound effects and/or descriptive - (spoken) sounds. Buttons in the Help Area at the lower left (near Tux, - the Linux penguin) allow you to re-play the sound effects and - descriptive sounds for the currently-selected stamp. + ## 3. macOS Users ## + Simply double-click the "Tux Paint" icon. + [Title screen] - -c."Lines" Tool ← + ### B. Title Screen ### - This tool lets you draw straight lines using the various brushes and colors - you normally use with the Paint Brush. + When Tux Paint first loads, a title/credits screen will appear. - Click the mouse and hold it to choose the starting point of the line. As - you move the mouse around, a thin 'rubber-band' line will show where the - line will be drawn. At the bottom, you'll see the angle of your line, in - degrees. A line going straight to the right is 0°, a line going straight up - is 90°, a line going straight left is 180°, a line going straight down is - 270°, and so on. + Once loading is complete, press a key or click or tap in the Tux Paint + window to continue. (Or, after about 5 seconds, the title screen will + go away automatically.) - Let go of the mouse to complete the line. A "sproing!" sound will play. - - Some brushes are animated, and will show a pattern of shapes along the - line. Others are directional, and will show a different shape depending on - the angle of the brush. And finally some are both animated and directional. - See "Paint", above, to learn more. - - Different brushes have different spacing, leaving either a series of - individual shapes, or a continuous stroke of the brush shape. Brush spacing - may be adjusted. See the brush spacing section of the "Paint" tool, above, - to learn more. - - - -d."Shapes" Tool ← - - This tool lets you draw some simple filled, and un-filled shapes. - - Select a shape from the selector on the right (circle, square, oval, etc.). - - Use the options at the bottom right to choose the shape tool's behavior: - - → Shapes from center ← - The shape will expand from where you initially clicked, and will be - centered around that position. - - 📜 This was Tux Paint's only behavior through version 0.9.24.) + ### C. Main Screen ### + The main screen is divided into the following sections: + [Tools: Paint, Stamp, Lines, Shapes, Text, Magic, Label, Undo, Redo, + Eraser, New, Open, Save, Print, Quit] - → Shapes from corner ← - The shape will extend with one corner starting from where you initially - clicked. This is the default method of most other traditional drawing - software. + → Left Side: Toolbar ← - 📜 This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.25. + The toolbar contains the drawing and editing controls. + + [Canvas] + → Middle: Drawing Canvas ← - ⚙ Note: If shape controls are disabled (e.g., with the "noshapecontrols" - option), the controls will not be presented, and the "shapes from center" - method will be used. + The largest part of the screen, in the center, is the drawing + canvas. This is, obviously, where you draw! - In the canvas, click the mouse and hold it to stretch the shape out from - where you clicked. Some shapes can change proportion (e.g., rectangle and - oval may be wider than tall, or taller than wide), others cannot (e.g., - square and circle). - - For shapes that can change proportion, the aspect ratio of the shape will - be shown at the bottom. For example: "1:1" will be shown if it is "square" - (as tall as it is wide); "2:1" if it is either twice as wide as it is tall, - or twice as tall as it is wide; and so on. - - Let go of the mouse when you're done stretching. - - → Normal Shapes Mode ← - - Now you can move the mouse around the canvas to rotate the shape. The - angle your shape is rotated will be shown at the bottom, in degrees - (similar to the "Lines" tool, described above). - - Click the mouse button again and the shape will be drawn in the current - color. + 💡 Note: The size of the drawing canvas depends on the size of Tux + Paint. You can change the size of Tux Paint using the Tux Paint + Config. configuration tool, or by other means. See the Options + documentation for more details. + + [Selectors - Brushes, Letters, Shapes, Stamps] - → Simple Shapes Mode ← - If the "simple shapes" option is enabled, the shape will be drawn on - the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. (There's no rotation - step.) + → Right Side: Selector ← - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation to learn about the "simple shapes" - ("simpleshapes") option. + Depending on the current tool, the selector shows different things. + e.g., when the Paint Brush or Line tool is selected, it shows the + various brushes available. When the Rubber Stamp tool is selected, + it shows the different shapes you can use. When the Text or Label + tool is selected, it shows various fonts. + + [Colors - Black, White, Red, Pink, Orange, Yellow, Green, Cyan, Blue, + Purple, Brown, Grey] + → Lower: Colors ← - -e."Text" and "Label" Tools ← + When the active tool supports colors, a palette of colors choices + will be shown near the bottom of the screen. Click one to choose a + color, and it will be used by the active tool. (For example, the + "Paint" tool will use it as the color to draw with the chosen + brush, and the "Fill" tool will use it as the color to use when + flood-filling an area of the picture.) - Choose a font (from the 'Letters' available on the right) and a color (from - the color palette near the bottom). You may also apply a bold, and/or an - italic styling effect to the text. Click on the screen and a cursor will - appear. Type text and it will show up on the screen. (You can change the - font, color, and styling while entering the text, before it is applied to - the canvas.) + On the far right are three special color options: + x Color Picker + The "color picker" (which has an outline of an eye-dropper) + allows you to pick a color found within your drawing. + (A shortcut key is available to access this feature quickly; + see below.) + x Rainbow Palette + The rainbow palette allows you to pick any color by choosing + the hue, saturation, and value of the color you want. A box on + the left displays hundreds of hues — from red at the top + through to violet at the bottom — at hundreds of saturation/ + intensity levels — from pale & washed-out on the left through + to pure on the right. A grey vertical bar provides access to + hundreds of value levels — from lighest at the top through to + darkest at the bottom. + Click the green checkbox button to select the color, or the + "Back" button to dismiss the pop-up without picking a new + color. + You may also set this tool's color to that of other color + choices: + % Whichever built-in color is selected, if any + % The Color Picker's current color + % The Color Mixer's current color + x Color Mixer + The "color mixer" (which has silhouette of a paint palette) + allows you to create colors by blending primary additive colors + — red, yellow, and blue — along with white (to "tint"), grey + (to "tone"), and black (to "shade"). + You may click any button multiple times (for example, red + red + + yellow results in a red-orange color). The ratios of colors + added are shown at the bottom. + You can start over (reset to no colors in your picture) by + clicking the "Clear" button. You can also undo or redo multiple + steps of mixing, in case you made a mistake (without having to + start over). + Click the green checkbox button to select the color, or the + "Back" button to dismiss the pop-up without picking a new + color. - Press [Enter] or [Return] and the text will be drawn onto the picture and - the cursor will move down one line. + ⌨ When the active tool supports colors, a shortcut may be used for + quick access to the "color picker" option. Hold the [Control] key + while clicking, and the color under the mouse cursor will be shown + at the bottom. You may drag around to canvas to find the color you + want. When you release the mouse button, the color under the cursor + will be selected. If you release the mouse outside of the canvas + (e.g., over the "Tools" area), the color selection will be left + unchanged. (This is similar to clicking the "Back" button that's + available when bringing up the "color picker" option via its button + the color palette.) - Alternatively, press [Tab] and the text will be drawn onto the picture, but - the cursor will move to the right of the text, rather than down a line, and - to the left. (This can be useful to create a line of text with mixed - colors, fonts, styles and sizes.) - - Text from the clipboard (copy/paste buffer) can be inserted with the "Text" - and "Label" tools by pressing the [Control] + [V] key combination on a - physical keyboard, or clicking the "Paste" button in Tux Paint's on-screen - keyboard. If the text would exceed the right edge of the canvas, it will - wrap to a new line of text (going back to the previous space or dash ('-') - if possible). If the text hits the bottom of the canvas, the pasting will - abort, truncating the text. - - Clicking elsewhere in the picture while the text entry is still active - causes the current line of text to move to that location (where you can - continue editing it). - - → "Text" versus "Label" ← - - The Text tool is the original text-entry tool in Tux Paint. Text - entered using this tool can't be modified or moved later, since it - becomes part of the drawing. However, because the text becomes part of - the picture, it can be drawn over or modified using Magic tool effects - (e.g., smudged, tinted, embossed, etc.) - - When using the Label tool (which was added to Tux Paint in version - 0.9.22), the text 'floats' over the image, and the details of the label - (the text, the position of the label, the font choice and the color) - get stored separately. This allows the label to be repositioned or - edited later. - - To edit a label, click the label selection button. All labels in the - drawing will appear highlighted. Click one — or use the [Tab] key to - cycle through all the labels, and the [Enter] or [Return] key to select - one — and you may then edit the label. (Use they [Backspace] key to - erase characters, and other keys to add text to the label; click in the - canvas to reposition the label; click in the palette to change the - color of the text in the label; etc.) - - You may "apply" a label to the canvas, painting the text into the - picture as if it had been added using the Text tool, by clicking the - label application button. (This feature was added in Tux Paint version - 0.9.28.) All labels in the drawing will appear highlighted, and you - select one just as you do when selecting a label to edit. The chosen - label will be removed, and the text will be added directly to the - canvas. - - ⚙ The Label tool can be disabled (e.g., by selecting "Disable 'Label' - Tool" in Tux Paint Config. or running Tux Paint with the "nolabel" - option). - - 📜 The ability to paste text from the clipboard was added in Tux Paint - 0.9.35 + ⚙ Note: You can define your own colors for Tux Paint. See the " + Options" documentation. + + (Example tip: 'Pick a shape. Click to pick the center, drag, then let + go when it is the size you want. Move around to rotate it, and click to + draw it.') - → International Character Input ← - - Tux Paint allows inputting characters in different languages. Most - Latin characters (A-Z, ñ, è, etc.) can by entered directly. Some - languages require that Tux Paint be switched into an alternate input - mode before entering, and some characters must be composed using - numerous keypresses. - - When Tux Paint's locale is set to one of the languages that provide - alternate input modes, a key is used to cycle through normal (Latin - character) and locale-specific mode or modes. - - Currently supported locales, the input methods available, and the key - to toggle or cycle modes, are listed below. - - @ Japanese — Romanized Hiragana and Romanized Katakana — right [Alt] - key or left [Alt] key - @ Korean — Hangul 2-Bul — right [Alt] key or left [Alt] key - @ Traditional Chinese — right [Alt] key or left [Alt] key - @ Thai — right [Alt] key - - 💡 Note: Many fonts do not include all characters for all languages, so - sometimes you'll need to change fonts to see the characters you're - trying to type. - - - - → On-screen Keyboard ← - - An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the Text and Label - tools, which can provide a variety of layouts and character composition - (e.g., composing "a" and "e" into "æ"). Run Tux Paint with the - "--onscreen-keyboard" option, or enable that setting in Tux Paint's - configuration file, to enable it. Multiple layouts are offered - (currently "QWERTY" and "ABC"), which the user can switch between. - Additional configuration options allow specifying a default layout, as - well as preventing the layout from being changed. - - The on-screen keyboard appears at the bottom or top of the Tux Paint - window, obscuring part of the canvas, depending on where the text - insertion cursor is placed. Along with alphabetic, numeric, and some - punctuation keys, the keyboard provides: - @ A "Backspace" key (⇐) to remove the previous character - @ A "Carriage Return" ("Return"/"Enter") key (⏎) to end the current - input and begin a new one on the following line (below and to the - left) - @ A "Tab" key (⇔) to end the current input and begin a new one at the - current cursor position - @ A "Shift" key (⇑) to shift alphabetic keys from lowercase to - uppercase, access more punctuation, etc. - @ A "Caps Lock" key (⤒) to toggle permanent shifting of alphabetic - keys from lowercase to uppercase (click it again to disable caps - lock) - @ A "Compose" key ("Cmp"), to initiate character composition (e.g., - click "Cmp", "a", "e" to produce an "æ" character) - @ An "Alternate Graphics" key ("AltGr") to access additional - characters (e.g., "¿", "ß", etc.) - @ An "Alternate" key ("Alt") - @ A "Paste" key to paste the current clipboard's text into the Text - or Label tool - @ Left and right arrows (← & →) to access different on-screen - keyboard layouts - - ⚙ See the "Options" and "Extending Tux Paint" documentation for more - information. - - - - - -f."Fill" Tool ← - - The 'Fill' tool 'flood-fills' a contiguous area of your drawing with a - color of your choice. Three fill options are offered: - o Solid — click once to fill an area with a solid color. - o Brush — click and drag to fill an area with a solid color using - freehand painting. - o Linear — click and then drag to fill the area with color that fades - away (a gradient) towards where you drag the mouse. - o Radial — click once to fill an area with a color that fades away (a - gradient) radially, centered on where you clicked. - o Shaped — click once to fill an area with a color that fades away (a - gradient), following the contours of the shape you're filling. - o Eraser — click once to erase an area, exposing the solid color - background, or starter or template background image, upon which the - drawing was based. (See Available Tools > Drawing Tools > "Eraser" Tool - and Other Controls > 'Starter' & Template Images.) + → Bottom: Help Area ← - 📜 Note: Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.24, "Fill" was a Magic tool (see below). - Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.26, the "Fill" tool only offered the 'Solid' method - of filling. 'Shaped' fill was introduced in Tux Paint 0.9.29. + At the very bottom of the screen, Tux, the Linux Penguin, provides + tips and other information while you use Tux Paint. - -g."Magic" Tool (Special Effects) ← + + + ### D. Available Tools ### - The Magic tool is actually a set of special tools. Select one of the - 'magic' effects from the selector on the right. Then, depending on the - tool, you can either click and drag around the picture, and/or simply click - the picture once, to apply the effect. + ## 1. Drawing Tools ## - The Magic Tools + a. "Paint" Tool (Brush) ← + The Paint Brush tool lets you draw freehand, using various brushes + (chosen in the Selector on the right) and colors (chosen in the + Color palette towards the bottom). - See the instructions for each Magic tool (in the 'magic-docs' folder). + If you hold the mouse button down, and move the mouse, it will draw + as you move. - Magic Controls + Some brushes are animated — they change their shape as you draw + them. A good example of this is the vines brush that ships with Tux + Paint. These brushes will have a small "filmstrip" icon drawn on + their Selector buttons. + Other brushes are directional — they will draw a different shape + depending on what direction you are painting with them. An example + of this is the arrow brush that ships with Tux Paint. These brushes + have a small 8-way arrow icon drawn on their Selector buttons. - If the tool can be used by clicking and dragging, a 'painting' button - will be available on the left, below the list of Magic tools on the - right side of the screen. If the tool can affect the entire picture at - once, an 'entire picture' button will be available on the right. + Finally, some brushes can be both direction and animated. Examples + of this are the cat and squirrel brushes that ship with Tux Paint. + These brushes will have both the "filmstrip" and 8-way arrow icons. - ⚙ Note: If the "nomagiccontrols" option is set, Tux Paint won't display - the painting or entire picture controls. See the "Options" - documentation. + As you draw, a sound is played. The bigger the brush, the lower the + pitch. - 💡 If the magic controls are disabled, the Magic plugin may make - separate tools available, one for painting and one that affects the - entire pictre. + Brush Spacing - Magic Sizing + The space between each position where a brush is applied to the + canvas can vary. Some brushes (such as the footprints and + flower) are spaced, by default, far enough apart that they + don't overlap. Other brushes (such as the basic circular ones) + are spaced closely, so they make a continuous stroke. - Some tools offer different sizing options. If so, a slider will appear - at the bottom right side of the screen. This may affect the radius of a - special effect (e.g., Darken) or painted object (e.g., Patterns), or - other attributes (e.g., large versus small Brick shapes). - - ⚙ Note: If the "nomagicsizes" option is set, Tux Paint won't display - the sizing controls. See the "Options" documentation. - - 💡 If the sizing option is disabled, the Magic plugin may simply offer a - default size (e.g., Patterns), or it may make separate tools available - with different pre-set sizes (e.g., Bricks and Googly Eyes). + The default spacing of brushes may be overridden using by + clicking within the triangular-shaped series of bars at the + bottom right; the larger the bar, the wider the spacing. Brush + spacing affects both tools that use the brushes: the "Paint" + tool and the "Lines" tool. - 📜 This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.30. - - ⚙ Note: If the "ungroupmagictools" option is set, Tux Paint won't split - Magic tools into groups of related tools, and instead present them all as - one large list. See the "Options" documentation. + ⚙ Note: If the "nobrushspacing" option is set, Tux Paint won't + display the brush spacing controls. See the "Options" + documentation. - -h."Eraser" Tool ← + + b."Stamp" Tool (Rubber Stamps) ← - This tool works similarly to the Paint Brush. Wherever you click (or click - and drag), things you've added to your drawing will be erased, exposing the - background that you chose when you started the drawing, be it a solid - color, the background of a 'Starter' image, or a 'Template' image. (See - Available Tools > Other Controls > "New" Command.) + The Stamp tool is like a set of rubber stamps or stickers. It lets + you paste pre-drawn or photographic images (like a picture of a + horse, or a tree, or the moon) in your picture. - A number of eraser types are available, each offering multiple sizes are - available: - o Square — Square-shaped erasers that completely remove parts of your - drawing. - o Circle (solid) — Circle-shaped erasers that completely remove parts of - your drawing. - o Fuzzy-edged Circle — Circle-shaped erasers with soft edges that blend - with the background. - o Transparent Circle — Circle-shaped erasers that blend your drawing with - the background. Release and click again to expose more and more of the - background. + As you move the mouse around the canvas, an outline follows the + mouse, showing where the stamp will be placed, and how big it will + be. Click on the canvas where you wish to place the stamp. - As you move the mouse around, an outline follows the pointer, showing what - part of the picture will be erased. + → Stamp Categories ← + There can be numerous categories of stamps (e.g., animals, + plants, outer space, vehicles, people, etc.). Use the Left and + Right arrows near the bottom of the Selector to cycle through + the collections. + + → Stamp Rotation ← - As you erase, a 'squeaky clean' eraser wiping sound is played. + Using the rotation toggle button near the bottom right, you can + enable a rotation step when placing stamps. Once you've placed + the stamp, choose the angle to rotate it by moving the mouse + around the canvas. Click the mouse button again and the stamp + will be added to the drawing. - ⌨ Hold the [X] key while clicking for quick access to a small sharp round - eraser (not available when the Text or Label tools are selected, when - you're in the process of rotating a stamp or shape, or when using an - interactive magic tool). Release the mouse to return to your - currently-selected tool. + ⚙ Note: If "stamp rotation" option is disabled, the stamp will + be drawn on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. + (There's no rotation step.) See the "Options" documentation to + learn about the "stamp rotation" ("stamprotation") option. + 📜 Note: The stamp rotation feature was added to Tux Paint in + version 0.9.29. - -## 2. Other Controls ## + + → Stamp Controls ← -a."Undo" and "Redo" Commands ← + Prior to 'stamping' an image onto your drawing, various effects + can sometimes be applied (depending on the stamp): - Clicking the "Undo" button will undo (revert) the last drawing action. You - can even undo more than once! + * Some stamps can be colored or tinted. If the color palette + below the canvas is activated, you can click the colors to + change the tint or color of the stamp before placing it in + the picture. + * Stamps can be shrunk and expanded, by clicking within the + triangular-shaped series of bars at the bottom right; the + larger the bar, the larger the stamp will appear in your + picture. + * Many stamps may be flipped vertically, or displayed as a + mirror-image, using the control buttons at the bottom + right. - ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [Z] on the keyboard to Undo. + ⚙ Note: If the "nostampcontrols" option is set, Tux Paint won't + display the Rotation, Mirror, Flip, or sizing controls for + stamps. See the "Options" documentation. - Clicking the "Redo" button will redo the drawing action you just un-did via - the "Undo" command. - As long as you don't draw again, you can redo as many times as you had - undone! + + → Stamp Sounds ← - ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [R] on the keyboard to Redo. + Different stamps can have different sound effects and/or + descriptive (spoken) sounds. Buttons in the Help Area at the + lower left (near Tux, the Linux penguin) allow you to re-play + the sound effects and descriptive sounds for the + currently-selected stamp. - -b."New" Command ← + - Clicking the 'New' button will start a new drawing. A dialog will appear - where you may choose to start a new picture using a solid background color, - or using a 'Starter' or 'Template' image (see below). You will first be - asked whether you really want to do this. + + c."Lines" Tool ← - When you use the 'Eraser' tool things you've added to your drawing will be - removed, exposing the background you chose when starting a new drawing. - (See Available Tools > Drawing Tools > "Eraser" Tool.) + This tool lets you draw straight lines using the various brushes + and colors you normally use with the Paint Brush. - ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [N] on the keyboard to start a - new drawing. + Click the mouse and hold it to choose the starting point of the + line. As you move the mouse around, a thin 'rubber-band' line will + show where the line will be drawn. At the bottom, you'll see the + angle of your line, in degrees. A line going straight to the right + is 0°, a line going straight up is 90°, a line going straight left + is 180°, a line going straight down is 270°, and so on. - → Special Solid Background Color Choices ← - Along with the preset solid colors, you can also choose colors using a - rainbow palette or a "color mixer". These operate identically to the - options found in the color palette shown below the canvas when drawing - a picture. See Main Screen > Lower: Colors > Special color options for - details. - - 'Starter' & Template Images ← - @ 'Starters' can behave like a page from a coloring book — a - black-and-white outline of a picture, which you can then color in, - and the black outline remains intact — or like a 3D photograph, - where you draw in between a foreground and background layer. - @ 'Templates' are similar, but simply provide a background drawing to - work off of. Unlike 'Starters', there is no layer that remains in - the foreground of anything you draw in the picture. + Let go of the mouse to complete the line. A "sproing!" sound will + play. - When using the 'Eraser' tool or the 'Eraser' mode of the 'Fill' tool, - the original image from the 'Starter' or 'Template' will reappear. (See - Available Tools > Drawing Tools > "Eraser" Tool and "Fill" Tool.) + Some brushes are animated, and will show a pattern of shapes along + the line. Others are directional, and will show a different shape + depending on the angle of the brush. And finally some are both + animated and directional. See "Paint", above, to learn more. - The 'Flip' and 'Mirror' Magic tools affect the orientation of the - 'Starter' or 'Template', as well. (See Available Tools > "Magic" Tool - (Special Effects) > Flip and Mirror.) + Different brushes have different spacing, leaving either a series + of individual shapes, or a continuous stroke of the brush shape. + Brush spacing may be adjusted. See the brush spacing section of the + "Paint" tool, above, to learn more. - When you load a 'Starter' or 'Template', draw on it, and then click - 'Save,' it creates a new picture file — it doesn't overwrite the - original, so you can use it again later (by accessing it from the 'New' - dialog). - ⚙ You can create your own 'Starter' and Template images. See the - Extending Tux Paint documentation's sections on 'Starters' and - Templates. + + d."Shapes" Tool ← - 💡 You can also convert your saved drawings into Templates directly - within Tux Paint, from the 'Open' dialog. See "Open", below. + This tool lets you draw some simple filled, and un-filled shapes. + Select a shape from the selector on the right (circle, square, + oval, etc.). - - → Erasing Exported Template Images ← + Use the options at the bottom right to choose the shape tool's + behavior: - If you've selected a Template in your personal templates folder, and it - was created from within Tux Paint (using the "Template" button in the - "Open" dialog), you may remove it from within Tux Paint, too. An - 'Erase' (trash can) button will appear at the lower right of the list. - Click it to erase the selected template. (You will be asked to - confirm.) + → Shapes from center ← + The shape will expand from where you initially clicked, and + will be centered around that position. - 💡 Note: On Linux, Windows, and macOS, the picture will be placed in - your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may recover and - restore it, if you change your mind). + 📜 This was Tux Paint's only behavior through version 0.9.24.) - ⚙ Note: The 'Erase' button may be disabled, via the "noerase" option. + + → Shapes from corner ← + The shape will extend with one corner starting from where you + initially clicked. This is the default method of most other + traditional drawing software. - + 📜 This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.25. - ⚙ Note: The solid colors can be placed at the end of the 'New' dialog - (below the Starters and Templates), via the "newcolorslast" option. + - -c."Open" Command ← + ⚙ Note: If shape controls are disabled (e.g., with the + "noshapecontrols" option), the controls will not be presented, and + the "shapes from center" method will be used. - This shows you a list of all of the pictures you've saved. If there are - more than can fit on the screen, use the up and down arrows at the top and - bottom of the list to scroll through the list of pictures. + In the canvas, click the mouse and hold it to stretch the shape out + from where you clicked. Some shapes can change proportion (e.g., + rectangle and oval may be wider than tall, or taller than wide), + others cannot (e.g., square and circle). - Click a picture to select it, and then... - o Click the green 'Open' button at the lower left of the list to load the - selected picture. You will then be able to edit it. + For shapes that can change proportion, the aspect ratio of the + shape will be shown at the bottom. For example: "1:1" will be shown + if it is "square" (as tall as it is wide); "2:1" if it is either + twice as wide as it is tall, or twice as tall as it is wide; and so + on. - (Alternatively, you can double-click a picture's icon to load it.) + Let go of the mouse when you're done stretching. - 💡 If choose to open a picture, and your current drawing hasn't been - saved, you will be prompted as to whether you want to save it or not. - (See "Save," below.) + → Normal Shapes Mode ← - o Click the brown 'Erase' (trash can) button at the lower right of the - list to erase the selected picture. (You will be asked to confirm.) + Now you can move the mouse around the canvas to rotate the + shape. The angle your shape is rotated will be shown at the + bottom, in degrees (similar to the "Lines" tool, described + above). - 📜 Note: On Linux (as of version 0.9.22), Windows (as of version - 0.9.27), and macOS (as of version 0.9.29), the picture will be placed - in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may recover and - restore it, if you change your mind). + Click the mouse button again and the shape will be drawn in the + current color. - ⚙ Note: The 'Erase' button may be disabled, via the "noerase" option. - o Click the 'Export' button near the lower right to export the selected - picture to your export folder. (e.g., "~/Pictures/TuxPaint/") + + → Simple Shapes Mode ← + If the "simple shapes" option is enabled, the shape will be + drawn on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. + (There's no rotation step.) - From the "Open" screen you can also: - o Click the blue 'Slides' (slide projector) button at the lower left to - go to slideshow mode. See "Slides", below, for details. + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation to learn about the "simple + shapes" ("simpleshapes") option. - o Click the blue 'Template' button at the lower left to go to convert the - selected picture into a new template, which can be used as the basis - for new drawings. - 📜 Note: The Template creation feature was added to Tux Paint in version - 0.9.31. To learn how to create Templates outside of Tux Paint, see - Extending Tux Paint + - ⚙ The Template creation feature can be disabled (e.g., by selecting - "Disable 'Make Template'" in Tux Paint Config. or running Tux Paint - with the "notemplateexport" option). + + e."Text" and "Label" Tools ← - o Click the red 'Back' arrow button at the lower right of the list to - cancel and return to the picture you were drawing. + Choose a font (from the 'Letters' available on the right) and a + color (from the color palette near the bottom). You may also apply + a bold, and/or an italic styling effect to the text. Click on the + screen and a cursor will appear. Type text and it will show up on + the screen. (You can change the font, color, and styling while + entering the text, before it is applied to the canvas.) - ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [O] on the keyboard to bring up - the 'Open' dialog. + Press [Enter] or [Return] and the text will be drawn onto the + picture and the cursor will move down one line. + Alternatively, press [Tab] and the text will be drawn onto the + picture, but the cursor will move to the right of the text, rather + than down a line, and to the left. (This can be useful to create a + line of text with mixed colors, fonts, styles and sizes.) - -d."Save" Command ← + Text from the clipboard (copy/paste buffer) can be inserted with + the "Text" and "Label" tools by pressing the [Control] + [V] key + combination on a physical keyboard, or clicking the "Paste" button + in Tux Paint's on-screen keyboard. If the text would exceed the + right edge of the canvas, it will wrap to a new line of text (going + back to the previous space or dash ('-') if possible). If the text + hits the bottom of the canvas, the pasting will abort, truncating + the text. + + Clicking elsewhere in the picture while the text entry is still + active causes the current line of text to move to that location + (where you can continue editing it). + + → "Text" versus "Label" ← + + The Text tool is the original text-entry tool in Tux Paint. + Text entered using this tool can't be modified or moved later, + since it becomes part of the drawing. However, because the text + becomes part of the picture, it can be drawn over or modified + using Magic tool effects (e.g., smudged, tinted, embossed, + etc.) + + When using the Label tool (which was added to Tux Paint in + version 0.9.22), the text 'floats' over the image, and the + details of the label (the text, the position of the label, the + font choice and the color) get stored separately. This allows + the label to be repositioned or edited later. + + To edit a label, click the label selection button. All labels + in the drawing will appear highlighted. Click one — or use the + [Tab] key to cycle through all the labels, and the [Enter] or + [Return] key to select one — and you may then edit the label. + (Use they [Backspace] key to erase characters, and other keys + to add text to the label; click in the canvas to reposition the + label; click in the palette to change the color of the text in + the label; etc.) + + You may "apply" a label to the canvas, painting the text into + the picture as if it had been added using the Text tool, by + clicking the label application button. (This feature was added + in Tux Paint version 0.9.28.) All labels in the drawing will + appear highlighted, and you select one just as you do when + selecting a label to edit. The chosen label will be removed, + and the text will be added directly to the canvas. + + ⚙ The Label tool can be disabled (e.g., by selecting "Disable + 'Label' Tool" in Tux Paint Config. or running Tux Paint with + the "nolabel" option). + + 📜 The ability to paste text from the clipboard was added in Tux + Paint 0.9.35 + + + + → International Character Input ← + + Tux Paint allows inputting characters in different languages. + Most Latin characters (A-Z, ñ, è, etc.) can by entered + directly. Some languages require that Tux Paint be switched + into an alternate input mode before entering, and some + characters must be composed using numerous keypresses. + + When Tux Paint's locale is set to one of the languages that + provide alternate input modes, a key is used to cycle through + normal (Latin character) and locale-specific mode or modes. + + Currently supported locales, the input methods available, and + the key to toggle or cycle modes, are listed below. + + * Japanese — Romanized Hiragana and Romanized Katakana — + right [Alt] key or left [Alt] key + * Korean — Hangul 2-Bul — right [Alt] key or left [Alt] key + * Traditional Chinese — right [Alt] key or left [Alt] key + * Thai — right [Alt] key + + 💡 Note: Many fonts do not include all characters for all + languages, so sometimes you'll need to change fonts to see the + characters you're trying to type. + + + + → On-screen Keyboard ← + + An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the Text and + Label tools, which can provide a variety of layouts and + character composition (e.g., composing "a" and "e" into "æ"). + Run Tux Paint with the "--onscreen-keyboard" option, or enable + that setting in Tux Paint's configuration file, to enable it. + Multiple layouts are offered (currently "QWERTY" and "ABC"), + which the user can switch between. Additional configuration + options allow specifying a default layout, as well as + preventing the layout from being changed. + + The on-screen keyboard appears at the bottom or top of the Tux + Paint window, obscuring part of the canvas, depending on where + the text insertion cursor is placed. Along with alphabetic, + numeric, and some punctuation keys, the keyboard provides: + * A "Backspace" key (⇐) to remove the previous character + * A "Carriage Return" ("Return"/"Enter") key (⏎) to end the + current input and begin a new one on the following line + (below and to the left) + * A "Tab" key (⇔) to end the current input and begin a new + one at the current cursor position + * A "Shift" key (⇑) to shift alphabetic keys from lowercase + to uppercase, access more punctuation, etc. + * A "Caps Lock" key (⤒) to toggle permanent shifting of + alphabetic keys from lowercase to uppercase (click it again + to disable caps lock) + * A "Compose" key ("Cmp"), to initiate character composition + (e.g., click "Cmp", "a", "e" to produce an "æ" character) + * An "Alternate Graphics" key ("AltGr") to access additional + characters (e.g., "¿", "ß", etc.) + * An "Alternate" key ("Alt") + * A "Paste" key to paste the current clipboard's text into + the Text or Label tool + * Left and right arrows (← & →) to access different on-screen + keyboard layouts + + ⚙ See the "Options" and "Extending Tux Paint" documentation for + more information. + + + + + + f."Fill" Tool ← + + The 'Fill' tool 'flood-fills' a contiguous area of your drawing + with a color of your choice. Three fill options are offered: + x Solid — click once to fill an area with a solid color. + x Brush — click and drag to fill an area with a solid color using + freehand painting. + x Linear — click and then drag to fill the area with color that + fades away (a gradient) towards where you drag the mouse. + x Radial — click once to fill an area with a color that fades + away (a gradient) radially, centered on where you clicked. + x Shaped — click once to fill an area with a color that fades + away (a gradient), following the contours of the shape you're + filling. + x Eraser — click once to erase an area, exposing the solid color + background, or starter or template background image, upon which + the drawing was based. (See Available Tools > Drawing Tools > + "Eraser" Tool and Other Controls > 'Starter' & Template Images + .) + + 📜 Note: Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.24, "Fill" was a Magic tool (see + below). Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.26, the "Fill" tool only offered the + 'Solid' method of filling. 'Shaped' fill was introduced in Tux + Paint 0.9.29. + + + + g."Magic" Tool (Special Effects) ← + + The Magic tool is actually a set of special tools. Select one of + the 'magic' effects from the selector on the right. Then, depending + on the tool, you can either click and drag around the picture, and/ + or simply click the picture once, to apply the effect. + + The Magic Tools + + + See the instructions for each Magic tool (in the 'magic-docs' + folder). + + Magic Controls + + + If the tool can be used by clicking and dragging, a 'painting' + button will be available on the left, below the list of Magic + tools on the right side of the screen. If the tool can affect + the entire picture at once, an 'entire picture' button will be + available on the right. + + ⚙ Note: If the "nomagiccontrols" option is set, Tux Paint won't + display the painting or entire picture controls. See the " + Options" documentation. + + 💡 If the magic controls are disabled, the Magic plugin may make + separate tools available, one for painting and one that affects + the entire pictre. + + Magic Sizing + + + Some tools offer different sizing options. If so, a slider will + appear at the bottom right side of the screen. This may affect + the radius of a special effect (e.g., Darken) or painted object + (e.g., Patterns), or other attributes (e.g., large versus small + Brick shapes). + + ⚙ Note: If the "nomagicsizes" option is set, Tux Paint won't + display the sizing controls. See the "Options" documentation. + + 💡 If the sizing option is disabled, the Magic plugin may simply + offer a default size (e.g., Patterns), or it may make separate + tools available with different pre-set sizes (e.g., Bricks and + Googly Eyes). + + 📜 This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.30. + + ⚙ Note: If the "ungroupmagictools" option is set, Tux Paint won't + split Magic tools into groups of related tools, and instead present + them all as one large list. See the "Options" documentation. + + + + h."Eraser" Tool ← + + This tool works similarly to the Paint Brush. Wherever you click + (or click and drag), things you've added to your drawing will be + erased, exposing the background that you chose when you started the + drawing, be it a solid color, the background of a 'Starter' image, + or a 'Template' image. (See Available Tools > Other Controls > + "New" Command.) - This saves your current picture. + A number of eraser types are available, each offering multiple + sizes are available: + x Square — Square-shaped erasers that completely remove parts of + your drawing. + x Circle (solid) — Circle-shaped erasers that completely remove + parts of your drawing. + x Fuzzy-edged Circle — Circle-shaped erasers with soft edges that + blend with the background. + x Transparent Circle — Circle-shaped erasers that blend your + drawing with the background. Release and click again to expose + more and more of the background. + + As you move the mouse around, an outline follows the pointer, + showing what part of the picture will be erased. + + As you erase, a 'squeaky clean' eraser wiping sound is played. - If you haven't saved it before, it will create a new entry in the list of - saved images. (i.e., it will create a new file) + ⌨ Hold the [X] key while clicking for quick access to a small sharp + round eraser (not available when the Text or Label tools are + selected, when you're in the process of rotating a stamp or shape, + or when using an interactive magic tool). Release the mouse to + return to your currently-selected tool. - 💡 Note: It won't ask you anything (e.g., for a filename). It will simply - save the picture, and play a "camera shutter" sound effect. - If you have saved the picture before, or this is a picture you just loaded - using the "Open" command, you will first be asked whether you want to save - over the old version, or create a new entry (a new file). + + + ## 2. Other Controls ## - ⚙ Note: If either the "saveover" or "saveovernew" options are set, it won't - ask before saving over. See the "Options" documentation. + a."Undo" and "Redo" Commands ← - ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [S] on the keyboard to save. + Clicking the "Undo" button will undo (revert) the last drawing + action. You can even undo more than once! + ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [Z] on the keyboard to + Undo. - -e."Print" Command ← + Clicking the "Redo" button will redo the drawing action you just + un-did via the "Undo" command. - Click this button and your picture will be printed! + As long as you don't draw again, you can redo as many times as you + had undone! - On most platforms, you can also hold the [Alt] key (called [Option] on - Macs) while clicking the 'Print' button to get a printer dialog. Note that - this may not work if you're running Tux Paint in fullscreen mode. See - below. + ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [R] on the keyboard to + Redo. - → Disabling Printing ← - The "noprint" option can be set, which will disable Tux Paint's 'Print' - button. + + b."New" Command ← - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + Clicking the 'New' button will start a new drawing. A dialog will + appear where you may choose to start a new picture using a solid + background color, or using a 'Starter' or 'Template' image (see + below). You will first be asked whether you really want to do this. + When you use the 'Eraser' tool things you've added to your drawing + will be removed, exposing the background you chose when starting a + new drawing. (See Available Tools > Drawing Tools > "Eraser" Tool.) - - → Restricting Printing ← + ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [N] on the keyboard to + start a new drawing. - The "printdelay" option can be set, which will only allow occasional - printing — once every so many seconds, as configured by you. + → Special Solid Background Color Choices ← + Along with the preset solid colors, you can also choose colors + using a rainbow palette or a "color mixer". These operate + identically to the options found in the color palette shown + below the canvas when drawing a picture. See Main Screen > + Lower: Colors > Special color options for details. + + 'Starter' & Template Images ← + * 'Starters' can behave like a page from a coloring book — a + black-and-white outline of a picture, which you can then + color in, and the black outline remains intact — or like a + 3D photograph, where you draw in between a foreground and + background layer. + * 'Templates' are similar, but simply provide a background + drawing to work off of. Unlike 'Starters', there is no + layer that remains in the foreground of anything you draw + in the picture. - For example, with "printdelay=60" in Tux Paint's configuration file, - printing can only occur once per minute (60 seconds). + When using the 'Eraser' tool or the 'Eraser' mode of the 'Fill' + tool, the original image from the 'Starter' or 'Template' will + reappear. (See Available Tools > Drawing Tools > "Eraser" Tool + and "Fill" Tool.) - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + The 'Flip' and 'Mirror' Magic tools affect the orientation of + the 'Starter' or 'Template', as well. (See Available Tools > + "Magic" Tool (Special Effects) > Flip and Mirror.) + When you load a 'Starter' or 'Template', draw on it, and then + click 'Save,' it creates a new picture file — it doesn't + overwrite the original, so you can use it again later (by + accessing it from the 'New' dialog). - - → Printing Commands ← + ⚙ You can create your own 'Starter' and Template images. See + the Extending Tux Paint documentation's sections on 'Starters' + and Templates. - (Linux and Unix only) + 💡 You can also convert your saved drawings into Templates + directly within Tux Paint, from the 'Open' dialog. See "Open", + below. - Tux Paint prints by generating a PostScript representation of the - drawing and sending it to an external program. By default, the program - is: - lpr + + → Erasing Exported Template Images ← - This command can be changed by setting a "printcommand" option in Tux - Paint's configuration file. + If you've selected a Template in your personal templates + folder, and it was created from within Tux Paint (using the + "Template" button in the "Open" dialog), you may remove it from + within Tux Paint, too. An 'Erase' (trash can) button will + appear at the lower right of the list. Click it to erase the + selected template. (You will be asked to confirm.) - An alternative print command can be invoked by holding the "[Alt]" key - on the keyboard while clicking clicking the 'Print' button, as long as - you're not in fullscreen mode, an alternative program is run. By - default, the program is KDE's graphical print dialog: + 💡 Note: On Linux, Windows, and macOS, the picture will be + placed in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may + recover and restore it, if you change your mind). - kprinter + ⚙ Note: The 'Erase' button may be disabled, via the "noerase" + option. - This command can be changed by setting a "altprintcommand" option in - Tux Paint's configuration file. - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + + ⚙ Note: The solid colors can be placed at the end of the 'New' + dialog (below the Starters and Templates), via the "newcolorslast" + option. - - → Printer Settings ← - (Windows and macOS) + + c."Open" Command ← - By default, Tux Paint simply prints to the default printer with default - settings when the 'Print' button is pushed. + This shows you a list of all of the pictures you've saved. If there + are more than can fit on the screen, use the up and down arrows at + the top and bottom of the list to scroll through the list of + pictures. - However, if you hold the [Alt] (or [Option]) key on the keyboard while - clicking the 'Print' button, as long as you're not in fullscreen mode, - your operating system's printer dialog will appear, where you can - change the settings. + Click a picture to select it, and then... + x Click the green 'Open' button at the lower left of the list to + load the selected picture. You will then be able to edit it. - You can have the printer configuration changes stored between Tux Paint - sessions by setting the "printcfg" option. + (Alternatively, you can double-click a picture's icon to load + it.) - If the "printcfg" option is used, printer settings will be loaded from - the file "printcfg.cfg" in your personal folder (see below). Any - changes will be saved there as well. + 💡 If choose to open a picture, and your current drawing hasn't + been saved, you will be prompted as to whether you want to save + it or not. (See "Save," below.) - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + x Click the brown 'Erase' (trash can) button at the lower right + of the list to erase the selected picture. (You will be asked + to confirm.) + 📜 Note: On Linux (as of version 0.9.22), Windows (as of version + 0.9.27), and macOS (as of version 0.9.29), the picture will be + placed in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may + recover and restore it, if you change your mind). - - → Printer Dialog Options ← + ⚙ Note: The 'Erase' button may be disabled, via the "noerase" + option. - By default, Tux Paint only shows the printer dialog (or, on Linux/Unix, - runs the "altprintcommand"; e.g., "kprinter" instead of "lpr") if the - [Alt] (or [Option]) key is held while clicking the 'Print' button. + x Click the 'Export' button near the lower right to export the + selected picture to your export folder. (e.g., "~/Pictures/ + TuxPaint/") - However, this behavior can be changed. You can have the printer dialog - always appear by using "--altprintalways" on the command-line, or - "altprint=always" in Tux Paint's configuration file. Conversely, you - can prevent the [Alt]/[Option] key from having any effect by using - "--altprintnever", or "altprint=never". + From the "Open" screen you can also: + x Click the blue 'Slides' (slide projector) button at the lower + left to go to slideshow mode. See "Slides", below, for details. - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + x Click the blue 'Template' button at the lower left to go to + convert the selected picture into a new template, which can be + used as the basis for new drawings. + 📜 Note: The Template creation feature was added to Tux Paint in + version 0.9.31. To learn how to create Templates outside of Tux + Paint, see Extending Tux Paint - + ⚙ The Template creation feature can be disabled (e.g., by + selecting "Disable 'Make Template'" in Tux Paint Config. or + running Tux Paint with the "notemplateexport" option). - -f."Slides" Command (under "Open") ← + x Click the red 'Back' arrow button at the lower right of the + list to cancel and return to the picture you were drawing. - The 'Slides' button is available in the 'Open' dialog. It can be used to - play a simple animation within Tux Paint, or a slideshow of pictures. It - can also export an animated GIF based on the chosen images. + ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [O] on the keyboard to + bring up the 'Open' dialog. - → Chosing pictures ← - When you enter the 'Slides' section of Tux Paint, it displays a list of - your saved files, just like the 'Open' dialog. + + d."Save" Command ← - Click each of the images you wish to display in a slideshow-style - presentation, one by one. A digit will appear over each image, letting - you know in which order they will be displayed. + This saves your current picture. - You can click a selected image to unselect it (take it out of your - slideshow). Click it again if you wish to add it to the end of the - list. + If you haven't saved it before, it will create a new entry in the + list of saved images. (i.e., it will create a new file) + 💡 Note: It won't ask you anything (e.g., for a filename). It will + simply save the picture, and play a "camera shutter" sound effect. - - → Set playback speed ← + If you have saved the picture before, or this is a picture you just + loaded using the "Open" command, you will first be asked whether + you want to save over the old version, or create a new entry (a new + file). - A sliding scale at the lower left of the screen (next to the 'Play' - button) can be used to adjust the speed of the slideshow or animated - GIF, from slowest to fastest. Choose the leftmost setting to disable - automatic advancement during playback within Tux Paint — you will need - to press a key or click to go to the next slide (see below). + ⚙ Note: If either the "saveover" or "saveovernew" options are set, + it won't ask before saving over. See the "Options" documentation. - 💡 Note: The slowest setting does not automatically advance through the - slides. Use it for when you want to step through them manually. (This - does not apply to an exported animated GIF.) + ⌨ Note: You can also press [Control / ⌘] + [S] on the keyboard to + save. - - → Playback in Tux Paint ← + + e."Print" Command ← - To play a slideshow within Tux Paint, click the 'Play' button. + Click this button and your picture will be printed! - 💡 Note: If you hadn't selected any images, then all of your saved - images will be played in the slideshow! + On most platforms, you can also hold the [Alt] key (called [Option] + on Macs) while clicking the 'Print' button to get a printer dialog. + Note that this may not work if you're running Tux Paint in + fullscreen mode. See below. - During the slideshow, press [Space], [Enter] or [Return], or the [Right - arrow] — or click the 'Next' button at the lower left — to manually - advance to the next slide. Press [Left arrow] to go back to the - previous slide. + → Disabling Printing ← - Press [Escape], or click the 'Back' button at the lower right, to exit - the slideshow and return to the slideshow image selection screen. + The "noprint" option can be set, which will disable Tux Paint's + 'Print' button. + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. - - → Exporting an animated GIF ← - Click the 'GIF Export' button near the lower right to have Tux Paint - generate an animated GIF file based on the selected images. + + → Restricting Printing ← - 💡 Note: At least two images must be selected. (To export a single - image, use the 'Export' option from the main 'Open' dialog.) If no - images are selected, Tux Paint will not attempt to generate a GIF based - on all saved images. + The "printdelay" option can be set, which will only allow + occasional printing — once every so many seconds, as configured + by you. - Pressing [Escape] during the export process will abort the process, and - return you to the 'Slideshow' dialog. + For example, with "printdelay=60" in Tux Paint's configuration + file, printing can only occur once per minute (60 seconds). + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. - - Click 'Back' in the slideshow image selection screen to return to the - 'Open' dialog. + + → Printing Commands ← + (Linux and Unix only) - -g."Quit" Command ← + Tux Paint prints by generating a PostScript representation of + the drawing and sending it to an external program. By default, + the program is: - Clicking the 'Quit' button, closing the Tux Paint window, or pushing the - [Escape] key will quit Tux Paint. + lpr - You will first be prompted as to whether you really want to quit. + This command can be changed by setting a "printcommand" option + in Tux Paint's configuration file. - If you choose to quit, and you haven't saved the current picture, you will - first be asked if wish to save it. If it's not a new image, you will then - be asked if you want to save over the old version, or create a new entry. - (See "Save" above.) + An alternative print command can be invoked by holding the " + [Alt]" key on the keyboard while clicking clicking the 'Print' + button, as long as you're not in fullscreen mode, an + alternative program is run. By default, the program is KDE's + graphical print dialog: - ⚙ Note: If the image is saved, it will be reloaded automatically the next - time you run Tux Paint -- unless the "startblank" option is set. + kprinter - ⚙ Note: The 'Quit' button within Tux Paint, and quitting via the [Escape] - key, may be disabled, via the "noquit" option. + This command can be changed by setting a "altprintcommand" + option in Tux Paint's configuration file. - In that case, the "window close" button on Tux Paint's title bar (if not in - fullscreen mode) or the [Alt] + [F4] key sequence may be used to quit. + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. - If neither of those are possible, the key sequence of [Shift] + [Control / - ⌘] + [Escape] may be used to quit. - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + + → Printer Settings ← + (Windows and macOS) - -h.Sound Muting ← + By default, Tux Paint simply prints to the default printer with + default settings when the 'Print' button is pushed. - There is no on-screen control button at this time, but by using the [Alt] + - [S] keyboard sequence, sound effects can be disabled and re-enabled (muted - and unmuted) while the program is running. + However, if you hold the [Alt] (or [Option]) key on the + keyboard while clicking the 'Print' button, as long as you're + not in fullscreen mode, your operating system's printer dialog + will appear, where you can change the settings. - Note that if sounds are completely disabled via the "nosound" option, the - [Alt] + [S] key combination has no effect. (i.e., it cannot be used to turn - on sounds when the parent/teacher wants them disabled.) + You can have the printer configuration changes stored between + Tux Paint sessions by setting the "printcfg" option. - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + If the "printcfg" option is used, printer settings will be + loaded from the file "printcfg.cfg" in your personal folder + (see below). Any changes will be saved there as well. + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. - - ### E. Controlling Tux Paint ### + + → Printer Dialog Options ← -## 1. Using a Mouse or Trackball ## + By default, Tux Paint only shows the printer dialog (or, on + Linux/Unix, runs the "altprintcommand"; e.g., "kprinter" + instead of "lpr") if the [Alt] (or [Option]) key is held while + clicking the 'Print' button. -Tux Paint's main mode of operation is via any device that appears to your -operating system as a mouse, including standard mice, trackballs, and -trackpads, as well as drawing tablets (usually operated with a stylus) and -touch screens (operated with a finger and/or a stylus) (see "Using a Tablet or -Touchscreen" below for more information). + However, this behavior can be changed. You can have the printer + dialog always appear by using "--altprintalways" on the + command-line, or "altprint=always" in Tux Paint's configuration + file. Conversely, you can prevent the [Alt]/[Option] key from + having any effect by using "--altprintnever", or "altprint= + never". -For drawing and controlling Tux Paint, only a single mouse button is used — -typically, on multi-button mice, this will the left mouse button, but this can -usually be configured at the operating system level. By default, Tux Paint will -ignore input from the other button(s). If a user attempts to use the other -button(s), a pop-up dialog will eventually appear reminding them that only one -button is recognized Tux Paint. However, you may configure Tux Paint to accept -any button as input (see the Options documentation). + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. -# a. Scrolling # -Many input devices offer a way to quickly scroll within applications — many -mice have a scroll wheel, trackballs have scroll rings, and trackpads recognize -certain "scroll" gestures (e.g., two-finger vertical motion, or vertical motion -on the edge of the trackpad). Tux Paint supports scrolling input to allow quick -scrolling through certain lists (e.g., Stamps, Magic tools, and the New and -Open dialogs). + -Tux Paint will also automatically scroll if you click and hold the mouse down -on an scroll button — the "up" and "down" arrow buttons that appear above and -below scrolling lists. + + f."Slides" Command (under "Open") ← -# b. Mouse Accessibility # + The 'Slides' button is available in the 'Open' dialog. It can be + used to play a simple animation within Tux Paint, or a slideshow of + pictures. It can also export an animated GIF based on the chosen + images. -Other devices that appear as a mouse can be used to control Tux Paint. For -example: + → Chosing pictures ← - * Head pointing/tracking devices - * Eye gaze trackers - * Foot mice + When you enter the 'Slides' section of Tux Paint, it displays a + list of your saved files, just like the 'Open' dialog. -Tux Paint offers a "sticky mouse click" accessibility setting, where a single -click begins a click-and-drag operation, and a subsequent click ends it. (See -the Options documentation.) + Click each of the images you wish to display in a + slideshow-style presentation, one by one. A digit will appear + over each image, letting you know in which order they will be + displayed. -## 2. Using a Tablet or Touchscreen ## + You can click a selected image to unselect it (take it out of + your slideshow). Click it again if you wish to add it to the + end of the list. -As noted above, Tux Paint recognizes any device that appears as a mouse. This -means drawing tablets and touchscreens may be used. However, these devices -often support other features beyond X/Y motion, button clicks, and scroll-wheel -motion. Currently, those additional features are not supported by Tux Paint. -Some examples: - * Pressure and angle - * Eraser tip - * Multi-touch gestures + + → Set playback speed ← -## 3. Using a Joystick-like Device ## + A sliding scale at the lower left of the screen (next to the + 'Play' button) can be used to adjust the speed of the slideshow + or animated GIF, from slowest to fastest. Choose the leftmost + setting to disable automatic advancement during playback within + Tux Paint — you will need to press a key or click to go to the + next slide (see below). -Tux Paint may be configured to recognize input from any game controller that -appears to your operating system as a joystick. That even includes modern game -console controllers connected via USB or Bluetooth (e.g., Nintendo Switch or -Microsoft Xbox game pads)! + 💡 Note: The slowest setting does not automatically advance + through the slides. Use it for when you want to step through + them manually. (This does not apply to an exported animated + GIF.) -Numerous configuration options are available to best suit the device being -used, and the user's needs. Analog input will be used for coarse movement, and -digital "hat" input for fine movement. Buttons on the controller can be mapped -to different Tux Paint controls (e.g., acting as the [Escape] key, switching to -the Paint tool, invoking Undo and Redo operations, etc.). See the Options -documentation for more details. -## 4. Using the Keyboard ## + + → Playback in Tux Paint ← -Tux Paint offers an option to allow the keyboard to be used to control the -mouse pointer. This includes motion and clicking, as well as shortcuts to -navigate between and within certain parts of the interface. See the Options -documentation for more details. + To play a slideshow within Tux Paint, click the 'Play' button. -III. Loading Other Pictures into Tux Paint + 💡 Note: If you hadn't selected any images, then all of your + saved images will be played in the slideshow! - ### A. Overview ### + During the slideshow, press [Space], [Enter] or [Return], or + the [Right arrow] — or click the 'Next' button at the lower + left — to manually advance to the next slide. Press [Left + arrow] to go back to the previous slide. -Tux Paint's 'Open' dialog only displays pictures you created with Tux Paint. So -what do you do if you want to load some other drawinng or even a photograph -into Tux Paint, so you can edit or draw on it? + Press [Escape], or click the 'Back' button at the lower right, + to exit the slideshow and return to the slideshow image + selection screen. -You can simply convert the picture to the format Tux Paint uses — PNG (Portable -Network Graphic) — and place it in Tux Paint's "saved" directory/folder. Here -is where to find it (by default): -→ Windows Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Windows 11 ← - In the user's "AppData" folder: - e.g., "C:\Users\username\AppData\Roaming\TuxPaint\saved\" - -→ macOS ← - In the user's "Application Support" folder: - e.g., "/Users/username/Library/Application Support/TuxPaint/saved/" - -→ Linux / Unix ← - In the user's "home directory" folder: - e.g., "/home/username/.tuxpaint/saved/" - -→ Haiku ← - In the user's "settings" folder: - e.g., "/boot/home/config/settings/TuxPaint/saved/" - - -💡 Note: It is also from this folder that you can copy or open pictures drawn in -Tux Paint using other applications, though the 'Export' option from Tux Paint's -'Open' dialog can be used to copy them to a location that's easier and safer to -access. - - ### B. Using the import script, "tuxpaint-import" ### - -Linux and Unix users can use the "tuxpaint-import" shell script which gets -installed when you install Tux Paint. It uses some NetPBM tools to convert the -image ("anytopnm"), resize it so that it will fit in Tux Paint's canvas -("pnmscale"), and convert it to a PNG ("pnmtopng"). - -It also uses the "date" command to get the current time and date, which is the -file-naming convention Tux Paint uses for saved files. (Remember, you are never -asked for a 'filename' when you go to save or open pictures!) - -To use this script, simply run it from a command-line prompt, and provide it -the name(s) of the file(s) you wish to convert. - -They will be converted and placed in your Tux Paint "saved" directory. - -💡 Note: If you're doing this for a different user (e.g., your child) you'll -need to make sure to run the command under their account.) - -Example: - - $ tuxpaint-import grandma.jpg - grandma.jpg -> /home/username/.tuxpaint/saved/20211231012359.png - jpegtopnm: WRITING A PPM FILE - -The first line ("tuxpaint-import grandma.jpg") is the command to run. The -following two lines are output from the program while it's working. - -Now you can load Tux Paint, and a version of that original picture will be -available under the 'Open' dialog. Just double-click its icon! - - ### C. Importing Pictures Manually ### - -Windows, macOS, and Haiku users who wish to import arbitrary images into Tux -Paint must do so via a manual process. - -Load a graphics program that is capable of both loading your picture and saving -a PNG format file. (See the documentation file "PNG.html" for a list of -suggested software, and other references.) - -When Tux Paint loads an image that's not the same size as its drawing canvas, -it scales (and sometimes smears the edges of) the image so that it fits within -the canvas. - -To avoid having the image stretched or smeared, you can resize it to Tux -Paint's canvas size. This size depends on the size of the Tux Paint window, or -resolution at which Tux Paint is run, if in fullscreen. (Note: The default -resolution is 800x600.) See "Calculating Image Dimensions", below. - -## 1. Naming the File ## - -Save the picture in PNG format. It is highly recommended that you name the -filename using the current date and time, since that's the convention Tux Paint -uses: - - YYYYMMDDhhmmss.png - - * YYYY = Year - * MM = Month (two digits, "01"-"12") - * DD = Day of month (two digits, "01"-"31") - * HH = Hour (two digits, in 24-hour format, "00"-"23") - * mm = Minute (two digits, "00"-"59") - * ss = Seconds (two digits, "00"-"59") - -Example: "20210731110500.png", for July 31, 2021 at 11:05am. - -Place this PNG file in your Tux Paint "saved" directory/folder. (See above.) - -## 2. Calculating Image Dimensions ## - -This part of the documentation needs to be rewritten, since the new -"buttonsize" option was added. For now, try drawing and saving an image within -Tux Paint, then determine what size (pixel width and height) it came out to, -and try to match that when scaling the picture(s) you're importing into Tux -Paint. - -IV.Further Reading - -Other documentation included with Tux Paint (found in the "docs" folder/ -directory) includes: - -→ Using Tux Paint: ← - o OPTIONS.html - Detailed instructions on command-line and configuration-file options, - for those who don't want to use the Tux Paint Config. tool to manage - Tux Paint's configuration. - o 'Magic' Tool Documentation ("magic-docs") - Documentation for each of the currently-installed 'Magic' tools. - o Frequently Asked Questions ("FAQs") about Tux Paint - Answers to, and solutions for, some common questions about, and - problems with, using Tux Paint. - - -→ How to extend Tux Paint: ← - o EXTENDING.html - Detailed instructions on extending Tux Paint: creating brushes, stamps, - starters, and templates; adding fonts; and creating new on-screen - keyboard layouts and input methods. - o PNG.html - Notes on creating PNG format bitmapped (raster) images for use in Tux - Paint. - o SVG.html - Notes on creating SVG format vector images for use in Tux Paint. - - -→ Technical information: ← - o INSTALL.html - Instructions for compiling and installing Tux Paint, when applicable. - o SIGNALS.html - Information about the POSIX signals that Tux Paint responds to. - o MAGIC-API.html - Creating new Magic tools using Tux Paint's plugin API. - - -→ Development history and license: ← - o AUTHORS.txt - List of authors and contributors. - o CHANGES.txt - Summary of what has changed between releases of Tux Paint. - o COPYING.txt - Tux Paint's software license, the GNU General Public License (GPL) - - - -V.How to Get Help - -If you need help, there are numerous ways to interact with Tux Paint developers -and other users: - - * Report bugs or request new features via the project's bug-tracking system - * Participate in the various project mailing lists - * Contact the developers directly - -To learn more, visit the "Contact" page of the official Tux Paint website: -https://tuxpaint.org/contact/ - -VI.How to Participate - -Tux Paint is a volunteer-driven project, and we're happy to accept your help in -a variety of ways: - - * Translate Tux Paint to another language - * Improve existing translations - * Create artwork (stamps, starters, templates, brushes) - * Add or improve features or magic tools - * Create classroom curriculum - * Promote or help support others using Tux Paint - -To learn more, visit the "Help Us" page of the official Tux Paint website: -https://tuxpaint.org/help/ - -VII.Follow the Tux Paint project on social media - -Tux Paint maintains a presence on a variety of social media networks, where we -post updates and artwork. - - * Follow @tuxpaint.bsky.social on Bluesky - * Join the Tux Paint page on Facebook - * Follow @TuxPaintDevs on Instagram - * Follow @tuxpaint@floss.social on Mastodon - * Follow u/TuxPaintDevs on Reddit - * Follow @TuxPaintDevs on Threads - * Follow @TuxPaintDevs on TikTok - * Follow Tux Paint on Tumblr - * Subscribe to @TuxPaintOfficial on YouTube - -VIII. Trademark notices - - * "Linux" is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds. - * "Microsoft" and "Windows" are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corp. - * "Apple" and "macOS" are registered trademarks of Apple Inc. - * "Haiku" is a registered trademark of Haiku, Inc. - * "Facebook", "Instagram", and "Threads" are registered trademarks of Meta - Platforms, Inc. - * "Mastodon" is a registered trademark of Mastodon gGmbH. - * "Reddit" is a registered trademark of Reddit, Inc. - * "TIK TOK" is a trademark of Bytedance Ltd. - * "Tumblr" is a registered trademark of Tumblr, Inc. - * "YouTube" is a registered trademark of Alphabet, Inc. + + → Exporting an animated GIF ← + Click the 'GIF Export' button near the lower right to have Tux + Paint generate an animated GIF file based on the selected + images. + + 💡 Note: At least two images must be selected. (To export a + single image, use the 'Export' option from the main 'Open' + dialog.) If no images are selected, Tux Paint will not attempt + to generate a GIF based on all saved images. + + Pressing [Escape] during the export process will abort the + process, and return you to the 'Slideshow' dialog. + + + + + Click 'Back' in the slideshow image selection screen to return to + the 'Open' dialog. + + + + g."Quit" Command ← + + Clicking the 'Quit' button, closing the Tux Paint window, or + pushing the [Escape] key will quit Tux Paint. + + You will first be prompted as to whether you really want to quit. + + If you choose to quit, and you haven't saved the current picture, + you will first be asked if wish to save it. If it's not a new + image, you will then be asked if you want to save over the old + version, or create a new entry. (See "Save" above.) + + ⚙ Note: If the image is saved, it will be reloaded automatically + the next time you run Tux Paint -- unless the "startblank" option + is set. + + ⚙ Note: The 'Quit' button within Tux Paint, and quitting via the + [Escape] key, may be disabled, via the "noquit" option. + + In that case, the "window close" button on Tux Paint's title bar + (if not in fullscreen mode) or the [Alt] + [F4] key sequence may be + used to quit. + + If neither of those are possible, the key sequence of [Shift] + + [Control / ⌘] + [Escape] may be used to quit. + + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + + + + h.Sound Muting ← + + There is no on-screen control button at this time, but by using the + [Alt] + [S] keyboard sequence, sound effects can be disabled and + re-enabled (muted and unmuted) while the program is running. + + Note that if sounds are completely disabled via the "nosound" + option, the [Alt] + [S] key combination has no effect. (i.e., it + cannot be used to turn on sounds when the parent/teacher wants them + disabled.) + + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + + + + + ### E. Controlling Tux Paint ### + + ## 1. Using a Mouse or Trackball ## + + Tux Paint's main mode of operation is via any device that appears to + your operating system as a mouse, including standard mice, trackballs, + and trackpads, as well as drawing tablets (usually operated with a + stylus) and touch screens (operated with a finger and/or a stylus) (see + "Using a Tablet or Touchscreen" below for more information). + + For drawing and controlling Tux Paint, only a single mouse button is + used — typically, on multi-button mice, this will the left mouse + button, but this can usually be configured at the operating system + level. By default, Tux Paint will ignore input from the other button + (s). If a user attempts to use the other button(s), a pop-up dialog + will eventually appear reminding them that only one button is + recognized Tux Paint. However, you may configure Tux Paint to accept + any button as input (see the Options documentation). + + # a. Scrolling # + + Many input devices offer a way to quickly scroll within applications — + many mice have a scroll wheel, trackballs have scroll rings, and + trackpads recognize certain "scroll" gestures (e.g., two-finger + vertical motion, or vertical motion on the edge of the trackpad). Tux + Paint supports scrolling input to allow quick scrolling through certain + lists (e.g., Stamps, Magic tools, and the New and Open dialogs). + + Tux Paint will also automatically scroll if you click and hold the + mouse down on an scroll button — the "up" and "down" arrow buttons that + appear above and below scrolling lists. + + # b. Mouse Accessibility # + + Other devices that appear as a mouse can be used to control Tux Paint. + For example: + - Head pointing/tracking devices + - Eye gaze trackers + - Foot mice + + Tux Paint offers a "sticky mouse click" accessibility setting, where a + single click begins a click-and-drag operation, and a subsequent click + ends it. (See the Options documentation.) + + ## 2. Using a Tablet or Touchscreen ## + + As noted above, Tux Paint recognizes any device that appears as a + mouse. This means drawing tablets and touchscreens may be used. + However, these devices often support other features beyond X/Y motion, + button clicks, and scroll-wheel motion. Currently, those additional + features are not supported by Tux Paint. Some examples: + - Pressure and angle + - Eraser tip + - Multi-touch gestures + + ## 3. Using a Joystick-like Device ## + + Tux Paint may be configured to recognize input from any game controller + that appears to your operating system as a joystick. That even includes + modern game console controllers connected via USB or Bluetooth (e.g., + Nintendo Switch or Microsoft Xbox game pads)! + + Numerous configuration options are available to best suit the device + being used, and the user's needs. Analog input will be used for coarse + movement, and digital "hat" input for fine movement. Buttons on the + controller can be mapped to different Tux Paint controls (e.g., acting + as the [Escape] key, switching to the Paint tool, invoking Undo and + Redo operations, etc.). See the Options documentation for more details. + + ## 4. Using the Keyboard ## + + Tux Paint offers an option to allow the keyboard to be used to control + the mouse pointer. This includes motion and clicking, as well as + shortcuts to navigate between and within certain parts of the + interface. See the Options documentation for more details. + + III. Loading Other Pictures into Tux Paint + + ### A. Overview ### + + Tux Paint's 'Open' dialog only displays pictures you created with Tux + Paint. So what do you do if you want to load some other drawinng or + even a photograph into Tux Paint, so you can edit or draw on it? + + You can simply convert the picture to the format Tux Paint uses — PNG + (Portable Network Graphic) — and place it in Tux Paint's "saved" + directory/folder. Here is where to find it (by default): + + → Windows Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Windows 11 ← + In the user's "AppData" folder: + e.g., "C:\Users\username\AppData\Roaming\TuxPaint\saved\" + + → macOS ← + In the user's "Application Support" folder: + e.g., "/Users/username/Library/Application Support/TuxPaint/saved/" + + → Linux / Unix ← + In the user's "home directory" folder: + e.g., "/home/username/.tuxpaint/saved/" + + → Haiku ← + In the user's "settings" folder: + e.g., "/boot/home/config/settings/TuxPaint/saved/" + + + 💡 Note: It is also from this folder that you can copy or open pictures + drawn in Tux Paint using other applications, though the 'Export' option + from Tux Paint's 'Open' dialog can be used to copy them to a location + that's easier and safer to access. + + ### B. Using the import script, "tuxpaint-import" ### + + Linux and Unix users can use the "tuxpaint-import" shell script which + gets installed when you install Tux Paint. It uses some NetPBM tools to + convert the image ("anytopnm"), resize it so that it will fit in Tux + Paint's canvas ("pnmscale"), and convert it to a PNG ("pnmtopng"). + + It also uses the "date" command to get the current time and date, which + is the file-naming convention Tux Paint uses for saved files. + (Remember, you are never asked for a 'filename' when you go to save or + open pictures!) + + To use this script, simply run it from a command-line prompt, and + provide it the name(s) of the file(s) you wish to convert. + + They will be converted and placed in your Tux Paint "saved" directory. + + 💡 Note: If you're doing this for a different user (e.g., your child) + you'll need to make sure to run the command under their account.) + + Example: + + $ tuxpaint-import grandma.jpg + grandma.jpg -> /home/username/.tuxpaint/saved/20211231012359.png + jpegtopnm: WRITING A PPM FILE + + The first line ("tuxpaint-import grandma.jpg") is the command to run. + The following two lines are output from the program while it's working. + + Now you can load Tux Paint, and a version of that original picture will + be available under the 'Open' dialog. Just double-click its icon! + + ### C. Importing Pictures Manually ### + + Windows, macOS, and Haiku users who wish to import arbitrary images + into Tux Paint must do so via a manual process. + + Load a graphics program that is capable of both loading your picture + and saving a PNG format file. (See the documentation file "PNG.html" + for a list of suggested software, and other references.) + + When Tux Paint loads an image that's not the same size as its drawing + canvas, it scales (and sometimes smears the edges of) the image so that + it fits within the canvas. + + To avoid having the image stretched or smeared, you can resize it to + Tux Paint's canvas size. This size depends on the size of the Tux Paint + window, or resolution at which Tux Paint is run, if in fullscreen. ( + Note: The default resolution is 800x600.) See "Calculating Image + Dimensions", below. + + ## 1. Naming the File ## + + Save the picture in PNG format. It is highly recommended that you name + the filename using the current date and time, since that's the + convention Tux Paint uses: + + YYYYMMDDhhmmss.png + + - YYYY = Year + - MM = Month (two digits, "01"-"12") + - DD = Day of month (two digits, "01"-"31") + - HH = Hour (two digits, in 24-hour format, "00"-"23") + - mm = Minute (two digits, "00"-"59") + - ss = Seconds (two digits, "00"-"59") + + Example: "20210731110500.png", for July 31, 2021 at 11:05am. + + Place this PNG file in your Tux Paint "saved" directory/folder. (See + above.) + + ## 2. Calculating Image Dimensions ## + + This part of the documentation needs to be rewritten, since the new + "buttonsize" option was added. For now, try drawing and saving an image + within Tux Paint, then determine what size (pixel width and height) it + came out to, and try to match that when scaling the picture(s) you're + importing into Tux Paint. + + IV.Further Reading + + Other documentation included with Tux Paint (found in the "docs" folder + /directory) includes: + → Using Tux Paint: ← + x OPTIONS.html + Detailed instructions on command-line and configuration-file + options, for those who don't want to use the Tux Paint Config. + tool to manage Tux Paint's configuration. + x 'Magic' Tool Documentation ("magic-docs") + Documentation for each of the currently-installed 'Magic' + tools. + x Frequently Asked Questions ("FAQs") about Tux Paint + Answers to, and solutions for, some common questions about, and + problems with, using Tux Paint. + + + → How to extend Tux Paint: ← + x EXTENDING.html + Detailed instructions on extending Tux Paint: creating brushes, + stamps, starters, and templates; adding fonts; and creating new + on-screen keyboard layouts and input methods. + x PNG.html + Notes on creating PNG format bitmapped (raster) images for use + in Tux Paint. + x SVG.html + Notes on creating SVG format vector images for use in Tux + Paint. + + + → Technical information: ← + x INSTALL.html + Instructions for compiling and installing Tux Paint, when + applicable. + x SIGNALS.html + Information about the POSIX signals that Tux Paint responds to. + x MAGIC-API.html + Creating new Magic tools using Tux Paint's plugin API. + + + → Development history and license: ← + x AUTHORS.txt + List of authors and contributors. + x CHANGES.txt + Summary of what has changed between releases of Tux Paint. + x COPYING.txt + Tux Paint's software license, the GNU General Public License + (GPL) + + + + V.How to Get Help + + If you need help, there are numerous ways to interact with Tux Paint + developers and other users: + - Report bugs or request new features via the project's bug-tracking + system + - Participate in the various project mailing lists + - Contact the developers directly + + To learn more, visit the "Contact" page of the official Tux Paint + website: https://tuxpaint.org/contact/ + + VI.How to Participate + + Tux Paint is a volunteer-driven project, and we're happy to accept your + help in a variety of ways: + - Translate Tux Paint to another language + - Improve existing translations + - Create artwork (stamps, starters, templates, brushes) + - Add or improve features or magic tools + - Create classroom curriculum + - Promote or help support others using Tux Paint + + To learn more, visit the "Help Us" page of the official Tux Paint + website: https://tuxpaint.org/help/ + + VII.Follow the Tux Paint project on social media + + Tux Paint maintains a presence on a variety of social media networks, + where we post updates and artwork. + - Follow @tuxpaint.bsky.social on Bluesky + - Join the Tux Paint page on Facebook + - Follow @TuxPaintDevs on Instagram + - Follow @tuxpaint@floss.social on Mastodon + - Follow u/TuxPaintDevs on Reddit + - Follow @TuxPaintDevs on Threads + - Follow @TuxPaintDevs on TikTok + - Follow Tux Paint on Tumblr + - Subscribe to @TuxPaintOfficial on YouTube + + VIII. Trademark notices + + - "Linux" is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds. + - "Microsoft" and "Windows" are registered trademarks of Microsoft + Corp. + - "Apple" and "macOS" are registered trademarks of Apple Inc. + - "Haiku" is a registered trademark of Haiku, Inc. + - "Facebook", "Instagram", and "Threads" are registered trademarks of + Meta Platforms, Inc. + - "Mastodon" is a registered trademark of Mastodon gGmbH. + - "Reddit" is a registered trademark of Reddit, Inc. + - "TIK TOK" is a trademark of Bytedance Ltd. + - "Tumblr" is a registered trademark of Tumblr, Inc. + - "YouTube" is a registered trademark of Alphabet, Inc. diff --git a/docs/is_IS.UTF-8/html/README.html b/docs/is_IS.UTF-8/html/README.html index 3cea9e375..3e9839764 100644 --- a/docs/is_IS.UTF-8/html/README.html +++ b/docs/is_IS.UTF-8/html/README.html @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

- desember 25, 2024

+ desember 26, 2024

Text clipboard paste support
The "Text" and "Label" tools support pasting the copy/paste clipboard.
+ +
"Hearts" Magic tool
+
Draw a trail of floating hearts. + +
"Sparkles" Magic tool
+
Draw a trail of falling sparkles. + +
"Stars" Magic tool
+
Draw a trail of stars.

diff --git a/docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/README.txt b/docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/README.txt index 5c4b247af..04a55d495 100644 --- a/docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/README.txt +++ b/docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/README.txt @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Copyright © 2002-2024 by various contributors; AUTHORS.txt 参照. https://tuxpaint.org/ - 2024年12月25日 + 2024年12月26日 +--------------------------------------------------+ | 目次 | @@ -104,1205 +104,1274 @@ Tux Paint は、オープンソースのプロジェクトで、GNUの一般公 → Text clipboard paste support ← The "Text" and "Label" tools support pasting the copy/paste clipboard. +→ "Hearts" Magic tool ← + Draw a trail of floating hearts. ← + → "Sparkles" Magic tool ← + Draw a trail of falling sparkles. ← + → "Stars" Magic tool ← + Draw a trail of stars. ← -全ての変更点については、CHANGES.txt をお読みください。 + 全ての変更点については、CHANGES.txt をお読みください。 -II. Tux Paint の使い方 + II. Tux Paint の使い方 - ### A. Tux Paint の起動 ### + ### A. Tux Paint の起動 ### -## 1. Linux または Unix のユーザー ## + ## 1. Linux または Unix のユーザー ## -KDE あるいは GNOME のメニューの「グラフィックス」以下に、起動アイコンが設定され -ているはずです。 + KDE あるいは GNOME のメニューの「グラフィックス」以下に、起動アイコンが + 設定されているはずです。 -その他、シェルプロンプト（例: "$"）で次のコマンドを実行する方法があります: + その他、シェルプロンプト（例: "$"）で次のコマンドを実行する方法がありま + す: - $ tuxpaint + $ tuxpaint -エラーが発生した場合は、端末にその内容が表示されます。（標準エラー出力） + エラーが発生した場合は、端末にその内容が表示されます。（標準エラー出 + 力） -## 2. Windows のユーザー ## + ## 2. Windows のユーザー ## -[Tux Paint アイコン] - Tux Paint + [Tux Paint アイコン] + Tux Paint -インストーラーを用いて Tux Paint をインストールする際、スタート・メニューやデス -クトップにショートカットを作成するかどうかが選択できます。ショートカットを作成 -していれば、これらのアイコンから簡単に Tux Paint を起動できます。 + インストーラーを用いて Tux Paint をインストールする際、スタート・メ + ニューやデスクトップにショートカットを作成するかどうかが選択できます。 + ショートカットを作成していれば、これらのアイコンから簡単に Tux Paint を + 起動できます。 -ポータブル版（ZIPファイル版）をダウンロードして Tux Paint をインストールした場 -合や、インストーラーでショートカットを作成しなかった場合は、"Tux Paint"のフォル -ダにある "tuxpaint.exe" のアイコンをダブルクリックします。 + ポータブル版（ZIPファイル版）をダウンロードして Tux Paint をインストー + ルした場合や、インストーラーでショートカットを作成しなかった場合は、 + "Tux Paint"のフォルダにある "tuxpaint.exe" のアイコンをダブルクリックし + ます。 -インストーラーを用いた場合、「Tux Paint」のフォルダは、通常 -"C:\Program Files\TuxPaint\" に配置されます。（インストール時に、これを変更する -こともできます） + インストーラーを用いた場合、「Tux Paint」のフォルダは、通常 + "C:\Program Files\TuxPaint\" に配置されます。（インストール時に、これを + 変更することもできます） -ZIP ファイルを用いた場合、「Tux Paint」のフォルダは、任意の場所に配置できます。 + ZIP ファイルを用いた場合、「Tux Paint」のフォルダは、任意の場所に配置で + きます。 -## 3. macOS のユーザー ## + ## 3. macOS のユーザー ## -"Tux Paint" のアイコンをダブルクリックします。 + "Tux Paint" のアイコンをダブルクリックします。 -[起動画面] - - - ### B. 起動画面 ### - -Tux Paint を起動すると、タイトル画面が表示されます。 - -プログラムの読み込みが完了すると、何かキーを押すかマウスのクリックにより次に進 -みます。（タイトル画面は、約5秒後に自動的に閉じます） - - ### C. メインの画面 ### - -メインの画面は、次の各部に分けられます: - -[どうぐ: ふで, はんこ, せん, かたち, もじ, まほう, ラベル, とりけし, やりなお -し, けしゴム, さいしょから, ひらく, セーブ, いんさつ, やめる] - -→ 左側: ツールバー「どうぐ」 ← - - ツールバーには、描画や編集を行うためのアイコンがあります。 - - - -[描画キャンバス] - -→ 中央部: 描画キャンバス ← - - 中央部の最も広い領域が描画キャンバスです。ここが絵を描く部分になります！ - - 💡 注: 描画キャンバスのサイズは、Tux Paint のウィンドウサイズに応じて変わり - ます。Tux Paint のウィンドウサイズは、Tux Paint 設定ツールを用いて変更でき - ます。その他の方法については、各種設定についてのドキュメントを参照してくだ - さい。 - - - -[セレクタ - ふで、もじ、かたち、はんこ] - -→ 右側: セレクタ ← - - セレクタに表示される内容は、使用しているツールに応じて変わります。例えば、 - 「ふで」ツールでは、様々な種類の筆が表示され、「はんこ」ツールでは、はんこ - の画像が表示されます。 - - - -[いろ - いろ - くろ、しろ、あか、ぴんく、おれんじ、きいろ、みどり、みずいろ、あ -お、むらさき、ちゃいろ、はいいろ] - -→ 下部: カラーパレット「いろ」 ← - - 使用中のツールが色をサポートしている場合、画面の下部付近に色の選択肢がパ - レットで表示されます。このパレットをクリックして色を選択すると、その色が - ツールで使用されます。(例えば、「ふで」ツールでは選択したブラシで描く色とし - て、「ぬる」ツールでは画像の領域を塗りつぶす色として使用します)。 - - 右端には色に関する3つの特別なオプションがあります。 - o スポイト - スポイトを使えば、絵の中から色を選ぶことができます。 - （この機能を使うためのショートカットキーがあります; 以降を参照） - o レインボーパレット - レインボーパレットは、色相、彩度、明度を選択することで、任意の色を選ぶ - ことができます。左側のボックスには、数百段階の色相 — 上部の赤から下部の - 紫まで — が、数百段階の彩度 — 左側の淡い色から右側の純色まで — で表示さ - れます。縦のグレーの領域では、数百段階で、明度 — 上部が最も明るく、下部 - が最も暗い — を選ぶことができます。 - 緑色のチェックボタンをクリックして色を確定します。「もどる」ボタンをク - リックすると、色を選択せずにポップアップを終了します。 - このツールの選択色に次のいずれかの色をセットすることもできます: - # 組み込みのカラーパレットから選んだ色 - # スポイトで選んだ色 - # カラーミキサーで選んだ色 - o カラーミキサー - 絵の具のパレットのようなアイコンの「カラーミキサー」では、加法混色の三 - 原色 — 赤、青、黄と、白（色合い）、グレー（色調）、黒（濃淡）を混ぜて色 - を作成することができます。 - どのボタンも複数回クリックできます（例えば、赤 + 赤 + 黄とクリックする - と、赤橙色になります）。混合された色の比率は画面下部に表示されます。 - 「さいしょから」ボタンをクリックすると、最初からやり直す（色がない状態 - に戻す）ことができます。また、間違えた場合は、手順を何回でも取り消した - り、やり直したりすることができます（最初からやり直す必要はありませ - ん）。 - 緑色のチェックボタンをクリックして色を確定します。「もどる」ボタンをク - リックすると、色を選択せずにポップアップを終了します。 - - ⌨ 使用中のツールが色をサポートしている場合、「スポイト」機能に素早くアクセ - スするためのショートカットを使用することができます。[Control] キーを押しな - がらマウスをクリックしたままカーソルを動かすと、マウスカーソルの下にある色 - が表示されます。キャンバス全体をドラッグして欲しい色が見つかったところでマ - ウスボタンを離すと、カーソルの下にある色が選択されます。マウスをキャンバス - の外（例えば「どうぐ」の部分）で離すと、色の選択は変更されません。 - - ⚙ 注: カラーパレットの色は好みに応じて変更できます。変更方法については、"各 - 種設定について"のドキュメントを参照してください。 - - - -(「かたち」ツールの使い方を説明している例) - -→ 最下部: ヘルプエリア ← - - 画面の一番下の部分では、Linux ペンギンの Tux が、様々なヒントや関連情報をご - 提供します。 - - - - - ### D. 各種のツール ### - -## 1. 描画ツール ## - -a. ペイントブラシ「ふで」 ← - - 右側のセレクタから筆の種類を、下のパレットから色を選んで、フリーハンドで描 - 画します。 - - ボタンを押したままマウスを動かすと、描画できます。 - - アニメーションブラシ — 描画中に形状が変化します。例として、ブドウ形のブラシ - が挙げられます。このタイプのブラシの選択ボタンには、小さなフィルムのアイコ - ンが付いています。 - - 向きのあるブラシ — 描いている方向によって異なる形を描きます。例として、Tux - Paint に含まれる矢印ブラシがあります。これらのブラシの選択ボタンには、小さ - な8方向の矢印のアイコンが付いています。 - - また、いくつかのブラシは、方向とアニメーションを併せ持ちます。例として、猫 - やリスのブラシがあります。このタイプのブラシの選択ボタンには、小さなフィル - ムと８方向の矢印のアイコンが付いています。 - - 描画中にはサウンドが流れます。筆の大きさが大きいほど、低い音になります。 - - ブラシの描画間隔 - - - 「ふで」でキャンバスに描画する際の間隔を変更できます。標準で、いくつか - のブラシ (足跡や花など) は重ならないように十分な間隔を空けてあります。 - 他のブラシ (基本的な円形のものなど) は狭い間隔で連続した線になるように - 設定されています。 - - 描画の間隔は、右下にある三角形になったバーの列をクリックすることで変更 - できます。長いバーが広い間隔に対応します。描画間隔は、「ふで」を使用す - るツール（「ふで」ツールと「せん」ツール）の両方に影響します。 - - ⚙ 注: "nobrushspacing" オプションが設定されると、描画間隔の調整が無効に - なります。詳しくは"各種設定について"のドキュメントを参照してください。 - - - -b.「はんこ」ツール ← - - 「はんこ」ツールは、スタンプやステッカーを集めたようなものです。馬や木、月 - など、あらかじめ用意された様々な写真やイラストを絵に貼り付けることができま - す。 - - マウスを動かすと、スタンプが押される位置と大きさを示す輪郭線が表示されるの - で、押したい場所でクリックします。 - - → スタンプの分類 ← - スタンプは、動物、植物、宇宙、乗り物、人物といった多くのカテゴリに分類 - されています。セレクタの左右の矢印のボタンを使ってカテゴリを切り替える - ことができます。 + [起動画面] - → "スタンプの回転" ← - 右下のトグルボタンを使って、スタンプを配置する際の回転を有効にすること - ができます。スタンプを配置したらキャンバス上でマウスを動かして回転させ - る角度を選びます。もう一度マウスボタンをクリックすると、スタンプが追加 - されます。 + ### B. 起動画面 ### - ⚙ 注:"スタンプの回転" オプションが無効化されている場合、回転の手順は省 - 略され、マウスを放した時点でスタンプが確定します。 ""スタンプの回転"" - ("stamprotation") についての詳細は、各種設定について" のドキュメントを - 参照して下さい。 + Tux Paint を起動すると、タイトル画面が表示されます。 - 📜 注: はんこの回転機能は Tux Paint バージョン 0.9.29 で追加されました。 + プログラムの読み込みが完了すると、何かキーを押すかマウスのクリックによ + り次に進みます。（タイトル画面は、約5秒後に自動的に閉じます） + ### C. メインの画面 ### + メインの画面は、次の各部に分けられます: + + [どうぐ: ふで, はんこ, せん, かたち, もじ, まほう, ラベル, とりけし, や + りなおし, けしゴム, さいしょから, ひらく, セーブ, いんさつ, やめる] - → スタンプの操作 ← + → 左側: ツールバー「どうぐ」 ← - スタンプを絵に貼り付ける前に、以下の様々な効果を適用することができます - （スタンプの種類によって異なります）: + ツールバーには、描画や編集を行うためのアイコンがあります。 - @ スタンプには色をつけることができるものがあります。その場合、カラー - パレットが有効になり、スタンプを絵に貼り付ける前に色を選ぶことがで - きます。 - @ スタンプは、右下の三角形のバーの中をクリックすることで、縮小・拡大 + + + [描画キャンバス] + + → 中央部: 描画キャンバス ← + + 中央部の最も広い領域が描画キャンバスです。ここが絵を描く部分になり + ます！ + + 💡 注: 描画キャンバスのサイズは、Tux Paint のウィンドウサイズに応じ + て変わります。Tux Paint のウィンドウサイズは、Tux Paint 設定ツール + を用いて変更できます。その他の方法については、各種設定についてのド + キュメントを参照してください。 + + + + [セレクタ - ふで、もじ、かたち、はんこ] + + → 右側: セレクタ ← + + セレクタに表示される内容は、使用しているツールに応じて変わります。 + 例えば、「ふで」ツールでは、様々な種類の筆が表示され、「はんこ」 + ツールでは、はんこの画像が表示されます。 + + + + [いろ - いろ - くろ、しろ、あか、ぴんく、おれんじ、きいろ、みどり、みず + いろ、あお、むらさき、ちゃいろ、はいいろ] + + → 下部: カラーパレット「いろ」 ← + + 使用中のツールが色をサポートしている場合、画面の下部付近に色の選択 + 肢がパレットで表示されます。このパレットをクリックして色を選択する + と、その色がツールで使用されます。(例えば、「ふで」ツールでは選択し + たブラシで描く色として、「ぬる」ツールでは画像の領域を塗りつぶす色 + として使用します)。 + + 右端には色に関する3つの特別なオプションがあります。 + x スポイト + スポイトを使えば、絵の中から色を選ぶことができます。 + （この機能を使うためのショートカットキーがあります; 以降を参 + 照） + x レインボーパレット + レインボーパレットは、色相、彩度、明度を選択することで、任意の + 色を選ぶことができます。左側のボックスには、数百段階の色相 — 上 + 部の赤から下部の紫まで — が、数百段階の彩度 — 左側の淡い色から + 右側の純色まで — で表示されます。縦のグレーの領域では、数百段階 + で、明度 — 上部が最も明るく、下部が最も暗い — を選ぶことができ + ます。 + 緑色のチェックボタンをクリックして色を確定します。「もどる」ボ + タンをクリックすると、色を選択せずにポップアップを終了します。 + このツールの選択色に次のいずれかの色をセットすることもできます: + % 組み込みのカラーパレットから選んだ色 + % スポイトで選んだ色 + % カラーミキサーで選んだ色 + x カラーミキサー + 絵の具のパレットのようなアイコンの「カラーミキサー」では、加法 + 混色の三原色 — 赤、青、黄と、白（色合い）、グレー（色調）、黒 + （濃淡）を混ぜて色を作成することができます。 + どのボタンも複数回クリックできます（例えば、赤 + 赤 + 黄とク + リックすると、赤橙色になります）。混合された色の比率は画面下部 + に表示されます。 + 「さいしょから」ボタンをクリックすると、最初からやり直す（色が + ない状態に戻す）ことができます。また、間違えた場合は、手順を何 + 回でも取り消したり、やり直したりすることができます（最初からや + り直す必要はありません）。 + 緑色のチェックボタンをクリックして色を確定します。「もどる」ボ + タンをクリックすると、色を選択せずにポップアップを終了します。 + + ⌨ 使用中のツールが色をサポートしている場合、「スポイト」機能に素早 + くアクセスするためのショートカットを使用することができます。 + [Control] キーを押しながらマウスをクリックしたままカーソルを動かす + と、マウスカーソルの下にある色が表示されます。キャンバス全体をド + ラッグして欲しい色が見つかったところでマウスボタンを離すと、カーソ + ルの下にある色が選択されます。マウスをキャンバスの外（例えば「どう + ぐ」の部分）で離すと、色の選択は変更されません。 + + ⚙ 注: カラーパレットの色は好みに応じて変更できます。変更方法につい + ては、"各種設定について"のドキュメントを参照してください。 + + + + (「かたち」ツールの使い方を説明している例) + + → 最下部: ヘルプエリア ← + + 画面の一番下の部分では、Linux ペンギンの Tux が、様々なヒントや関連 + 情報をご提供します。 + + + + + ### D. 各種のツール ### + + ## 1. 描画ツール ## + + a. ペイントブラシ「ふで」 ← + + 右側のセレクタから筆の種類を、下のパレットから色を選んで、フリーハ + ンドで描画します。 + + ボタンを押したままマウスを動かすと、描画できます。 + + アニメーションブラシ — 描画中に形状が変化します。例として、ブドウ形 + のブラシが挙げられます。このタイプのブラシの選択ボタンには、小さな + フィルムのアイコンが付いています。 + + 向きのあるブラシ — 描いている方向によって異なる形を描きます。例とし + て、Tux Paint に含まれる矢印ブラシがあります。これらのブラシの選択 + ボタンには、小さな8方向の矢印のアイコンが付いています。 + + また、いくつかのブラシは、方向とアニメーションを併せ持ちます。例と + して、猫やリスのブラシがあります。このタイプのブラシの選択ボタンに + は、小さなフィルムと８方向の矢印のアイコンが付いています。 + + 描画中にはサウンドが流れます。筆の大きさが大きいほど、低い音になり + ます。 + + ブラシの描画間隔 + + + 「ふで」でキャンバスに描画する際の間隔を変更できます。標準で、 + いくつかのブラシ (足跡や花など) は重ならないように十分な間隔を + 空けてあります。他のブラシ (基本的な円形のものなど) は狭い間隔 + で連続した線になるように設定されています。 + + 描画の間隔は、右下にある三角形になったバーの列をクリックするこ + とで変更できます。長いバーが広い間隔に対応します。描画間隔は、 + 「ふで」を使用するツール（「ふで」ツールと「せん」ツール）の両 + 方に影響します。 + + ⚙ 注: "nobrushspacing" オプションが設定されると、描画間隔の調整 + が無効になります。詳しくは"各種設定について"のドキュメントを参 + 照してください。 + + + + b.「はんこ」ツール ← + + 「はんこ」ツールは、スタンプやステッカーを集めたようなものです。馬 + や木、月など、あらかじめ用意された様々な写真やイラストを絵に貼り付 + けることができます。 + + マウスを動かすと、スタンプが押される位置と大きさを示す輪郭線が表示 + されるので、押したい場所でクリックします。 + + → スタンプの分類 ← + スタンプは、動物、植物、宇宙、乗り物、人物といった多くのカテゴ + リに分類されています。セレクタの左右の矢印のボタンを使ってカテ + ゴリを切り替えることができます。 + + → "スタンプの回転" ← + + 右下のトグルボタンを使って、スタンプを配置する際の回転を有効に + することができます。スタンプを配置したらキャンバス上でマウスを + 動かして回転させる角度を選びます。もう一度マウスボタンをクリッ + クすると、スタンプが追加されます。 + + ⚙ 注:"スタンプの回転" オプションが無効化されている場合、回転の + 手順は省略され、マウスを放した時点でスタンプが確定します。 ""ス + タンプの回転"" ("stamprotation") についての詳細は、各種設定につ + いて" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 + + 📜 注: はんこの回転機能は Tux Paint バージョン 0.9.29 で追加され + ました。 + + + + → スタンプの操作 ← + + スタンプを絵に貼り付ける前に、以下の様々な効果を適用することが + できます（スタンプの種類によって異なります）: + + * スタンプには色をつけることができるものがあります。その場 + 合、カラーパレットが有効になり、スタンプを絵に貼り付ける前 + に色を選ぶことができます。 + * スタンプは、右下の三角形のバーの中をクリックすることで、縮 + 小・拡大することができます。 + * 多くのスタンプは、右下の操作ボタンを使って、上下・左右に反 + 転させることができます。 + + ⚙ 注: "nostampcontrols" オプションが設定されると、スタンプの回 + 転、拡大・縮小、反転が無効になります。詳しくは"各種設定について + "のドキュメントを参照してください。 + + + + → スタンプの効果音 ← + + 個々のスタンプごとに効果音を設定することができます。画面下部の + 左側のヘルプエリア（Linux ペンギン "Tux"の近く）にあるボタンを + 押すと、効果音を再生することができます。 + + + + + + c.「せん」ツール ← + + 様々な種類の筆と好きな色を使って直線を描くツールです。 + + 線を引き始めたい場所でクリックして、そのままマウスを動かすと、描か + れる線の位置が細い「ゴムバンド」のような線で示され、画面の下には、 + 線の角度が表示されます。右にまっすぐ伸びる線は0度、上にまっすぐ伸び + る線は90度、左にまっすぐ伸びる線は180度、下にまっすぐ伸びる線は270 + 度、という具合です。 + + マウスを放すと、バネのような効果音とともに線が描画されます。 + + アニメーション対応のブラシでは、線に沿って形が変化します。指向性の + ブラシでは、線の角度に応じて異なる形状を表示します。さらに、アニ + メーションと指向性の両方を備えたブラシもあります。詳しくは、上記の + 「ふで」の項をご覧ください。 + + 線に沿って形が並んだり、連続した線になったりと、それぞれの「ふで」 + 毎に異なる描画間隔が設定されており、この間隔は変更することができま + す。詳しくは、"ペイントブラシ「ふで」"の"ブラシの描画間隔"のセク + ションを参照して下さい。 + + + + d.「かたち」ツール ← + + 簡単な図形を描きます。 + + まず、円、正方形、楕円など、描きたい図形を、右側のセレクタから選択 + します。 + + 右下のオプションボタンで「かたち」ツールの動作を選択します: + + → 真ん中から広げる ← + 最初にクリックした位置を中心として図形を拡大します。 + + 📜 バージョン 0.9.24 までは、このような動作だけでした。 + + + + → 角から広げる ← + 最初にクリックした位置を左上の角として図形を拡大します。これ + は、他の多くのお絵かきソフトの標準的な動作です。 + + 📜 このオプションは、バージョン 0.9.25 以降で追加されました。 + + + + + ⚙ 注: "noshapecontrols" オプションをつけて起動するなどして、「かた + ち」ツールの動作の制御を無効にした場合、オプションボタンは表示され + ず、真ん中から図形を広げる動作になります。 + + 図形を描くには、キャンバス上でマウスをクリックし、そのままマウスを + 動かして図形を広げます。楕円や長方形のように縦横比を変えられる図形 + と、正方形や円のように縦横比を変えられない図形があります。 + + 比率を変更できる図形の場合は、下部に図形の長短の比率が表示されま + す。例えば、正方形（縦と横が同じ長さ）の場合は「1：1」、横が縦の2倍 + または縦が横の2倍の場合は「2：1」といった具合です。 + + 図形を広げ終わったらマウスを放します。 + + → 通常の動作 ← + + ここで、キャンバス上でマウスを動かして図形を回転させることがで + きます。回転した図形の角度は画面の下に表示されます（「せん」 + ツールと同様）。 + + 最後にもう一度マウスをクリックして、図形が完成します。 + + + + → 簡易描画モード ← + 簡易描画モードが設定されている場合、図形を回転させる手順は省略 + され、マウスを放した時点で図形が描画されます。 + + ⚙ "簡易描画モード" ("simpleshapes") についての詳細は、各種設定 + について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 + + + + + + e.「もじ」ツール、「ラベル」ツール ← + + まず、右側のセレクタからフォントを、下部のパレットから色を選択しま + す。さらに、テキストに太字や斜体のスタイルを適用することもできま + す。画面をクリックするとカーソルが表示され、文字を入力することがで + きます。(入力した文字がキャンバスに反映される前に、フォント、色、ス + タイルを変更することができます) + + [Enter]キー、または[Return]キーを押すと文字が描画され、カーソルが次 + の行に下がります。 + + また、[Tab]キーを押すと、文字が描画された後、カーソルは、次の行では + なく、右側に移動します。これは、１行の中で異なったフォント、字体、 + フォントサイズ、色などを混在させたい場合に便利な方法です。 + + Text from the clipboard (copy/paste buffer) can be inserted with + the "Text" and "Label" tools by pressing the [Control] + [V] key + combination on a physical keyboard, or clicking the "Paste" button + in Tux Paint's on-screen keyboard. If the text would exceed the + right edge of the canvas, it will wrap to a new line of text (going + back to the previous space or dash ('-') if possible). If the text + hits the bottom of the canvas, the pasting will abort, truncating + the text. + + 文字の入力中に別の場所をクリックすると、入力内容を維持したまま、文 + 字を貼り付ける位置をクリックした位置に移動させ、文字入力を続けるこ + とができます。 + + → 「もじ」ツールと「ラベル」ツールの違い ← + + 「もじ」ツールは、Tux Paint に以前からある文字入力ツールです。 + このツールで入力した文字列は絵と一体化するため、後から文字列の + 内容を編集したり、動かしたりすることはできません。一方、絵と一 + 体化することで、上から塗りつぶしたり、「よごす」「そめる」「う + きぼり」といった「まほう」ツールの効果で修正を加えることができ + ます。 + + Tux Paint バージョン 0.9.22 で追加された「ラベル」ツールでは、 + 文字は絵から「浮いて」おり、文字列の内容、位置、フォント、色な + どの情報は個別に記録されます。これにより、「ラベル」は後から移 + 動や編集が可能です。 + + ラベルを編集するには、ラベルと指が描かれた「ラベル選択」ボタン + をクリックします。図面内のすべてのラベルがハイライト表示される + ので、編集したいラベルをクリックするか、[Tab] キーでラベルの選 + 択を順に切り替えて、編集したいラベルで [Enter] キーか [Return] + キーを押すと、そのラベルを編集できます。（[Backspace] キーで文 + 字を消したり、追加で文字を入力したり、キャンバス内をクリックし + てラベルの位置を変えたり、パレット内をクリックしてラベルの文字 + の色を変えたり、など）。 + + ラベルと手のひらが描かれた「貼り付け」ボタンをクリックすると、 + もじツールを使って文字を書き加えたかのように、ラベルをキャンバ + スに固定することができます。(この機能は Tux Paint version + 0.9.28 で追加されました。) 作品のすべてのラベルがハイライト表示 + されるので、ラベルを編集する場合と同じように、ラベルを選択しま + す。選択したラベルは削除され、文字がキャンバスに直接書き込まれ + ます。 + + ⚙ 「ラベル」ツールは、Tux Paint 設定ツールや、"nolabel"オプショ + ンにより、無効にすることができます。 + + 📜 The ability to paste text from the clipboard was added in Tux + Paint 0.9.35 + + + + → 多言語文字入力 ← + + Tux Paint では、様々な言語の文字を入力することができます。たい + ていのラテン文字（A-Z, ñ, è など）は、直接入力できます。また、 + いくつかの言語では、入力モードを切り替えて、複数のキーの組み合 + わせを用いて文字を入力する必要があります。 + + Tux Paint が、個別の入力モードがサポートされている言語に設定さ + れている場合、特定のキーを押下することで、入力モードを切り替え + ることができます。 + + サポートされている言語、入力方式、切り替えキーは以下のとおりで + す。 + + * 日本語— ローマ字入力方式のひらがな、カタカナ— 右[Alt] キー + または左[Alt] キー + * ハングル— 2-Bul入力方式— 右[Alt] キーまたは左[Alt] キー + * 繁体中文— 右[Alt] キーまたは左[Alt] キーキー + * タイ語— 右[Alt] キー + + 💡 注: 大抵のフォントには全ての言語の全ての文字は含まれていませ + ん。このため、入力したい文字が含まれるフォントに変更する必要が + ある場合があります。 + + + + → 画面キーボード ← + + An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the Text and + Label tools, which can provide a variety of layouts and + character composition (e.g., composing "a" and "e" into "æ"). + Run Tux Paint with the "--onscreen-keyboard" option, or enable + that setting in Tux Paint's configuration file, to enable it. + Multiple layouts are offered (currently "QWERTY" and "ABC"), + which the user can switch between. Additional configuration + options allow specifying a default layout, as well as + preventing the layout from being changed. + + The on-screen keyboard appears at the bottom or top of the Tux + Paint window, obscuring part of the canvas, depending on where + the text insertion cursor is placed. Along with alphabetic, + numeric, and some punctuation keys, the keyboard provides: + * A "Backspace" key (⇐) to remove the previous character + * A "Carriage Return" ("Return"/"Enter") key (⏎) to end the + current input and begin a new one on the following line + (below and to the left) + * A "Tab" key (⇔) to end the current input and begin a new + one at the current cursor position + * A "Shift" key (⇑) to shift alphabetic keys from lowercase + to uppercase, access more punctuation, etc. + * A "Caps Lock" key (⤒) to toggle permanent shifting of + alphabetic keys from lowercase to uppercase (click it again + to disable caps lock) + * A "Compose" key ("Cmp"), to initiate character composition + (e.g., click "Cmp", "a", "e" to produce an "æ" character) + * An "Alternate Graphics" key ("AltGr") to access additional + characters (e.g., "¿", "ß", etc.) + * An "Alternate" key ("Alt") + * A "Paste" key to paste the current clipboard's text into + the Text or Label tool + * Left and right arrows (← & →) to access different on-screen + keyboard layouts + + ⚙ 詳細については "各種設定について" と "Tux Paintの拡張" のド + キュメントを参照してください。 + + + + + + f.「ぬる」ツール ← + + 「ぬる」ツールは、描画の連続した領域を好きな色で塗りつぶします。以 + 下の3 つの塗りつぶしオプションが用意されています: + x たんしょく — 領域を一つの色で塗りつぶします。 + x ふで — フリーハンドでドラッグして、領域を一つの色で塗りつぶしま + す。 + x せんけい — 領域をクリックしてからドラッグすると、ドラッグした方 + 向に向かって色が薄くなるようにグラデーションをつけて塗りつぶし + ます。 + x ほうしゃ — クリックした場所を中心に周りに向かって放射状に色が薄 + くなるようにグラデーションをつけて塗りつぶします。 + x あわせる — クリックした領域の輪郭に合わせて色が薄くなるようにグ + ラデーションをつけて塗りつぶします。 + x Eraser — click once to erase an area, exposing the solid color + background, or starter or template background image, upon which + the drawing was based. (See 各種のツール > 描画ツール > けしゴ + ム and そのほかの操作 > レイヤー画像.) + + 📜 注: Tux Paint 0.9.24 より前のバージョンでは、このツールは「まほ + う」ツールのひとつでした。（「まほう」ツールについては、以下をご覧 + ください） Tux Paint 0.9.26 より前のバージョンでは、「たんしょく」 + の塗りつぶし方法しかありませんでした。 Tux Paint 0.9.29で、「あわせ + る」の塗りつぶし方法が追加されました。 + + + + g.「まほう」ツール（特殊効果） ← + + 「まほう」ツールは、様々な特殊なツールを集めたものです。右側のセレ + クタで、「まほう」の効果を選択することができます。効果を適用する方 + 法は、クリック＋ドラッグ、単なるクリックなど、ツールごとに様々で + す。 + + 「まほう」ツール + + + 「magic-docs」フォルダ内のドキュメント「まほう」ツールの一覧も + お読みください。 + + 「まほう」効果の制御 + + + クリック＋ドラッグを使用するツールの場合、右側のセレクタの下部 + 左側にある「描画モード」を表すボタンが有効になります。１クリッ + クで画面全体に効果を及ぼすツールの場合、右側の「全画面モード」 + を表すボタンが有効になります。 + + ⚙ 注: "nomagiccontrols" オプションが設定されると、「描画モー + ド」「全画面モード」の選択ボタンが無効になります。詳しくは"各種 + 設定について"のドキュメントを参照してください。 + + 💡 「まほう」効果の制御が無効にされた場合、いくつかの「まほう」 + プラグインは「描画モード」「全画面モード」に対応するツールに分 + かれて利用できるようになります。 + + 「まほう」サイズの制御 + + + 「まほう」ツールの中には描画のサイズや効果が及ぶ幅の大きさを変 + 更できるものがあり、その場合、画面の右下にスライダーボタンが表 + 示されます。 + + ⚙ 注: "nomagicsizes" オプションが設定されると、サイズを変更スラ + イダーのボタンが無効になります。詳しくは"各種設定について"のド + キュメントを参照してください。 + + 💡 サイズ変更が無効にされると、単にツールごとの標準のサイズに固 + 定される場合と、例えば「れんが」や「めだま」などいくつかのプラ + グインのように、異なるサイズのツールが追加される場合がありま + す。 + + 📜 このオプションは、バージョン 0.9.30 以降で追加されました。 + + ⚙ 注: "ungroupmagictools" オプションが設定されると、「まほう」ツー + ルは関連性に応じたグループ化が行われず、単一の大きなリストとして表 + 示します。詳しくは"各種設定について"のドキュメントを参照してくださ + い。 + + + + h.けしゴム ← + + このツールは「ふで」（ペイントブラシ）と似た働きをします。どこをク + リック（またはクリック＆ドラッグ）しても、作品に描いたものは消去さ + れ、描画を開始したときに選択した背景（無地、「スターター」画像の背 + 景、「テンプレート」画像など）が表れます。(各種のツール > そのほか + の操作 > 「さいしょから」もご確認ください。) + + 様々なタイプの消しゴムがあり、それぞれに大きさを選べます。 + x 正方形 — 正方形の消しゴム。描画を完全に消去します。 + x 円形 — 円形の消しゴム。描画を完全に消去します。 + x ソフトエッジ — ソフトな輪郭の部分で背景と混じり合う円形の消しゴ + ム。 + x 透明な円形 — 丸い形の消しゴムで、描画部分を背景になじませます。 + 繰り返して使うと、背景が次第に露出します。 + + マウスの動きに合わせて、消しゴムの輪郭がマウスカーソルの位置に表示 + され、絵のどの部分が消されるかを示します。 + + 消している間、「キュッキュッ」と擦って消す効果音が流れます。 + + ⌨ [X] キーを押しながらマウスをクリックすると、小さな丸い消しゴムを + すばやく使うことができます（もじ/ラベルツール選択時、はんこや図形の + 回転中、インタラクティブなまほうツールを使用している間は無効で + す）。マウスを離すと、選択中のツールに戻ります。 + + + + + ## 2. そのほかの操作 ## + + a.「とりけし」と「やりなおし」 ← + + 「とりけし」ボタンをクリックすると、直前に行った操作が取り消されま + す。いくつもの操作をさかのぼって取り消すことができます！ + + ⌨ 注: キーボードで [Control / ⌘] + [Z] を押してもとりけしできます。 + + 「やりなおし」ボタンをクリックすると、「とりけし」ボタンで取り消し + た操作を元に戻すことができます。 + + 「とりけし」操作の後、描画を行っていなければ、取り消した全ての操作 + を元に戻せます！ + + ⌨ 注: キーボードで [Control / ⌘] + [R] を押してもやりなおしできま + す。 + + + + b.「さいしょから」 ← + + Clicking the 'New' button will start a new drawing. A dialog will + appear where you may choose to start a new picture using a solid + background color, or using a 'Starter' or 'Template' image (see + below). You will first be asked whether you really want to do this. + + 「けしゴム」ツールを使うと、描画した部分が消去され、最初に選択した + 背景が露出します。 (各種のツール > 描画ツール > けしゴムもご確認く + ださい。) + + ⌨ 注: キーボードで [Control / ⌘] + [N] を押しても新規作成ができま + す。 + + → 単色のキャンバス ← + あらかじめ用意されている背景色のほか、レインボーパレットやカ + ラーミキサーで色を選択することができます。これらは、絵を描くと + きにキャンバスの下に表示されるカラーパレットにあるオプションと + 同じように操作します。詳細はメインの画面 > 下部: カラーパレット + 「いろ」 > 色に関する特別なオプションを参照。 + + レイヤー画像 ← + * レイヤー画像には、塗り絵のページのようなもの（白黒の線で描 + かれ、色を塗ることができる）や、前景レイヤーと背景レイヤー + に挟まれた部分に絵を描ける３Ｄ画像のようなものがあります。 + * また、このほかに、背景レイヤーだけの画像も用意されていま + す。 + + When using the 'Eraser' tool or the 'Eraser' mode of the 'Fill' + tool, the original image from the 'Starter' or 'Template' will + reappear. (See 各種のツール > 描画ツール > けしゴム and 「ぬ + る」ツール.) + + The 'Flip' and 'Mirror' Magic tools affect the orientation of + the 'Starter' or 'Template', as well. (See 各種のツール > 「ま + ほう」ツール（特殊効果） > Flip and Mirror.) + + レイヤー画像は、その上に絵を描いて保存すると新しい絵として保存 + され、元々のレイヤー画像自体は上書きされないので、後で（「さい + しょから」ダイアログからアクセスして）何度でも使うことができま + す。 + + ⚙ 独自のスターター画像やテンプレート画像を作成することができま + す。ドキュメント「Tux Paint の拡張」の「スターター」と「テンプ + レート」のセクションを参照してください。 + + 💡 また、保存した作品をTux Paintの「ひらく」ダイアログから直接テ + ンプレートに変換することもできます。以下の「ひらく」を参照して + ください。 + + + + → 自作テンプレートの削除 ← + + 「さいしょから」ダイアログで自作テンプレート（「ひらく」ダイア + ログの「テンプレート」ボタンを使って作成したもの）を選択する + と、リストの右下に「けす」（ゴミ箱）ボタンが表示されます。これ + をクリックすると、選択したテンプレートが消去されます。(確認を求 + められます） + + 💡 注: Linux、Windows、macOSでは、削除した作品は、デスクトップの + ゴミ箱に移動するので、後で元に戻すことができます。 + + ⚙ 注: 「けす」ボタンは、"noerase" オプションで無効にできます。 + + + + + ⚙ 注:単色のキャンバスは、"newcolorslast" オプションによって、「さい + しょから」ダイアログの最後（スターターとテンプレートの下）に配置す + ることができます。 + + + + c.「ひらく」 ← + + 「ひらく」をクリックすると、保存されている全ての作品のリストが表示 + されます。リストが画面に収まりきらない場合は、上下の矢印のボタンで + リストをスクロールできます。 + + まず、絵をクリックして選択します… + x 左下にある緑色の「ひらく」ボタンで、選択した作品を読み込んで編 + 集することができます。 + + (または、開きたい作品をダブルクリックします） + + 💡 絵を開く時に、それまで描いていた絵が保存されていなければ、保 + 存するかどうかを確認します。（「セーブ」の項を参照） + + x 右下にある茶色の「けす」(ゴミ箱) ボタンで、選択した作品を削除し + ます。(本当に削除して良いか確認されます) + + 📜 注: Linux（バージョン 0.9.22以降）、Windows（バージョン + 0.9.27以降）、macOS（バージョン 0.9.29以降）では、削除した作品 + は、デスクトップのゴミ箱に移動するので、後で元に戻すことができ + ます。 + + ⚙ 注: 「けす」ボタンは、"noerase" オプションで無効にできます。 + + x 右下の「かきだす」のボタンをクリックすると、ユーザーの標準の画 + 像フォルダ（例: "~/Pictures/TuxPaint/")に画像を出力します。 + + 「ひらく」の画面からは、以下のこともできます: + x 左側の一番下にある青色の「スライド」のボタンを押すと、スライド + ショーモードになります。詳しくは「スライドショー」の項を参照。 + + x 左下の青い「テンプレート」ボタンをクリックすると、選択した作品 + が新しいテンプレートに変換され、「さいしょから」ダイアログから + 利用できるようになります。 + + 📜 注: テンプレート作成機能は Tux Paint バージョン 0.9.31 で追加 + されました。上記以外の方法で独自のテンプレートを作成するには, + ドキュメント「Tux Paint の拡張」をご覧下さい。 + + ⚙ テンプレート作成機能は、Tux Paint 設定ツールで「テンプレート + 作成機能を無効にする」を選択するか、"notemplateexport"オプショ + ンを指定してTux Paintを起動することで無効にすることができます。 + + x 右下にある赤色の「もどる」ボタンを押すと、絵を描く画面に戻りま + す。 + + ⌨ 注: キーボードで [Control / ⌘] + [O] を押しても「ひらく」ダイアロ + グを表示できます。 + + + + d.「セーブ」 ← + + 描画中の作品を保存します。 + + 一度も保存していない作品の場合、作品のリストに新しく追加されます。 + (つまり、新しいファイルを作成します) + + 💡 注: ファイル名の入力などを求めることはなく、カメラのシャッター音 + の効果音とともに、単に作品を保存します。 + + 一度保存操作をした後や、「ひらく」コマンドで読みこんだ作品の場合、 + 以前のバージョンを上書きするか、新しく追加して保存するかを確認しま + す。 + + ⚙ 注: "saveover" オプション、または "saveovernew" オプションのどち + らかが設定されている場合は、確認なしに保存されます。詳しくは"各種設 + 定について"のドキュメントを参照してください。) + + ⌨ 注: キーボードで [Control / ⌘] + [S] を押しても作品を保存できま + す。 + + + + e.「いんさつ」 ← + + このボタンを押して作品を印刷します！ + + 多くのプラットフォームでは、[Alt] key (Mac では [Option] キー) を押 + しながら「いんさつ」ボタンを押すと、プリンターの設定画面が開きま + す。この機能は、フルスクリーンモードでは動作しない点に注意して下さ + い。 + + → 印刷の無効化 ← + + オプションで "noprint" を設定すれば、「いんさつ」のボタンを無効 + にすることができます。 + + ⚙ 詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 + + + + → 印刷機能の制限 ← + + オプションで "printdelay" を設定すれば、設定に応じた一定の時間 + ごとに１回だけしか印刷できなくなります。 + + 例えば、設定ファイルで "printdelay=602" と設定すれば、1分間に1 + 回だけ印刷ができます。 + + ⚙ 詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 + + + + → 印刷コマンド ← + + (Linux 及び Unix の場合のみ) + + Tux Paint は、PostScript 形式の印刷データを作成し、外部プログラ + ムに渡して印刷を行います。標準の設定では、以下のコマンドが使用 + されます: + + lpr + + このコマンドは、設定ファイルの "printcommand" オプションを設定 + することで変更できます。 + + フルスクリーンモードでなければ "[Alt]" キーを押しながら「いんさ + つ」ボタンを押すと、別の印刷プログラムを起動することができま + す。標準の設定では、KDE のグラフィカルな印刷ダイアログである、 + 以下のプログラムが使用されます: + + kprinter + + このコマンドは、設定ファイルの "altprintcommand" オプションを設 + 定することで変更できます。 + + ⚙ 詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 + + + + → プリンターの設定 ← + + (Windows 及び macOS) + + 標準の設定では、「いんさつ」ボタンを押すと、通常使うプリンター + に出力されます。 + + フルスクリーンモードでなければ、[Alt] (または [Option]) キーを + 押しながら「いんさつ」ボタンを押すと、オペレーションシステム標 + 準の印刷ダイアログが表示され、出力先などの設定を変更することが + できます。 + + "printcfg" オプションを設定すれば、プリンターの設定の変更を保存 + することができます。 + + "printcfg" オプションを設定すると、プリンターの設定は、ユーザー + の個人フォルダの "printcfg.cfg" から読み込まれ、変更した設定は + このファイルに保存されます。 + + ⚙ 詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 + + + + → 印刷ダイアログのオプション ← + + 標準の設定では、印刷ダイアログは、[Alt] (または [Option]) キー + を押しながら「いんさつ」ボタンを押した場合にのみ表示されます（ + Linux/Unixでは、"lpr" の代わりに "altprintcommand"; すなわち + "kprinter" が起動します。） + + この印刷ダイアログの動作は、設定により変更できます。毎回必ず印 + 刷ダイアログを表示させるには、コマンドラインで + "--altprintalways" を指定するか、設定ファイルで "altprint= + always" を指定します。反対に、"--altprintnever" または + "altprint=never" を指定することで、"[Alt]" (または "[Option]2) + キーの効果を無効にできます。 + + ⚙ 詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 + + + + + + f.「スライドショー」 ← + + 「スライドショー」の機能は、「ひらく」ダイアログから利用できます。 + Tux Paint の中で、簡単なアニメーションや画像のスライドショーを再生 + することができます。また、選択した画像を元にアニメーションGIFを書き + 出すこともできます。 + + → 画像を選ぶ ← + + 「スライド」セクションに入ると、「ひらく」ダイアログと同じよう + に、保存したファイルの一覧が表示されます。 + + 次に、スライドショーで表示したい作品を、一つずつクリックして選 + 択します。それぞれの画像の上に、スライドショーで表示される順番 + を表す数字が示されます。 + + 選択された画像をもう一度クリックすると、選択を解除し、スライド + ショーから除外します。同じ画像もう一度クリックすると、をリスト + の最後に追加できます。 + + + + → 再生スピードの設定 ← + + 画面左下「かいし」の隣にあるのスライドバーで、スライドショーや + アニメーションGIFのスピードを調節できます。スライドバーを一番左 + に設定すると、スライドショーの自動進行が無効になり、次のスライ + ドに進むにはクリックが必要になります。（以下をご確認下さい） + + 💡 注: 最も遅いスピードに設定するとスライドの自動進行が無効にな + ります。１枚ずつ手動でスライドを進めたい場合に、この設定を用い + てください。（この動作はアニメーションGIFには適用されません） + + + + → Tux Paint 上での再生 ← + + Tux Paint 内でスライドショーを再生するには「かいし」ボタンをク + リックします。 + + 💡 注: 作品を一つも選択していない場合、保存されている全ての作品 + がスライドショーで表示されます！ + + スライドショーの実行中は、[Space] キー、[Enter] キー、[Return] + キー、[右矢印] キーのいずれかを押すか、または、画面左下の "つぎ + へ" ボタンのクリックすれば、手動で次のスライドに進みます。[左矢 + 印] キーを押すと前のスライドに戻ります。 + + [Escape] キーを押すか、右下の「もどる」ボタンをクリックすると、 + スライドショーを終了し、作品選択の画面に戻ります。 + + + + → アニメーションGIFの書き出し ← + + 右下の「かきだす」ボタンをクリックすると、選択した画像を元にア + ニメーションGIFファイルを生成します。 + + 💡 注: 少なくとも２つの画像を選択する必要があります。（画像を１ + 枚だけ書き出す場合は、「ひらく」ダイアログの「かきだす」オプ + ションを用います）。１枚も画像を選択していない場合、アニメー + ションGIFは生成されません。 + + アニメーションGIFの生成中に [Escape] キーを押すと、処理を中断し + て「スライドショー」ダイアログに戻ります。 + + + + + さらに「もどる」ボタンをクリックすれば、「ひらく」ダイアログに戻り + ます。 + + + + g.プログラムの終了 ← + + 「やめる」ボタンを押すか、Tux Paint のウィンドウを閉じるか、 + [Escape] キーを押せば、Tux Paint が終了します。 + + その際、本当に終了するかどうかを確認されます。 + + 作品を保存していない状態で終了しようとした場合は、絵を保存するかど + うかを訪ねられます。さらに、新規に作成した作品でなければ、以前の + バージョンを上書きするか、新しく保存するかを確認されます。(上記の「 + セーブ」の項をご覧下さい。) + + ⚙ 注: "startblank" オプションが設定されている場合を除き、終了時に保 + 存した作品は、次に Tux Paint を起動するときに自動的に読み込まれま + す。 + + ⚙ 注: 「やめる」ボタンと [Escape] キーによるプログラム終了は、 + "noquit" オプションで無効にできます。 + + この場合、タイトルバーの「閉じる」ボタンか、[Alt] + [F4] キーで終了 することができます。 - @ 多くのスタンプは、右下の操作ボタンを使って、上下・左右に反転させる - ことができます。 - ⚙ 注: "nostampcontrols" オプションが設定されると、スタンプの回転、拡 - 大・縮小、反転が無効になります。詳しくは"各種設定について"のドキュメン - トを参照してください。 + また、上記のどちらの方法も使えない場合、[Shift] + [Control / ⌘] + + [Escape] のキーの組み合わせで終了できます。 + + ⚙ 詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 - - → スタンプの効果音 ← + + h.効果音を消すには ← - 個々のスタンプごとに効果音を設定することができます。画面下部の左側のヘ - ルプエリア（Linux ペンギン "Tux"の近く）にあるボタンを押すと、効果音を - 再生することができます。 + 今のところ画面上には消音のためのボタンはありませんが、[Alt] + [S] + キーを押すと効果音は無効になり、もう一度押すと有効になります。 + + なお、"nosound" オプションによって効果音が無効にされている場合は、 + [Alt] + [S] キーによる効果音の操作はできません。（親や先生が効果音 + を無効にすれば、この操作で音を出すことはできないということです） + + ⚙ 詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 - + + + ### E. 操作方法 ### - -c.「せん」ツール ← + ## 1. マウス・トラックボールによる操作 ## - 様々な種類の筆と好きな色を使って直線を描くツールです。 + Tux Paint の操作の大部分は、標準的なマウス、トラックボール、トラック + パッド、お絵かきタブレット（通常はスタイラスペンで操作）、タッチスク + リーン（指やスタイラスペンで操作）など、OS上でマウスとして認識されるデ + バイスを使用します（詳しくは後述の「タブレット端末やタッチスクリーンで + の操作」をご覧ください）。 - 線を引き始めたい場所でクリックして、そのままマウスを動かすと、描かれる線の - 位置が細い「ゴムバンド」のような線で示され、画面の下には、線の角度が表示さ - れます。右にまっすぐ伸びる線は0度、上にまっすぐ伸びる線は90度、左にまっすぐ - 伸びる線は180度、下にまっすぐ伸びる線は270度、という具合です。 + 通常はマウスの左ボタンを使用しますが、これはOSレベルの設定で変更するこ + とができます。デフォルトでは他のボタンからの入力は無視され、他のボタン + を使用しようとすると、認識できるのは1つのボタンだけであることを知らせる + ポップアップダイアログが表示されます。ただし、どのボタンからの入力も受 + け付けるように設定することもできます（ドキュメント「各種設定について」 + を参照してください）。 - マウスを放すと、バネのような効果音とともに線が描画されます。 + # a. スクロール操作 # - アニメーション対応のブラシでは、線に沿って形が変化します。指向性のブラシで - は、線の角度に応じて異なる形状を表示します。さらに、アニメーションと指向性 - の両方を備えたブラシもあります。詳しくは、上記の「ふで」の項をご覧くださ - い。 + マウスホイール、トラックボールのスクロールリング、トラックパッドの「ス + クロール」ジェスチャー（2本指での垂直移動やトラックパッドの端での垂直移 + 動など）はスクロール入力として認識され、スタンプ、まほうツール、新規作 + 成ダイアログや開くダイアログなどのリストを素早くスクロールできます。 - 線に沿って形が並んだり、連続した線になったりと、それぞれの「ふで」毎に異な - る描画間隔が設定されており、この間隔は変更することができます。詳しくは、"ペ - イントブラシ「ふで」"の"ブラシの描画間隔"のセクションを参照して下さい。 + また、これらのリストの上下にあるスクロールボタンをクリックし続ければ自 + 動的にスクロールします。 + # b. マウスによる操作 # - -d.「かたち」ツール ← + 上記のほかにも、マウスとして認識される以下のようなデバイスであれば、Tux + Paint の操作に使用できます: + - ヘッドポインティング/トラッキングデバイス + - 視線追跡デバイス + - フットマウス - 簡単な図形を描きます。 + Tux Paint には「マウスクリックのトグル動作」という操作設定があり、シン + グルクリックでクリック＆ドラッグ操作が始まり、その後のクリックで終了し + ます。（ドキュメント「各種設定について」を参照してください） - まず、円、正方形、楕円など、描きたい図形を、右側のセレクタから選択します。 + ## 2. タブレット端末やタッチスクリーンでの操作 ## - 右下のオプションボタンで「かたち」ツールの動作を選択します: + 上述のように Tux Paint はマウスとして認識されるあらゆるデバイスータブ + レットやタッチスクリーンなどーを使用することができます。これらのデバイ + スの多くは以下のような追加機能をサポートしていますが、これらは現在のと + ころ Tux Paint ではサポートされていません: + - 筆圧や傾きの検出 + - けしゴムペン先機能 + - マルチタッチジェスチャー - → 真ん中から広げる ← - 最初にクリックした位置を中心として図形を拡大します。 + ## 3. ジョイスティック等のデバイスによる操作 ## - 📜 バージョン 0.9.24 までは、このような動作だけでした。 + Tux Paintは OS 上でジョイスティックとして表示されるあらゆるゲームコント + ローラーからの入力を認識するように設定できます。USBやBluetoothで接続さ + れた最新のゲーム機のコントローラー（Nintendo SwitchやMicrosoft Xboxの + ゲームパッドなど）も含まれます！ + 使用する機器やユーザーのニーズに合わせて、数多くの設定オプションが用意 + されています。おおまかな動きにはアナログ入力が使われ、細かい動きにはデ + ジタルの「ハット」入力が使われます。コントローラーのボタンは、Tux Paint + のさまざまな操作にマッピングできます（例えば [Escape] キーとして機能し + たり、ペイントツールに切り替えたり、UndoやRedo操作を呼び出したりな + ど）。詳しくはドキュメント「各種設定について」を参照してください。 - - → 角から広げる ← - 最初にクリックした位置を左上の角として図形を拡大します。これは、他の多 - くのお絵かきソフトの標準的な動作です。 + ## 4. キーボードによる操作 ## - 📜 このオプションは、バージョン 0.9.25 以降で追加されました。 + タックスペイントでは、キーボードからマウスポインタを操作することができ + ます。これには、マウスポインタの移動とクリック、およびインターフェイス + の特定の部分を移動するためのショートカットが含まれます。詳しくはドキュ + メント「各種設定について」を参照してください。 + III. 他の画像の Tux Paint への読み込み - + ### A. 概要 ### - ⚙ 注: "noshapecontrols" オプションをつけて起動するなどして、「かたち」ツー - ルの動作の制御を無効にした場合、オプションボタンは表示されず、真ん中から図 - 形を広げる動作になります。 + Tux Paint の「ひらく」ダイアログでは、Tux Paint で作成した画像だけが表 + 示されます。その他の画像や写真を読み込んで編集するにはどのようにすれば + 良いでしょうか？ - 図形を描くには、キャンバス上でマウスをクリックし、そのままマウスを動かして - 図形を広げます。楕円や長方形のように縦横比を変えられる図形と、正方形や円の - ように縦横比を変えられない図形があります。 + そのための方法は簡単で、画像ファイルを PNG (Portable Network Graphic) + 形式に変換して、Tux Paint で作成した画像が保存されている "saved" フォル + ダにコピーします。（標準では以下のフォルダ）: - 比率を変更できる図形の場合は、下部に図形の長短の比率が表示されます。例えば - 、正方形（縦と横が同じ長さ）の場合は「1：1」、横が縦の2倍または縦が横の2倍 - の場合は「2：1」といった具合です。 + → Windows Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Windows 11 ← + In the user's "AppData" folder: + e.g., "C:\Users\ユーザー名\AppData\Roaming\TuxPaint\saved\" + + → macOS ← + In the user's "Application Support" folder: + e.g., + "/Users/ユーザー名/Library/Application Support/TuxPaint/saved/" + + → Linux / Unix ← + In the user's "home directory" folder: + e.g., "/home/ユーザー名/.tuxpaint/saved/" + + → Haiku ← + In the user's "settings" folder: + e.g., "/boot/home/config/settings/TuxPaint/saved/" + - 図形を広げ終わったらマウスを放します。 + 💡 注: Tux Paint で作成した画像を他のアプリケーションを使って開く場合 + も、これらのフォルダからになります。しかしながら、「ひらく」ダイアログ + の「かきだす」の機能を使えば、Tux Paint で作成した画像を、もっと簡単で + 安全にアクセスできるフォルダにコピーすることができます。 - → 通常の動作 ← + ### B. "tuxpaint-import" スクリプトを使う ### - ここで、キャンバス上でマウスを動かして図形を回転させることができます。 - 回転した図形の角度は画面の下に表示されます（「せん」ツールと同様）。 + Linux と Unix では、Tux Paint と同時に、シェルスクリプト + "tuxpaint-import" がインストールされています。このスクリプトは、NetPBM + のツール ("anytopnm") を用いて画像を変換し、 Tux Paint のキャンバスに合 + うように画像サイズを変更 ("pnmscale") し、PNG 形式に変換 ("pnmtopng") + します。 - 最後にもう一度マウスをクリックして、図形が完成します。 + また、このスクリプトは、"date" コマンドを使用して、Tux Paint が保存する + ファイル名に用いる日付と時刻を取得します。(作品を保存したり開いたりする + ときに、ファイル名を聞かれることはない、ということを思い出してください + ！) + スクリプトの使用法は簡単で、コマンドプロンプトで、取り込みたい画像の + ファイル名を引数として実行するだけです。 - - → 簡易描画モード ← - 簡易描画モードが設定されている場合、図形を回転させる手順は省略され、マ - ウスを放した時点で図形が描画されます。 - - ⚙ "簡易描画モード" ("simpleshapes") についての詳細は、各種設定について" - のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 - - - - - -e.「もじ」ツール、「ラベル」ツール ← - - まず、右側のセレクタからフォントを、下部のパレットから色を選択します。さら - に、テキストに太字や斜体のスタイルを適用することもできます。画面をクリック - するとカーソルが表示され、文字を入力することができます。(入力した文字がキャ - ンバスに反映される前に、フォント、色、スタイルを変更することができます) - - [Enter]キー、または[Return]キーを押すと文字が描画され、カーソルが次の行に下 - がります。 - - また、[Tab]キーを押すと、文字が描画された後、カーソルは、次の行ではなく、右 - 側に移動します。これは、１行の中で異なったフォント、字体、フォントサイズ、 - 色などを混在させたい場合に便利な方法です。 - - Text from the clipboard (copy/paste buffer) can be inserted with the "Text" - and "Label" tools by pressing the [Control] + [V] key combination on a - physical keyboard, or clicking the "Paste" button in Tux Paint's on-screen - keyboard. If the text would exceed the right edge of the canvas, it will - wrap to a new line of text (going back to the previous space or dash ('-') - if possible). If the text hits the bottom of the canvas, the pasting will - abort, truncating the text. - - 文字の入力中に別の場所をクリックすると、入力内容を維持したまま、文字を貼り - 付ける位置をクリックした位置に移動させ、文字入力を続けることができます。 - - → 「もじ」ツールと「ラベル」ツールの違い ← - - 「もじ」ツールは、Tux Paint に以前からある文字入力ツールです。このツー - ルで入力した文字列は絵と一体化するため、後から文字列の内容を編集した - り、動かしたりすることはできません。一方、絵と一体化することで、上から - 塗りつぶしたり、「よごす」「そめる」「うきぼり」といった「まほう」ツー - ルの効果で修正を加えることができます。 - - Tux Paint バージョン 0.9.22 で追加された「ラベル」ツールでは、文字は絵 - から「浮いて」おり、文字列の内容、位置、フォント、色などの情報は個別に - 記録されます。これにより、「ラベル」は後から移動や編集が可能です。 - - ラベルを編集するには、ラベルと指が描かれた「ラベル選択」ボタンをクリッ - クします。図面内のすべてのラベルがハイライト表示されるので、編集したい - ラベルをクリックするか、[Tab] キーでラベルの選択を順に切り替えて、編集 - したいラベルで [Enter] キーか [Return] キーを押すと、そのラベルを編集で - きます。（[Backspace] キーで文字を消したり、追加で文字を入力したり、 - キャンバス内をクリックしてラベルの位置を変えたり、パレット内をクリック - してラベルの文字の色を変えたり、など）。 - - ラベルと手のひらが描かれた「貼り付け」ボタンをクリックすると、もじツー - ルを使って文字を書き加えたかのように、ラベルをキャンバスに固定すること - ができます。(この機能は Tux Paint version 0.9.28 で追加されました。) 作 - 品のすべてのラベルがハイライト表示されるので、ラベルを編集する場合と同 - じように、ラベルを選択します。選択したラベルは削除され、文字がキャンバ - スに直接書き込まれます。 - - ⚙ 「ラベル」ツールは、Tux Paint 設定ツールや、"nolabel"オプションによ - り、無効にすることができます。 - - 📜 The ability to paste text from the clipboard was added in Tux Paint - 0.9.35 - - - - → 多言語文字入力 ← - - Tux Paint では、様々な言語の文字を入力することができます。たいていのラ - テン文字（A-Z, ñ, è など）は、直接入力できます。また、いくつかの言語で - は、入力モードを切り替えて、複数のキーの組み合わせを用いて文字を入力す - る必要があります。 - - Tux Paint が、個別の入力モードがサポートされている言語に設定されている - 場合、特定のキーを押下することで、入力モードを切り替えることができま + ファイルは変換された後、Tux Paint の "saved" ディレクトリに格納されま す。 - サポートされている言語、入力方式、切り替えキーは以下のとおりです。 + 💡 注: 例えばお子さんなど、他のユーザーのために変換作業を行う場合は、そ + のユーザーのアカウントでコマンドを実行する必要があります。 - @ 日本語— ローマ字入力方式のひらがな、カタカナ— 右[Alt] キーまたは左 - [Alt] キー - @ ハングル— 2-Bul入力方式— 右[Alt] キーまたは左[Alt] キー - @ 繁体中文— 右[Alt] キーまたは左[Alt] キーキー - @ タイ語— 右[Alt] キー + 例: - 💡 注: 大抵のフォントには全ての言語の全ての文字は含まれていません。この - ため、入力したい文字が含まれるフォントに変更する必要がある場合がありま + $ tuxpaint-import おばあちゃん.jpg + おばあちゃん.jpg -> /home/username/.tuxpaint/saved/ + 20211231012359.png + jpegtopnm: WRITING A PPM FILE + + 1行目 ("tuxpaint-import おばあちゃん.jpg") が実行するコマンドで、続く2 + 行がプログラムの実行中の出力です。 + + これで、Tux Paint を起動して、「ひらく」ダイアログから変換した画像を開 + くことができます。後は、アイコンをダブルクリックするだけです！ + + ### C. 手動での取り込み ### + + Windows、MacOS、BeOS、そして Haiku のユーザーは、手動で変換作業を行う必 + 要があります。 + + 変換したい画像ファイルの読み込み、PNG 形式ファイルでの保存に対応した画 + 像処理プログラムを起動します。(推奨されるソフトウェア、その他の情報につ + いては、"PNG.html" をお読みください。) + + Tux Paint で、描画キャンパスと異なる大きさの画像を読み込む場合、キャン + バスに合うように拡大・縮小されます。 + + 画像が引き伸ばされたりぼやけたりしないようにするには、キャンパスの大き + さに合うようにサイズを変更します。キャンパスの大きさは、Tux Paint の + ウィンドウサイズや、フルスクリーン動作時の画面解像度に依存します。(注: + 標準の解像度は 800x600 です)。以下の "イメージサイズの計算方法" をごら + んください。 + + ## 1. ファイル名の付け方 ## + + 画像は PNG 形式で保存してください。また、以下のように、Tux Paint におけ + る命名規則である、現在の日付と時刻を用いたファイル名を使用することを強 + くお勧めします。 + + YYYYMMDDhhmmss.png + + - YYYY = 年 + - MM = 月 (2桁, "01"-"12") + - DD = 日 (2桁, "01"-"31") + - HH = 時 (2桁, 24時間表示, "00"-"23") + - mm = 分 (2桁, "00"-"59") + - ss = 秒 (2桁, "00"-"59") + + 例: 2021年7月31日午前11時5分であれば、20210731110500.png のようになりま す。 - - - → 画面キーボード ← - - An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the Text and Label - tools, which can provide a variety of layouts and character composition - (e.g., composing "a" and "e" into "æ"). Run Tux Paint with the - "--onscreen-keyboard" option, or enable that setting in Tux Paint's - configuration file, to enable it. Multiple layouts are offered - (currently "QWERTY" and "ABC"), which the user can switch between. - Additional configuration options allow specifying a default layout, as - well as preventing the layout from being changed. - - The on-screen keyboard appears at the bottom or top of the Tux Paint - window, obscuring part of the canvas, depending on where the text - insertion cursor is placed. Along with alphabetic, numeric, and some - punctuation keys, the keyboard provides: - @ A "Backspace" key (⇐) to remove the previous character - @ A "Carriage Return" ("Return"/"Enter") key (⏎) to end the current - input and begin a new one on the following line (below and to the - left) - @ A "Tab" key (⇔) to end the current input and begin a new one at the - current cursor position - @ A "Shift" key (⇑) to shift alphabetic keys from lowercase to - uppercase, access more punctuation, etc. - @ A "Caps Lock" key (⤒) to toggle permanent shifting of alphabetic - keys from lowercase to uppercase (click it again to disable caps - lock) - @ A "Compose" key ("Cmp"), to initiate character composition (e.g., - click "Cmp", "a", "e" to produce an "æ" character) - @ An "Alternate Graphics" key ("AltGr") to access additional - characters (e.g., "¿", "ß", etc.) - @ An "Alternate" key ("Alt") - @ A "Paste" key to paste the current clipboard's text into the Text - or Label tool - @ Left and right arrows (← & →) to access different on-screen - keyboard layouts - - ⚙ 詳細については "各種設定について" と "Tux Paintの拡張" のドキュメント - を参照してください。 - - - - - -f.「ぬる」ツール ← - - 「ぬる」ツールは、描画の連続した領域を好きな色で塗りつぶします。以下の3 つ - の塗りつぶしオプションが用意されています: - o たんしょく — 領域を一つの色で塗りつぶします。 - o ふで — フリーハンドでドラッグして、領域を一つの色で塗りつぶします。 - o せんけい — 領域をクリックしてからドラッグすると、ドラッグした方向に向 - かって色が薄くなるようにグラデーションをつけて塗りつぶします。 - o ほうしゃ — クリックした場所を中心に周りに向かって放射状に色が薄くなるよ - うにグラデーションをつけて塗りつぶします。 - o あわせる — クリックした領域の輪郭に合わせて色が薄くなるようにグラデー - ションをつけて塗りつぶします。 - o Eraser — click once to erase an area, exposing the solid color - background, or starter or template background image, upon which the - drawing was based. (See 各種のツール > 描画ツール > けしゴム and そのほ - かの操作 > レイヤー画像.) - - 📜 注: Tux Paint 0.9.24 より前のバージョンでは、このツールは「まほう」ツール - のひとつでした。（「まほう」ツールについては、以下をご覧ください） Tux - Paint 0.9.26 より前のバージョンでは、「たんしょく」の塗りつぶし方法しかあり - ませんでした。 Tux Paint 0.9.29で、「あわせる」の塗りつぶし方法が追加されま - した。 - - - -g.「まほう」ツール（特殊効果） ← - - 「まほう」ツールは、様々な特殊なツールを集めたものです。右側のセレクタで、 - 「まほう」の効果を選択することができます。効果を適用する方法は、クリック＋ - ドラッグ、単なるクリックなど、ツールごとに様々です。 - - 「まほう」ツール - - - 「magic-docs」フォルダ内のドキュメント「まほう」ツールの一覧もお読みく - ださい。 - - 「まほう」効果の制御 - - - クリック＋ドラッグを使用するツールの場合、右側のセレクタの下部左側にあ - る「描画モード」を表すボタンが有効になります。１クリックで画面全体に効 - 果を及ぼすツールの場合、右側の「全画面モード」を表すボタンが有効になり - ます。 - - ⚙ 注: "nomagiccontrols" オプションが設定されると、「描画モード」「全画 - 面モード」の選択ボタンが無効になります。詳しくは"各種設定について"のド - キュメントを参照してください。 - - 💡 「まほう」効果の制御が無効にされた場合、いくつかの「まほう」プラグイ - ンは「描画モード」「全画面モード」に対応するツールに分かれて利用できる - ようになります。 - - 「まほう」サイズの制御 - - - 「まほう」ツールの中には描画のサイズや効果が及ぶ幅の大きさを変更できる - ものがあり、その場合、画面の右下にスライダーボタンが表示されます。 - - ⚙ 注: "nomagicsizes" オプションが設定されると、サイズを変更スライダーの - ボタンが無効になります。詳しくは"各種設定について"のドキュメントを参照 - してください。 - - 💡 サイズ変更が無効にされると、単にツールごとの標準のサイズに固定される - 場合と、例えば「れんが」や「めだま」などいくつかのプラグインのように、 - 異なるサイズのツールが追加される場合があります。 - - 📜 このオプションは、バージョン 0.9.30 以降で追加されました。 - - ⚙ 注: "ungroupmagictools" オプションが設定されると、「まほう」ツールは関連 - 性に応じたグループ化が行われず、単一の大きなリストとして表示します。詳しく - は"各種設定について"のドキュメントを参照してください。 - - - -h.けしゴム ← - - このツールは「ふで」（ペイントブラシ）と似た働きをします。どこをクリック - （またはクリック＆ドラッグ）しても、作品に描いたものは消去され、描画を開始 - したときに選択した背景（無地、「スターター」画像の背景、「テンプレート」画 - 像など）が表れます。(各種のツール > そのほかの操作 > 「さいしょから」もご確 - 認ください。) - - 様々なタイプの消しゴムがあり、それぞれに大きさを選べます。 - o 正方形 — 正方形の消しゴム。描画を完全に消去します。 - o 円形 — 円形の消しゴム。描画を完全に消去します。 - o ソフトエッジ — ソフトな輪郭の部分で背景と混じり合う円形の消しゴム。 - o 透明な円形 — 丸い形の消しゴムで、描画部分を背景になじませます。繰り返し - て使うと、背景が次第に露出します。 - - マウスの動きに合わせて、消しゴムの輪郭がマウスカーソルの位置に表示され、絵 - のどの部分が消されるかを示します。 - - 消している間、「キュッキュッ」と擦って消す効果音が流れます。 - - ⌨ [X] キーを押しながらマウスをクリックすると、小さな丸い消しゴムをすばやく - 使うことができます（もじ/ラベルツール選択時、はんこや図形の回転中、インタラ - クティブなまほうツールを使用している間は無効です）。マウスを離すと、選択中 - のツールに戻ります。 - - - - -## 2. そのほかの操作 ## - -a.「とりけし」と「やりなおし」 ← - - 「とりけし」ボタンをクリックすると、直前に行った操作が取り消されます。いく - つもの操作をさかのぼって取り消すことができます！ - - ⌨ 注: キーボードで [Control / ⌘] + [Z] を押してもとりけしできます。 - - 「やりなおし」ボタンをクリックすると、「とりけし」ボタンで取り消した操作を - 元に戻すことができます。 - - 「とりけし」操作の後、描画を行っていなければ、取り消した全ての操作を元に戻 - せます！ - - ⌨ 注: キーボードで [Control / ⌘] + [R] を押してもやりなおしできます。 - - - -b.「さいしょから」 ← - - Clicking the 'New' button will start a new drawing. A dialog will appear - where you may choose to start a new picture using a solid background color, - or using a 'Starter' or 'Template' image (see below). You will first be - asked whether you really want to do this. - - 「けしゴム」ツールを使うと、描画した部分が消去され、最初に選択した背景が露 - 出します。 (各種のツール > 描画ツール > けしゴムもご確認ください。) - - ⌨ 注: キーボードで [Control / ⌘] + [N] を押しても新規作成ができます。 - - → 単色のキャンバス ← - あらかじめ用意されている背景色のほか、レインボーパレットやカラーミキ - サーで色を選択することができます。これらは、絵を描くときにキャンバスの - 下に表示されるカラーパレットにあるオプションと同じように操作します。詳 - 細はメインの画面 > 下部: カラーパレット「いろ」 > 色に関する特別なオプ - ションを参照。 - - レイヤー画像 ← - @ レイヤー画像には、塗り絵のページのようなもの（白黒の線で描かれ、色 - を塗ることができる）や、前景レイヤーと背景レイヤーに挟まれた部分に - 絵を描ける３Ｄ画像のようなものがあります。 - @ また、このほかに、背景レイヤーだけの画像も用意されています。 - - When using the 'Eraser' tool or the 'Eraser' mode of the 'Fill' tool, - the original image from the 'Starter' or 'Template' will reappear. (See - 各種のツール > 描画ツール > けしゴム and 「ぬる」ツール.) - - The 'Flip' and 'Mirror' Magic tools affect the orientation of the - 'Starter' or 'Template', as well. (See 各種のツール > 「まほう」ツール - （特殊効果） > Flip and Mirror.) - - レイヤー画像は、その上に絵を描いて保存すると新しい絵として保存され、 - 元々のレイヤー画像自体は上書きされないので、後で（「さいしょから」ダイ - アログからアクセスして）何度でも使うことができます。 - - ⚙ 独自のスターター画像やテンプレート画像を作成することができます。ド - キュメント「Tux Paint の拡張」の「スターター」と「テンプレート」のセク - ションを参照してください。 - - 💡 また、保存した作品をTux Paintの「ひらく」ダイアログから直接テンプレー - トに変換することもできます。以下の「ひらく」を参照してください。 - - - - → 自作テンプレートの削除 ← - - 「さいしょから」ダイアログで自作テンプレート（「ひらく」ダイアログの - 「テンプレート」ボタンを使って作成したもの）を選択すると、リストの右下 - に「けす」（ゴミ箱）ボタンが表示されます。これをクリックすると、選択し - たテンプレートが消去されます。(確認を求められます） - - 💡 注: Linux、Windows、macOSでは、削除した作品は、デスクトップのゴミ箱に - 移動するので、後で元に戻すことができます。 - - ⚙ 注: 「けす」ボタンは、"noerase" オプションで無効にできます。 - - - - - ⚙ 注:単色のキャンバスは、"newcolorslast" オプションによって、「さいしょか - ら」ダイアログの最後（スターターとテンプレートの下）に配置することができま - す。 - - - -c.「ひらく」 ← - - 「ひらく」をクリックすると、保存されている全ての作品のリストが表示されま - す。リストが画面に収まりきらない場合は、上下の矢印のボタンでリストをスク - ロールできます。 - - まず、絵をクリックして選択します… - o 左下にある緑色の「ひらく」ボタンで、選択した作品を読み込んで編集するこ - とができます。 - - (または、開きたい作品をダブルクリックします） - - 💡 絵を開く時に、それまで描いていた絵が保存されていなければ、保存するか - どうかを確認します。（「セーブ」の項を参照） - - o 右下にある茶色の「けす」(ゴミ箱) ボタンで、選択した作品を削除します。 - (本当に削除して良いか確認されます) - - 📜 注: Linux（バージョン 0.9.22以降）、Windows（バージョン 0.9.27以 - 降）、macOS（バージョン 0.9.29以降）では、削除した作品は、デスクトップ - のゴミ箱に移動するので、後で元に戻すことができます。 - - ⚙ 注: 「けす」ボタンは、"noerase" オプションで無効にできます。 - - o 右下の「かきだす」のボタンをクリックすると、ユーザーの標準の画像フォル - ダ（例: "~/Pictures/TuxPaint/")に画像を出力します。 - - 「ひらく」の画面からは、以下のこともできます: - o 左側の一番下にある青色の「スライド」のボタンを押すと、スライドショー - モードになります。詳しくは「スライドショー」の項を参照。 - - o 左下の青い「テンプレート」ボタンをクリックすると、選択した作品が新しい - テンプレートに変換され、「さいしょから」ダイアログから利用できるように - なります。 - - 📜 注: テンプレート作成機能は Tux Paint バージョン 0.9.31 で追加されまし - た。上記以外の方法で独自のテンプレートを作成するには, ドキュメント「Tux - Paint の拡張」をご覧下さい。 - - ⚙ テンプレート作成機能は、Tux Paint 設定ツールで「テンプレート作成機能 - を無効にする」を選択するか、"notemplateexport"オプションを指定してTux - Paintを起動することで無効にすることができます。 - - o 右下にある赤色の「もどる」ボタンを押すと、絵を描く画面に戻ります。 - - ⌨ 注: キーボードで [Control / ⌘] + [O] を押しても「ひらく」ダイアログを表示 - できます。 - - - -d.「セーブ」 ← - - 描画中の作品を保存します。 - - 一度も保存していない作品の場合、作品のリストに新しく追加されます。(つまり、 - 新しいファイルを作成します) - - 💡 注: ファイル名の入力などを求めることはなく、カメラのシャッター音の効果音 - とともに、単に作品を保存します。 - - 一度保存操作をした後や、「ひらく」コマンドで読みこんだ作品の場合、以前の - バージョンを上書きするか、新しく追加して保存するかを確認します。 - - ⚙ 注: "saveover" オプション、または "saveovernew" オプションのどちらかが設 - 定されている場合は、確認なしに保存されます。詳しくは"各種設定について"のド - キュメントを参照してください。) - - ⌨ 注: キーボードで [Control / ⌘] + [S] を押しても作品を保存できます。 - - - -e.「いんさつ」 ← - - このボタンを押して作品を印刷します！ - - 多くのプラットフォームでは、[Alt] key (Mac では [Option] キー) を押しながら - 「いんさつ」ボタンを押すと、プリンターの設定画面が開きます。この機能は、フ - ルスクリーンモードでは動作しない点に注意して下さい。 - - → 印刷の無効化 ← - - オプションで "noprint" を設定すれば、「いんさつ」のボタンを無効にするこ - とができます。 - - ⚙ 詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 - - - - → 印刷機能の制限 ← - - オプションで "printdelay" を設定すれば、設定に応じた一定の時間ごとに１ - 回だけしか印刷できなくなります。 - - 例えば、設定ファイルで "printdelay=602" と設定すれば、1分間に1回だけ印 - 刷ができます。 - - ⚙ 詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 - - - - → 印刷コマンド ← - - (Linux 及び Unix の場合のみ) - - Tux Paint は、PostScript 形式の印刷データを作成し、外部プログラムに渡し - て印刷を行います。標準の設定では、以下のコマンドが使用されます: - - lpr - - このコマンドは、設定ファイルの "printcommand" オプションを設定すること - で変更できます。 - - フルスクリーンモードでなければ "[Alt]" キーを押しながら「いんさつ」ボタ - ンを押すと、別の印刷プログラムを起動することができます。標準の設定で - は、KDE のグラフィカルな印刷ダイアログである、以下のプログラムが使用さ - れます: - - kprinter - - このコマンドは、設定ファイルの "altprintcommand" オプションを設定するこ - とで変更できます。 - - ⚙ 詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 - - - - → プリンターの設定 ← - - (Windows 及び macOS) - - 標準の設定では、「いんさつ」ボタンを押すと、通常使うプリンターに出力さ - れます。 - - フルスクリーンモードでなければ、[Alt] (または [Option]) キーを押しなが - ら「いんさつ」ボタンを押すと、オペレーションシステム標準の印刷ダイアロ - グが表示され、出力先などの設定を変更することができます。 - - "printcfg" オプションを設定すれば、プリンターの設定の変更を保存すること - ができます。 - - "printcfg" オプションを設定すると、プリンターの設定は、ユーザーの個人 - フォルダの "printcfg.cfg" から読み込まれ、変更した設定はこのファイルに - 保存されます。 - - ⚙ 詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 - - - - → 印刷ダイアログのオプション ← - - 標準の設定では、印刷ダイアログは、[Alt] (または [Option]) キーを押しな - がら「いんさつ」ボタンを押した場合にのみ表示されます（Linux/Unixでは、 - "lpr" の代わりに "altprintcommand"; すなわち "kprinter" が起動しま - す。） - - この印刷ダイアログの動作は、設定により変更できます。毎回必ず印刷ダイア - ログを表示させるには、コマンドラインで "--altprintalways" を指定する - か、設定ファイルで "altprint=always" を指定します。反対に、 - "--altprintnever" または "altprint=never" を指定することで、"[Alt]" (ま - たは "[Option]2) キーの効果を無効にできます。 - - ⚙ 詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 - - - - - -f.「スライドショー」 ← - - 「スライドショー」の機能は、「ひらく」ダイアログから利用できます。Tux Paint - の中で、簡単なアニメーションや画像のスライドショーを再生することができま - す。また、選択した画像を元にアニメーションGIFを書き出すこともできます。 - - → 画像を選ぶ ← - - 「スライド」セクションに入ると、「ひらく」ダイアログと同じように、保存 - したファイルの一覧が表示されます。 - - 次に、スライドショーで表示したい作品を、一つずつクリックして選択しま - す。それぞれの画像の上に、スライドショーで表示される順番を表す数字が示 - されます。 - - 選択された画像をもう一度クリックすると、選択を解除し、スライドショーか - ら除外します。同じ画像もう一度クリックすると、をリストの最後に追加でき - ます。 - - - - → 再生スピードの設定 ← - - 画面左下「かいし」の隣にあるのスライドバーで、スライドショーやアニメー - ションGIFのスピードを調節できます。スライドバーを一番左に設定すると、ス - ライドショーの自動進行が無効になり、次のスライドに進むにはクリックが必 - 要になります。（以下をご確認下さい） - - 💡 注: 最も遅いスピードに設定するとスライドの自動進行が無効になります。 - １枚ずつ手動でスライドを進めたい場合に、この設定を用いてください。（こ - の動作はアニメーションGIFには適用されません） - - - - → Tux Paint 上での再生 ← - - Tux Paint 内でスライドショーを再生するには「かいし」ボタンをクリックし - ます。 - - 💡 注: 作品を一つも選択していない場合、保存されている全ての作品がスライ - ドショーで表示されます！ - - スライドショーの実行中は、[Space] キー、[Enter] キー、[Return] キー、 - [右矢印] キーのいずれかを押すか、または、画面左下の "つぎへ" ボタンのク - リックすれば、手動で次のスライドに進みます。[左矢印] キーを押すと前のス - ライドに戻ります。 - - [Escape] キーを押すか、右下の「もどる」ボタンをクリックすると、スライド - ショーを終了し、作品選択の画面に戻ります。 - - - - → アニメーションGIFの書き出し ← - - 右下の「かきだす」ボタンをクリックすると、選択した画像を元にアニメー - ションGIFファイルを生成します。 - - 💡 注: 少なくとも２つの画像を選択する必要があります。（画像を１枚だけ書 - き出す場合は、「ひらく」ダイアログの「かきだす」オプションを用いま - す）。１枚も画像を選択していない場合、アニメーションGIFは生成されません - 。 - - アニメーションGIFの生成中に [Escape] キーを押すと、処理を中断して「スラ - イドショー」ダイアログに戻ります。 - - - - - さらに「もどる」ボタンをクリックすれば、「ひらく」ダイアログに戻ります。 - - - -g.プログラムの終了 ← - - 「やめる」ボタンを押すか、Tux Paint のウィンドウを閉じるか、[Escape] キーを - 押せば、Tux Paint が終了します。 - - その際、本当に終了するかどうかを確認されます。 - - 作品を保存していない状態で終了しようとした場合は、絵を保存するかどうかを訪 - ねられます。さらに、新規に作成した作品でなければ、以前のバージョンを上書き - するか、新しく保存するかを確認されます。(上記の「セーブ」の項をご覧下さ - い。) - - ⚙ 注: "startblank" オプションが設定されている場合を除き、終了時に保存した作 - 品は、次に Tux Paint を起動するときに自動的に読み込まれます。 - - ⚙ 注: 「やめる」ボタンと [Escape] キーによるプログラム終了は、"noquit" オプ - ションで無効にできます。 - - この場合、タイトルバーの「閉じる」ボタンか、[Alt] + [F4] キーで終了すること - ができます。 - - また、上記のどちらの方法も使えない場合、[Shift] + [Control / ⌘] + [Escape] - のキーの組み合わせで終了できます。 - - ⚙ 詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 - - - -h.効果音を消すには ← - - 今のところ画面上には消音のためのボタンはありませんが、[Alt] + [S] キーを押 - すと効果音は無効になり、もう一度押すと有効になります。 - - なお、"nosound" オプションによって効果音が無効にされている場合は、[Alt] + - [S] キーによる効果音の操作はできません。（親や先生が効果音を無効にすれば、 - この操作で音を出すことはできないということです） - - ⚙ 詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 - - - - - ### E. 操作方法 ### - -## 1. マウス・トラックボールによる操作 ## - -Tux Paint の操作の大部分は、標準的なマウス、トラックボール、トラックパッド、お -絵かきタブレット（通常はスタイラスペンで操作）、タッチスクリーン（指やスタイラ -スペンで操作）など、OS上でマウスとして認識されるデバイスを使用します（詳しくは -後述の「タブレット端末やタッチスクリーンでの操作」をご覧ください）。 - -通常はマウスの左ボタンを使用しますが、これはOSレベルの設定で変更することができ -ます。デフォルトでは他のボタンからの入力は無視され、他のボタンを使用しようとす -ると、認識できるのは1つのボタンだけであることを知らせるポップアップダイアログが -表示されます。ただし、どのボタンからの入力も受け付けるように設定することもでき -ます（ドキュメント「各種設定について」を参照してください）。 - -# a. スクロール操作 # - -マウスホイール、トラックボールのスクロールリング、トラックパッドの「スクロー -ル」ジェスチャー（2本指での垂直移動やトラックパッドの端での垂直移動など）はスク -ロール入力として認識され、スタンプ、まほうツール、新規作成ダイアログや開くダイ -アログなどのリストを素早くスクロールできます。 - -また、これらのリストの上下にあるスクロールボタンをクリックし続ければ自動的にス -クロールします。 - -# b. マウスによる操作 # - -上記のほかにも、マウスとして認識される以下のようなデバイスであれば、Tux Paint -の操作に使用できます: - - * ヘッドポインティング/トラッキングデバイス - * 視線追跡デバイス - * フットマウス - -Tux Paint には「マウスクリックのトグル動作」という操作設定があり、シングルク -リックでクリック＆ドラッグ操作が始まり、その後のクリックで終了します。（ドキュ -メント「各種設定について」を参照してください） - -## 2. タブレット端末やタッチスクリーンでの操作 ## - -上述のように Tux Paint はマウスとして認識されるあらゆるデバイスータブレットや -タッチスクリーンなどーを使用することができます。これらのデバイスの多くは以下の -ような追加機能をサポートしていますが、これらは現在のところ Tux Paint ではサポー -トされていません: - - * 筆圧や傾きの検出 - * けしゴムペン先機能 - * マルチタッチジェスチャー - -## 3. ジョイスティック等のデバイスによる操作 ## - -Tux Paintは OS 上でジョイスティックとして表示されるあらゆるゲームコントローラー -からの入力を認識するように設定できます。USBやBluetoothで接続された最新のゲーム -機のコントローラー（Nintendo SwitchやMicrosoft Xboxのゲームパッドなど）も含まれ -ます！ - -使用する機器やユーザーのニーズに合わせて、数多くの設定オプションが用意されてい -ます。おおまかな動きにはアナログ入力が使われ、細かい動きにはデジタルの「ハッ -ト」入力が使われます。コントローラーのボタンは、Tux Paintのさまざまな操作にマッ -ピングできます（例えば [Escape] キーとして機能したり、ペイントツールに切り替え -たり、UndoやRedo操作を呼び出したりなど）。詳しくはドキュメント「各種設定につい -て」を参照してください。 - -## 4. キーボードによる操作 ## - -タックスペイントでは、キーボードからマウスポインタを操作することができます。こ -れには、マウスポインタの移動とクリック、およびインターフェイスの特定の部分を移 -動するためのショートカットが含まれます。詳しくはドキュメント「各種設定につい -て」を参照してください。 - -III. 他の画像の Tux Paint への読み込み - - ### A. 概要 ### - -Tux Paint の「ひらく」ダイアログでは、Tux Paint で作成した画像だけが表示されま -す。その他の画像や写真を読み込んで編集するにはどのようにすれば良いでしょうか？ - -そのための方法は簡単で、画像ファイルを PNG (Portable Network Graphic) 形式に変 -換して、Tux Paint で作成した画像が保存されている "saved" フォルダにコピーしま -す。（標準では以下のフォルダ）: - -→ Windows Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Windows 11 ← - In the user's "AppData" folder: - e.g., "C:\Users\ユーザー名\AppData\Roaming\TuxPaint\saved\" - -→ macOS ← - In the user's "Application Support" folder: - e.g., "/Users/ユーザー名/Library/Application Support/TuxPaint/saved/" - -→ Linux / Unix ← - In the user's "home directory" folder: - e.g., "/home/ユーザー名/.tuxpaint/saved/" - -→ Haiku ← - In the user's "settings" folder: - e.g., "/boot/home/config/settings/TuxPaint/saved/" - - -💡 注: Tux Paint で作成した画像を他のアプリケーションを使って開く場合も、これら -のフォルダからになります。しかしながら、「ひらく」ダイアログの「かきだす」の機 -能を使えば、Tux Paint で作成した画像を、もっと簡単で安全にアクセスできるフォル -ダにコピーすることができます。 - - ### B. "tuxpaint-import" スクリプトを使う ### - -Linux と Unix では、Tux Paint と同時に、シェルスクリプト "tuxpaint-import" がイ -ンストールされています。このスクリプトは、NetPBM のツール ("anytopnm") を用いて -画像を変換し、 Tux Paint のキャンバスに合うように画像サイズを変更 ("pnmscale") -し、PNG 形式に変換 ("pnmtopng") します。 - -また、このスクリプトは、"date" コマンドを使用して、Tux Paint が保存するファイル -名に用いる日付と時刻を取得します。(作品を保存したり開いたりするときに、ファイル -名を聞かれることはない、ということを思い出してください！) - -スクリプトの使用法は簡単で、コマンドプロンプトで、取り込みたい画像のファイル名 -を引数として実行するだけです。 - -ファイルは変換された後、Tux Paint の "saved" ディレクトリに格納されます。 - -💡 注: 例えばお子さんなど、他のユーザーのために変換作業を行う場合は、そのユー -ザーのアカウントでコマンドを実行する必要があります。 - -例: - - $ tuxpaint-import おばあちゃん.jpg - おばあちゃん.jpg -> /home/username/.tuxpaint/saved/20211231012359.png - jpegtopnm: WRITING A PPM FILE - -1行目 ("tuxpaint-import おばあちゃん.jpg") が実行するコマンドで、続く2行がプロ -グラムの実行中の出力です。 - -これで、Tux Paint を起動して、「ひらく」ダイアログから変換した画像を開くことが -できます。後は、アイコンをダブルクリックするだけです！ - - ### C. 手動での取り込み ### - -Windows、MacOS、BeOS、そして Haiku のユーザーは、手動で変換作業を行う必要があり -ます。 - -変換したい画像ファイルの読み込み、PNG 形式ファイルでの保存に対応した画像処理プ -ログラムを起動します。(推奨されるソフトウェア、その他の情報については、" -PNG.html" をお読みください。) - -Tux Paint で、描画キャンパスと異なる大きさの画像を読み込む場合、キャンバスに合 -うように拡大・縮小されます。 - -画像が引き伸ばされたりぼやけたりしないようにするには、キャンパスの大きさに合う -ようにサイズを変更します。キャンパスの大きさは、Tux Paint のウィンドウサイズ -や、フルスクリーン動作時の画面解像度に依存します。(注: 標準の解像度は 800x600 -です)。以下の "イメージサイズの計算方法" をごらんください。 - -## 1. ファイル名の付け方 ## - -画像は PNG 形式で保存してください。また、以下のように、Tux Paint における命名規 -則である、現在の日付と時刻を用いたファイル名を使用することを強くお勧めします。 - - YYYYMMDDhhmmss.png - - * YYYY = 年 - * MM = 月 (2桁, "01"-"12") - * DD = 日 (2桁, "01"-"31") - * HH = 時 (2桁, 24時間表示, "00"-"23") - * mm = 分 (2桁, "00"-"59") - * ss = 秒 (2桁, "00"-"59") - -例: 2021年7月31日午前11時5分であれば、20210731110500.png のようになります。 - -PNG ファイルを Tux Paint の "saved" ディレクトリにコピーします。（上記参照） - -## 2. イメージサイズの計算方法 ## - -"buttonsize" のオプションが追加されたため、この部分は全面的に書き直す必要があり -ます。とりあえずは、Tux Paint で作成した画像のサイズ（ピクセル幅と高さ）を調べ -て、取り込む画像をそれに合わせて拡大縮小してみてください。 - -IV.その他のドキュメント - -このドキュメントの他、"docs" フォルダには、次のようなドキュメントがあります: - -→ Tux Paint の使用: ← - o OPTIONS.html - コマンドライン、設定ファイルのオプションに関する詳細な情報。Tux Paint - Config を使用したくない人向け。 - o 「まほう」ツールに関するドキュメント ("magic-docs") - インストールされている、それぞれの「まほう」ツールに関する説明。 - o Tux Paint に関するよくある質問（"FAQ"） - Tux Paint を使用する上でよくある質問への回答や問題の解決方法。 - - -→ Tux Paint の拡張: ← - o EXTENDING.html - ブラシ、はんこ、背景画像の作成方法、フォントを追加する方法、追加のスク - リーンキーボードの作成、言語入力の追加など、Tux Paint の拡張についての - 詳細説明。 - o PNG.html - PNG 形式の画像を作成する方法。 - o SVG.html - SVG 形式のヴェクタ画像を作成する方法。 - - -→ 技術情報: ← - o INSTALL.html - コンパイル、インストールの手順. - o SIGNALS.html - Tux Paint が応答する POSIX シグナルに関する情報。 - o MAGIC-API.html - プラグインAPIを用いた独自の「まほう」ツールの作成 - - -→ 開発の記録及びライセンス: ← - o AUTHORS.txt - 作者と協力者のリスト. - o CHANGES.txt - リリース毎の変更点の概要. - o COPYING.txt - Tux Paint ソフトウェアのライセンス GNU 一般公衆利用許諾 (GPL) - - - -V.お問い合わせ先 - -お困りのことがある場合、Tux Paint の開発者や他のユーザーとコミュニケーションを -とるための多くの方法があります。 - - * バグを発見した場合や機能追加の要望については、プロジェクトのバグトラッキン - グシステムから報告できます - * プロジェクトに関する様々なメーリングリストに参加できます - * 開発者へ直接連絡することもできます - -もっとお知りになりたい場合、Tux Paint のウェブサイトの "連絡先" のページ ( -https://tuxpaint.org/contact/) をごらん下さい - -VI.プロジェクトへの参加 - -Tux Paint はボランティアベースのプロジェクトであり、様々な形でのご協力を受け付 -けています。 - - * Tux Paint の翻訳の作成 - * 既存の翻訳の改善 - * アートワークの作成 (スタンプ、背景画像、ペイントブラシなど) - * 機能の追加や改良、「まほう」ツールの作成 - * 学習教材の作成 - * 宣伝や、他の Tux Paint ユーザーのサポート - -もっとお知りになりたい場合、Tux Paint のウェブサイトの "私たちにご協力を" の -ページ (https://tuxpaint.org/help/) をごらん下さい - -VII.Tux Paint プロジェクトの SNS アカウント - -Tux Paint は様々な SNS アカウントを利用し、最新情報や作品を投稿しています。 - - * Bluesky で @tuxpaint.bsky.social をフォローする - * Facebook で Tux Paint のページに参加する - * Instagram で @TuxPaintDevs をフォローする - * Mastdon で @tuxpaint@floss.socal をフォローする - * Reddit で u/TuxPaintDevs をフォローする - * Threads で @TuxPaintDevs をフォローする - * TikTok で @TuxPaintDevs をフォローする - * Tumblr で Tux Paint をフォローする - * YouTubeの @TuxPaintOfficial にチャンネル登録する - -VIII. 商標について - - * "Linux" は Linus Torvalds の登録商標です。 - * "Microsoft" および "Windows" は、Microsoft 社の登録商標です。 - * "Apple" および "macOS" は Apple 社の登録商標です。 - * "Haiku" は、Haiku 社の登録商標です。 - * "Facebook", "Instagram" および "Threads" は Meta Platforms 社の登録商標で - す。 - * "Mastodon" は Mastodon gGmbH の登録商標です。 - * "Reddit" は、Reddit 社の登録商標です。 - * "TIK TOK" は、Bytedance 社の登録商標です。 - * "Tumblr" は Tumblr 社の登録商標です。 - * "YouTube" は Alphabet 社の登録商標です。 - + PNG ファイルを Tux Paint の "saved" ディレクトリにコピーします。（上記 + 参照） + + ## 2. イメージサイズの計算方法 ## + + "buttonsize" のオプションが追加されたため、この部分は全面的に書き直す必 + 要があります。とりあえずは、Tux Paint で作成した画像のサイズ（ピクセル + 幅と高さ）を調べて、取り込む画像をそれに合わせて拡大縮小してみてくださ + い。 + + IV.その他のドキュメント + + このドキュメントの他、"docs" フォルダには、次のようなドキュメントがあり + ます: + → Tux Paint の使用: ← + x OPTIONS.html + コマンドライン、設定ファイルのオプションに関する詳細な情報。Tux + Paint Config を使用したくない人向け。 + x 「まほう」ツールに関するドキュメント ("magic-docs") + インストールされている、それぞれの「まほう」ツールに関する説 + 明。 + x Tux Paint に関するよくある質問（"FAQ"） + Tux Paint を使用する上でよくある質問への回答や問題の解決方法。 + + + → Tux Paint の拡張: ← + x EXTENDING.html + ブラシ、はんこ、背景画像の作成方法、フォントを追加する方法、追 + 加のスクリーンキーボードの作成、言語入力の追加など、Tux Paint + の拡張についての詳細説明。 + x PNG.html + PNG 形式の画像を作成する方法。 + x SVG.html + SVG 形式のヴェクタ画像を作成する方法。 + + + → 技術情報: ← + x INSTALL.html + コンパイル、インストールの手順. + x SIGNALS.html + Tux Paint が応答する POSIX シグナルに関する情報。 + x MAGIC-API.html + プラグインAPIを用いた独自の「まほう」ツールの作成 + + + → 開発の記録及びライセンス: ← + x AUTHORS.txt + 作者と協力者のリスト. + x CHANGES.txt + リリース毎の変更点の概要. + x COPYING.txt + Tux Paint ソフトウェアのライセンス GNU 一般公衆利用許諾 (GPL) + + + + V.お問い合わせ先 + + お困りのことがある場合、Tux Paint の開発者や他のユーザーとコミュニケー + ションをとるための多くの方法があります。 + - バグを発見した場合や機能追加の要望については、プロジェクトのバグト + ラッキングシステムから報告できます + - プロジェクトに関する様々なメーリングリストに参加できます + - 開発者へ直接連絡することもできます + + もっとお知りになりたい場合、Tux Paint のウェブサイトの "連絡先" のペー + ジ (https://tuxpaint.org/contact/) をごらん下さい + + VI.プロジェクトへの参加 + + Tux Paint はボランティアベースのプロジェクトであり、様々な形でのご協力 + を受け付けています。 + - Tux Paint の翻訳の作成 + - 既存の翻訳の改善 + - アートワークの作成 (スタンプ、背景画像、ペイントブラシなど) + - 機能の追加や改良、「まほう」ツールの作成 + - 学習教材の作成 + - 宣伝や、他の Tux Paint ユーザーのサポート + + もっとお知りになりたい場合、Tux Paint のウェブサイトの "私たちにご協力 + を" のページ (https://tuxpaint.org/help/) をごらん下さい + + VII.Tux Paint プロジェクトの SNS アカウント + + Tux Paint は様々な SNS アカウントを利用し、最新情報や作品を投稿していま + す。 + - Bluesky で @tuxpaint.bsky.social をフォローする + - Facebook で Tux Paint のページに参加する + - Instagram で @TuxPaintDevs をフォローする + - Mastdon で @tuxpaint@floss.socal をフォローする + - Reddit で u/TuxPaintDevs をフォローする + - Threads で @TuxPaintDevs をフォローする + - TikTok で @TuxPaintDevs をフォローする + - Tumblr で Tux Paint をフォローする + - YouTubeの @TuxPaintOfficial にチャンネル登録する + + VIII. 商標について + + - "Linux" は Linus Torvalds の登録商標です。 + - "Microsoft" および "Windows" は、Microsoft 社の登録商標です。 + - "Apple" および "macOS" は Apple 社の登録商標です。 + - "Haiku" は、Haiku 社の登録商標です。 + - "Facebook", "Instagram" および "Threads" は Meta Platforms 社の登録 + 商標です。 + - "Mastodon" は Mastodon gGmbH の登録商標です。 + - "Reddit" は、Reddit 社の登録商標です。 + - "TIK TOK" は、Bytedance 社の登録商標です。 + - "Tumblr" は Tumblr 社の登録商標です。 + - "YouTube" は Alphabet 社の登録商標です。 diff --git a/docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/html/README.html b/docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/html/README.html index 63cc2bcda..1f22a3949 100644 --- a/docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/html/README.html +++ b/docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/html/README.html @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

- 2024年12月25日

+ 2024年12月26日

Text clipboard paste support
The "Text" and "Label" tools support pasting the copy/paste clipboard.
+ +
"Hearts" Magic tool
+
Draw a trail of floating hearts. + +
"Sparkles" Magic tool
+
Draw a trail of falling sparkles. + +
"Stars" Magic tool
+
Draw a trail of stars.

diff --git a/docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/README.txt b/docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/README.txt index a9a6a9b13..8dbade073 100644 --- a/docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/README.txt +++ b/docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/README.txt @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Të drejta kopjimi © 2002-2024 nga kontribues të ndryshëm; shihni AUTHORS.txt. https://tuxpaint.org/ - 25 dhjetor 2024 + 26 dhjetor 2024 +---------------------------------------------------+ | Pasqyrë e Lëndës | @@ -106,1298 +106,1373 @@ See COPYING.txt for the full text of the GPL license. → Text clipboard paste support ← The "Text" and "Label" tools support pasting the copy/paste clipboard. +→ "Hearts" Magic tool ← + Draw a trail of floating hearts. ← + → "Sparkles" Magic tool ← + Draw a trail of falling sparkles. ← + → "Stars" Magic tool ← + Draw a trail of stars. ← -Për listën e plotë të ndryshimeve, shihni CHANGES.txt. + Për listën e plotë të ndryshimeve, shihni CHANGES.txt. -II. Përdorim i Tux Paint-it + II. Përdorim i Tux Paint-it - ### A. Nisja e Tux Paint-it ### + ### A. Nisja e Tux Paint-it ### -## 1. Përdorues të Linux-it/Unix-it ## + ## 1. Përdorues të Linux-it/Unix-it ## -Tux Paint should have placed a launcher icon in your KDE and/or GNOME menus, -under 'Graphics.' + Tux Paint should have placed a launcher icon in your KDE and/or GNOME + menus, under 'Graphics.' -Alternatively, you can run the following command at a shell prompt (e.g., "$"): + Alternatively, you can run the following command at a shell prompt + (e.g., "$"): - $ tuxpaint + $ tuxpaint -If any errors occur, they will be displayed on the terminal (to STDERR). + If any errors occur, they will be displayed on the terminal (to + STDERR). -## 2. Përdorues Windows-i ## + ## 2. Përdorues Windows-i ## -[Ikonë Tux Paint-i] - Tux Paint + [Ikonë Tux Paint-i] + Tux Paint -If you installed Tux Paint on your computer using the 'Tux Paint Installer,' it -will have asked you whether you wanted a 'Start' menu short-cut, and/or a -desktop shortcut. If you agreed, you can simply run Tux Paint from the 'Tux -Paint' section of your 'Start' menu (e.g., under 'All Programs'), or by -double-clicking the 'Tux Paint' icon on your desktop, if you had the installer -place one there. + If you installed Tux Paint on your computer using the 'Tux Paint + Installer,' it will have asked you whether you wanted a 'Start' menu + short-cut, and/or a desktop shortcut. If you agreed, you can simply run + Tux Paint from the 'Tux Paint' section of your 'Start' menu (e.g., + under 'All Programs'), or by double-clicking the 'Tux Paint' icon on + your desktop, if you had the installer place one there. -If you're using the 'portable' (ZIP-file) version of Tux Paint, or if you used -the 'Tux Paint Installer,' but chose not to have shortcuts installed, you'll -need to double-click the "tuxpaint.exe" icon in the "Tux Paint" folder on your -computer. + If you're using the 'portable' (ZIP-file) version of Tux Paint, or if + you used the 'Tux Paint Installer,' but chose not to have shortcuts + installed, you'll need to double-click the "tuxpaint.exe" icon in the + "Tux Paint" folder on your computer. -By default, the 'Tux Paint Installer' will put Tux Paint's folder in -"C:\Program Files\TuxPaint\", though you may have changed this when you ran the -installer. + By default, the 'Tux Paint Installer' will put Tux Paint's folder in + "C:\Program Files\TuxPaint\", though you may have changed this when you + ran the installer. -If you used the 'ZIP-file' download, Tux Paint's folder will be wherever you -extracted the contents of the ZIP file. + If you used the 'ZIP-file' download, Tux Paint's folder will be + wherever you extracted the contents of the ZIP file. -## 3. Përdorues të MacOS-it ## - -Thjesht dyklikoni mbi ikonën “Tux Paint”. - -[Title screen] - - - ### B. Title Screen ### - -When Tux Paint first loads, a title/credits screen will appear. - -Once loading is complete, press a key or click or tap in the Tux Paint window -to continue. (Or, after about 5 seconds, the title screen will go away -automatically.) - - ### C. Skena Kryesore ### - -The main screen is divided into the following sections: - -[Tools: Paint, Stamp, Lines, Shapes, Text, Magic, Label, Undo, Redo, Eraser, -New, Open, Save, Print, Quit] - -→ Në Anën e Majtë: Panle ← - - The toolbar contains the drawing and editing controls. - - - -[Kanavacë] - -→ Në Mes: Kanavacë Vizatimi ← - - The largest part of the screen, in the center, is the drawing canvas. This - is, obviously, where you draw! - - 💡 Note: The size of the drawing canvas depends on the size of Tux Paint. - You can change the size of Tux Paint using the Tux Paint Config. - configuration tool, or by other means. See the Options documentation for - more details. - - - -[Selectors - Brushes, Letters, Shapes, Stamps] - -→ Në Anën e Djathtë: Përzgjedhës ← - - Depending on the current tool, the selector shows different things. e.g., - when the Paint Brush or Line tool is selected, it shows the various brushes - available. When the Rubber Stamp tool is selected, it shows the different - shapes you can use. When the Text or Label tool is selected, it shows - various fonts. - - - -[Colors - Black, White, Red, Pink, Orange, Yellow, Green, Cyan, Blue, Purple, -Brown, Grey] - -→ Më Poshtë: Ngjyra ← - - When the active tool supports colors, a palette of colors choices will be - shown near the bottom of the screen. Click one to choose a color, and it - will be used by the active tool. (For example, the "Paint" tool will use it - as the color to draw with the chosen brush, and the "Fill" tool will use it - as the color to use when flood-filling an area of the picture.) - - On the far right are three special color options: - o Zgjedhës Ngjyrash - The "color picker" (which has an outline of an eye-dropper) allows you - to pick a color found within your drawing. - (A shortcut key is available to access this feature quickly; see - below.) - o Paletë Ylberi - The rainbow palette allows you to pick any color by choosing the hue, - saturation, and value of the color you want. A box on the left displays - hundreds of hues — from red at the top through to violet at the bottom - — at hundreds of saturation/intensity levels — from pale & washed-out - on the left through to pure on the right. A grey vertical bar provides - access to hundreds of value levels — from lighest at the top through to - darkest at the bottom. - Click the green checkbox button to select the color, or the "Back" - button to dismiss the pop-up without picking a new color. - You may also set this tool's color to that of other color choices: - # Whichever built-in color is selected, if any - # Ngjyra e tanishme e Zgjedhësit të Ngjyrave - # Ngjyra e tanishme e Përzierësit të Ngjyrave - o Përzierës Ngjyrash - The "color mixer" (which has silhouette of a paint palette) allows you - to create colors by blending primary additive colors — red, yellow, and - blue — along with white (to "tint"), grey (to "tone"), and black (to - "shade"). - You may click any button multiple times (for example, red + red + - yellow results in a red-orange color). The ratios of colors added are - shown at the bottom. - You can start over (reset to no colors in your picture) by clicking the - "Clear" button. You can also undo or redo multiple steps of mixing, in - case you made a mistake (without having to start over). - Click the green checkbox button to select the color, or the "Back" - button to dismiss the pop-up without picking a new color. - - ⌨ When the active tool supports colors, a shortcut may be used for quick - access to the "color picker" option. Hold the [Tasti Kontroll] key while - clicking, and the color under the mouse cursor will be shown at the bottom. - You may drag around to canvas to find the color you want. When you release - the mouse button, the color under the cursor will be selected. If you - release the mouse outside of the canvas (e.g., over the "Tools" area), the - color selection will be left unchanged. (This is similar to clicking the - "Back" button that's available when bringing up the "color picker" option - via its button the color palette.) - - ⚙ Note: You can define your own colors for Tux Paint. See the "Options" - documentation. - - - -(Shembull ndihmëze: “Zgjidhni një formë. Klikoni që të zgjidhni qendrën, -tërhiqeni, mandej lëreni, kur të ketë madhësinë që doni. Lëvizni përreth që ta -rrotulloni dhe klikoni që të vizatohet.”) - -→ Në Fund: Zonë Ndihme ← - - At the very bottom of the screen, Tux, the Linux Penguin, provides tips and - other information while you use Tux Paint. - - - - - ### D. Mjete të Mundshme ### - -## 1. Mjete Vizatimi ## - -a. Mjeti “Ngjyrosni” (Penel) ← - - The Paint Brush tool lets you draw freehand, using various brushes (chosen - in the Selector on the right) and colors (chosen in the Color palette - towards the bottom). - - If you hold the mouse button down, and move the mouse, it will draw as you - move. - - Some brushes are animated — they change their shape as you draw them. A - good example of this is the vines brush that ships with Tux Paint. These - brushes will have a small "filmstrip" icon drawn on their Selector buttons. - - Other brushes are directional — they will draw a different shape depending - on what direction you are painting with them. An example of this is the - arrow brush that ships with Tux Paint. These brushes have a small 8-way - arrow icon drawn on their Selector buttons. - - Finally, some brushes can be both direction and animated. Examples of this - are the cat and squirrel brushes that ship with Tux Paint. These brushes - will have both the "filmstrip" and 8-way arrow icons. - - As you draw, a sound is played. The bigger the brush, the lower the pitch. - - Distancë Peneli - - - The space between each position where a brush is applied to the canvas - can vary. Some brushes (such as the footprints and flower) are spaced, - by default, far enough apart that they don't overlap. Other brushes - (such as the basic circular ones) are spaced closely, so they make a - continuous stroke. - - The default spacing of brushes may be overridden using by clicking - within the triangular-shaped series of bars at the bottom right; the - larger the bar, the wider the spacing. Brush spacing affects both tools - that use the brushes: the "Paint" tool and the "Lines" tool. - - ⚙ Note: If the "nobrushspacing" option is set, Tux Paint won't display - the brush spacing controls. See the "Options" documentation. - - - -b.Mjeti “Stampë” (Vula Gome) ← - - The Stamp tool is like a set of rubber stamps or stickers. It lets you - paste pre-drawn or photographic images (like a picture of a horse, or a - tree, or the moon) in your picture. - - As you move the mouse around the canvas, an outline follows the mouse, - showing where the stamp will be placed, and how big it will be. Click on - the canvas where you wish to place the stamp. - - → Kategori Stampash ← - There can be numerous categories of stamps (e.g., animals, plants, - outer space, vehicles, people, etc.). Use the Left and Right arrows - near the bottom of the Selector to cycle through the collections. - - → Rrotullim Stampash ← - - Using the rotation toggle button near the bottom right, you can enable - a rotation step when placing stamps. Once you've placed the stamp, - choose the angle to rotate it by moving the mouse around the canvas. - Click the mouse button again and the stamp will be added to the - drawing. - - ⚙ Note: If "stamp rotation" option is disabled, the stamp will be drawn - on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. (There's no rotation - step.) See the "Options" documentation to learn about the "rrotullim - stampash" ("stamprotation") option. - - 📜 Note: The stamp rotation feature was added to Tux Paint in version - 0.9.29. - - - - → Kontrolle Stampe ← - - Prior to 'stamping' an image onto your drawing, various effects can - sometimes be applied (depending on the stamp): - - @ Some stamps can be colored or tinted. If the color palette below - the canvas is activated, you can click the colors to change the - tint or color of the stamp before placing it in the picture. - @ Stamps can be shrunk and expanded, by clicking within the - triangular-shaped series of bars at the bottom right; the larger - the bar, the larger the stamp will appear in your picture. - @ Many stamps may be flipped vertically, or displayed as a - mirror-image, using the control buttons at the bottom right. - - ⚙ Note: If the "nostampcontrols" option is set, Tux Paint won't display - the Rotation, Mirror, Flip, or sizing controls for stamps. See the " - Options" documentation. - - - - → Tinguj Stampe ← - - Different stamps can have different sound effects and/or descriptive - (spoken) sounds. Buttons in the Help Area at the lower left (near Tux, - the Linux penguin) allow you to re-play the sound effects and - descriptive sounds for the currently-selected stamp. + ## 3. Përdorues të MacOS-it ## + Thjesht dyklikoni mbi ikonën “Tux Paint”. + [Title screen] - -c.Mjeti “Vija” ← + ### B. Title Screen ### - This tool lets you draw straight lines using the various brushes and colors - you normally use with the Paint Brush. + When Tux Paint first loads, a title/credits screen will appear. - Click the mouse and hold it to choose the starting point of the line. As - you move the mouse around, a thin 'rubber-band' line will show where the - line will be drawn. At the bottom, you'll see the angle of your line, in - degrees. A line going straight to the right is 0°, a line going straight up - is 90°, a line going straight left is 180°, a line going straight down is - 270°, and so on. + Once loading is complete, press a key or click or tap in the Tux Paint + window to continue. (Or, after about 5 seconds, the title screen will + go away automatically.) - Let go of the mouse to complete the line. A "sproing!" sound will play. - - Some brushes are animated, and will show a pattern of shapes along the - line. Others are directional, and will show a different shape depending on - the angle of the brush. And finally some are both animated and directional. - See "Paint", above, to learn more. - - Different brushes have different spacing, leaving either a series of - individual shapes, or a continuous stroke of the brush shape. Brush spacing - may be adjusted. See the brush spacing section of the "Paint" tool, above, - to learn more. - - - -d.Mjeti “Forma” ← - - This tool lets you draw some simple filled, and un-filled shapes. - - Select a shape from the selector on the right (circle, square, oval, etc.). - - Use the options at the bottom right to choose the shape tool's behavior: - - → Forma që nga qendra ← - The shape will expand from where you initially clicked, and will be - centered around that position. - - 📜 This was Tux Paint's only behavior through version 0.9.24.) + ### C. Skena Kryesore ### + The main screen is divided into the following sections: + [Tools: Paint, Stamp, Lines, Shapes, Text, Magic, Label, Undo, Redo, + Eraser, New, Open, Save, Print, Quit] - → Forma që nga cepi ← - The shape will extend with one corner starting from where you initially - clicked. This is the default method of most other traditional drawing - software. + → Në Anën e Majtë: Panle ← - 📜 This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.25. + The toolbar contains the drawing and editing controls. + + [Kanavacë] + → Në Mes: Kanavacë Vizatimi ← - ⚙ Note: If shape controls are disabled (e.g., with the "noshapecontrols" - option), the controls will not be presented, and the "shapes from center" - method will be used. + The largest part of the screen, in the center, is the drawing + canvas. This is, obviously, where you draw! - In the canvas, click the mouse and hold it to stretch the shape out from - where you clicked. Some shapes can change proportion (e.g., rectangle and - oval may be wider than tall, or taller than wide), others cannot (e.g., - square and circle). - - For shapes that can change proportion, the aspect ratio of the shape will - be shown at the bottom. For example: "1:1" will be shown if it is "square" - (as tall as it is wide); "2:1" if it is either twice as wide as it is tall, - or twice as tall as it is wide; and so on. - - Let go of the mouse when you're done stretching. - - → Mënyra Forma Normale ← - - Now you can move the mouse around the canvas to rotate the shape. The - angle your shape is rotated will be shown at the bottom, in degrees - (similar to the "Lines" tool, described above). - - Click the mouse button again and the shape will be drawn in the current - color. + 💡 Note: The size of the drawing canvas depends on the size of Tux + Paint. You can change the size of Tux Paint using the Tux Paint + Config. configuration tool, or by other means. See the Options + documentation for more details. + + [Selectors - Brushes, Letters, Shapes, Stamps] - → Mënyra Forma të Thjeshta ← - If the "simple shapes" option is enabled, the shape will be drawn on - the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. (There's no rotation - step.) + → Në Anën e Djathtë: Përzgjedhës ← - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation to learn about the "forma të - thjeshta" ("simpleshapes") option. + Depending on the current tool, the selector shows different things. + e.g., when the Paint Brush or Line tool is selected, it shows the + various brushes available. When the Rubber Stamp tool is selected, + it shows the different shapes you can use. When the Text or Label + tool is selected, it shows various fonts. + + [Colors - Black, White, Red, Pink, Orange, Yellow, Green, Cyan, Blue, + Purple, Brown, Grey] + → Më Poshtë: Ngjyra ← - -e.Mjete “Tekst” dhe “Etiketa” ← + When the active tool supports colors, a palette of colors choices + will be shown near the bottom of the screen. Click one to choose a + color, and it will be used by the active tool. (For example, the + "Paint" tool will use it as the color to draw with the chosen + brush, and the "Fill" tool will use it as the color to use when + flood-filling an area of the picture.) - Choose a font (from the 'Letters' available on the right) and a color (from - the color palette near the bottom). You may also apply a bold, and/or an - italic styling effect to the text. Click on the screen and a cursor will - appear. Type text and it will show up on the screen. (You can change the - font, color, and styling while entering the text, before it is applied to - the canvas.) + On the far right are three special color options: + x Zgjedhës Ngjyrash + The "color picker" (which has an outline of an eye-dropper) + allows you to pick a color found within your drawing. + (A shortcut key is available to access this feature quickly; + see below.) + x Paletë Ylberi + The rainbow palette allows you to pick any color by choosing + the hue, saturation, and value of the color you want. A box on + the left displays hundreds of hues — from red at the top + through to violet at the bottom — at hundreds of saturation/ + intensity levels — from pale & washed-out on the left through + to pure on the right. A grey vertical bar provides access to + hundreds of value levels — from lighest at the top through to + darkest at the bottom. + Click the green checkbox button to select the color, or the + "Back" button to dismiss the pop-up without picking a new + color. + You may also set this tool's color to that of other color + choices: + % Whichever built-in color is selected, if any + % Ngjyra e tanishme e Zgjedhësit të Ngjyrave + % Ngjyra e tanishme e Përzierësit të Ngjyrave + x Përzierës Ngjyrash + The "color mixer" (which has silhouette of a paint palette) + allows you to create colors by blending primary additive colors + — red, yellow, and blue — along with white (to "tint"), grey + (to "tone"), and black (to "shade"). + You may click any button multiple times (for example, red + red + + yellow results in a red-orange color). The ratios of colors + added are shown at the bottom. + You can start over (reset to no colors in your picture) by + clicking the "Clear" button. You can also undo or redo multiple + steps of mixing, in case you made a mistake (without having to + start over). + Click the green checkbox button to select the color, or the + "Back" button to dismiss the pop-up without picking a new + color. - Press [Tasti Enter] or [Tasti Return] and the text will be drawn onto the - picture and the cursor will move down one line. + ⌨ When the active tool supports colors, a shortcut may be used for + quick access to the "color picker" option. Hold the [Tasti + Kontroll] key while clicking, and the color under the mouse cursor + will be shown at the bottom. You may drag around to canvas to find + the color you want. When you release the mouse button, the color + under the cursor will be selected. If you release the mouse outside + of the canvas (e.g., over the "Tools" area), the color selection + will be left unchanged. (This is similar to clicking the "Back" + button that's available when bringing up the "color picker" option + via its button the color palette.) - Alternatively, press [Tasti Tab] and the text will be drawn onto the - picture, but the cursor will move to the right of the text, rather than - down a line, and to the left. (This can be useful to create a line of text - with mixed colors, fonts, styles and sizes.) - - Text from the clipboard (copy/paste buffer) can be inserted with the "Text" - and "Label" tools by pressing the [Control] + [V] key combination on a - physical keyboard, or clicking the "Paste" button in Tux Paint's on-screen - keyboard. If the text would exceed the right edge of the canvas, it will - wrap to a new line of text (going back to the previous space or dash ('-') - if possible). If the text hits the bottom of the canvas, the pasting will - abort, truncating the text. - - Clicking elsewhere in the picture while the text entry is still active - causes the current line of text to move to that location (where you can - continue editing it). - - → “Tekst” krahasuar me “Etiketë” ← - - The Text tool is the original text-entry tool in Tux Paint. Text - entered using this tool can't be modified or moved later, since it - becomes part of the drawing. However, because the text becomes part of - the picture, it can be drawn over or modified using Magic tool effects - (e.g., smudged, tinted, embossed, etc.) - - When using the Label tool (which was added to Tux Paint in version - 0.9.22), the text 'floats' over the image, and the details of the label - (the text, the position of the label, the font choice and the color) - get stored separately. This allows the label to be repositioned or - edited later. - - To edit a label, click the label selection button. All labels in the - drawing will appear highlighted. Click one — or use the [Tasti Tab] key - to cycle through all the labels, and the [Tasti Enter] or [Tasti - Return] key to select one — and you may then edit the label. (Use they - [Tasti Backspace] key to erase characters, and other keys to add text - to the label; click in the canvas to reposition the label; click in the - palette to change the color of the text in the label; etc.) - - You may "apply" a label to the canvas, painting the text into the - picture as if it had been added using the Text tool, by clicking the - label application button. (This feature was added in Tux Paint version - 0.9.28.) All labels in the drawing will appear highlighted, and you - select one just as you do when selecting a label to edit. The chosen - label will be removed, and the text will be added directly to the - canvas. - - ⚙ The Label tool can be disabled (e.g., by selecting "Disable 'Label' - Tool" in Tux Paint Config. or running Tux Paint with the "nolabel" - option). - - 📜 The ability to paste text from the clipboard was added in Tux Paint - 0.9.35 + ⚙ Note: You can define your own colors for Tux Paint. See the " + Options" documentation. + + (Shembull ndihmëze: “Zgjidhni një formë. Klikoni që të zgjidhni + qendrën, tërhiqeni, mandej lëreni, kur të ketë madhësinë që doni. + Lëvizni përreth që ta rrotulloni dhe klikoni që të vizatohet.”) - → Futje Shenjash Ndërkombëtare ← - - Tux Paint allows inputting characters in different languages. Most - Latin characters (A-Z, ñ, è, etc.) can by entered directly. Some - languages require that Tux Paint be switched into an alternate input - mode before entering, and some characters must be composed using - numerous keypresses. - - When Tux Paint's locale is set to one of the languages that provide - alternate input modes, a key is used to cycle through normal (Latin - character) and locale-specific mode or modes. - - Currently supported locales, the input methods available, and the key - to toggle or cycle modes, are listed below. - - @ Japonisht — Hiragana të romanizuara dhe Katakana të romanizuara — - tasti [Alt] i djathtë or tasti [Alt] i majtë - @ Korean — Hangul 2-Bul — tasti [Alt] i djathtë or tasti [Alt] i - majtë - @ Traditional Chinese — tasti [Alt] i djathtë ose tasti [Alt] i majtë - @ Tajlandeze — tasti [Alt] i djathtë - - 💡 Note: Many fonts do not include all characters for all languages, so - sometimes you'll need to change fonts to see the characters you're - trying to type. - - - - → Tastierë Në Ekran ← - - An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the Text and Label - tools, which can provide a variety of layouts and character composition - (e.g., composing "a" and "e" into "æ"). Run Tux Paint with the - "--onscreen-keyboard" option, or enable that setting in Tux Paint's - configuration file, to enable it. Multiple layouts are offered - (currently "QWERTY" and "ABC"), which the user can switch between. - Additional configuration options allow specifying a default layout, as - well as preventing the layout from being changed. - - The on-screen keyboard appears at the bottom or top of the Tux Paint - window, obscuring part of the canvas, depending on where the text - insertion cursor is placed. Along with alphabetic, numeric, and some - punctuation keys, the keyboard provides: - @ A "Backspace" key (⇐) to remove the previous character - @ A "Carriage Return" ("Return"/"Enter") key (⏎) to end the current - input and begin a new one on the following line (below and to the - left) - @ A "Tab" key (⇔) to end the current input and begin a new one at the - current cursor position - @ A "Shift" key (⇑) to shift alphabetic keys from lowercase to - uppercase, access more punctuation, etc. - @ A "Caps Lock" key (⤒) to toggle permanent shifting of alphabetic - keys from lowercase to uppercase (click it again to disable caps - lock) - @ A "Compose" key ("Cmp"), to initiate character composition (e.g., - click "Cmp", "a", "e" to produce an "æ" character) - @ An "Alternate Graphics" key ("AltGr") to access additional - characters (e.g., "¿", "ß", etc.) - @ An "Alternate" key ("Alt") - @ A "Paste" key to paste the current clipboard's text into the Text - or Label tool - @ Left and right arrows (← & →) to access different on-screen - keyboard layouts - - ⚙ See the "Options" and "Extending Tux Paint" documentation for more - information. - - - - - -f.Mjeti “Mbushje” ← - - The 'Fill' tool 'flood-fills' a contiguous area of your drawing with a - color of your choice. Three fill options are offered: - o Solid — click once to fill an area with a solid color. - o Brush — click and drag to fill an area with a solid color using - freehand painting. - o Linear — click and then drag to fill the area with color that fades - away (a gradient) towards where you drag the mouse. - o Radial — click once to fill an area with a color that fades away (a - gradient) radially, centered on where you clicked. - o Shaped — click once to fill an area with a color that fades away (a - gradient), following the contours of the shape you're filling. - o Eraser — click once to erase an area, exposing the solid color - background, or starter or template background image, upon which the - drawing was based. (See Mjete të Mundshme > Mjete Vizatimi > Mjeti - “Gomë” and Kontrolle të Tjera > Figura “Fillesë” & Gjedhe.) - - 📜 Note: Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.24, "Fill" was a Magic tool (see below). - Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.26, the "Fill" tool only offered the 'Solid' method - of filling. 'Shaped' fill was introduced in Tux Paint 0.9.29. + → Në Fund: Zonë Ndihme ← + At the very bottom of the screen, Tux, the Linux Penguin, provides + tips and other information while you use Tux Paint. - -g.Mjeti “Magjik” (Efekte Speciale) ← - The Magic tool is actually a set of special tools. Select one of the - 'magic' effects from the selector on the right. Then, depending on the - tool, you can either click and drag around the picture, and/or simply click - the picture once, to apply the effect. + + + ### D. Mjete të Mundshme ### - The Magic Tools + ## 1. Mjete Vizatimi ## + a. Mjeti “Ngjyrosni” (Penel) ← - See the instructions for each Magic tool (in the 'magic-docs' folder). + The Paint Brush tool lets you draw freehand, using various brushes + (chosen in the Selector on the right) and colors (chosen in the + Color palette towards the bottom). - Kontrolle &Magjiku + If you hold the mouse button down, and move the mouse, it will draw + as you move. + Some brushes are animated — they change their shape as you draw + them. A good example of this is the vines brush that ships with Tux + Paint. These brushes will have a small "filmstrip" icon drawn on + their Selector buttons. - If the tool can be used by clicking and dragging, a 'painting' button - will be available on the left, below the list of Magic tools on the - right side of the screen. If the tool can affect the entire picture at - once, an 'entire picture' button will be available on the right. + Other brushes are directional — they will draw a different shape + depending on what direction you are painting with them. An example + of this is the arrow brush that ships with Tux Paint. These brushes + have a small 8-way arrow icon drawn on their Selector buttons. - ⚙ Note: If the "nomagiccontrols" option is set, Tux Paint won't display - the painting or entire picture controls. See the "Options" - documentation. + Finally, some brushes can be both direction and animated. Examples + of this are the cat and squirrel brushes that ship with Tux Paint. + These brushes will have both the "filmstrip" and 8-way arrow icons. - 💡 If the magic controls are disabled, the Magic plugin may make - separate tools available, one for painting and one that affects the - entire pictre. + As you draw, a sound is played. The bigger the brush, the lower the + pitch. - Magic Sizing + Distancë Peneli - Some tools offer different sizing options. If so, a slider will appear - at the bottom right side of the screen. This may affect the radius of a - special effect (e.g., Darken) or painted object (e.g., Patterns), or - other attributes (e.g., large versus small Brick shapes). - - ⚙ Note: If the "nomagicsizes" option is set, Tux Paint won't display - the sizing controls. See the "Options" documentation. - - 💡 If the sizing option is disabled, the Magic plugin may simply offer a - default size (e.g., Patterns), or it may make separate tools available - with different pre-set sizes (e.g., Bricks and Googly Eyes). - - 📜 This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.30. - - ⚙ Note: If the "ungroupmagictools" option is set, Tux Paint won't split - Magic tools into groups of related tools, and instead present them all as - one large list. See the "Options" documentation. + The space between each position where a brush is applied to the + canvas can vary. Some brushes (such as the footprints and + flower) are spaced, by default, far enough apart that they + don't overlap. Other brushes (such as the basic circular ones) + are spaced closely, so they make a continuous stroke. + The default spacing of brushes may be overridden using by + clicking within the triangular-shaped series of bars at the + bottom right; the larger the bar, the wider the spacing. Brush + spacing affects both tools that use the brushes: the "Paint" + tool and the "Lines" tool. - -h.Mjeti “Gomë” ← + ⚙ Note: If the "nobrushspacing" option is set, Tux Paint won't + display the brush spacing controls. See the "Options" + documentation. - This tool works similarly to the Paint Brush. Wherever you click (or click - and drag), things you've added to your drawing will be erased, exposing the - background that you chose when you started the drawing, be it a solid - color, the background of a 'Starter' image, or a 'Template' image. (See - Mjete të Mundshme > Kontrolle të Tjera > Urdhri “I ri”.) - A number of eraser types are available, each offering multiple sizes are - available: - o Square — Square-shaped erasers that completely remove parts of your - drawing. - o Circle (solid) — Circle-shaped erasers that completely remove parts of - your drawing. - o Fuzzy-edged Circle — Circle-shaped erasers with soft edges that blend - with the background. - o Transparent Circle — Circle-shaped erasers that blend your drawing with - the background. Release and click again to expose more and more of the - background. + + b.Mjeti “Stampë” (Vula Gome) ← - As you move the mouse around, an outline follows the pointer, showing what - part of the picture will be erased. + The Stamp tool is like a set of rubber stamps or stickers. It lets + you paste pre-drawn or photographic images (like a picture of a + horse, or a tree, or the moon) in your picture. - As you erase, a 'squeaky clean' eraser wiping sound is played. + As you move the mouse around the canvas, an outline follows the + mouse, showing where the stamp will be placed, and how big it will + be. Click on the canvas where you wish to place the stamp. - ⌨ Hold the [X] key while clicking for quick access to a small sharp round - eraser (not available when the Text or Label tools are selected, when - you're in the process of rotating a stamp or shape, or when using an - interactive magic tool). Release the mouse to return to your - currently-selected tool. + → Kategori Stampash ← + There can be numerous categories of stamps (e.g., animals, + plants, outer space, vehicles, people, etc.). Use the Left and + Right arrows near the bottom of the Selector to cycle through + the collections. + + → Rrotullim Stampash ← + Using the rotation toggle button near the bottom right, you can + enable a rotation step when placing stamps. Once you've placed + the stamp, choose the angle to rotate it by moving the mouse + around the canvas. Click the mouse button again and the stamp + will be added to the drawing. - + ⚙ Note: If "stamp rotation" option is disabled, the stamp will + be drawn on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. + (There's no rotation step.) See the "Options" documentation to + learn about the "rrotullim stampash" ("stamprotation") option. -## 2. Kontrolle të Tjera ## + 📜 Note: The stamp rotation feature was added to Tux Paint in + version 0.9.29. -a.Urdhrat “Ribëje” dhe “Zhbëje” ← - Clicking the "Undo" button will undo (revert) the last drawing action. You - can even undo more than once! + + → Kontrolle Stampe ← - ⌨ Note: You can also press [Tasti Kontroll / ⌘] + [Z] on the keyboard to - Zhbëje. + Prior to 'stamping' an image onto your drawing, various effects + can sometimes be applied (depending on the stamp): - Clicking the "Redo" button will redo the drawing action you just un-did via - the "Undo" command. + * Some stamps can be colored or tinted. If the color palette + below the canvas is activated, you can click the colors to + change the tint or color of the stamp before placing it in + the picture. + * Stamps can be shrunk and expanded, by clicking within the + triangular-shaped series of bars at the bottom right; the + larger the bar, the larger the stamp will appear in your + picture. + * Many stamps may be flipped vertically, or displayed as a + mirror-image, using the control buttons at the bottom + right. - As long as you don't draw again, you can redo as many times as you had - undone! + ⚙ Note: If the "nostampcontrols" option is set, Tux Paint won't + display the Rotation, Mirror, Flip, or sizing controls for + stamps. See the "Options" documentation. - ⌨ Note: You can also press [Tasti Kontroll / ⌘] + [R] on the keyboard to - Ribëje. + + → Tinguj Stampe ← - -b.Urdhri “I ri” ← + Different stamps can have different sound effects and/or + descriptive (spoken) sounds. Buttons in the Help Area at the + lower left (near Tux, the Linux penguin) allow you to re-play + the sound effects and descriptive sounds for the + currently-selected stamp. - Clicking the 'New' button will start a new drawing. A dialog will appear - where you may choose to start a new picture using a solid background color, - or using a 'Starter' or 'Template' image (see below). You will first be - asked whether you really want to do this. - When you use the 'Eraser' tool things you've added to your drawing will be - removed, exposing the background you chose when starting a new drawing. - (See Mjete të Mundshme > Mjete Vizatimi > Mjeti “Gomë”.) + - ⌨ Note: You can also press [Tasti Kontroll / ⌘] + [N] on the keyboard to - filloni një vizatim i ri. + + c.Mjeti “Vija” ← - → Special Solid Background Color Choices ← - Along with the preset solid colors, you can also choose colors using a - rainbow palette or a "color mixer". These operate identically to the - options found in the color palette shown below the canvas when drawing - a picture. See Skena Kryesore > Më Poshtë: Ngjyra > Special color - options for details. - - Figura “Fillesë” & Gjedhe ← - @ 'Starters' can behave like a page from a coloring book — a - black-and-white outline of a picture, which you can then color in, - and the black outline remains intact — or like a 3D photograph, - where you draw in between a foreground and background layer. - @ 'Templates' are similar, but simply provide a background drawing to - work off of. Unlike 'Starters', there is no layer that remains in - the foreground of anything you draw in the picture. + This tool lets you draw straight lines using the various brushes + and colors you normally use with the Paint Brush. - When using the 'Eraser' tool or the 'Eraser' mode of the 'Fill' tool, - the original image from the 'Starter' or 'Template' will reappear. (See - Mjete të Mundshme > Mjete Vizatimi > Mjeti “Gomë” and Mjeti “Mbushje”.) + Click the mouse and hold it to choose the starting point of the + line. As you move the mouse around, a thin 'rubber-band' line will + show where the line will be drawn. At the bottom, you'll see the + angle of your line, in degrees. A line going straight to the right + is 0°, a line going straight up is 90°, a line going straight left + is 180°, a line going straight down is 270°, and so on. - The 'Flip' and 'Mirror' Magic tools affect the orientation of the - 'Starter' or 'Template', as well. (See Mjete të Mundshme > Mjeti - “Magjik” (Efekte Speciale) > Ktheje në anë tjetër and Pasqyroje.) + Let go of the mouse to complete the line. A "sproing!" sound will + play. - When you load a 'Starter' or 'Template', draw on it, and then click - 'Save,' it creates a new picture file — it doesn't overwrite the - original, so you can use it again later (by accessing it from the 'New' - dialog). + Some brushes are animated, and will show a pattern of shapes along + the line. Others are directional, and will show a different shape + depending on the angle of the brush. And finally some are both + animated and directional. See "Paint", above, to learn more. - ⚙ You can create your own 'Starter' and Template images. See the - Extending Tux Paint documentation's sections on 'Starters' and - Templates. + Different brushes have different spacing, leaving either a series + of individual shapes, or a continuous stroke of the brush shape. + Brush spacing may be adjusted. See the brush spacing section of the + "Paint" tool, above, to learn more. - 💡 You can also convert your saved drawings into Templates directly - within Tux Paint, from the 'Open' dialog. See "Open", below. + + d.Mjeti “Forma” ← - - → Fshirje Figurash Gjedhe të Eksportuara ← + This tool lets you draw some simple filled, and un-filled shapes. - If you've selected a Template in your personal templates folder, and it - was created from within Tux Paint (using the "Template" button in the - "Open" dialog), you may remove it from within Tux Paint, too. An - 'Erase' (trash can) button will appear at the lower right of the list. - Click it to erase the selected template. (You will be asked to - confirm.) + Select a shape from the selector on the right (circle, square, + oval, etc.). - 💡 Note: On Linux, Windows, and macOS, the picture will be placed in - your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may recover and - restore it, if you change your mind). + Use the options at the bottom right to choose the shape tool's + behavior: - ⚙ Note: The 'Erase' button may be disabled, via the "noerase" option. + → Forma që nga qendra ← + The shape will expand from where you initially clicked, and + will be centered around that position. + 📜 This was Tux Paint's only behavior through version 0.9.24.) - - ⚙ Note: The solid colors can be placed at the end of the 'New' dialog - (below the Starters and Templates), via the "newcolorslast" option. + + → Forma që nga cepi ← + The shape will extend with one corner starting from where you + initially clicked. This is the default method of most other + traditional drawing software. + 📜 This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.25. - -c.Urdhri “Hape” ← - This shows you a list of all of the pictures you've saved. If there are - more than can fit on the screen, use the up and down arrows at the top and - bottom of the list to scroll through the list of pictures. + - Klikoni mbi një foto për ta përzgjedhur dhe mandej… - o Click the green 'Open' button at the lower left of the list to load the - selected picture. You will then be able to edit it. + ⚙ Note: If shape controls are disabled (e.g., with the + "noshapecontrols" option), the controls will not be presented, and + the "shapes from center" method will be used. - (Alternatively, you can double-click a picture's icon to load it.) + In the canvas, click the mouse and hold it to stretch the shape out + from where you clicked. Some shapes can change proportion (e.g., + rectangle and oval may be wider than tall, or taller than wide), + others cannot (e.g., square and circle). - 💡 If choose to open a picture, and your current drawing hasn't been - saved, you will be prompted as to whether you want to save it or not. - (See "Save," below.) + For shapes that can change proportion, the aspect ratio of the + shape will be shown at the bottom. For example: "1:1" will be shown + if it is "square" (as tall as it is wide); "2:1" if it is either + twice as wide as it is tall, or twice as tall as it is wide; and so + on. - o Click the brown 'Erase' (trash can) button at the lower right of the - list to erase the selected picture. (You will be asked to confirm.) + Let go of the mouse when you're done stretching. - 📜 Note: On Linux (as of version 0.9.22), Windows (as of version - 0.9.27), and macOS (as of version 0.9.29), the picture will be placed - in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may recover and - restore it, if you change your mind). + → Mënyra Forma Normale ← - ⚙ Note: The 'Erase' button may be disabled, via the "noerase" option. + Now you can move the mouse around the canvas to rotate the + shape. The angle your shape is rotated will be shown at the + bottom, in degrees (similar to the "Lines" tool, described + above). - o Click the 'Export' button near the lower right to export the selected - picture to your export folder. (e.g., "~/Pictures/TuxPaint/") + Click the mouse button again and the shape will be drawn in the + current color. - Prej skenës “Hap” mundeni edhe të: - o Klikon butonin blu “Diapozitiva” (projektor diapozitivash) poshtë - majtas, për të kaluar nën mënyrën “shfaqje diapozitivash”. Për hollësi, - shihni “Diapozitiva”,. - o Klikoni butonin blu “Gjedhe” poshtë majtas, për ta shndërruar në një - gjedhe të re figurën e përzgjedhur, e cila mund të përdoret si bazë për - vizatime të reja. + + → Mënyra Forma të Thjeshta ← + If the "simple shapes" option is enabled, the shape will be + drawn on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. + (There's no rotation step.) - 📜 Note: The Template creation feature was added to Tux Paint in version - 0.9.31. Për të mësuar se si të krijohen Gjedhe jashtë Tux Paint-it, - shihni Zgjerim i Tux Paint-it + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation to learn about the "forma të + thjeshta" ("simpleshapes") option. - ⚙ The Template creation feature can be disabled (e.g., by selecting - "Disable 'Make Template'" in Tux Paint Config. or running Tux Paint - with the "notemplateexport" option). - o Click the red 'Back' arrow button at the lower right of the list to - cancel and return to the picture you were drawing. + - ⌨ Note: You can also press [Tasti Kontroll / ⌘] + [O] on the keyboard to - hapni dialogun “Hap”. + + e.Mjete “Tekst” dhe “Etiketa” ← + Choose a font (from the 'Letters' available on the right) and a + color (from the color palette near the bottom). You may also apply + a bold, and/or an italic styling effect to the text. Click on the + screen and a cursor will appear. Type text and it will show up on + the screen. (You can change the font, color, and styling while + entering the text, before it is applied to the canvas.) - -d.Urdhri “Ruaje” ← + Press [Tasti Enter] or [Tasti Return] and the text will be drawn + onto the picture and the cursor will move down one line. - Kjo bën ruajtjen e fotos tuaj të tanishme. + Alternatively, press [Tasti Tab] and the text will be drawn onto + the picture, but the cursor will move to the right of the text, + rather than down a line, and to the left. (This can be useful to + create a line of text with mixed colors, fonts, styles and sizes.) - If you haven't saved it before, it will create a new entry in the list of - saved images. (i.e., it will create a new file) + Text from the clipboard (copy/paste buffer) can be inserted with + the "Text" and "Label" tools by pressing the [Control] + [V] key + combination on a physical keyboard, or clicking the "Paste" button + in Tux Paint's on-screen keyboard. If the text would exceed the + right edge of the canvas, it will wrap to a new line of text (going + back to the previous space or dash ('-') if possible). If the text + hits the bottom of the canvas, the pasting will abort, truncating + the text. + + Clicking elsewhere in the picture while the text entry is still + active causes the current line of text to move to that location + (where you can continue editing it). + + → “Tekst” krahasuar me “Etiketë” ← + + The Text tool is the original text-entry tool in Tux Paint. + Text entered using this tool can't be modified or moved later, + since it becomes part of the drawing. However, because the text + becomes part of the picture, it can be drawn over or modified + using Magic tool effects (e.g., smudged, tinted, embossed, + etc.) + + When using the Label tool (which was added to Tux Paint in + version 0.9.22), the text 'floats' over the image, and the + details of the label (the text, the position of the label, the + font choice and the color) get stored separately. This allows + the label to be repositioned or edited later. + + To edit a label, click the label selection button. All labels + in the drawing will appear highlighted. Click one — or use the + [Tasti Tab] key to cycle through all the labels, and the [Tasti + Enter] or [Tasti Return] key to select one — and you may then + edit the label. (Use they [Tasti Backspace] key to erase + characters, and other keys to add text to the label; click in + the canvas to reposition the label; click in the palette to + change the color of the text in the label; etc.) + + You may "apply" a label to the canvas, painting the text into + the picture as if it had been added using the Text tool, by + clicking the label application button. (This feature was added + in Tux Paint version 0.9.28.) All labels in the drawing will + appear highlighted, and you select one just as you do when + selecting a label to edit. The chosen label will be removed, + and the text will be added directly to the canvas. + + ⚙ The Label tool can be disabled (e.g., by selecting "Disable + 'Label' Tool" in Tux Paint Config. or running Tux Paint with + the "nolabel" option). + + 📜 The ability to paste text from the clipboard was added in Tux + Paint 0.9.35 + + + + → Futje Shenjash Ndërkombëtare ← + + Tux Paint allows inputting characters in different languages. + Most Latin characters (A-Z, ñ, è, etc.) can by entered + directly. Some languages require that Tux Paint be switched + into an alternate input mode before entering, and some + characters must be composed using numerous keypresses. + + When Tux Paint's locale is set to one of the languages that + provide alternate input modes, a key is used to cycle through + normal (Latin character) and locale-specific mode or modes. + + Currently supported locales, the input methods available, and + the key to toggle or cycle modes, are listed below. + + * Japonisht — Hiragana të romanizuara dhe Katakana të + romanizuara — tasti [Alt] i djathtë or tasti [Alt] i majtë + * Korean — Hangul 2-Bul — tasti [Alt] i djathtë or tasti + [Alt] i majtë + * Traditional Chinese — tasti [Alt] i djathtë ose tasti [Alt] + i majtë + * Tajlandeze — tasti [Alt] i djathtë + + 💡 Note: Many fonts do not include all characters for all + languages, so sometimes you'll need to change fonts to see the + characters you're trying to type. + + + + → Tastierë Në Ekran ← + + An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the Text and + Label tools, which can provide a variety of layouts and + character composition (e.g., composing "a" and "e" into "æ"). + Run Tux Paint with the "--onscreen-keyboard" option, or enable + that setting in Tux Paint's configuration file, to enable it. + Multiple layouts are offered (currently "QWERTY" and "ABC"), + which the user can switch between. Additional configuration + options allow specifying a default layout, as well as + preventing the layout from being changed. + + The on-screen keyboard appears at the bottom or top of the Tux + Paint window, obscuring part of the canvas, depending on where + the text insertion cursor is placed. Along with alphabetic, + numeric, and some punctuation keys, the keyboard provides: + * A "Backspace" key (⇐) to remove the previous character + * A "Carriage Return" ("Return"/"Enter") key (⏎) to end the + current input and begin a new one on the following line + (below and to the left) + * A "Tab" key (⇔) to end the current input and begin a new + one at the current cursor position + * A "Shift" key (⇑) to shift alphabetic keys from lowercase + to uppercase, access more punctuation, etc. + * A "Caps Lock" key (⤒) to toggle permanent shifting of + alphabetic keys from lowercase to uppercase (click it again + to disable caps lock) + * A "Compose" key ("Cmp"), to initiate character composition + (e.g., click "Cmp", "a", "e" to produce an "æ" character) + * An "Alternate Graphics" key ("AltGr") to access additional + characters (e.g., "¿", "ß", etc.) + * An "Alternate" key ("Alt") + * A "Paste" key to paste the current clipboard's text into + the Text or Label tool + * Left and right arrows (← & →) to access different on-screen + keyboard layouts + + ⚙ See the "Options" and "Extending Tux Paint" documentation for + more information. + + + + + + f.Mjeti “Mbushje” ← + + The 'Fill' tool 'flood-fills' a contiguous area of your drawing + with a color of your choice. Three fill options are offered: + x Solid — click once to fill an area with a solid color. + x Brush — click and drag to fill an area with a solid color using + freehand painting. + x Linear — click and then drag to fill the area with color that + fades away (a gradient) towards where you drag the mouse. + x Radial — click once to fill an area with a color that fades + away (a gradient) radially, centered on where you clicked. + x Shaped — click once to fill an area with a color that fades + away (a gradient), following the contours of the shape you're + filling. + x Eraser — click once to erase an area, exposing the solid color + background, or starter or template background image, upon which + the drawing was based. (See Mjete të Mundshme > Mjete Vizatimi + > Mjeti “Gomë” and Kontrolle të Tjera > Figura “Fillesë” & + Gjedhe.) + + 📜 Note: Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.24, "Fill" was a Magic tool (see + below). Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.26, the "Fill" tool only offered the + 'Solid' method of filling. 'Shaped' fill was introduced in Tux + Paint 0.9.29. + + + + g.Mjeti “Magjik” (Efekte Speciale) ← + + The Magic tool is actually a set of special tools. Select one of + the 'magic' effects from the selector on the right. Then, depending + on the tool, you can either click and drag around the picture, and/ + or simply click the picture once, to apply the effect. + + The Magic Tools + + + See the instructions for each Magic tool (in the 'magic-docs' + folder). + + Kontrolle &Magjiku + + + If the tool can be used by clicking and dragging, a 'painting' + button will be available on the left, below the list of Magic + tools on the right side of the screen. If the tool can affect + the entire picture at once, an 'entire picture' button will be + available on the right. + + ⚙ Note: If the "nomagiccontrols" option is set, Tux Paint won't + display the painting or entire picture controls. See the " + Options" documentation. + + 💡 If the magic controls are disabled, the Magic plugin may make + separate tools available, one for painting and one that affects + the entire pictre. + + Magic Sizing + + + Some tools offer different sizing options. If so, a slider will + appear at the bottom right side of the screen. This may affect + the radius of a special effect (e.g., Darken) or painted object + (e.g., Patterns), or other attributes (e.g., large versus small + Brick shapes). + + ⚙ Note: If the "nomagicsizes" option is set, Tux Paint won't + display the sizing controls. See the "Options" documentation. + + 💡 If the sizing option is disabled, the Magic plugin may simply + offer a default size (e.g., Patterns), or it may make separate + tools available with different pre-set sizes (e.g., Bricks and + Googly Eyes). + + 📜 This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.30. + + ⚙ Note: If the "ungroupmagictools" option is set, Tux Paint won't + split Magic tools into groups of related tools, and instead present + them all as one large list. See the "Options" documentation. + + + + h.Mjeti “Gomë” ← + + This tool works similarly to the Paint Brush. Wherever you click + (or click and drag), things you've added to your drawing will be + erased, exposing the background that you chose when you started the + drawing, be it a solid color, the background of a 'Starter' image, + or a 'Template' image. (See Mjete të Mundshme > Kontrolle të Tjera + > Urdhri “I ri”.) - 💡 Note: It won't ask you anything (e.g., for a filename). It will simply - save the picture, and play a "camera shutter" sound effect. + A number of eraser types are available, each offering multiple + sizes are available: + x Square — Square-shaped erasers that completely remove parts of + your drawing. + x Circle (solid) — Circle-shaped erasers that completely remove + parts of your drawing. + x Fuzzy-edged Circle — Circle-shaped erasers with soft edges that + blend with the background. + x Transparent Circle — Circle-shaped erasers that blend your + drawing with the background. Release and click again to expose + more and more of the background. + + As you move the mouse around, an outline follows the pointer, + showing what part of the picture will be erased. + + As you erase, a 'squeaky clean' eraser wiping sound is played. + + ⌨ Hold the [X] key while clicking for quick access to a small sharp + round eraser (not available when the Text or Label tools are + selected, when you're in the process of rotating a stamp or shape, + or when using an interactive magic tool). Release the mouse to + return to your currently-selected tool. - If you have saved the picture before, or this is a picture you just loaded - using the "Open" command, you will first be asked whether you want to save - over the old version, or create a new entry (a new file). - ⚙ Note: If either the "saveover" or "saveovernew" options are set, it won't - ask before saving over. See the "Options" documentation. + + + ## 2. Kontrolle të Tjera ## - ⌨ Note: You can also press [Tasti Kontroll / ⌘] + [S] on the keyboard to - save. + a.Urdhrat “Ribëje” dhe “Zhbëje” ← + Clicking the "Undo" button will undo (revert) the last drawing + action. You can even undo more than once! - -e.Urdhri “Shtype” ← + ⌨ Note: You can also press [Tasti Kontroll / ⌘] + [Z] on the + keyboard to Zhbëje. - Klikoni këtë buton dhe fotoja juaj do të shtypet! + Clicking the "Redo" button will redo the drawing action you just + un-did via the "Undo" command. - On most platforms, you can also hold the [Alt] key (called [Mundësi] on - Macs) while clicking the 'Print' button to get a printer dialog. Note that - this may not work if you're running Tux Paint in fullscreen mode. See - below. + As long as you don't draw again, you can redo as many times as you + had undone! - → Çaktivizim Shtypjesh ← + ⌨ Note: You can also press [Tasti Kontroll / ⌘] + [R] on the + keyboard to Ribëje. - The "noprint" option can be set, which will disable Tux Paint's 'Print' - button. - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + + b.Urdhri “I ri” ← + Clicking the 'New' button will start a new drawing. A dialog will + appear where you may choose to start a new picture using a solid + background color, or using a 'Starter' or 'Template' image (see + below). You will first be asked whether you really want to do this. - - → Kufizim Shtypjesh ← + When you use the 'Eraser' tool things you've added to your drawing + will be removed, exposing the background you chose when starting a + new drawing. (See Mjete të Mundshme > Mjete Vizatimi > Mjeti “Gomë” + .) - The "printdelay" option can be set, which will only allow occasional - printing — once every so many seconds, as configured by you. + ⌨ Note: You can also press [Tasti Kontroll / ⌘] + [N] on the + keyboard to filloni një vizatim i ri. - For example, with "printdelay=60" in Tux Paint's configuration file, - printing can only occur once per minute (60 seconds). + → Special Solid Background Color Choices ← + Along with the preset solid colors, you can also choose colors + using a rainbow palette or a "color mixer". These operate + identically to the options found in the color palette shown + below the canvas when drawing a picture. See Skena Kryesore > + Më Poshtë: Ngjyra > Special color options for details. + + Figura “Fillesë” & Gjedhe ← + * 'Starters' can behave like a page from a coloring book — a + black-and-white outline of a picture, which you can then + color in, and the black outline remains intact — or like a + 3D photograph, where you draw in between a foreground and + background layer. + * 'Templates' are similar, but simply provide a background + drawing to work off of. Unlike 'Starters', there is no + layer that remains in the foreground of anything you draw + in the picture. - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + When using the 'Eraser' tool or the 'Eraser' mode of the 'Fill' + tool, the original image from the 'Starter' or 'Template' will + reappear. (See Mjete të Mundshme > Mjete Vizatimi > Mjeti + “Gomë” and Mjeti “Mbushje”.) + The 'Flip' and 'Mirror' Magic tools affect the orientation of + the 'Starter' or 'Template', as well. (See Mjete të Mundshme > + Mjeti “Magjik” (Efekte Speciale) > Ktheje në anë tjetër and + Pasqyroje.) - - → Urdhra Shtypjeje ← + When you load a 'Starter' or 'Template', draw on it, and then + click 'Save,' it creates a new picture file — it doesn't + overwrite the original, so you can use it again later (by + accessing it from the 'New' dialog). - (Vetëm në Linux dhe Unix) + ⚙ You can create your own 'Starter' and Template images. See + the Extending Tux Paint documentation's sections on 'Starters' + and Templates. - Tux Paint prints by generating a PostScript representation of the - drawing and sending it to an external program. By default, the program - is: + 💡 You can also convert your saved drawings into Templates + directly within Tux Paint, from the 'Open' dialog. See "Open", + below. - lpr - This command can be changed by setting a "printcommand" option in Tux - Paint's configuration file. + + → Fshirje Figurash Gjedhe të Eksportuara ← - An alternative print command can be invoked by holding the "[Alt]" key - on the keyboard while clicking clicking the 'Print' button, as long as - you're not in fullscreen mode, an alternative program is run. By - default, the program is KDE's graphical print dialog: + If you've selected a Template in your personal templates + folder, and it was created from within Tux Paint (using the + "Template" button in the "Open" dialog), you may remove it from + within Tux Paint, too. An 'Erase' (trash can) button will + appear at the lower right of the list. Click it to erase the + selected template. (You will be asked to confirm.) - kprinter + 💡 Note: On Linux, Windows, and macOS, the picture will be + placed in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may + recover and restore it, if you change your mind). - This command can be changed by setting a "altprintcommand" option in - Tux Paint's configuration file. + ⚙ Note: The 'Erase' button may be disabled, via the "noerase" + option. - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + - - → Rregullime Shtypësi ← + ⚙ Note: The solid colors can be placed at the end of the 'New' + dialog (below the Starters and Templates), via the "newcolorslast" + option. - (Windows dhe macOS) - By default, Tux Paint simply prints to the default printer with default - settings when the 'Print' button is pushed. + + c.Urdhri “Hape” ← - However, if you hold the [Alt] (or [Mundësi]) key on the keyboard while - clicking the 'Print' button, as long as you're not in fullscreen mode, - your operating system's printer dialog will appear, where you can - change the settings. + This shows you a list of all of the pictures you've saved. If there + are more than can fit on the screen, use the up and down arrows at + the top and bottom of the list to scroll through the list of + pictures. - You can have the printer configuration changes stored between Tux Paint - sessions by setting the "printcfg" option. + Klikoni mbi një foto për ta përzgjedhur dhe mandej… + x Click the green 'Open' button at the lower left of the list to + load the selected picture. You will then be able to edit it. - If the "printcfg" option is used, printer settings will be loaded from - the file "printcfg.cfg" in your personal folder (see below). Any - changes will be saved there as well. + (Alternatively, you can double-click a picture's icon to load + it.) - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + 💡 If choose to open a picture, and your current drawing hasn't + been saved, you will be prompted as to whether you want to save + it or not. (See "Save," below.) + x Click the brown 'Erase' (trash can) button at the lower right + of the list to erase the selected picture. (You will be asked + to confirm.) - - → Mundësi Dialogu Shtypësi ← + 📜 Note: On Linux (as of version 0.9.22), Windows (as of version + 0.9.27), and macOS (as of version 0.9.29), the picture will be + placed in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may + recover and restore it, if you change your mind). - By default, Tux Paint only shows the printer dialog (or, on Linux/Unix, - runs the "altprintcommand"; e.g., "kprinter" instead of "lpr") if the - [Alt] (or [Mundësi]) key is held while clicking the 'Print' button. + ⚙ Note: The 'Erase' button may be disabled, via the "noerase" + option. - However, this behavior can be changed. You can have the printer dialog - always appear by using "--altprintalways" on the command-line, or - "altprint=always" in Tux Paint's configuration file. Conversely, you - can prevent the [Alt]/[Mundësi] key from having any effect by using - "--altprintnever", or "altprint=never". + x Click the 'Export' button near the lower right to export the + selected picture to your export folder. (e.g., "~/Pictures/ + TuxPaint/") - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + Prej skenës “Hap” mundeni edhe të: + x Klikon butonin blu “Diapozitiva” (projektor diapozitivash) + poshtë majtas, për të kaluar nën mënyrën “shfaqje + diapozitivash”. Për hollësi, shihni “Diapozitiva”,. + x Klikoni butonin blu “Gjedhe” poshtë majtas, për ta shndërruar + në një gjedhe të re figurën e përzgjedhur, e cila mund të + përdoret si bazë për vizatime të reja. - + 📜 Note: The Template creation feature was added to Tux Paint in + version 0.9.31. Për të mësuar se si të krijohen Gjedhe jashtë + Tux Paint-it, shihni Zgjerim i Tux Paint-it - -f.Urdhri “Diapozitiva” (nën “Hape”) ← + ⚙ The Template creation feature can be disabled (e.g., by + selecting "Disable 'Make Template'" in Tux Paint Config. or + running Tux Paint with the "notemplateexport" option). - The 'Slides' button is available in the 'Open' dialog. It can be used to - play a simple animation within Tux Paint, or a slideshow of pictures. It - can also export an animated GIF based on the chosen images. + x Click the red 'Back' arrow button at the lower right of the + list to cancel and return to the picture you were drawing. - → Zgjedhje fotosh ← + ⌨ Note: You can also press [Tasti Kontroll / ⌘] + [O] on the + keyboard to hapni dialogun “Hap”. - When you enter the 'Slides' section of Tux Paint, it displays a list of - your saved files, just like the 'Open' dialog. - Click each of the images you wish to display in a slideshow-style - presentation, one by one. A digit will appear over each image, letting - you know in which order they will be displayed. + + d.Urdhri “Ruaje” ← - You can click a selected image to unselect it (take it out of your - slideshow). Click it again if you wish to add it to the end of the - list. + Kjo bën ruajtjen e fotos tuaj të tanishme. + If you haven't saved it before, it will create a new entry in the + list of saved images. (i.e., it will create a new file) - - → Caktoni shpejtësi luajtjeje ← + 💡 Note: It won't ask you anything (e.g., for a filename). It will + simply save the picture, and play a "camera shutter" sound effect. - A sliding scale at the lower left of the screen (next to the 'Play' - button) can be used to adjust the speed of the slideshow or animated - GIF, from slowest to fastest. Choose the leftmost setting to disable - automatic advancement during playback within Tux Paint — you will need - to press a key or click to go to the next slide (see below). + If you have saved the picture before, or this is a picture you just + loaded using the "Open" command, you will first be asked whether + you want to save over the old version, or create a new entry (a new + file). - 💡 Note: The slowest setting does not automatically advance through the - slides. Use it for when you want to step through them manually. (This - does not apply to an exported animated GIF.) + ⚙ Note: If either the "saveover" or "saveovernew" options are set, + it won't ask before saving over. See the "Options" documentation. + ⌨ Note: You can also press [Tasti Kontroll / ⌘] + [S] on the + keyboard to save. - - → Luajtje në Tux Paint ← - To play a slideshow within Tux Paint, click the 'Play' button. + + e.Urdhri “Shtype” ← - 💡 Note: If you hadn't selected any images, then all of your saved - images will be played in the slideshow! + Klikoni këtë buton dhe fotoja juaj do të shtypet! - During the slideshow, press [Tasti Hapësirë], [Tasti Enter] or [Tasti - Return], or the [Shigjeta djathtas] — or click the 'Next' button at the - lower left — to manually advance to the next slide. Press [Shigjeta - majtas] to go back to the previous slide. + On most platforms, you can also hold the [Alt] key (called + [Mundësi] on Macs) while clicking the 'Print' button to get a + printer dialog. Note that this may not work if you're running Tux + Paint in fullscreen mode. See below. - Press [Tasti Escape], or click the 'Back' button at the lower right, to - exit the slideshow and return to the slideshow image selection screen. + → Çaktivizim Shtypjesh ← + The "noprint" option can be set, which will disable Tux Paint's + 'Print' button. - - → Eksportim i një Gif-i të animuar ← + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. - Click the 'GIF Export' button near the lower right to have Tux Paint - generate an animated GIF file based on the selected images. - 💡 Note: At least two images must be selected. (To export a single - image, use the 'Export' option from the main 'Open' dialog.) If no - images are selected, Tux Paint will not attempt to generate a GIF based - on all saved images. + + → Kufizim Shtypjesh ← - Pressing [Tasti Escape] during the export process will abort the - process, and return you to the 'Slideshow' dialog. + The "printdelay" option can be set, which will only allow + occasional printing — once every so many seconds, as configured + by you. + For example, with "printdelay=60" in Tux Paint's configuration + file, printing can only occur once per minute (60 seconds). - + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. - Click 'Back' in the slideshow image selection screen to return to the - 'Open' dialog. + + → Urdhra Shtypjeje ← - -g.Urdhëri “Dil” ← + (Vetëm në Linux dhe Unix) - Clicking the 'Quit' button, closing the Tux Paint window, or pushing the - [Tasti Escape] key will quit Tux Paint. + Tux Paint prints by generating a PostScript representation of + the drawing and sending it to an external program. By default, + the program is: - You will first be prompted as to whether you really want to quit. + lpr - If you choose to quit, and you haven't saved the current picture, you will - first be asked if wish to save it. If it's not a new image, you will then - be asked if you want to save over the old version, or create a new entry. - (See "Save" above.) + This command can be changed by setting a "printcommand" option + in Tux Paint's configuration file. - ⚙ Note: If the image is saved, it will be reloaded automatically the next - time you run Tux Paint -- unless the "startblank" option is set. + An alternative print command can be invoked by holding the " + [Alt]" key on the keyboard while clicking clicking the 'Print' + button, as long as you're not in fullscreen mode, an + alternative program is run. By default, the program is KDE's + graphical print dialog: - ⚙ Note: The 'Quit' button within Tux Paint, and quitting via the [Tasti - Escape] key, may be disabled, via the "noquit" option. + kprinter - In that case, the "window close" button on Tux Paint's title bar (if not in - fullscreen mode) or the [Alt] + [F4] key sequence may be used to quit. + This command can be changed by setting a "altprintcommand" + option in Tux Paint's configuration file. - If neither of those are possible, the key sequence of [Tasti Shift] + - [Tasti Kontroll / ⌘] + [Tasti Escape] may be used to quit. + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + + → Rregullime Shtypësi ← - -h.Heqje Tingujsh ← + (Windows dhe macOS) - There is no on-screen control button at this time, but by using the [Alt] + - [S] keyboard sequence, sound effects can be disabled and re-enabled (muted - and unmuted) while the program is running. + By default, Tux Paint simply prints to the default printer with + default settings when the 'Print' button is pushed. - Note that if sounds are completely disabled via the "nosound" option, the - [Alt] + [S] key combination has no effect. (i.e., it cannot be used to turn - on sounds when the parent/teacher wants them disabled.) + However, if you hold the [Alt] (or [Mundësi]) key on the + keyboard while clicking the 'Print' button, as long as you're + not in fullscreen mode, your operating system's printer dialog + will appear, where you can change the settings. - ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + You can have the printer configuration changes stored between + Tux Paint sessions by setting the "printcfg" option. + If the "printcfg" option is used, printer settings will be + loaded from the file "printcfg.cfg" in your personal folder + (see below). Any changes will be saved there as well. - + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. - ### E. Kontrollim i Tux Paint-it ### -## 1. Përdorim i një Miu ose Trackball-i ## + + → Mundësi Dialogu Shtypësi ← -Tux Paint's main mode of operation is via any device that appears to your -operating system as a mouse, including standard mice, trackballs, and -trackpads, as well as drawing tablets (usually operated with a stylus) and -touch screens (operated with a finger and/or a stylus) (see "Using a Tablet or -Touchscreen" below for more information). + By default, Tux Paint only shows the printer dialog (or, on + Linux/Unix, runs the "altprintcommand"; e.g., "kprinter" + instead of "lpr") if the [Alt] (or [Mundësi]) key is held while + clicking the 'Print' button. -For drawing and controlling Tux Paint, only a single mouse button is used — -typically, on multi-button mice, this will the left mouse button, but this can -usually be configured at the operating system level. By default, Tux Paint will -ignore input from the other button(s). If a user attempts to use the other -button(s), a pop-up dialog will eventually appear reminding them that only one -button is recognized Tux Paint. However, you may configure Tux Paint to accept -any button as input (see the Options documentation). + However, this behavior can be changed. You can have the printer + dialog always appear by using "--altprintalways" on the + command-line, or "altprint=always" in Tux Paint's configuration + file. Conversely, you can prevent the [Alt]/[Mundësi] key from + having any effect by using "--altprintnever", or "altprint= + never". -# a. Rrëshqitje # + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. -Many input devices offer a way to quickly scroll within applications — many -mice have a scroll wheel, trackballs have scroll rings, and trackpads recognize -certain "scroll" gestures (e.g., two-finger vertical motion, or vertical motion -on the edge of the trackpad). Tux Paint supports scrolling input to allow quick -scrolling through certain lists (e.g., Stamps, Magic tools, and the New and -Open dialogs). -Tux Paint will also automatically scroll if you click and hold the mouse down -on an scroll button — the "up" and "down" arrow buttons that appear above and -below scrolling lists. + -# b. Përdorim Miu Nga Persona Me Aftësi të Kufizuar # + + f.Urdhri “Diapozitiva” (nën “Hape”) ← -Other devices that appear as a mouse can be used to control Tux Paint. For -example: + The 'Slides' button is available in the 'Open' dialog. It can be + used to play a simple animation within Tux Paint, or a slideshow of + pictures. It can also export an animated GIF based on the chosen + images. - * Head pointing/tracking devices - * Ndjekës vështrimi - * Mij këmbe + → Zgjedhje fotosh ← -Tux Paint offers a "sticky mouse click" accessibility setting, where a single -click begins a click-and-drag operation, and a subsequent click ends it. (See -the Options documentation.) + When you enter the 'Slides' section of Tux Paint, it displays a + list of your saved files, just like the 'Open' dialog. -## 2. Përdorim i një Tableti, ose Ekrani Me Prekje ## + Click each of the images you wish to display in a + slideshow-style presentation, one by one. A digit will appear + over each image, letting you know in which order they will be + displayed. -As noted above, Tux Paint recognizes any device that appears as a mouse. This -means drawing tablets and touchscreens may be used. However, these devices -often support other features beyond X/Y motion, button clicks, and scroll-wheel -motion. Currently, those additional features are not supported by Tux Paint. -Some examples: + You can click a selected image to unselect it (take it out of + your slideshow). Click it again if you wish to add it to the + end of the list. - * Trysni dhe kënd - * Majë gome - * Gjeste multi-touch -## 3. Përdorimi i një Pajisjeje të Ngashme me një “Joystick” ## + + → Caktoni shpejtësi luajtjeje ← -Tux Paint may be configured to recognize input from any game controller that -appears to your operating system as a joystick. That even includes modern game -console controllers connected via USB or Bluetooth (e.g., Nintendo Switch or -Microsoft Xbox game pads)! + A sliding scale at the lower left of the screen (next to the + 'Play' button) can be used to adjust the speed of the slideshow + or animated GIF, from slowest to fastest. Choose the leftmost + setting to disable automatic advancement during playback within + Tux Paint — you will need to press a key or click to go to the + next slide (see below). -Numerous configuration options are available to best suit the device being -used, and the user's needs. Analog input will be used for coarse movement, and -digital "hat" input for fine movement. Buttons on the controller can be mapped -to different Tux Paint controls (e.g., acting as the [Tasti Escape] key, -switching to the Paint tool, invoking Undo and Redo operations, etc.). See the -Options documentation for more details. + 💡 Note: The slowest setting does not automatically advance + through the slides. Use it for when you want to step through + them manually. (This does not apply to an exported animated + GIF.) -## 4. Përdorim i Tastierës ## -Tux Paint offers an option to allow the keyboard to be used to control the -mouse pointer. This includes motion and clicking, as well as shortcuts to -navigate between and within certain parts of the interface. See the Options -documentation for more details. + + → Luajtje në Tux Paint ← -III. Ngarkim Figurash të Tjera në Tux Paint + To play a slideshow within Tux Paint, click the 'Play' button. - ### A. Përmbledhje ### + 💡 Note: If you hadn't selected any images, then all of your + saved images will be played in the slideshow! -Tux Paint's 'Open' dialog only displays pictures you created with Tux Paint. So -what do you do if you want to load some other drawinng or even a photograph -into Tux Paint, so you can edit or draw on it? + During the slideshow, press [Tasti Hapësirë], [Tasti Enter] or + [Tasti Return], or the [Shigjeta djathtas] — or click the + 'Next' button at the lower left — to manually advance to the + next slide. Press [Shigjeta majtas] to go back to the previous + slide. -You can simply convert the picture to the format Tux Paint uses — PNG (Portable -Network Graphic) — and place it in Tux Paint's "saved" directory/folder. Here -is where to find it (by default): + Press [Tasti Escape], or click the 'Back' button at the lower + right, to exit the slideshow and return to the slideshow image + selection screen. -→ Windows Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Windows 11 ← - In the user's "AppData" folder: - e.g., "C:\Users\emër përdoruesi\AppData\Roaming\TuxPaint\saved\" - -→ macOS ← - In the user's "Application Support" folder: - e.g., "/Users/emër përdoruesi/Library/Application Support/TuxPaint/saved/" - -→ Linux / Unix ← - In the user's "home directory" folder: - e.g., "/home/emër përdoruesi/.tuxpaint/saved/" - -→ Haiku ← - In the user's "settings" folder: - e.g., "/boot/home/config/settings/TuxPaint/saved/" - - -💡 Note: It is also from this folder that you can copy or open pictures drawn in -Tux Paint using other applications, though the 'Export' option from Tux Paint's -'Open' dialog can be used to copy them to a location that's easier and safer to -access. - - ### B. Përdorim i programthit të importimit, “tuxpaint-import” ### - -Linux and Unix users can use the "tuxpaint-import" shell script which gets -installed when you install Tux Paint. It uses some NetPBM tools to convert the -image ("anytopnm"), resize it so that it will fit in Tux Paint's canvas -("pnmscale"), and convert it to a PNG ("pnmtopng"). - -It also uses the "date" command to get the current time and date, which is the -file-naming convention Tux Paint uses for saved files. (Remember, you are never -asked for a 'filename' when you go to save or open pictures!) - -To use this script, simply run it from a command-line prompt, and provide it -the name(s) of the file(s) you wish to convert. - -They will be converted and placed in your Tux Paint "saved" directory. - -💡 Note: If you're doing this for a different user (e.g., your child) you'll -need to make sure to run the command under their account.) - -Shembull: - - $ tuxpaint-import grandma.jpg - grandma.jpg -> /home/username/.tuxpaint/saved/20211231012359.png - jpegtopnm: WRITING A PPM FILE - -The first line ("tuxpaint-import grandma.jpg") is the command to run. The -following two lines are output from the program while it's working. - -Now you can load Tux Paint, and a version of that original picture will be -available under the 'Open' dialog. Just double-click its icon! - - ### C. Importim Fotosh Dorazi ### - -Windows, macOS, and Haiku users who wish to import arbitrary images into Tux -Paint must do so via a manual process. - -Load a graphics program that is capable of both loading your picture and saving -a PNG format file. (See the documentation file "PNG.html" for a list of -suggested software, and other references.) - -When Tux Paint loads an image that's not the same size as its drawing canvas, -it scales (and sometimes smears the edges of) the image so that it fits within -the canvas. - -To avoid having the image stretched or smeared, you can resize it to Tux -Paint's canvas size. This size depends on the size of the Tux Paint window, or -resolution at which Tux Paint is run, if in fullscreen. (Note: The default -resolution is 800x600.) See "Llogaritje Përmasash Figure", below. - -## 1. Emërtim i Kartelës ## - -Save the picture in PNG format. It is highly recommended that you name the -filename using the current date and time, since that's the convention Tux Paint -uses: - - VVVVMMDDhhmmss.png - - * VVVV = Vit - * MM = Muaj (dy shifra, “01”-“12”) - * DD = Ditë e muajit (dy shifra, “01”-“31”) - * HH = Hour (two digits, in 24-hour format, "00"-"23") - * mm = Minutë (dy shifra, “00”-“59”) - * ss = Sekonda (dy shifra, “00”-“59”) - -Example: "20210731110500.png", for July 31, 2021 at 11:05am. - -Place this PNG file in your Tux Paint "saved" directory/folder. (See above.) - -## 2. Llogaritje Përmasash Figure ## - -This part of the documentation needs to be rewritten, since the new -"buttonsize" option was added. For now, try drawing and saving an image within -Tux Paint, then determine what size (pixel width and height) it came out to, -and try to match that when scaling the picture(s) you're importing into Tux -Paint. - -IV.Lexim i Mëtejshëm - -Other documentation included with Tux Paint (found in the "docs" folder/ -directory) includes: - -→ Përdorim i Tux Paint-it: ← - o OPTIONS.html - Detailed instructions on command-line and configuration-file options, - for those who don't want to use the Tux Paint Config. tool to manage - Tux Paint's configuration. - o Dokumentim i Mjetit “Magjik” (“magic-docs”) - Documentation for each of the currently-installed 'Magic' tools. - o Frequently Asked Questions ("FAQs") about Tux Paint - Answers to, and solutions for, some common questions about, and - problems with, using Tux Paint. - - -→ Si të zgjerohet Tux Paint-i: ← - o EXTENDING.html - Detailed instructions on extending Tux Paint: creating brushes, stamps, - starters, and templates; adding fonts; and creating new on-screen - keyboard layouts and input methods. - o PNG.html - Notes on creating PNG format bitmapped (raster) images for use in Tux - Paint. - o SVG.html - Notes on creating SVG format vector images for use in Tux Paint. - - -→ Hollësi teknike: ← - o INSTALL.html - Instructions for compiling and installing Tux Paint, when applicable. - o SIGNALS.html - Information about the POSIX signals that Tux Paint responds to. - o MAGIC-API.html - Creating new Magic tools using Tux Paint's plugin API. - - -→ Historik zhvillimi dhe licencë: ← - o AUTHORS.txt - Listë e autorëve dhe kontribuesve. - o CHANGES.txt - Summary of what has changed between releases of Tux Paint. - o COPYING.txt - Tux Paint's software license, the GNU General Public License (GPL) - - - -V.Si të Merret Ndihmë - -If you need help, there are numerous ways to interact with Tux Paint developers -and other users: - - * Report bugs or request new features via the project's bug-tracking system - * Participate in the various project mailing lists - * Lidhuni drejtpërdrejt me zhvilluesit - -To learn more, visit the "Kontakt" page of the official Tux Paint website: -https://tuxpaint.org/contact/ - -VI.Si të Merret Pjesë - -Tux Paint is a volunteer-driven project, and we're happy to accept your help in -a variety of ways: - - * Përkthejeni Tux Paint-in në gjuhë tjetër - * Përmirësoni përkthimet ekzistuese - * Create artwork (stamps, starters, templates, brushes) - * Add or improve features or magic tools - * Krijoni një plan lënde klase - * Promote or help support others using Tux Paint - -To learn more, visit the "Ndihmonani" page of the official Tux Paint website: -https://tuxpaint.org/help/ - -VII.Ndiqeni projektin Tux Paint në media shoqërore - -Tux Paint maintains a presence on a variety of social media networks, where we -post updates and artwork. - - * Ndiqeni @tuxpaint.bsky.social në Bluesky - * Bëhuni pjesë e faqes Facebook të Tux Paint-it - * Ndiqeni @TuxPaintDevs në Instagram - * Ndiqeni @tuxpaint@floss.social në Mastodon - * Ndiqeni u/TuxPaintDevs në Reddit - * Ndiqeni @TuxPaintDevs në Threads - * Ndiqeni @TuxPaintDevs në TikTok - * Ndiqeni Tux Paint në Tumblr - * Pajtohuni te @TuxPaintOfficial në YouTube - -VIII. Shënime shenjash tregtare - - * "Linux" is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds. - * "Microsoft" and "Windows" are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corp. - * "Apple" and "macOS" are registered trademarks of Apple Inc. - * "Haiku" is a registered trademark of Haiku, Inc. - * "Facebook", "Instagram", and "Threads" are registered trademarks of Meta - Platforms, Inc. - * "Mastodon" is a registered trademark of Mastodon gGmbH. - * "Reddit" is a registered trademark of Reddit, Inc. - * "TIK TOK" is a trademark of Bytedance Ltd. - * "Tumblr" is a registered trademark of Tumblr, Inc. - * "YouTube" is a registered trademark of Alphabet, Inc. + + → Eksportim i një Gif-i të animuar ← + + Click the 'GIF Export' button near the lower right to have Tux + Paint generate an animated GIF file based on the selected + images. + + 💡 Note: At least two images must be selected. (To export a + single image, use the 'Export' option from the main 'Open' + dialog.) If no images are selected, Tux Paint will not attempt + to generate a GIF based on all saved images. + + Pressing [Tasti Escape] during the export process will abort + the process, and return you to the 'Slideshow' dialog. + + + + + Click 'Back' in the slideshow image selection screen to return to + the 'Open' dialog. + + + + g.Urdhëri “Dil” ← + + Clicking the 'Quit' button, closing the Tux Paint window, or + pushing the [Tasti Escape] key will quit Tux Paint. + + You will first be prompted as to whether you really want to quit. + + If you choose to quit, and you haven't saved the current picture, + you will first be asked if wish to save it. If it's not a new + image, you will then be asked if you want to save over the old + version, or create a new entry. (See "Save" above.) + + ⚙ Note: If the image is saved, it will be reloaded automatically + the next time you run Tux Paint -- unless the "startblank" option + is set. + + ⚙ Note: The 'Quit' button within Tux Paint, and quitting via the + [Tasti Escape] key, may be disabled, via the "noquit" option. + + In that case, the "window close" button on Tux Paint's title bar + (if not in fullscreen mode) or the [Alt] + [F4] key sequence may be + used to quit. + + If neither of those are possible, the key sequence of [Tasti Shift] + + [Tasti Kontroll / ⌘] + [Tasti Escape] may be used to quit. + + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + + + + h.Heqje Tingujsh ← + + There is no on-screen control button at this time, but by using the + [Alt] + [S] keyboard sequence, sound effects can be disabled and + re-enabled (muted and unmuted) while the program is running. + + Note that if sounds are completely disabled via the "nosound" + option, the [Alt] + [S] key combination has no effect. (i.e., it + cannot be used to turn on sounds when the parent/teacher wants them + disabled.) + + ⚙ See the "Options" documentation. + + + + + ### E. Kontrollim i Tux Paint-it ### + + ## 1. Përdorim i një Miu ose Trackball-i ## + + Tux Paint's main mode of operation is via any device that appears to + your operating system as a mouse, including standard mice, trackballs, + and trackpads, as well as drawing tablets (usually operated with a + stylus) and touch screens (operated with a finger and/or a stylus) (see + "Using a Tablet or Touchscreen" below for more information). + + For drawing and controlling Tux Paint, only a single mouse button is + used — typically, on multi-button mice, this will the left mouse + button, but this can usually be configured at the operating system + level. By default, Tux Paint will ignore input from the other button + (s). If a user attempts to use the other button(s), a pop-up dialog + will eventually appear reminding them that only one button is + recognized Tux Paint. However, you may configure Tux Paint to accept + any button as input (see the Options documentation). + + # a. Rrëshqitje # + + Many input devices offer a way to quickly scroll within applications — + many mice have a scroll wheel, trackballs have scroll rings, and + trackpads recognize certain "scroll" gestures (e.g., two-finger + vertical motion, or vertical motion on the edge of the trackpad). Tux + Paint supports scrolling input to allow quick scrolling through certain + lists (e.g., Stamps, Magic tools, and the New and Open dialogs). + + Tux Paint will also automatically scroll if you click and hold the + mouse down on an scroll button — the "up" and "down" arrow buttons that + appear above and below scrolling lists. + + # b. Përdorim Miu Nga Persona Me Aftësi të Kufizuar # + + Other devices that appear as a mouse can be used to control Tux Paint. + For example: + - Head pointing/tracking devices + - Ndjekës vështrimi + - Mij këmbe + + Tux Paint offers a "sticky mouse click" accessibility setting, where a + single click begins a click-and-drag operation, and a subsequent click + ends it. (See the Options documentation.) + + ## 2. Përdorim i një Tableti, ose Ekrani Me Prekje ## + + As noted above, Tux Paint recognizes any device that appears as a + mouse. This means drawing tablets and touchscreens may be used. + However, these devices often support other features beyond X/Y motion, + button clicks, and scroll-wheel motion. Currently, those additional + features are not supported by Tux Paint. Some examples: + - Trysni dhe kënd + - Majë gome + - Gjeste multi-touch + + ## 3. Përdorimi i një Pajisjeje të Ngashme me një “Joystick” ## + + Tux Paint may be configured to recognize input from any game controller + that appears to your operating system as a joystick. That even includes + modern game console controllers connected via USB or Bluetooth (e.g., + Nintendo Switch or Microsoft Xbox game pads)! + + Numerous configuration options are available to best suit the device + being used, and the user's needs. Analog input will be used for coarse + movement, and digital "hat" input for fine movement. Buttons on the + controller can be mapped to different Tux Paint controls (e.g., acting + as the [Tasti Escape] key, switching to the Paint tool, invoking Undo + and Redo operations, etc.). See the Options documentation for more + details. + + ## 4. Përdorim i Tastierës ## + + Tux Paint offers an option to allow the keyboard to be used to control + the mouse pointer. This includes motion and clicking, as well as + shortcuts to navigate between and within certain parts of the + interface. See the Options documentation for more details. + + III. Ngarkim Figurash të Tjera në Tux Paint + + ### A. Përmbledhje ### + + Tux Paint's 'Open' dialog only displays pictures you created with Tux + Paint. So what do you do if you want to load some other drawinng or + even a photograph into Tux Paint, so you can edit or draw on it? + + You can simply convert the picture to the format Tux Paint uses — PNG + (Portable Network Graphic) — and place it in Tux Paint's "saved" + directory/folder. Here is where to find it (by default): + + → Windows Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Windows 11 ← + In the user's "AppData" folder: + e.g., "C:\Users\emër përdoruesi\AppData\Roaming\TuxPaint\saved\" + + → macOS ← + In the user's "Application Support" folder: + e.g., + "/Users/emër përdoruesi/Library/Application Support/TuxPaint/saved/" + + → Linux / Unix ← + In the user's "home directory" folder: + e.g., "/home/emër përdoruesi/.tuxpaint/saved/" + + → Haiku ← + In the user's "settings" folder: + e.g., "/boot/home/config/settings/TuxPaint/saved/" + + + 💡 Note: It is also from this folder that you can copy or open pictures + drawn in Tux Paint using other applications, though the 'Export' option + from Tux Paint's 'Open' dialog can be used to copy them to a location + that's easier and safer to access. + + ### B. Përdorim i programthit të importimit, “tuxpaint-import” ### + + Linux and Unix users can use the "tuxpaint-import" shell script which + gets installed when you install Tux Paint. It uses some NetPBM tools to + convert the image ("anytopnm"), resize it so that it will fit in Tux + Paint's canvas ("pnmscale"), and convert it to a PNG ("pnmtopng"). + + It also uses the "date" command to get the current time and date, which + is the file-naming convention Tux Paint uses for saved files. + (Remember, you are never asked for a 'filename' when you go to save or + open pictures!) + + To use this script, simply run it from a command-line prompt, and + provide it the name(s) of the file(s) you wish to convert. + + They will be converted and placed in your Tux Paint "saved" directory. + + 💡 Note: If you're doing this for a different user (e.g., your child) + you'll need to make sure to run the command under their account.) + + Shembull: + + $ tuxpaint-import grandma.jpg + grandma.jpg -> /home/username/.tuxpaint/saved/20211231012359.png + jpegtopnm: WRITING A PPM FILE + + The first line ("tuxpaint-import grandma.jpg") is the command to run. + The following two lines are output from the program while it's working. + + Now you can load Tux Paint, and a version of that original picture will + be available under the 'Open' dialog. Just double-click its icon! + + ### C. Importim Fotosh Dorazi ### + + Windows, macOS, and Haiku users who wish to import arbitrary images + into Tux Paint must do so via a manual process. + + Load a graphics program that is capable of both loading your picture + and saving a PNG format file. (See the documentation file "PNG.html" + for a list of suggested software, and other references.) + + When Tux Paint loads an image that's not the same size as its drawing + canvas, it scales (and sometimes smears the edges of) the image so that + it fits within the canvas. + + To avoid having the image stretched or smeared, you can resize it to + Tux Paint's canvas size. This size depends on the size of the Tux Paint + window, or resolution at which Tux Paint is run, if in fullscreen. ( + Note: The default resolution is 800x600.) See "Llogaritje Përmasash + Figure", below. + + ## 1. Emërtim i Kartelës ## + + Save the picture in PNG format. It is highly recommended that you name + the filename using the current date and time, since that's the + convention Tux Paint uses: + + VVVVMMDDhhmmss.png + + - VVVV = Vit + - MM = Muaj (dy shifra, “01”-“12”) + - DD = Ditë e muajit (dy shifra, “01”-“31”) + - HH = Hour (two digits, in 24-hour format, "00"-"23") + - mm = Minutë (dy shifra, “00”-“59”) + - ss = Sekonda (dy shifra, “00”-“59”) + + Example: "20210731110500.png", for July 31, 2021 at 11:05am. + + Place this PNG file in your Tux Paint "saved" directory/folder. (See + above.) + + ## 2. Llogaritje Përmasash Figure ## + + This part of the documentation needs to be rewritten, since the new + "buttonsize" option was added. For now, try drawing and saving an image + within Tux Paint, then determine what size (pixel width and height) it + came out to, and try to match that when scaling the picture(s) you're + importing into Tux Paint. + + IV.Lexim i Mëtejshëm + + Other documentation included with Tux Paint (found in the "docs" folder + /directory) includes: + → Përdorim i Tux Paint-it: ← + x OPTIONS.html + Detailed instructions on command-line and configuration-file + options, for those who don't want to use the Tux Paint Config. + tool to manage Tux Paint's configuration. + x Dokumentim i Mjetit “Magjik” (“magic-docs”) + Documentation for each of the currently-installed 'Magic' + tools. + x Frequently Asked Questions ("FAQs") about Tux Paint + Answers to, and solutions for, some common questions about, and + problems with, using Tux Paint. + + + → Si të zgjerohet Tux Paint-i: ← + x EXTENDING.html + Detailed instructions on extending Tux Paint: creating brushes, + stamps, starters, and templates; adding fonts; and creating new + on-screen keyboard layouts and input methods. + x PNG.html + Notes on creating PNG format bitmapped (raster) images for use + in Tux Paint. + x SVG.html + Notes on creating SVG format vector images for use in Tux + Paint. + + + → Hollësi teknike: ← + x INSTALL.html + Instructions for compiling and installing Tux Paint, when + applicable. + x SIGNALS.html + Information about the POSIX signals that Tux Paint responds to. + x MAGIC-API.html + Creating new Magic tools using Tux Paint's plugin API. + + + → Historik zhvillimi dhe licencë: ← + x AUTHORS.txt + Listë e autorëve dhe kontribuesve. + x CHANGES.txt + Summary of what has changed between releases of Tux Paint. + x COPYING.txt + Tux Paint's software license, the GNU General Public License + (GPL) + + + + V.Si të Merret Ndihmë + + If you need help, there are numerous ways to interact with Tux Paint + developers and other users: + - Report bugs or request new features via the project's bug-tracking + system + - Participate in the various project mailing lists + - Lidhuni drejtpërdrejt me zhvilluesit + + To learn more, visit the "Kontakt" page of the official Tux Paint + website: https://tuxpaint.org/contact/ + + VI.Si të Merret Pjesë + + Tux Paint is a volunteer-driven project, and we're happy to accept your + help in a variety of ways: + - Përkthejeni Tux Paint-in në gjuhë tjetër + - Përmirësoni përkthimet ekzistuese + - Create artwork (stamps, starters, templates, brushes) + - Add or improve features or magic tools + - Krijoni një plan lënde klase + - Promote or help support others using Tux Paint + + To learn more, visit the "Ndihmonani" page of the official Tux Paint + website: https://tuxpaint.org/help/ + + VII.Ndiqeni projektin Tux Paint në media shoqërore + + Tux Paint maintains a presence on a variety of social media networks, + where we post updates and artwork. + - Ndiqeni @tuxpaint.bsky.social në Bluesky + - Bëhuni pjesë e faqes Facebook të Tux Paint-it + - Ndiqeni @TuxPaintDevs në Instagram + - Ndiqeni @tuxpaint@floss.social në Mastodon + - Ndiqeni u/TuxPaintDevs në Reddit + - Ndiqeni @TuxPaintDevs në Threads + - Ndiqeni @TuxPaintDevs në TikTok + - Ndiqeni Tux Paint në Tumblr + - Pajtohuni te @TuxPaintOfficial në YouTube + + VIII. Shënime shenjash tregtare + + - "Linux" is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds. + - "Microsoft" and "Windows" are registered trademarks of Microsoft + Corp. + - "Apple" and "macOS" are registered trademarks of Apple Inc. + - "Haiku" is a registered trademark of Haiku, Inc. + - "Facebook", "Instagram", and "Threads" are registered trademarks of + Meta Platforms, Inc. + - "Mastodon" is a registered trademark of Mastodon gGmbH. + - "Reddit" is a registered trademark of Reddit, Inc. + - "TIK TOK" is a trademark of Bytedance Ltd. + - "Tumblr" is a registered trademark of Tumblr, Inc. + - "YouTube" is a registered trademark of Alphabet, Inc. diff --git a/docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/html/README.html b/docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/html/README.html index 73d2f5e0a..e943405bd 100644 --- a/docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/html/README.html +++ b/docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/html/README.html @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

- 25 dhjetor 2024

+ 26 dhjetor 2024

Text clipboard paste support
The "Text" and "Label" tools support pasting the copy/paste clipboard.
+ +
"Hearts" Magic tool
+
Draw a trail of floating hearts. + +
"Sparkles" Magic tool
+
Draw a trail of falling sparkles. + +
"Stars" Magic tool
+
Draw a trail of stars.

diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/en/emitter_hearts.txt b/magic/magic-docs/en/emitter_hearts.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..27600ea02 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/en/emitter_hearts.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Hearts + + ### Group: Painting ### + + ## Author: Bill Kendrick ## + +Draw a trail of floating hearts. Adjust the length of the trail using the size +option. + +This tool is operated in a freehand fashion. + +This tool offers multiple size settings. + +This tool offers color choices. + +See also: Sparkles & Stars. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Tux Paint 0.9.35 + diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/en/emitter_sparkles.txt b/magic/magic-docs/en/emitter_sparkles.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea60fa92b --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/en/emitter_sparkles.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Sparkles + + ### Group: Painting ### + + ## Author: Bill Kendrick ## + +Draw a trail of falling sparkles. Adjust the length of the trail using the size +option. + +This tool is operated in a freehand fashion. + +This tool offers multiple size settings. + +This tool offers color choices. + +See also: Hearts & Stars. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Tux Paint 0.9.35 + diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/en/emitter_stars.txt b/magic/magic-docs/en/emitter_stars.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..85ecad299 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/en/emitter_stars.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Stars + + ### Group: Painting ### + + ## Author: Bill Kendrick ## + +Draw a trail of stars. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option. + +This tool is operated in a freehand fashion. + +This tool offers multiple size settings. + +This tool offers color choices. + +See also: Hearts & Sparkles. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Tux Paint 0.9.35 + diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/en/html/emitter_hearts.html b/magic/magic-docs/en/html/emitter_hearts.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e76e7d438 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/en/html/emitter_hearts.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Hearts + + + +

Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Hearts

+

Group: Painting

+

Author: +Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>

+

Draw a trail of floating hearts. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option.

+

+

This tool is operated in a freehand fashion.

+

This tool offers multiple size settings.

+

This tool offers color choices.

+

See also: Sparkles & Stars.

+
+

Tux Paint 0.9.35

+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/en/html/emitter_sparkles.html b/magic/magic-docs/en/html/emitter_sparkles.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8b79244d --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/en/html/emitter_sparkles.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Sparkles + + + +

Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Sparkles

+

Group: Painting

+

Author: +Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>

+

Draw a trail of falling sparkles. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option.

+

+

This tool is operated in a freehand fashion.

+

This tool offers multiple size settings.

+

This tool offers color choices.

+

See also: Hearts & Stars.

+
+

Tux Paint 0.9.35

+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/en/html/emitter_stars.html b/magic/magic-docs/en/html/emitter_stars.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9ce0e1a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/en/html/emitter_stars.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Stars + + + +

Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Stars

+

Group: Painting

+

Author: +Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>

+

Draw a trail of stars. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option.

+

+

This tool is operated in a freehand fashion.

+

This tool offers multiple size settings.

+

This tool offers color choices.

+

See also: Hearts & Sparkles.

+
+

Tux Paint 0.9.35

+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/en/html/index.html b/magic/magic-docs/en/html/index.html index 5b410ea06..8f1bd12b7 100644 --- a/magic/magic-docs/en/html/index.html +++ b/magic/magic-docs/en/html/index.html @@ -106,6 +106,9 @@
  • Toothpaste
  • Wet Paint
  • Light
    • +
  • Hearts
    • +
  • Sparkles
    • +
  • Stars
  • Fractal

    • Pattern Painting

    diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/en/index.txt b/magic/magic-docs/en/index.txt index 5a9d624b7..7d98bd57b 100644 --- a/magic/magic-docs/en/index.txt +++ b/magic/magic-docs/en/index.txt @@ -102,6 +102,9 @@ * Toothpaste * Wet Paint * Light + * Hearts + * Sparkles + * Stars * Fractal ### Pattern Painting ### diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/emitter_hearts.txt b/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/emitter_hearts.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..27600ea02 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/emitter_hearts.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Hearts + + ### Group: Painting ### + + ## Author: Bill Kendrick ## + +Draw a trail of floating hearts. Adjust the length of the trail using the size +option. + +This tool is operated in a freehand fashion. + +This tool offers multiple size settings. + +This tool offers color choices. + +See also: Sparkles & Stars. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Tux Paint 0.9.35 + diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/emitter_sparkles.txt b/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/emitter_sparkles.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea60fa92b --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/emitter_sparkles.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Sparkles + + ### Group: Painting ### + + ## Author: Bill Kendrick ## + +Draw a trail of falling sparkles. Adjust the length of the trail using the size +option. + +This tool is operated in a freehand fashion. + +This tool offers multiple size settings. + +This tool offers color choices. + +See also: Hearts & Stars. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Tux Paint 0.9.35 + diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/emitter_stars.txt b/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/emitter_stars.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..85ecad299 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/emitter_stars.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Stars + + ### Group: Painting ### + + ## Author: Bill Kendrick ## + +Draw a trail of stars. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option. + +This tool is operated in a freehand fashion. + +This tool offers multiple size settings. + +This tool offers color choices. + +See also: Hearts & Sparkles. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Tux Paint 0.9.35 + diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/html/emitter_hearts.html b/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/html/emitter_hearts.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e76e7d438 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/html/emitter_hearts.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Hearts + + + +

    Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Hearts

    +

    Group: Painting

    +

    Author: +Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>

    +

    Draw a trail of floating hearts. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option.

    +

    +

    This tool is operated in a freehand fashion.

    +

    This tool offers multiple size settings.

    +

    This tool offers color choices.

    +

    See also: Sparkles & Stars.

    +
    +

    Tux Paint 0.9.35

    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/html/emitter_sparkles.html b/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/html/emitter_sparkles.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8b79244d --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/html/emitter_sparkles.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Sparkles + + + +

    Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Sparkles

    +

    Group: Painting

    +

    Author: +Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>

    +

    Draw a trail of falling sparkles. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option.

    +

    +

    This tool is operated in a freehand fashion.

    +

    This tool offers multiple size settings.

    +

    This tool offers color choices.

    +

    See also: Hearts & Stars.

    +
    +

    Tux Paint 0.9.35

    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/html/emitter_stars.html b/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/html/emitter_stars.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9ce0e1a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/html/emitter_stars.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Stars + + + +

    Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Stars

    +

    Group: Painting

    +

    Author: +Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>

    +

    Draw a trail of stars. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option.

    +

    +

    This tool is operated in a freehand fashion.

    +

    This tool offers multiple size settings.

    +

    This tool offers color choices.

    +

    See also: Hearts & Sparkles.

    +
    +

    Tux Paint 0.9.35

    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/html/index.html b/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/html/index.html index 5b410ea06..8f1bd12b7 100644 --- a/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/html/index.html +++ b/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/html/index.html @@ -106,6 +106,9 @@
  • Toothpaste
  • Wet Paint
  • Light
    • +
  • Hearts
    • +
  • Sparkles
    • +
  • Stars
  • Fractal

    • Pattern Painting

    diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/index.txt b/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/index.txt index 5a9d624b7..7d98bd57b 100644 --- a/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/index.txt +++ b/magic/magic-docs/es_ES.UTF-8/index.txt @@ -102,6 +102,9 @@ * Toothpaste * Wet Paint * Light + * Hearts + * Sparkles + * Stars * Fractal ### Pattern Painting ### diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/emitter_hearts.txt b/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/emitter_hearts.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d8fa5257 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/emitter_hearts.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + Outil 'Magie' de Tux Paint : Hearts + + ### Groupe: Peindre ### + + ## Auteur : Bill Kendrick ## + +Draw a trail of floating hearts. Adjust the length of the trail using the size +option. + +Cet outil permet de travailler en mode à main levée. + +Cet outil permet de travailler avec plusieurs tailles. + +Cet outil permet de choisir des couleurs. + +Voir aussi : Sparkles & Stars. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Tux Paint 0.9.35 + diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/emitter_sparkles.txt b/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/emitter_sparkles.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6dddb582d --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/emitter_sparkles.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + Outil 'Magie' de Tux Paint : Sparkles + + ### Groupe: Peindre ### + + ## Auteur : Bill Kendrick ## + +Draw a trail of falling sparkles. Adjust the length of the trail using the size +option. + +Cet outil permet de travailler en mode à main levée. + +Cet outil permet de travailler avec plusieurs tailles. + +Cet outil permet de choisir des couleurs. + +Voir aussi : Hearts & Stars. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Tux Paint 0.9.35 + diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/emitter_stars.txt b/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/emitter_stars.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d61c10dcf --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/emitter_stars.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + Outil 'Magie' de Tux Paint : Stars + + ### Groupe: Peindre ### + + ## Auteur : Bill Kendrick ## + +Draw a trail of stars. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option. + +Cet outil permet de travailler en mode à main levée. + +Cet outil permet de travailler avec plusieurs tailles. + +Cet outil permet de choisir des couleurs. + +Voir aussi : Hearts & Sparkles. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Tux Paint 0.9.35 + diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/html/emitter_hearts.html b/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/html/emitter_hearts.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c44fb1513 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/html/emitter_hearts.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +Outil 'Magie' de Tux Paint : Hearts + + + +

    Outil 'Magie' de Tux Paint : Hearts

    +

    Groupe: Peindre

    +

    Auteur : +Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>

    +

    Draw a trail of floating hearts. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option.

    +

    +

    Cet outil permet de travailler en mode à main levée.

    +

    Cet outil permet de travailler avec plusieurs tailles.

    +

    Cet outil permet de choisir des couleurs.

    +

    Voir aussi : Sparkles & Stars.

    +
    +

    Tux Paint 0.9.35

    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/html/emitter_sparkles.html b/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/html/emitter_sparkles.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d604270e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/html/emitter_sparkles.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +Outil 'Magie' de Tux Paint : Sparkles + + + +

    Outil 'Magie' de Tux Paint : Sparkles

    +

    Groupe: Peindre

    +

    Auteur : +Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>

    +

    Draw a trail of falling sparkles. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option.

    +

    +

    Cet outil permet de travailler en mode à main levée.

    +

    Cet outil permet de travailler avec plusieurs tailles.

    +

    Cet outil permet de choisir des couleurs.

    +

    Voir aussi : Hearts & Stars.

    +
    +

    Tux Paint 0.9.35

    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/html/emitter_stars.html b/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/html/emitter_stars.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf213b305 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/html/emitter_stars.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +Outil 'Magie' de Tux Paint : Stars + + + +

    Outil 'Magie' de Tux Paint : Stars

    +

    Groupe: Peindre

    +

    Auteur : +Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>

    +

    Draw a trail of stars. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option.

    +

    +

    Cet outil permet de travailler en mode à main levée.

    +

    Cet outil permet de travailler avec plusieurs tailles.

    +

    Cet outil permet de choisir des couleurs.

    +

    Voir aussi : Hearts & Sparkles.

    +
    +

    Tux Paint 0.9.35

    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/html/index.html b/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/html/index.html index c2530c404..f304389c0 100644 --- a/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/html/index.html +++ b/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/html/index.html @@ -106,6 +106,9 @@
  • Dentifrice
  • Effet mouillé
  • Lumière
    • +
  • Hearts
    • +
  • Sparkles
    • +
  • Stars
  • Fractal

    • Peindre un motif

    diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/index.txt b/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/index.txt index 343e8a493..c0ec9e0b3 100644 --- a/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/index.txt +++ b/magic/magic-docs/fr_FR.UTF-8/index.txt @@ -102,6 +102,9 @@ * Dentifrice * Effet mouillé * Lumière + * Hearts + * Sparkles + * Stars * Fractal ### Peindre un motif ### diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/emitter_hearts.txt b/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/emitter_hearts.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..27600ea02 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/emitter_hearts.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Hearts + + ### Group: Painting ### + + ## Author: Bill Kendrick ## + +Draw a trail of floating hearts. Adjust the length of the trail using the size +option. + +This tool is operated in a freehand fashion. + +This tool offers multiple size settings. + +This tool offers color choices. + +See also: Sparkles & Stars. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Tux Paint 0.9.35 + diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/emitter_sparkles.txt b/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/emitter_sparkles.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea60fa92b --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/emitter_sparkles.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Sparkles + + ### Group: Painting ### + + ## Author: Bill Kendrick ## + +Draw a trail of falling sparkles. Adjust the length of the trail using the size +option. + +This tool is operated in a freehand fashion. + +This tool offers multiple size settings. + +This tool offers color choices. + +See also: Hearts & Stars. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Tux Paint 0.9.35 + diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/emitter_stars.txt b/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/emitter_stars.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..85ecad299 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/emitter_stars.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Stars + + ### Group: Painting ### + + ## Author: Bill Kendrick ## + +Draw a trail of stars. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option. + +This tool is operated in a freehand fashion. + +This tool offers multiple size settings. + +This tool offers color choices. + +See also: Hearts & Sparkles. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Tux Paint 0.9.35 + diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/html/emitter_hearts.html b/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/html/emitter_hearts.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e76e7d438 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/html/emitter_hearts.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Hearts + + + +

    Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Hearts

    +

    Group: Painting

    +

    Author: +Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>

    +

    Draw a trail of floating hearts. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option.

    +

    +

    This tool is operated in a freehand fashion.

    +

    This tool offers multiple size settings.

    +

    This tool offers color choices.

    +

    See also: Sparkles & Stars.

    +
    +

    Tux Paint 0.9.35

    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/html/emitter_sparkles.html b/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/html/emitter_sparkles.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8b79244d --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/html/emitter_sparkles.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Sparkles + + + +

    Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Sparkles

    +

    Group: Painting

    +

    Author: +Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>

    +

    Draw a trail of falling sparkles. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option.

    +

    +

    This tool is operated in a freehand fashion.

    +

    This tool offers multiple size settings.

    +

    This tool offers color choices.

    +

    See also: Hearts & Stars.

    +
    +

    Tux Paint 0.9.35

    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/html/emitter_stars.html b/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/html/emitter_stars.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9ce0e1a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/html/emitter_stars.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Stars + + + +

    Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Stars

    +

    Group: Painting

    +

    Author: +Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>

    +

    Draw a trail of stars. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option.

    +

    +

    This tool is operated in a freehand fashion.

    +

    This tool offers multiple size settings.

    +

    This tool offers color choices.

    +

    See also: Hearts & Sparkles.

    +
    +

    Tux Paint 0.9.35

    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/html/index.html b/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/html/index.html index 5b410ea06..8f1bd12b7 100644 --- a/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/html/index.html +++ b/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/html/index.html @@ -106,6 +106,9 @@
  • Toothpaste
  • Wet Paint
  • Light
    • +
  • Hearts
    • +
  • Sparkles
    • +
  • Stars
  • Fractal

    • Pattern Painting

    diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/index.txt b/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/index.txt index 5a9d624b7..7d98bd57b 100644 --- a/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/index.txt +++ b/magic/magic-docs/gl_ES.UTF-8/index.txt @@ -102,6 +102,9 @@ * Toothpaste * Wet Paint * Light + * Hearts + * Sparkles + * Stars * Fractal ### Pattern Painting ### diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/emitter_hearts.txt b/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/emitter_hearts.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..27600ea02 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/emitter_hearts.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Hearts + + ### Group: Painting ### + + ## Author: Bill Kendrick ## + +Draw a trail of floating hearts. Adjust the length of the trail using the size +option. + +This tool is operated in a freehand fashion. + +This tool offers multiple size settings. + +This tool offers color choices. + +See also: Sparkles & Stars. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Tux Paint 0.9.35 + diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/emitter_sparkles.txt b/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/emitter_sparkles.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea60fa92b --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/emitter_sparkles.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Sparkles + + ### Group: Painting ### + + ## Author: Bill Kendrick ## + +Draw a trail of falling sparkles. Adjust the length of the trail using the size +option. + +This tool is operated in a freehand fashion. + +This tool offers multiple size settings. + +This tool offers color choices. + +See also: Hearts & Stars. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Tux Paint 0.9.35 + diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/emitter_stars.txt b/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/emitter_stars.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..85ecad299 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/emitter_stars.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Stars + + ### Group: Painting ### + + ## Author: Bill Kendrick ## + +Draw a trail of stars. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option. + +This tool is operated in a freehand fashion. + +This tool offers multiple size settings. + +This tool offers color choices. + +See also: Hearts & Sparkles. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Tux Paint 0.9.35 + diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/html/emitter_hearts.html b/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/html/emitter_hearts.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e76e7d438 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/html/emitter_hearts.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Hearts + + + +

    Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Hearts

    +

    Group: Painting

    +

    Author: +Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>

    +

    Draw a trail of floating hearts. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option.

    +

    +

    This tool is operated in a freehand fashion.

    +

    This tool offers multiple size settings.

    +

    This tool offers color choices.

    +

    See also: Sparkles & Stars.

    +
    +

    Tux Paint 0.9.35

    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/html/emitter_sparkles.html b/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/html/emitter_sparkles.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8b79244d --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/html/emitter_sparkles.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Sparkles + + + +

    Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Sparkles

    +

    Group: Painting

    +

    Author: +Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>

    +

    Draw a trail of falling sparkles. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option.

    +

    +

    This tool is operated in a freehand fashion.

    +

    This tool offers multiple size settings.

    +

    This tool offers color choices.

    +

    See also: Hearts & Stars.

    +
    +

    Tux Paint 0.9.35

    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/html/emitter_stars.html b/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/html/emitter_stars.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9ce0e1a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/html/emitter_stars.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Stars + + + +

    Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Stars

    +

    Group: Painting

    +

    Author: +Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>

    +

    Draw a trail of stars. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option.

    +

    +

    This tool is operated in a freehand fashion.

    +

    This tool offers multiple size settings.

    +

    This tool offers color choices.

    +

    See also: Hearts & Sparkles.

    +
    +

    Tux Paint 0.9.35

    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/html/index.html b/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/html/index.html index 5b410ea06..8f1bd12b7 100644 --- a/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/html/index.html +++ b/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/html/index.html @@ -106,6 +106,9 @@
  • Toothpaste
  • Wet Paint
  • Light
    • +
  • Hearts
    • +
  • Sparkles
    • +
  • Stars
  • Fractal

    • Pattern Painting

    diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/index.txt b/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/index.txt index 5a9d624b7..7d98bd57b 100644 --- a/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/index.txt +++ b/magic/magic-docs/is_IS.UTF-8/index.txt @@ -102,6 +102,9 @@ * Toothpaste * Wet Paint * Light + * Hearts + * Sparkles + * Stars * Fractal ### Pattern Painting ### diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/emitter_hearts.txt b/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/emitter_hearts.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..27600ea02 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/emitter_hearts.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Hearts + + ### Group: Painting ### + + ## Author: Bill Kendrick ## + +Draw a trail of floating hearts. Adjust the length of the trail using the size +option. + +This tool is operated in a freehand fashion. + +This tool offers multiple size settings. + +This tool offers color choices. + +See also: Sparkles & Stars. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Tux Paint 0.9.35 + diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/emitter_sparkles.txt b/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/emitter_sparkles.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea60fa92b --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/emitter_sparkles.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Sparkles + + ### Group: Painting ### + + ## Author: Bill Kendrick ## + +Draw a trail of falling sparkles. Adjust the length of the trail using the size +option. + +This tool is operated in a freehand fashion. + +This tool offers multiple size settings. + +This tool offers color choices. + +See also: Hearts & Stars. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Tux Paint 0.9.35 + diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/emitter_stars.txt b/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/emitter_stars.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..85ecad299 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/emitter_stars.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Stars + + ### Group: Painting ### + + ## Author: Bill Kendrick ## + +Draw a trail of stars. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option. + +This tool is operated in a freehand fashion. + +This tool offers multiple size settings. + +This tool offers color choices. + +See also: Hearts & Sparkles. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Tux Paint 0.9.35 + diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/html/emitter_hearts.html b/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/html/emitter_hearts.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e76e7d438 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/html/emitter_hearts.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Hearts + + + +

    Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Hearts

    +

    Group: Painting

    +

    Author: +Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>

    +

    Draw a trail of floating hearts. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option.

    +

    +

    This tool is operated in a freehand fashion.

    +

    This tool offers multiple size settings.

    +

    This tool offers color choices.

    +

    See also: Sparkles & Stars.

    +
    +

    Tux Paint 0.9.35

    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/html/emitter_sparkles.html b/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/html/emitter_sparkles.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8b79244d --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/html/emitter_sparkles.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Sparkles + + + +

    Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Sparkles

    +

    Group: Painting

    +

    Author: +Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>

    +

    Draw a trail of falling sparkles. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option.

    +

    +

    This tool is operated in a freehand fashion.

    +

    This tool offers multiple size settings.

    +

    This tool offers color choices.

    +

    See also: Hearts & Stars.

    +
    +

    Tux Paint 0.9.35

    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/html/emitter_stars.html b/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/html/emitter_stars.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9ce0e1a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/html/emitter_stars.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Stars + + + +

    Tux Paint "Magic" Tool: Stars

    +

    Group: Painting

    +

    Author: +Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>

    +

    Draw a trail of stars. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option.

    +

    +

    This tool is operated in a freehand fashion.

    +

    This tool offers multiple size settings.

    +

    This tool offers color choices.

    +

    See also: Hearts & Sparkles.

    +
    +

    Tux Paint 0.9.35

    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/html/index.html b/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/html/index.html index 5b410ea06..8f1bd12b7 100644 --- a/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/html/index.html +++ b/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/html/index.html @@ -106,6 +106,9 @@
  • Toothpaste
  • Wet Paint
  • Light
    • +
  • Hearts
    • +
  • Sparkles
    • +
  • Stars
  • Fractal

    • Pattern Painting

    diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/index.txt b/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/index.txt index 5a9d624b7..7d98bd57b 100644 --- a/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/index.txt +++ b/magic/magic-docs/ja_JP.UTF-8/index.txt @@ -102,6 +102,9 @@ * Toothpaste * Wet Paint * Light + * Hearts + * Sparkles + * Stars * Fractal ### Pattern Painting ### diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/emitter_hearts.txt b/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/emitter_hearts.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe2c56e73 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/emitter_hearts.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + Mjeti “Magjik” i Tux Paint-it: Hearts + + ### Grup: Vizatim ### + + ## Autor: Bill Kendrick ## + +Draw a trail of floating hearts. Adjust the length of the trail using the size +option. + +Ky mjet përdoret si të ishte mjet vizatimi me dorë të lirë. + +Ky mjet ofron rregullime të shumta madhësie. + +Ky mjet ofron zgjedhje ngjyrash. + +Shihni edhe: Sparkles & Stars. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Tux Paint 0.9.35 + diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/emitter_sparkles.txt b/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/emitter_sparkles.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d481fea5 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/emitter_sparkles.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + Mjeti “Magjik” i Tux Paint-it: Sparkles + + ### Grup: Vizatim ### + + ## Autor: Bill Kendrick ## + +Draw a trail of falling sparkles. Adjust the length of the trail using the size +option. + +Ky mjet përdoret si të ishte mjet vizatimi me dorë të lirë. + +Ky mjet ofron rregullime të shumta madhësie. + +Ky mjet ofron zgjedhje ngjyrash. + +Shihni edhe: Hearts & Stars. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Tux Paint 0.9.35 + diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/emitter_stars.txt b/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/emitter_stars.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73232d0c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/emitter_stars.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + Mjeti “Magjik” i Tux Paint-it: Stars + + ### Grup: Vizatim ### + + ## Autor: Bill Kendrick ## + +Draw a trail of stars. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option. + +Ky mjet përdoret si të ishte mjet vizatimi me dorë të lirë. + +Ky mjet ofron rregullime të shumta madhësie. + +Ky mjet ofron zgjedhje ngjyrash. + +Shihni edhe: Hearts & Sparkles. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Tux Paint 0.9.35 + diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/html/emitter_hearts.html b/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/html/emitter_hearts.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0b12b0d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/html/emitter_hearts.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +Mjeti “Magjik” i Tux Paint-it: Hearts + + + +

    Mjeti “Magjik” i Tux Paint-it: Hearts

    +

    Grup: Vizatim

    +

    Autor: +Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>

    +

    Draw a trail of floating hearts. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option.

    +

    +

    Ky mjet përdoret si të ishte mjet vizatimi me dorë të lirë.

    +

    Ky mjet ofron rregullime të shumta madhësie.

    +

    Ky mjet ofron zgjedhje ngjyrash.

    +

    Shihni edhe: Sparkles & Stars.

    +
    +

    Tux Paint 0.9.35

    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/html/emitter_sparkles.html b/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/html/emitter_sparkles.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3124decd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/html/emitter_sparkles.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +Mjeti “Magjik” i Tux Paint-it: Sparkles + + + +

    Mjeti “Magjik” i Tux Paint-it: Sparkles

    +

    Grup: Vizatim

    +

    Autor: +Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>

    +

    Draw a trail of falling sparkles. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option.

    +

    +

    Ky mjet përdoret si të ishte mjet vizatimi me dorë të lirë.

    +

    Ky mjet ofron rregullime të shumta madhësie.

    +

    Ky mjet ofron zgjedhje ngjyrash.

    +

    Shihni edhe: Hearts & Stars.

    +
    +

    Tux Paint 0.9.35

    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/html/emitter_stars.html b/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/html/emitter_stars.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff52a6ca4 --- /dev/null +++ b/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/html/emitter_stars.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +Mjeti “Magjik” i Tux Paint-it: Stars + + + +

    Mjeti “Magjik” i Tux Paint-it: Stars

    +

    Grup: Vizatim

    +

    Autor: +Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>

    +

    Draw a trail of stars. Adjust the length of the trail using the size option.

    +

    +

    Ky mjet përdoret si të ishte mjet vizatimi me dorë të lirë.

    +

    Ky mjet ofron rregullime të shumta madhësie.

    +

    Ky mjet ofron zgjedhje ngjyrash.

    +

    Shihni edhe: Hearts & Sparkles.

    +
    +

    Tux Paint 0.9.35

    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/html/index.html b/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/html/index.html index 2f324411b..6260f0474 100644 --- a/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/html/index.html +++ b/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/html/index.html @@ -106,6 +106,9 @@
  • Pastë dhëmbësh
  • Bojë e Njomë
  • E çelët
    • +
  • Hearts
    • +
  • Sparkles
    • +
  • Stars
  • Fractal

    • Vizatim Rregullsish

    diff --git a/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/index.txt b/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/index.txt index 133ea21bf..607d9c103 100644 --- a/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/index.txt +++ b/magic/magic-docs/sq_AL.UTF-8/index.txt @@ -102,6 +102,9 @@ * Pastë dhëmbësh * Bojë e Njomë * E çelët + * Hearts + * Sparkles + * Stars * Fractal ### Vizatim Rregullsish ###